As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2003


                                           Registration Statement No. 333-101682
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO


                                    FORM F-1

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                   ----------

                       ASHANTI GOLDFIELDS COMPANY LIMITED
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                                 Not applicable
                (Translation of the Registrant's name in English)


                                                           
      Republic of Ghana                       1041                  Not applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)    Identification No.)


                                   Gold House
                              Patrice Lumumba Road
                                   Roman Ridge
                                  P.O. Box 2665
                                  Accra, Ghana
                                 + 233 21 772190
   (Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)

                                   ----------

                              CT Corporation System
                                111 Eighth Avenue
                            New York, New York 10011
                                 (212) 894-8940
           (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                   ----------

                                   Copies to:


Thomas E. Vita Esq.                                     Drew D. Salvest Esq.
    Norton Rose                                     Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP
   Kempson House                                         11 Pilgrim Street
  Camomile Street                                         London EC4V 6RW
  London EC3A 7AN                                          United Kingdom
  United Kingdom                                          +44 20 7248 4282
 + 44 20 7283 6000


                                   ----------

          Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box.[X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering.[_]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.[_]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.[_]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.[_]


                                   ----------

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE



                                                                Proposed            Proposed
                                                                 maximum            maximum
            Title of each class               Amount to be   offering price        aggregate          Amount of
     of securities to be registered(1)         registered    per security(2)   offering price(2)   registration fee
------------------------------------------   -------------   ---------------   -----------------   ----------------
                                                                                               
Ordinary shares, no par value per share(1)      16,509,060           US$5.40       US$89,148,924           US$8,202
Rights to purchase ordinary shares                      (3)            None.               None.              None.



(1)  Global depositary receipts evidencing global depositary securities issuable
     upon deposit of ordinary shares registered hereby have been registered
     pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No.
     333-101900).

(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3)  Includes rights issued upon exchange of rights to purchase global
     depositary securities. No separate consideration will be received for the
     rights offered hereby.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on
such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.


================================================================================








********************************************************************************

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may
not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer
to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

********************************************************************************

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED ______, 2003
                       Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited

(a company incorporated with limited liability and registered under the laws of
         the Republic of Ghana, Registered No. 7094, ARBN 074 370 862)

                           Prospectus relating to the

            proposed rights issue of up to _____ new ordinary shares

         in the form of ordinary shares or global depositary securities


 If you own ordinary shares:

o    You will receive _____ share rights for every _____ ordinary shares you own
     of record on _____, 2003.

o    You may transfer the rights we are offering to you separately from the
     ordinary shares you own.

o    You will need one share right to purchase one new ordinary share.

o    Each new ordinary share will cost you US$_____.

o    You must exercise your rights before _____, 2003. Rights not exercised by
     that time will lapse.

o    Outstanding ordinary shares are quoted on the London Stock Exchange, or
     LSE, under the symbol "ASN" and on the Ghana Stock Exchange, or GSE, under
     the symbol "AGC".

If you own GDSs:

o    You will receive _____ GDS rights for every _____ GDSs you own of record on
     _____, 2003.

o    You may transfer the rights we are offering to you separately from
     the GDSs you own.

o    You will need one GDS right to purchase one new GDS. One GDS represents one
     ordinary share.

o    Each new GDS will cost you US$_____.

o    You must exercise your rights before _____, 2003. Rights not exercised by
     that time will lapse.

o    Outstanding GDSs are quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE,
     under the symbol "ASL" and on the LSE under the symbol "ASND".

We expect to deliver the new ordinary shares and new GDSs purchased through the
exercise of rights on _____, 2003 or as soon thereafter as checks have cleared.

CIBC World Markets Inc. and Investec Bank (UK) Limited, acting through its
division Investec Investment Banking ("the Managers"), are acting for us in
connection with the rights issue and are not acting for any person other than us
and will not be responsible to any person other than us for providing the
protections afforded to their customers or for providing advice to any other
person in connection with the rights issue.



The Managers are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of
new ordinary shares or new GDSs offered in the rights offering but will use
their reasonable endeavors to sell any unsubscribed ordinary shares or GDSs. The
Managers have severally agreed to underwrite _____ new ordinary shares and/or
new GDSs to be offered in the rights offering at the rights issue price.



See "Risk Factors" on page _____ to read about certain factors you should
consider before buying new ordinary shares or new GDSs.

Assuming that all rights are exercised in full (excluding approximately _____%
of the rights of Lonmin and the Government of Ghana), we will receive
approximately US$_____ from the offering of the new ordinary shares and new GDSs
(before the deduction of fees and expenses). We estimate that our expenses in
connection with the rights offering, including fees and commissions of the
Managers and sub-underwriters, will be approximately US$_____. As a result the
maximum net proceeds to us will be approximately US$_____, or US$_____ per
ordinary share or GDS. Taking into account the underwriting by the Managers of
_______ new ordinary shares and/or new GDSs, the minimum net proceeds to us will
be approximately US$________.

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any US state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offence.

The new ordinary shares to be offered to holders on the International Register,
the GDSs, the provisional allotment letters and the GDS right certificates have
not been and will not be registered under the securities law of any province or
territory of Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe, South Africa or the ECOWAS
countries and, accordingly, they may not, directly or indirectly, be offered,
sold, renounced, taken up or delivered in Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe,
South Africa or the ECOWAS countries or to or by any national, resident or
citizen of such countries. The rights offering of new ordinary shares is being
extended to holders of ordinary shares on the Ghanaian (Principal) Register
(other than nationals, residents or citizens of Australia, France, Japan,
Zimbabwe, South Africa or the ECOWAS countries (other than Ghana)) only by means
of a separate prospectus complying with Ghanaian securities laws.

   CIBC World Markets                           Investec Investment Banking

                                  _____ , 2003









This document constitutes a draft prospectus which has been prepared solely in
connection with the proposed rights offering of new ordinary shares of Ashanti
Goldfields Company Limited in the form of ordinary shares or ordinary shares
represented by new GDSs. The information in this document, which is in draft
form, is confidential and subject to updating, completion, revision, further
verification and amendment. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission, of which the final form prospectus will form a part, is declared
effective. In addition, although it is intended that the prospectus in its final
form will be approved by the UK Listing Authority as a prospectus prepared in
accordance with the listing rules made under section 74 of the Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000, this document has not been so approved.
Similarly, although it is intended that the prospectus in its final form will be
delivered for registration to the Registrar of Companies pursuant to section 83
of that Act, this document has not been so delivered.

This document does not constitute or form part of any offer or invitation to
sell or issue, or any solicitation of any offer to purchase or subscribe for,
any new ordinary shares or new GDSs, nor shall it (or any part of it) or the
fact of its distribution, form the basis of, or be relied on in connection with,
any contract therefor. In particular, this document refers to certain events as
having occurred that have not occurred at the date it is made available but
which are expected to occur prior to publication of the prospectus.

The distribution of this document and the offering and sale of the new ordinary
shares and new GDSs in certain jurisdictions may be restricted by law and
therefore persons into whose possession this document comes should inform
themselves about and observe any such restrictions. Any failure to comply with
these restrictions could result in a violation of the laws of such jurisdiction.
In particular, this document is not for distribution in or into Australia,
France, Japan, Zimbabwe, South Africa, or the ECOWAS countries.

Recipients of this document who intend to acquire new ordinary shares or new
GDSs in the proposed rights offering are reminded that any such acquisition may
only be made on the basis of the information contained in the final form
prospectus and any supplementary prospectus, which may be different from the
information contained in this document. No reliance may be placed for any
purpose whatsoever on the completeness, accuracy or fairness of the information
contained in this document.

No representation or warranty, express or implied, is made or given by or on
behalf of Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited, CIBC World Markets Inc., or
Investec Bank (UK) Limited or any of their respective affiliates or any of such
person's directors, officers or employees or any other person as to the
accuracy, completeness or fairness of the information or opinions contained in
this document.









We are offering to our shareholders the right to buy new ordinary shares and the
holders of our global depositary securities, or GDSs, the right to buy new GDSs.
This prospectus provides you with information about the rights offering to
holders of our shares on our International Register and to holders of our GDSs.
The rights offering is being extended to holders of our ordinary shares on the
Ghanaian (Principal) register by means of a separate prospectus complying with
Ghanaian securities law.

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your interests in our ordinary
shares or GDSs, please forward this document together with the accompanying
documents at once to the purchaser or transferee or to the stockbroker, bank or
other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected, for delivery to the
purchaser or transferee.

This document, which includes the prospectus filed with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission relating to us, is prepared in
accordance with the UK Listing Rules made under section 74(4) to the Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000 and has been delivered to the Registrar of
Companies in England and Wales for registration as required by section 83 of
that Act.


Ordinary Shares:


o    On _____, 2003, the latest practicable date prior to the public
     announcement of this offering, the closing price for the ordinary shares
     quoted on the LSE was US$_____.


o    Applications have been made to the UK Listing Authority and to the LSE for
     the new ordinary shares to be admitted to (i) the Official List of the UK
     Listing Authority and (ii) trading on the LSE's market for listed
     securities. Dealings in the rights to buy new ordinary shares on the LSE
     are expected to commence on _____, 2003.

o    Application has been made to the GSE for the new ordinary shares to be
     traded on the GSE. Dealings in the rights to buy new ordinary shares on the
     GSE are expected to commence on _____, 2003.

GDSs:

o    On _____, 2003, the latest practicable date prior to the public
     announcement of this offering, the closing price for the GDSs quoted on the
     NYSE was US$_____.

o    Applications have been made to the UK Listing Authority and to the LSE for
     the new GDSs to be admitted to (i) the Official List of the UK Listing
     Authority and (ii) trading on the LSE's market for listed securities.
     Dealings in the rights to buy new GDSs on the LSE are expected to commence
     on _____, 2003.

o    Application has been made to the NYSE to list the new GDSs. Dealings in the
     rights to buy new GDSs on the NYSE are expected to commence on _____, 2003.


If the rights are exercised in full (other than as to approximately _____% of
the entitlements of our major shareholders, Lonmin Plc and the Government of
Ghana, who have already contractually agreed not to exercise these rights as
consideration for the issuance by us of other exchangeable securities), up to
_____ new ordinary shares will be issued by us and up to _____ new GDSs will be
deposited in our GDS program.



                                        i










TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                           Page
                                                                                           ----
                                                                                         
Presentation of Financial Information ..................................................    iii
Forward-Looking Information ............................................................     iv
Prospectus Summary .....................................................................      1
Risk Factors ...........................................................................      7
Use of Proceeds ........................................................................     15
Dividends ..............................................................................     16
Capitalization and Indebtedness ........................................................     17
Dilution ...............................................................................     18
The Rights Offering ....................................................................     19
Listing and Price History ..............................................................     33
Selected Financial Data ................................................................     37
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation ...     39
Description of Business ................................................................     63
Glossary of Defined Terms ..............................................................    109
Principal Shareholders .................................................................    112
Management .............................................................................    114
Material Contracts .....................................................................    124
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions ...................................    133
Description of Our Regulations and Certain Provisions of Ghanaian Law ..................    134
Description of Our Share Capital .......................................................    144
Description of Global Depositary Securities ............................................    146
Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Securityholders ......................    153
Taxation ...............................................................................    154
Plan of Distribution ...................................................................    159
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution ............................................    162
Where You Can Find More Information ....................................................    163
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities ....................................................    164
Validity of Securities .................................................................    165
Experts ................................................................................    166
Additional Information .................................................................    167
Documents on Display ...................................................................    170
Index to Financial Statements ..........................................................    171



In this prospectus, references to "we," "us," "our," the "Group," the "Company"
and "Ashanti" refer to Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited and its subsidiaries,
except where it is clear from the context that such terms mean only Ashanti
Goldfields Company Limited.





                                       ii







PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION


We are a company incorporated under the laws of Ghana and all of our mining
operations are located in Africa. We earn our revenues in US dollars and the
majority of our transactions are in US dollars or based on US dollars. Our books
of account are maintained in US dollars and our annual and quarterly financial
statements are prepared under the historical cost convention and in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom, or UK GAAP.
UK GAAP differs in significant respects from generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States, or US GAAP. This prospectus includes our
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and the
related consolidated profit and loss accounts, cash flow statements,
statements of total recognized gains and losses and the reconciliation of
movements in shareholders' funds for each of the years then ended, or our
consolidated financial statements. Note 32 to our consolidated financial
statements sets forth a reconciliation from UK to US GAAP of shareholders'
equity as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and the profit/loss attributable
to shareholders for each of the years then ended.



                                       iii







FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION



This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operation," and "Description of Business," contains forward-looking
information. In some cases you can identify forward-looking statements by
phrases such as "in our view," "we cannot assure you," as well as by terminology
such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "objectives,"
"goals," "aims," "projects," "forecasts," "possible," "seeks," "could," "might,"
"likely," "enable," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts,"
"potential," or "continue," or the negative of these terms or other comparable
terminology. These statements generally constitute statements of expectation,
intent and anticipation and may turn out to be inaccurate.

We can give you no assurances that the results, including the actual production
or commencement dates, construction completion dates, costs or production output
or anticipated life of the projects and mines, projected cashflows, debt levels,
and marked-to-market values of and cashflows from the hedgebook will not differ
materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and
involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which
are beyond our control, which may cause actual results to differ materially from
those expressed in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
These risks include those relating to leverage, gold price volatility, changes
in interest rates, hedging operations, reserves estimates, exploration and
development, mining, yearly output, power supply, Ghanaian political risks,
environmental regulation, labor relations, general political risks, control by
principal shareholders, Ghanaian statutory provisions, dividends and litigation.
For example, future revenues from projects or mines will be based in part upon
the market price of gold, which may vary significantly from current levels. Any
variations, if materially adverse, may impact the timing or feasibility of the
developments of a particular project or the expansion of specified mines.

Other factors that may affect the actual construction or production commencement
dates, costs or production output and anticipated lives of mines include the
ability to profitably produce and transport gold to applicable markets, the
impact of foreign currency exchange rates, the impact of any increase in the
costs of inputs, and activities by governmental authorities where such projects
or mines are being explored or developed, including increases in taxes, changes
in environmental or other regulations and political uncertainty. Likewise
marked-to-market values of and cashflows from the hedgebook can be affected by,
amongst other things, gold price volatility, US interest rates, gold lease rates
and active management of the hedgebook.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we
undertake no obligation to update publicly any of them in light of new
information or future events, except as required by law, or unless required to
do so by the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority.

Actual events or results may differ materially from any forward-looking
statement. In evaluating these statements you should specifically consider
various factors including the risks outlined under "Risk Factors". Although we
believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are
reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance
or achievements.


                                       iv







PROSPECTUS SUMMARY



This summary highlights the material information contained elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before deciding to
buy our ordinary shares or GDSs. To facilitate an understanding of the
descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry that appear in this
prospectus, including descriptions of geological formations, exploration
activities and mining processes, we have included a glossary of mining terms
under the heading "Glossary of Defined Terms".

                       Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited

Our Business


We are engaged in the mining and processing of gold ores and the exploration and
development of gold properties in Africa and in hedging activities in connection
with our gold production. We have interests in major gold mines in Ghana,
Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe. In 2002, our gold production was 1.62 million
ounces. As at December 31, 2002, we had proven and probable contained gold
reserves of approximately 27.8 million ounces, before making any allowance for
minority and joint venture interests.


We occupy a position of strategic significance within the Ghanaian economy. We
are a major contributor of foreign exchange earnings to Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania
and Zimbabwe. In addition, we are one of the largest companies listed on the
Ghana Stock Exchange and a major employer, particularly in the Ashanti region of
Ghana.


Our priority is to explore for, develop and operate gold mines in Africa and to
remain a leading mining company in Africa, managed largely by Africans. We are
currently focusing on developing the potential of our existing mines and
increasing the efficiency of their operations. As part of this strategy, we are
engaged in development projects to be completed over the next 15 months at three
of our existing mines, Geita, Iduapriem/Teberebie and Siguiri, each of which
will be funded from internal resources or through our revolving credit facility.
At Geita and Iduapriem/Teberebie, processing throughput is planned to be
increased by 40% and 50% respectively to between 5.5 million and 6.0 million
tonnes per year and 4.5 million tonnes per year respectively. At Siguiri, the
current heap leach operation has a capacity of 9.0 million tonnes per year (with
a metallurgical recovery of some 80%). It is planned to construct a 9.0 million
tonnes per year CIP plant which will have a metallurgical recovery of some 93%
and to continue to use the heap leach plant but at a reduced rate of around 1.5
million tonnes per year.

We also continue to explore consolidation opportunities in the gold sector. As a
leading mining company operating solely in Africa we are offered the opportunity
to participate in a number of projects and properties throughout Africa, such as
the platinum group metal project located in South Africa in which we recently
acquired an exploration interest. We will continue to review opportunities
which have low entry costs and high expected returns and allow us to apply our
technical expertise.


Our History

In 1897, an English company named Ashanti Goldfields Corporation Limited, or
Ashanti Goldfields, was founded and began to develop a mining concession in the
area of our current operations at Obuasi. Several years later, underground
mining began at the site and has continued to the present. In 1969, Ashanti
Goldfields became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lonrho Plc, now called Lonmin
Plc, or Lonmin, a UK listed company which at that time had interests in mining,
hotels and general trade in Africa. Following the Lonmin acquisition in 1969,
the Government of Ghana acquired 20% of Ashanti Goldfields from Lonmin in
exchange for the Government of Ghana's agreement to extend the term of Ashanti
Goldfields' mining lease over the concession area.

In 1972, the Government of Ghana formed us as a Ghanaian company to take over
the assets, business and functions formerly carried out by Ashanti Goldfields.
The Government of Ghana then held 55% of our outstanding shares, with Lonmin
holding the remaining 45%.


In 1994, as part of its divestiture policy, the Government of Ghana sold part of
its holding in us in a global offering. In connection with that offering, we
were reorganized as a Ghanaian public limited company. As at March 12, 2003,
the Government of Ghana owned approximately 17.2% and Lonmin owned approximately
28.1% of our outstanding shares.



                                       1







In 1996, we expanded our operations through the acquisition of companies holding
interests in the Ayanfuri, Bibiani, Iduapriem, Siguiri, and Freda-Rebecca
properties, which were already or were subsequently developed as mines, and
acquired an interest in what was then the Geita exploration concession in
Tanzania. In 1998, we acquired SAMAX Gold Inc., the principal asset of which was
the other part of the interest in the Geita exploration concession adjacent to
our existing license area. In 1999 and 2000, we developed the Geita mine and in
2000 sold a 50% equity interest in it to AngloGold Limited. In 2000, we acquired
our interest in the Teberebie mine, which is adjacent to the Iduapriem mine.

Through the period from the end of 1999 to June 2002, commencing with a sharp
rise in the price of gold which led initially to a liquidity crisis, we were
engaged in a process of financial restructuring with our banks, hedge
counterparties and noteholders.


Recent Restructuring


In June 2002, we completed a financial restructuring which involved:

o    entering into a new enlarged revolving credit facility of US$200 million;

o    raising approximately US$41.8 million from the early exercise of 70.3% of
     our warrants (which were previously issued to some of our banks and hedge
     counterparties and which were exchangeable for our shares);

o    agreement with our hedge counterparties for continued margin-free trading;
     and

o    raising US$75.0 million through the issue to our largest shareholder,
     Lonmin, of mandatorily exchangeable notes, or MENs, which convert into our
     ordinary shares upon the completion of this rights issue.

The Government of Ghana has a call option in respect of approximately US$28.4
million of these MENs. Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have both
contractually agreed that the MENs represent approximately _____% of their
entitlements under the rights issue and neither party will be exercising or
dealing in this percentage of their rights.


Current Trading and Prospects

In 2003 we commenced the commissioning of the expanded CIL plant at
Iduapriem/Teberebie and, although we have experienced unexpected delays in
commissioning, currently anticipate that it will be completed during the second
quarter of the year. The Bibiani mine experienced a slope failure on the western
wall of the pit at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2002. This is not
expected to materially impact gold production, but will add approximately US$3
million to costs over the first two quarters of 2003. At Siguiri, we have
completed a feasibility study to assess the viability of converting the mine's
processing plant to a hybrid, combining CIP and heap leach, and expect the
conversion to be completed, at a total cost of US$32 million, in the second
quarter of 2004. At the Geita mine, we anticipate that production will be lower
for at least the first two quarters of 2003 as compared to 2002, due to
lower mined grades as waste stripping continues in cut 3 at Nyankanga.

Rising fuel prices, increases in power costs and wages, depreciation of the US
dollar in which our revenues are denominated, the appreciation in currencies of
countries from which we source our major inputs and rising costs of reagents
will impact adversely on our cash operating costs this year. We are taking steps
to minimise this impact but it is still likely that cash operating costs will
increase by approximately 10% this year.

Our group production target for the year is approximately 1.6 million ounces,
broadly in line with last year's actual production. This assumes that the
stripping schedule for cut 3 at Nyankanga is completed by the end of July
and that the CIL plant at Iduapriem/Teberebie is fully commissioned by the
end of June. We expect our production for the first quarter of 2003 to be in
the region of 375,000 ounces. This is 8% below the pro-rata figure for our
annualised production target, primarily due to lower mined grades as waste
stripping continues in Geita, and unexpected delays caused by the commissioning
of the plant expansion at Iduapriem/Teberebie. Due to these factors, group
production for the second quarter is likely to continue at the same
level as for the first quarter, with the shortfall planned to be made up in the
second half of the year. The reduced production levels anticipated for the
first two quarters will have a consequential adverse impact on our unit cash
operating costs for these quarters, as compared to the annualised level.
However, our directors believe that the long term prospects of the business
are good.



                                       2







                               The Rights Offering

We are issuing to our holders of ordinary shares transferable rights to buy new
ordinary shares and, through The Bank of New York, our depositary and GDS rights
agent, we are issuing to holders of our global depositary securities, or GDSs,
transferable rights to subscribe for new GDSs.

The subscription price per new ordinary share (of no par value) held on our
International Register and per new GDS is US$_____.

We will offer up to _____ new ordinary shares in the rights offering, in the
form of ordinary shares or ordinary shares represented by GDSs.


We expect to have a maximum of _____ ordinary shares, in the form of ordinary
shares or ordinary shares represented by GDSs, issued and outstanding after
completion of the rights offering and exchange of the MENs. This is an expected
increase of up to approximately _____% based on the number of our ordinary
shares currently in issue and assuming all rights are exercised under the rights
offering (other than the rights agreed by Lonmin and the Government of Ghana not
to be exercised by them).

The Managers have severally agreed to underwrite a total of _____ new ordinary
shares and/or new GDSs at the rights issue price. Certain of our existing
institutional securityholders have agreed to sub-underwrite all of such
underwritten shares, on terms that such securityholders may reduce their
sub-underwriting participation by the number of new ordinary shares and/or new
GDSs which they subscribe for pursuant to the rights offering.

The rights offering is conditional upon:

o    admission of the new ordinary shares "nil paid" (meaning without the
     subscription price being paid up for the shares), and the transferable
     rights to subscribe for new GDSs, to the Official List of the UK Listing
     Authority and to trading on the London Stock Exchange, or LSE, by not later
     than 8.00am, London time, on _____, 2003, or at such other time or date as
     we may agree, being not later than _____, 2003, and

o    authorization for listing the transferable rights to subscribe for new GDSs
     on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, subject to official notice of
     issuance, being received by not later than admission to listing on the UKLA
     and to trading on the LSE.

The rights issue agreement (which we have entered into with the Managers in
respect of the underwriting and other matters relating to the rights issue) or
the Managers' underwriting obligations under the agreement may be terminated in
the event of certain material breaches of the agreement prior to admission (as
described above). The agreement may also be terminated in the event of certain
force majeure events occurring prior to [5.00 p.m.], London time, on __, 2003.
If the rights issue agreement were to be terminated prior to admission, we
reserve the right to proceed with the rights issue.


Detailed timetables of the rights offering with respect to ordinary shareholders
and holders of GDSs appear in this prospectus under the heading "The Rights
Offering".

Rights Offering to Holders of GDSs

Rights offering               You have the right to buy _____ new GDSs for
                              every _____ GDSs you own.

                              We have arranged for our GDS depositary, The Bank
                              of New York, to send to each record holder of
                              GDSs a GDS rights certificate showing the number
                               of new GDSs the record holder is entitled to buy.

GDS rights agent and          The Bank of New York.
depositary

Record date                   _____, 2003.

Ex-rights date                9.30am, New York City time, on _____, 2003. If
                              you sell or otherwise transfer all of your
                              existing GDSs before 9.30am, New York City time,
                              on _____, 2003, you will not be entitled to
                              participate in the GDS rights offering.


                                       3








GDS subscription price        You will need to pay the GDS rights agent the
                              GDS subscription price of US$_____ for each
                              new GDS that you want to subscribe for. The
                              GDS subscription price may only be paid in US
                              dollars. Payment in US dollars must be made by
                              certified check, bank draft drawn on a US bank
                              or US postal or express money order, made payable
                              to "The Bank of New York".

Exercise period               From _____, 2003 through 3.00pm, New York City
                              time, on _____, 2003.


Trading period in the         From _____, 2003 through _____, 2003 (on the NYSE)
GDS rights                    and _____ , 2003 (on the LSE).


Rights expiration date        3.00pm, New York City time, on _____,2003


Unexercised GDS rights        New GDSs representing unexercised GDS rights or
                              new ordinary shares underlying unexercised GDS
                              rights may be sold through arrangements with ____.
                              If they are sold at a price above the aggregate of
                              the new GDS subscription price and expenses of
                              sale (including any tax), any premium attributable
                              to the unexercizing GDS holders will be paid to
                              the depositary. The depositary will pay any
                              amounts received by it, net of expenses (including
                              a fee not in excess of US$0.02 per GDS you hold)
                              and any tax, to unexercizing holders of GDS rights
                              pro rata to their unexercised GDS rights.

Delivery                      If you exercise your GDS rights, the depositary
                              will provide you with global depositary receipts
                              evidencing your new GDSs as soon as practicable
                              after _____, 2003. The depositary will charge you
                              a fee not in excess of US$5.00 per 100 GDSs
                              issued to you pursuant to the rights issue.


Listing                       GDSs trade on the NYSE under the symbol "ASL". We
                              expect the GDS rights will trade on the NYSE
                              under the symbol "_____".

                              GDSs trade on the LSE under the symbol "ASND". We
                              expect the GDS rights will trade on the LSE under
                              the symbol "ASNDN".

US Information Agent          _____

Toll-free Helpline Number     _____

Rights Offering to Holders of Ordinary Shares on the International Register

Rights offering               You have the right to buy _____ new ordinary
                              shares for every _____ ordinary shares you own.

                              A provisional allotment letter, or PAL, which
                              accompanies this document, shows the number of
                              new ordinary shares you are entitled to buy.

Ordinary share subscription   US$_____ per ordinary share, payable in US
price                         dollars.

Record date                   _____, 2003.

Ex-rights date                8.00am, London time, on _____, 2003. If you
                              sell or otherwise transfer all of your
                              existing ordinary shares before 8.00am,
                              London time, on _____, 2003, you will not be
                              able to participate in the ordinary share
                              rights offering.

Exercise period               From _____, 2003 through 10.00am, London time, on
                              _____, 2003.

Trading period in the nil     From _____, 2003 through _____, 2003 on the LSE.
paid rights

Rights expiration date        10.00am, London time, on _____, 2003.


Unexercised ordinary share    New ordinary shares relating to unexercised
rights                        share rights or new GDSs representing
                              unexercised share rights may be sold through
                              arrangements



                                       4








                              with _____. If they are sold at a price above the
                              aggregate of the ordinary share subscription
                              price and expenses of sale (including any tax),
                              any premium will be paid to the unexercizing
                              holders of share rights pro rata to their
                              unexercised ordinary share rights, so long as
                              such premium exceeds US$_____. (Note that Lonmin
                              and the Government of Ghana, who have undertaken
                              not to deal in or take up approximately _____% of
                              their rights, will not have shares representing
                              this percentage of their unexercised rights sold
                              for their benefit.)

Receiving Agents              Capita Registrars, The Registry, 34 Beckenham
                              Road, Beckenham, Kent, UK, BR3 4TU.


Delivery                      We expect to mail definitive certificates for new
                              ordinary shares subscribed for pursuant to the
                              exercise of ordinary share rights by _____, 2003.

Listing                       Ordinary shares trade on the LSE under the symbol
                              "ASN ". We expect the share rights will trade on
                              the LSE under the symbol "ASNN ".

Information Agent             _____

Helpline Number               _____

Rights Offering in Ghana

The rights offering is being extended to holders of ordinary shares on the
Ghanaian (Principal) register by means of a separate prospectus complying with
Ghanaian securities laws. Holders of our shares on this register will also be
sent a separate Ghanaian provisional allotment letter. Neither this document,
nor the PALs or GDS rights certificates, will be sent to such holders. The offer
to holders on the Ghanaian register will differ from this offer in that it will
be made at a fixed price in cedis (the currency of Ghana) referable to the US
dollar offer price. Such fixed price is _____ cedis (which represented US$_____
on _____, 2003). The Ghanaian offer will constitute an offer of an aggregate of
_____ ordinary shares and will remain open for _____ days after the offer set
out in this document closes (to compensate for timing delays with distribution
of documents in Ghana).


Issued Share Capital

We are offering a total of up to _____ new ordinary shares in the form of
ordinary shares or GDSs. At March 12, 2003, we had 128,103,824 ordinary
shares issued and outstanding (and one special rights redeemable preference
share, or golden share) and we expect to have a maximum of approximately _____
ordinary shares issued and outstanding after completion of the rights offering.
(This includes _____ ordinary shares which will be issued on exchange of the
MENs, and assumes full take up under the rights offering other than in respect
of the rights which Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have agreed not to take
up.) This is an expected maximum increase of approximately _____% based on the
number of our ordinary shares currently outstanding.

               Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following summary consolidated financial data presented below as of December
31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and for each of the years then-ended have been derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto that
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial
data presented below as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the years
then-ended has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
and the notes thereto that are not included in this prospectus. We encourage you
to read this summary in conjunction with the more detailed information contained
in the financial statements that appear in this prospectus, including notes to
the financial statements. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with UK GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from US
GAAP.



                                       5










                                                          12 Months     12 Months     12 Months     12 Months    12 Months
                                                         to Dec. 31,   to Dec. 31,   to Dec. 31,   to Dec. 31,  to Dec. 31,
                                                             2002          2001          2000          1999         1998
                                                                      (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5)
                                                         -----------  -------------  ------------- ------------- ------------
                                                                               (in US$ millions except
                                                                          dividend and per share numbers)
                                                                                                     
PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT DATA(1) Amounts in accordance
with UK GAAP:
   Group revenue                                            467.5         477.7          582.2         582.1        600.3
   Total revenue                                            552.2         554.4          582.2         582.1        600.3
   Group operating profit/(loss)                             66.4          76.6         (126.1)         17.2         90.3
   Total operating profit/(loss)                             74.3          96.8         (126.1)         17.2         90.3
   Profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders                56.2          59.9         (119.5)        (71.9)        76.0
   Earnings/(loss) per share(2)                              0.47          0.53          (1.06)        (0.65)        0.70
   Diluted earnings/(loss) per share                         0.44          0.52          (1.52)        (0.69)        0.70
   Dividends per share - (US$)(3)                              --            --             --            --         0.10
                       - (cedi)(3)                             --            --             --            --          233
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP:
   Revenue                                                  492.4         474.5          582.2         582.1        600.3
   Operating (loss)/profit                                 (135.1)         61.4         (407.9)       (254.4)       (74.2)
   Net (loss)/profit before cumulative effect
      of an accounting change                              (182.8)         33.1         (349.1)       (335.4)        12.1
   Net (loss)/profit                                       (182.8)         65.4         (349.1)       (335.4)        12.1
Earnings per share (US$):
   Basic:
   (Loss)/earnings per share before
      cumulative effect of an accounting change             (1.53)         0.30          (3.11)        (3.01)        0.11
   Cumulative effect of an accounting change                   --          0.28             --            --           --
   (Loss)/earnings per share                                (1.53)         0.58          (3.11)        (3.01)        0.11
Diluted:
   (Loss)/earnings per share before
      cumulative effect of an accounting change             (1.53)         0.29          (3.11)        (3.01)        0.11
   Cumulative effect of an accounting change                   --          0.28             --            --           --
   (Loss)/earnings per share                                (1.53)         0.57          (3.11)        (3.01)        0.11






                                                           As of         As of        As of        As of        As of
                                                         Dec. 31,(4)    Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,     Dec. 31,
                                                             2002         2001         2000         1999         1998
                                                                     (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5) (Restated)(5)
                                                         -----------  ------------  ------------- ------------- -------------
                                                                             (in US$ millions except
                                                                           dividend and share numbers)
                                                                                                 
BALANCE SHEET DATA(1)
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP:
   Total assets                                             884.5         897.7        937.9       1,337.4      1,489.3
   Long-term borrowings                                     254.2         300.6        358.5         423.2        414.3
   Net assets                                               447.5         349.1        290.4         382.3        431.2
   Equity shareholders' funds                               446.3         347.1        286.3         381.2        427.4
   Stated capital                                           588.2         545.2        544.3         544.3        518.6
   Number of ordinary shares as adjusted
      to reflect changes in capital
      (million shares)                                      119.1         112.1        112.4         111.4        108.7
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP:
   Total assets                                             698.4         887.3        878.0       1,560.3      1,876.9
   Long-term borrowings                                     254.2         300.6        358.5         445.2        431.3
   Net assets                                               110.3         310.5        182.4         528.4        845.9
   Shareholders' equity                                     109.1         308.5        178.3         527.3        842.1



NOTES:


(1)  Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK
     GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP. Details
     of the principal differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP relevant to us are
     set out in note 32 to our audited consolidated financial statements which
     is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)  Based on profit after tax and minority interests and weighted average
     number of shares outstanding of 119.1 million shares for the 12 months to
     December 31, 2002, 112.1 million shares for the 12 months to December 31,
     2001, 112.4 million for the 12 months to December 31, 2000, 111.4 million
     for the 12 months to December 31, 1999 and 108.7 million for the 12 months
     to December 31, 1998.

(3)  No interim dividend was paid in respect of the years ended December 31,
     2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998. No final dividend was paid for 2002 (2001:
     Nil, 2000: Nil, 1999: Nil, 1998: US$0.10). The local currency equivalents
     have been converted at the then prevailing cedi exchange rates.

(4)  Amounts shown in accordance with US GAAP as of and for the year ended
     December 31, 2002 reflect the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting
     Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets ("SFAS
     142") on January 1, 2002. Consequently, the financial information
     presented for comparative periods has not been prepared on a consistent
     basis in this regard. The effects of adoption of SFAS 142 are discussed in
     note 32 to our consolidated financial statements.

(5)  Amounts presented for comparative periods in accordance with UK GAAP
     have been restated for the adoption of Financial Reporting Standard 19,
     Deferred Taxation ("FRS 19"). The restated deferred tax assets/
     (liabilities) were US$6.9 million, US$1.7 million, US$(19.1) million and
     US$(131.2) million as of December 31, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998
     respectively. Amounts presented for comparative periods in accordance with
     US GAAP have been restated for the adoption of SFAS No. 145 Rescission of
     FASB statements 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and
     Technical Conditions ("SFAS 145") on January 1, 2002. On adoption,
     extraordinary items of US$0.8 million and US$4.8 million for the years
     ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, were reclassified to non-
     operating income.



                                       6







RISK FACTORS




Because we have significant amounts of debt, our ability to exploit new business
opportunities and to avail ourselves of other funding options may be
constrained.


We remain highly leveraged. In our recent restructuring US$218.6 million
exchangeable notes and the balance of US$48 million of the previous credit
facility were replaced by an enlarged US$200 million credit facility, of which
US$149.0 million was drawn as of December 31, 2002, and US$75.0 million of
mandatorily exchangeable notes, or MENs. The MENs will be treated as debt until
their exchange into our ordinary shares. The MENs automatically exchange into
our ordinary shares upon the completion of this rights offering. If our leverage
remains high, the availability of other financing options will be limited, our
business will be vulnerable to shortfalls in production and we may be unable to
pursue other business opportunities including further development of our
existing properties. In addition, because we have replaced the fixed interest
rate existing notes with variable rate bank debt and because of the fees payable
pursuant to the early exercise of some of our warrants, we are more exposed to
an increase in general interest rates than before that replacement. Furthermore,
we have given our lenders security interests over substantially all our assets.
If they become entitled to enforce these interests, they may liquidate our
assets without our consent.


Because our business is tied to the international market price of gold, and that
price has been volatile in the recent past, our success may fluctuate based upon
this price. Fluctuations of the gold price are not within our control.

Our profitability, viability, cash flow, ability to make capital expenditure and
carry out expansion plans can be significantly affected by changes in the market
price of gold as our revenues from mining are a product of gold production and
price.

Historically, gold prices have fluctuated and are affected by numerous industry
factors, such as sales and purchases of gold by central banks, demand for
precious metals, forward selling by producers, and production and cost levels in
major gold-producing regions. Moreover, gold prices are also affected by
macroeconomic factors such as expectations for inflation, interest rates,
currency exchange rates and global or regional political and economic
situations.

The price of gold is affected by supply and demand factors. However, these
factors may not influence the price of gold as markedly as they do in other
commodity markets owing to non-market related sales by central banks. The
potential supply of gold consists of new mine production plus existing stocks of
bullion and fabricated gold held by governments, central banks, financial
institutions, industrial organizations and individuals. The demand for gold
stems from jewelry demand, investment and industrial uses.

The price of gold has on occasion been subject to rapid short-term changes
because of a number of factors including actions taken by central banks and
financial institutions, economic conditions, announcements made by and in
respect of gold producers, movements in US interest and gold lease rates,
fluctuations in the US dollar, movements in stock market indices, speculative
activities and market concerns about peace and stability. If gold prices should
decline below our cash costs of production and remain at such levels for any
sustained period, we could determine that it is not economically feasible to
continue the commercial production of gold.

The following table sets forth the annual high, low and average of the afternoon
gold price fixed by the London Gold Market for the previous six years.




        High   Low   Average
Year     US$   US$     US$
-----   ----   ---   -------
              
1997     368   281     330
1998     313   273     294
1999     326   253     279
2000     313   264     279
2001     293   256     271
2002     349   278     310


As at March 12, 2003, the afternoon gold price fixed by the London Gold
Market was US$346.




                                       7








We conduct hedging operations to reduce the risk associated with gold price
volatility, but there is a risk that our hedging strategy will not be
successful.

Our hedging operations, which are intended to protect us against falling gold
prices, may cause us to lose the benefit of an increase in the price of gold or
obligate us to make payments to our hedge counterparties.


We engage in hedging transactions. We use various types of instruments in our
hedging activities, which include forward sales, options, and lease rate swaps.
We may not fully participate in increases in the spot price of gold on the
portion of our production that is hedged.


The cash flows from and marked-to-market values of our hedge book can be
affected by factors such as the market price of gold, gold price volatility, US
interest rates and gold lease rates, which are not under our control. In some
circumstances, we could have to make substantial payments to our hedge
counterparties.

Cash payments in respect of hedging transactions (other than those of our Geita
joint venture) will be made by our treasury company or us. Monies from the sale
of gold will be received by the mines. Where the mine is held through a
subsidiary company that has limitations on its ability to make distributions
or loans to us then, in the event of a rise in the price of gold, we may not
always be able to access the difference between the spot price of gold and the
price at which payments in respect of related hedging contracts are triggered.

Our hedging agreements can be terminated in limited circumstances. This could
require us to make substantial cash payments.


Our hedging transactions are now entitled to continuing margin-free trading
arrangements. Any existing rights to call for margin have been canceled and we
have agreed that, subject to limited exceptions, no new hedging agreements will
benefit from rights to call for margin. If these provisions and others are
breached by us, or if we are no longer in compliance with the hedge policy which
is currently in place or if the hedge policy is amended other than with the
approval of an appropriate majority of our hedge counterparties, then our hedge
counterparties will have a right to terminate their hedging agreements with us.
We cannot assure you that our affairs can be managed to prevent an event in the
future which gives rise to the right of the hedge counterparties to terminate
the hedging agreements.


Our hedging agreements also contain, among other things, events of default and
termination events which could lead to early close-outs of our hedges. These
include failure to pay, breach of the agreement, misrepresentation, default
under our loans or other hedging agreements, bankruptcy, merger without
assumption of our obligations and merger where the creditworthiness of the
resulting, surviving or transferee entity is materially weaker than us. Our
hedging agreements do not make express provisions for who would determine
whether the creditworthiness of the resulting, surviving or transferee entity in
a merger was materially weaker than us or the factors that would be taken into
consideration in such a determination. If we and the relevant hedge counterparty
or counterparties were unable to agree in this respect, the issue would be
decided by a court or arbitrator applying English law. Some of our hedging
contracts also contain optional early termination provisions pursuant to which
the relevant hedge counterparty can unilaterally elect to terminate the relevant
hedging contracts on specified dates. The first of these early termination
provisions which can apply can be exercised on June 30, 2008 and each
subsequent anniversary of the execution of the hedging contracts to which the
option applies.


In the event of an early termination of our hedging agreements, the cash flows
from the affected hedge instruments would cease and we and the relevant hedge
counterparty would settle all of our obligations at that time. In that event,
there could be a lump sum payment to be made either to or by us. The magnitude
and direction of such a payment would depend upon, among other things, the
characteristics of the particular hedge instruments that were terminated and the
market price of gold and gold price volatility, US interest rates and gold lease
rates at the time of termination. If we were required to make a sufficiently
large payment, it could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

If the negative marked-to-market value of the Geita hedgebook exceeds a
specified level, we will not be able to receive any cash from the Geita joint
venture.


Our Geita joint venture also engages in hedging transactions in respect of
production from the Geita mine. This hedging is carried out on a margin-free
basis. However, if at any time the aggregate marked-to-market value of the Geita
hedge book exceeds US$132.5 million (negative), then we will be restricted from
receiving



                                      8








cash from the joint venture until the marked-to-market value reduces
below that threshold. The hedging arrangements also provide for events of
default and termination events which could lead to early close-outs or lead to a
default in Geita's US$135.0 million project finance facility. The threshold of
US$132.5 million will increase during the life of the Geita facility as
principal repayments are made and additional coverage becoming available under
the political risk insurance.


Our reserve estimates may be revised downward in the future, as a result of
re-assessment or because of a fall in the price of gold, which would materially
harm our business.


We have prepared the ore reserve figures presented in accordance with industry
practice. However, these figures are estimates and there is a risk that the
indicated amount of gold might not be recovered. Reserve estimates may require
revisions based on, among other things, actual production experience, changes to
mining methods or processing techniques and changes in costs. Further, a decline
in the market price of gold may render ore reserves containing relatively lower
grades of gold mineralization uneconomical to recover and could ultimately
result in a restatement of our reserves. In recent years, we have restated our
reserves as a result of the decrease in the gold price. There is a risk that we
will have to restate our reserve estimates in the future as a result of further
decreases in the gold price or increases in costs. A downward restatement of
reserve estimates could have a negative impact on the lives of our mines and/or
future production levels which in turn could reduce future income and our
earnings.


Gold exploration is frequently unsuccessful, so we may not be able to discover
and exploit new reserves to replace those we are currently mining.


To maintain gold production into the future beyond the life of the current
reserves or to increase production materially above planned levels, we will be
required to discover further reserves. Exploration for gold is speculative in
nature, involves many risks and frequently is unsuccessful. Any gold exploration
program entails risks relating to the location of economic orebodies, the
development of appropriate metallurgical processes, the receipt of necessary
governmental permits and the construction of mining and processing facilities at
any site chosen for mining. There is a risk that our exploration efforts will
not result in the discovery of gold mineralization or that any mineralization
discovered will not result in an increase of our reserves. If we develop our
reserves, it can take a number of years and substantial expenditures from the
initial phases of drilling until production is possible, during which time the
economic feasibility of production may change. There is a risk that we will not
be able to fund future expenditure through debt or equity issues for major
developments to maintain production levels in future years. Our current proven
and probable contained gold reserves as at December 31, 2002 were approximately
27.8 million ounces, prior to making allowance for minority and joint venture
interests. There is a risk that our exploration programs will not result in the
replacement of current production with new reserves, or that our development
programs will not be able to extend the life of our existing mining operations
or result in any new commercial mining operations.


Our mines are subject to environmental and geological risks which could shut
down our operations.


The business of gold mining is subject to risks, including environmental hazards
(which could occur, for example, on the collapse of a tailings dam), geological
uncertainties and operating issues (for example, the collapse of a pit wall as
occurred at Obuasi and the collapse of the slope in the pit wall as occurred at
Bibiani), industrial accidents, discharge of toxic chemicals (such as cyanide),
fire, earthquakes and extreme weather conditions. At Obuasi, we are heavily
reliant on the availability of the KMS shaft and to a lesser extent KRS and GCS
shafts. Any serious damage to these shafts or any major mechanical failure would
have a significant impact on our revenues and any repair work could also require
significant expenditure. In Guinea, our Siguiri mine is responsible for shipping
cyanide to the mine site over land, including part of the journey by ferry
crossing over a river. Any spillage could cause environmental damage, expose us
to liability and/or slow our production at the mine. Any of these hazards could
delay production, increase production costs and result in liability for us.


We may sustain expenses related to mining risks that either exceed the values
of, or are outside the scope of, our current insurance policies.

We insure against certain risks of mining and processing. Our ability to
continue to obtain insurance at an economic price is largely dependent on the
state of the insurance market. Our insurance has monetary limits


                                       9








on the amount that can be claimed and the deductibles. We may not be able to
maintain the current level of deductibles and may not be able to cover certain
types of risk currently insured. We do not currently insure against
non-accidental and some other environmental liabilities and are not able to
obtain insurance for some movements of bullion. We may become subject to
liability for pollution or other hazards against which we have not insured or
cannot insure, including those in respect of past mining activities.
Additionally, a large proportion of our insurance, including our main Property
and Business Interruption policy, is placed in, and re-insured with, the
African insurance market. These insurers may not have the same financial
resources as our European or American insurers and so may not be able to pay
a large claim in full. Additionally, if a Ghanaian insurance company was to
become insolvent, then due to provisions of the Ghanaian insurance and
insolvency laws, we may not be able to take full advantage of re-insurance
placed in respect of our policies.

Because we use mining contractors, we may face delays or suspensions of mining
activity that are beyond our control.

We use mining contractors to mine and deliver ore to the processing plants at a
number of our mines. We do not own all the mining equipment at these sites. We
may face disruption and incur costs and liabilities in the event any of the
mining contractors has financial difficulties or should we encounter a dispute
in renegotiating a mining contract or a delay in replacing an existing
contractor.


Our actual gold production may be below target in any given year as a result of
any one or more of numerous factors beyond our control. If so, we may have to
fund hedging payments.


Our gold production in any year will be affected by a number of factors,
including:

o    our ability to produce the required tonnages of ore;

o    the grade and type of ore available to be mined;

o    our ability to control the grade of ore;

o    the amenability of the ore to processing methods;

o    our ability to obtain the required recovery from processing;

o    availability of power;

o    disturbances affecting mining and processing (such as industrial strikes,
     fire, drought, floods and disturbances in fuel supply); and

o    delays in procurement of supplies and equipment and equipment failure.

In the past our annual gold production has been affected by these and other
factors and, as a result, there is a risk that we will not be able to produce at
budgeted levels in any financial year. In particular, a shortage of rainfall may
impact on power supplies and also lead to insufficient water to maintain full
production at our plants. Heavy rainfall, on the other hand, can adversely
impact our heap leach operations, including those at Siguiri. We might also lose
some gold through theft by employees and others. Production could be severely
disrupted by the breakdown of, or where unscheduled maintenance is required on,
certain items of mining or processing equipment.


Our hedging policy defines targeted commitment levels that are calculated as a
percentage of forecast production. If the mines suffer significant production
shortfalls then we may have to fund hedging payments which will reflect the gold
price at that time but not receive any cash from lost gold production.


Our power supplies are unreliable and have on occasion forced us to halt or
curtail activities at our mines.

Substantial portions of our mining operations in Ghana are dependent for their
electricity supply on hydroelectric power supplied by the Volta River Authority,
or VRA, an entity controlled by the Government of Ghana, although we also have
access to VRA electricity supply from a recently constructed smaller thermal
plant. The VRA's principal electricity generating facility is the Akosombo Dam
and during periods of below average inflows from the Volta reservoir electricity
supplies from the Akosombo Dam may be curtailed, as occurred in 1998. In
addition, this electricity supply has been subject to voltage fluctuations,
which can damage our equipment. Other than short-term stand-by generators, which
are not sufficient to allow us to continue mining operations, we have no means
of obtaining alternative power in the event of a supply shortage from the VRA.
The VRA also obtains power from neighboring Cote d'Ivoire, which has recently


                                       10







experienced some political instability and civil unrest. These factors may cause
interruptions in our power supply or result in increases in the cost of power
even if they do not interrupt supply.

Our mining operations in Guinea and Tanzania are dependent on power supplied by
outside contractors and for supplies of fuel being delivered by road. Our power
supply has been disrupted in the past and we have suffered resulting production
loss as a result of equipment failure. At Geita we entered into agreements under
which Rolls-Royce agreed to supply power to the mine and to sell generators to
Geita and operate them. From inception, the generators proved unreliable,
resulting in disruptions to the Geita operations and causing us to rely on
Rolls-Royce's provision of alternative power generation, at their cost.


AIDS poses risks to us in terms of productivity and costs.

The incidence of AIDS in Africa poses risks to us in terms of potentially
reduced productivity. The exact extent to which our workforce is infected is not
known. Recently, 20% of the workforce at our Freda-Rebecca mine who agreed to
voluntary testing, tested positive for HIV. Significant increases in the
incidence of AIDS infection and AIDS-related diseases among members of our
workforce in the future could adversely impact our operations and financial
condition.


If Ghana's recent political and economic stability ends, our assets may be
nationalized or our business may otherwise be harmed.


We are a Ghanaian company. Our principal operations and headquarters are in
Ghana and a substantial portion of our gold production is mined in Ghana.
Although political conditions in Ghana have been stable in comparison with those
in many other African states, it has a history of instability in both the
economy and the political system. Although presidential and parliamentary
elections were conducted under the present constitution in 1992, 1996 and 2000,
the possibility that a Ghanaian government may adopt substantially different
policies in the future, which might extend to the renationalization of
privatized assets and the adverse modification of the regulatory or fiscal
regime governing mining companies in Ghana, or the withdrawal or modification of
consents in respect of the retention and use of proceeds from the sale of gold
outside Ghana, cannot be ruled out.


Several other countries in Africa in which we operate are currently politically
and economically unstable, which may result in sudden, unpredictable change that
may be harmful to our business.


Outside Ghana, we are actively engaged in exploration projects throughout Africa
and in mining and exploration projects in Zimbabwe, Tanzania, Guinea and the
Democratic Republic of Congo. These countries may offer relatively high risk of
political and economic instability. In these countries, government policy may be
unpredictable, and the institutions of government may be unstable and may be
subject to rapid and not necessarily peaceful change. Our activities in these
countries might also be adversely affected by any sanctions against the country,
new rules against foreign investors and worker unrest as a result of any
political change. At the moment Zimbabwe is going through substantial political
upheaval and economic difficulties. This upheaval may also affect us in another
way. Over the last year the price realized on the sale of gold from our
Freda-Rebecca mine to the Government of Ghana was substantially higher than the
prevailing market price due to a price support mechanism set by the Government
of Zimbabwe. If this price support mechanism were withdrawn or substantially
reduced, the financial results of our Freda-Rebecca mine would be harmed. Due to
conflict in the Democratic Republic of Congo, we are currently unable to access
our mine site there.


Because several of our mines are located in countries which are either currently
politically unstable, such as Zimbabwe, or which lack a long tradition of
political stability, we face the risk that our property and equipment may be
damaged or destroyed by general civil unrest or by sabotage, whether directed at
us or not.

Any existing or new mining project carried on by us outside Ghana will be
subject to various national and local laws, policies and regulations governing
the prospecting, developing and mining of mineral resources, taxation, exchange
controls, employee relations, health and safety, the environment and other
matters. Any investment by us outside Ghana will also require approval under
Ghanaian exchange control regulations. Any necessary permits, authorizations and
agreements to implement planned projects, to remit monies and to maintain
foreign currency in offshore accounts may not be obtained under conditions or
within time frames that make such plans economical. Also, applicable laws or the
governing political authorities may change, having a material adverse effect on
us.


                                       11







If current environmental regulations are made more stringent, we may incur
expenses associated with remediation or may be prohibited from mining in some
areas.

The countries in which we operate do not currently have fully developed systems
of environmental regulation. These countries may adopt more stringent
regulations in the future which could adversely affect our operational
flexibility and costs. Additionally, we could be required to provide for
reclamation in the form of a cash deposit or financial guarantee, as we
have had to do at our Ghanaian mines, or new environmental rules could
restrict us from mining certain areas, particularly mining in designated
forest areas. Furthermore, our lenders are increasingly requiring us to
comply with higher international environmental standards and practices.

If labor strikes are held again by our workforce or the workforce of our mining
contractors, our business will be harmed.

We and our mining contractors rely to a large degree on a unionized work force.
In 1999 we experienced strikes at our Obuasi mine, and in 2000 at our
Freda-Rebecca mine, and there is a risk that strikes or other types of conflict
with unions or employees may occur in the future.


If our wage costs and other expenses, like those of fuel and disposables,
increase, our financial performance will be harmed.

We have in the past experienced increases in some of our costs, including the
wages of our employees, the costs of fuel, power and of consumables necessary to
our business, like cyanide, cement and lime. Ghana recently experienced a 100%
increase in fuel costs and we therefore anticipate difficult negotiations over
wages with our labor unions in 2003. Also, our agreement with a power supplier,
the Volta River Authority, expires in May 2003 and we expect a significant
increase in the applicable tariff upon renewal of that agreement. We cannot
predict when, if or how much these costs may increase, but they have
historically risen when the price of gold has risen, among other things.


Our principal shareholders have substantial control over us, which they may
exercise in their own interests as opposed to those of all shareholders.


Approximately 28.1% of our current issued share capital is held by Lonmin and
approximately 17.2% is held by the Government of Ghana. The Government of Ghana
also has a veto right in respect of some specified changes regarding us. If
Lonmin and the Government of Ghana vote in the same manner on any matter
requiring approval of a simple majority of the outstanding ordinary shares, they
will materially influence whether that matter will be approved or defeated. In
addition, Lonmin and the Government of Ghana may be able to prevent any
take-over of us. The interests that the Government of Ghana may seek to protect
may at times differ from those of our other shareholders.


Additionally, through the Ghanaian Mining Law, the Government of Ghana has the
power to object to any person becoming or remaining a "shareholder controller,"
"majority shareholder controller" or an "indirect shareholder controller" of us
if they consider that the public interest would be prejudiced. Relations with
the Government of Ghana were strained during the period of our liquidity crisis
in late 1999 and early 2000. The Government of Ghana has had substantial
influence over and continues to take a keen interest in us.


Following exchange of the MENs and as a result of outstanding put options
entered into by Lonmin with warrantholders who agreed to exercise their warrants
for our ordinary shares, there is a possibility that (if there is no take-up of
rights under the rights issue) Lonmin's shareholding could rise to a maximum of
approximately _____%. We have also entered into undertakings with Lonmin
restricting our ability to complete some share issues without shareholder
approval and restricting our ability to effect this rights issue at more than
US$5.40 per share or, if the rights issue is effected at less than US$5.40 per
share, at more than a 5% discount to the then-current market value of an
ordinary share.


Following this rights issue, our directors will only have a maximum of _____ of
our ordinary shares authorized for issuance without the need for prior approval
of our shareholders by means of a special resolution. To pass a special
resolution, it must be approved by holders of three quarters of the shares voted
on it.



                                       12







If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel our business may be harmed.

Our ability to operate our mines and to explore our portfolio of mineral rights
will depend upon the skills and efforts of a small group of management and
technical personnel, including Sam Jonah, our Chief Executive and Group Managing
Director. Factors critical to retaining our present staff and attracting
additional highly qualified personnel include our ability to provide these
individuals with competitive compensation arrangements and other benefits. If we
are not successful in attracting highly qualified individuals in key management
positions, or if we lose any of our key personnel, our business may be harmed.
We do not maintain "key man" life insurance policies on members of our executive
team.

The Ghana Company Law which regulates our activities and the Ghanaian courts
that enforce this law may not yield results predictable by the standards of
English or US law and these results may harm our business.

We are a Ghanaian company and thus regulated by Ghana law and subject to the
jurisdiction of the Courts of Ghana. Although this law is based substantially on
English company law, the decisions of the English Courts may not be followed in
reaching the judgment of an issue in Ghana. In early 2000, a legal action was
commenced against us with a view to a general meeting being convened at short
notice so as to replace the then board of directors; an injunction was also
sought to prevent us from, among other things, entering into a US$100 million
bank financing. Although initial orders made by the Ghanaian High Court to
convene an extraordinary general meeting and the grant of an injunction
prohibiting us from entering into the bank financing were later withdrawn,
rescinded and revoked by the Court, we cannot guarantee that a similar action
might not be brought in the future. In the event that another similar action is
brought, we cannot guarantee you that we will be able to defend it successfully.

If currently pending securities litigation in the US is resolved against us, our
business will be harmed if we are forced to pay substantial sums in compensatory
and punitive damages.

We are subject to litigation, including a consolidated class action lawsuit
pending in the US alleging misstatements and non-disclosures in connection with
SEC filings and other public statements made in 1999 concerning our hedging
program. The plaintiffs are seeking unspecified damages. These matters may
adversely affect our business and financial condition. The outcome of this
litigation may not be known for some time.


Our ability to obtain desirable mineral exploration projects in the future will
be adversely affected by competition from other exploration companies.


In conducting our exploration activities, we compete with other mining companies
in connection with the search for and acquisition of properties producing or
possessing the potential to produce gold. Many of these companies have
significantly greater resources than us. Existing or future competition in the
mining industry could materially and adversely affect our prospects for mineral
exploration and success in the future.

We have not paid dividends for the last several years and may not do so in the
future.


We did not pay dividends with respect to the financial years 1999, 2000, 2001 or
2002, and we currently have a substantial deficit on distributable reserves. In
light of this deficit, we do not anticipate paying dividends for the foreseeable
future.


In some cases, The Bank of New York may not make subsequent rights offerings or
other distributions to GDS holders.

If we make a subsequent rights offering to holders of securities, The Bank of
New York may make these rights available to you after we instruct it to do so
and provide it with evidence that it is legal to do so. If we fail to do this
and The Bank of New York determines that it is impractical to sell the rights,
it may allow these rights to lapse. In that case, you may receive no value for
them.

Additionally, The Bank of New York is not responsible if it decides that it is
unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any GDS holder and
we have no obligation to take any other action to permit a distribution. This
means that you may not receive the distribution we make on ordinary shares or
any value for it if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available
to you.


                                       13








The consolidated net asset value of each ordinary share is substantially
lower than the rights offering price.

The rights offering price is substantially higher than the consolidated net
asset value per share after this rights offering. If you purchase our
ordinary shares in this rights offering, you will experience immediate and
substantial dilution in consolidated net asset value per share with regard
to your new investment. The ordinary shares owned by existing shareholders will
receive an increase in the consolidated net asset value per share. Based
on the rights offering price of US$_____ per share, the dilution to investors in
this rights offering will be approximately US$_____ per share.


It may be difficult for you to effect service of process and enforce legal
judgments against us or our affiliates.

We are incorporated in Ghana and our directors and senior executives other than
two non-executive directors are not residents of the United States. Virtually
all of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside the United
States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process
within the United States upon those persons or us, although we have submitted to
the jurisdiction of New York State and the United States federal courts sitting
in New York City.

The principal statute governing proceedings before the Ghanaian courts is the
Courts Act, 1993, which includes provisions relating to the enforcement of
foreign judgments in Ghana. Under the Courts Act, it is possible to enforce a
judgment obtained outside Ghana if, among other things, the courts of the
country in which the judgment was given have been specifically recognized for
the purposes of the Courts Act. The courts of the United States are not
recognized for the purposes of the Courts Act. Apart from the legislative
provisions, at common law a judgment obtained outside Ghana, not registrable
under the Courts Act, may be enforced by bringing an action in Ghana based on
that judgment. In that case, the right to bring the action would not depend on
whether or not the foreign court in which the judgement was given has been
specifically recognized under the Courts Act. However, we have been advised by
our Ghanaian counsel that the Ghanaian courts would not directly enforce any
judgment obtained before a court in the United States. A separate action must be
brought before the Ghanaian courts in order to give effect to a United States
judgement. Furthermore, it is doubtful whether you could bring an original
action based on United States Federal securities laws in a Ghanaian court.


                                       14







USE OF PROCEEDS


Assuming full take up of the rights offering (other than as to approximately
_____% of their rights by Lonmin and the Government of Ghana, who have
contractually committed not to take up these rights), we expect the maximum net
proceeds to us from the offering to be US$_____ after deducting estimated
offering expenses of US$_____. We plan to use the net proceeds from this
offering inititally to repay borrowings under our new US$200.0 million five
year revolving credit facility dated June 28, 2002, and/or repay in whole
or in part several other loan facilities under which our subsidiaries Ghanaian
--Australian Goldfields Limited and Teberebie Goldfields Limited are borrowers.
On December 31, 2002, borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit
facility were US$149.0 million. We have used these borrowed funds to refinance
previously existing indebtedness. Interest accrues on amounts outstanding under
the revolving credit facility for the first two years at the London Interbank
Offer Rate plus 175 basis points (becoming 200 basis points after two years).
We would use any additional net proceeds to finance exploration and development
activities and to fund working capital requirements by re-drawing our revolving
credit facility.

The Managers have agreed to underwrite _____ of the new ordinary shares and/or
GDSs offered pursuant to the rights offering. Other than in respect of the issue
of such shares, which at the rights offering price will raise US$_____, we will
only receive proceeds from the rights offering to the extent that the share
rights and the GDS rights are exercised or through the sale of new GDSs or new
ordinary shares representing unexercised GDS or share rights.



                                       15







DIVIDENDS


We are continuing to strengthen our financial position. However, under Ghanaian
law we are unable to consider paying dividends until we have positive reserves
on our balance sheet. Our individual company accounts currently show a
substantial deficit. Unless we are able to restructure our balance sheet, we
will not be able to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.


The new ordinary shares and new GDSs, when issued and fully paid, will rank
equally in all respects with the existing ordinary shares and GDSs,
respectively, including the right to receive any dividends or other
distributions made, paid or declared after the date of this prospectus.



                                       16







CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS


The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization and indebtedness
computed in accordance with UK GAAP, as of December 31, 2002: (i) on an actual
basis and (ii) as adjusted for the rights offering and the application of the
estimated maximum net proceeds of US$____ as described above under "Use of
Proceeds."


You should read this information in conjunction with "The Rights Offering," "Use
of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Description of Our Share Capital."




                                                         As of December 31, 2002
                                                        -------------------------
                                                          Actual   As adjusted
                                                          ------   -----------
                                                        (amounts in US$ millions)
                                                                
Short-term debt (including current maturities)(1)            2.7
                                                          ------      ----
Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)
   US$200.0 million revolving credit facility(2), (4)      149.0
   Project finance loans(3)                                 23.4
   MENs                                                     75.0
   Other loans and overdrafts(1)                            11.3
                                                          ------      ----
Total long-term debt                                       258.7
                                                          ------      ----
Total debt                                                 261.4
                                                          ------      ----
Capital and reserves
   Stated capital                                          588.2
   Reserves                                               (141.9)
                                                          ------      ----
Equity shareholders' funds                                 446.3
                                                          ------      ----
Total capitalization                                       707.7
                                                          ======      ====




Indebtedness excludes our 50% share of the US$113.4 million non-recourse Geita
project finance loan.


Security


(1)  Of the short term debt and other loans totaling US$14.0 million, US$5.8
     million is secured over certain of our assets.

(2)  The lenders under the revolving credit facility, or RCF, have security over
     all the hedging contracts entered into by Ashanti Treasury Services Limited
     and Geita Treasury Services Limited, gold refining and purchasing
     agreements, insurance contracts, gold in transit and bank accounts.


     Security has also been granted over substantially all the assets of Ashanti
     Goldfields Company Limited and Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited located
     in Ghana including the mining leases relating to the Obuasi and Bibiani
     mines. We have also agreed to use our best endeavors to give security over
     our shares in Cluff Resources Limited, which owns the Geita Mine. In
     addition, we have effected a political risk insurance policy, or PRI, of up
     to US$131.0 million in relation only to Ghana for the benefit of the
     lenders who, prior to the closing of syndication, elected to take the
     benefit of PRI.

(3)  The project finance loans are secured by fixed and floating charges over
     the related project assets.

Guarantees

(4)  The RCF is guaranteed jointly and severally by us (as parent), Ashanti
     Treasury Services Limited, Geita Treasury Services Limited, Societe Ashanti
     Goldfields de Guinee S.A., and Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited.


                                       17








DILUTION

Our consolidated net asset value as of December 31, 2002 was US$447.5
million, or US$3.51 per ordinary share. Consolidated net asset value per
share represents the total amount of our consolidated tangible assets reduced by
the amount of our consolidated liabilities and divided by the number of ordinary
shares outstanding on December 31, 2002. Our consolidated net asset
value at December 31, 2002 after giving effect to the sale of ____ ordinary
shares, or their GDS equivalents, in the rights offering and exchange of the
MENs at a price of US$____ per ordinary share, and after deducting estimated
offering expenses, would be US$____ million, or US$_____ per share. This
represents an immediate increase in pro forma net asset value of US$____
per ordinary share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of US$____
per ordinary share to purchasers of ordinary shares or GDSs in the offering.


Assuming all existing shareholders exercise 100% of their share or GDS rights
(other than Lonmin and the Government of Ghana in respect of ____% of their
rights), there will be no dilution per share to existing shareholders.


Dilution per share represents the difference between the price per share to be
paid by new investors for the ordinary shares, or GDS equivalents, sold in the
offering and the pro forma consolidated net asset value per share
immediately after the offering and exchange of the MENs. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:




                                                                          
Price per share in the rights offering

Consolidated net asset value per share as of December 31, 2002               3.51

Increase in consolidated net asset value per share attributable to
   investors in the offering

Consolidated net asset value per share after the offering

Dilution per share to new purchasers in the offering




The following table presents the differences between the total consideration
paid to us by investors purchasing ordinary shares and GDSs in the offering and
the average price per share paid by shareholders:





                            Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Avg. Price/
                            ----------------   -------------------   -----------
                            Number   Percent     Amount   Percent       Share
                            ------   -------     ------   -------       -----
                                                         
Shareholders
Investors in the offering
                            ------   -------     ------   -------       -----
Total
                            ======   =======     ======   =======       =====



Between January 1, 1998 and the present, our directors and officers acquired our
ordinary shares upon exercise of outstanding share purchase options at a
weighted share purchase option exercise price of US$____.


Existing shareholders who do not subscribe to the offering will experience
dilution. The following table illustrates that dilution for a shareholder
holding 1% of our share capital prior to the offering:



                                                    
Shareholding prior to this rights offering              1%
Shareholding following this rights offering              %



                                       18







THE RIGHTS OFFERING

The discussion that follows is divided into four sections. The first section
concerns subscription by holders of GDSs. The second section concerns
subscription by holders of ordinary shares. The third section concerns exchange
privileges. The last section concerns employee share plans. In this discussion,
unless we state otherwise, references to global depositary securities, or GDSs,
include direct registration statements in respect of those GDSs.

Introduction

We are offering up to ____ new ordinary shares, in the form of new ordinary
shares or new GDSs, in a pre-emptive rights offering to holders of our ordinary
shares on our International Register and holders of our GDSs. The subscription
price per new ordinary share (of no par value) held on our International
Register and per new GDS is US$____.


We will, through our depositary and GDS rights agent, The Bank of New York, make
available to holders of GDSs transferable rights to subscribe for new GDSs. The
Bank of New York will send holders of record of GDSs transferable GDS rights
certificates evidencing GDS rights and instructions relating to the exercise of
these GDS rights. We are sending eligible holders of ordinary shares (including
those whose registered addresses are in the United States) a transferable
provisional allotment letter, or PAL, evidencing ordinary share rights. Holders
of GDSs or ordinary shares on ____, 2003 will be eligible to participate in the
rights offering.

We expect that GDS rights certificates will be sent to holders of record of GDSs
on or about ____, 2003, and PALs are being sent to eligible holders of ordinary
shares with this document.

The Managers have severally agreed to underwrite a total of _____ new ordinary
shares and/or new GDSs at the rights issue price. Certain of our existing
institutional securityholders have agreed to sub-underwrite all of such
underwritten shares, on terms that such securityholders may reduce their
sub-underwriting participation by the number of new ordinary shares and/or new
GDSs which they subscribe for pursuant to the rights offering.

The rights offering is conditional upon:

o    admission of the new ordinary shares "nil paid" (meaning without the
     subscription price being paid up for the shares), and the transferable
     rights to subscribe for new GDSs, to the Official List of the UK Listing
     Authority and to trading on the London Stock Exchange, or LSE, by not later
     than 8.00am, London time, on _____, 2003, or at such other time or date as
     we may agree, being not later than _____, 2003, and

o    authorization for listing the transferable rights to subscribe for new GDSs
     on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, subject to official notice of
     issuance, being received by not later than admission to listing on the UKLA
     and to trading on the LSE.

The rights issue agreement (which we have entered into with the Managers in
respect of the underwriting and other matters relating to the rights issue) or
the Managers' underwriting obligations under the agreement may be terminated in
the event of certain material breaches of the agreement prior to admission (as
described above). The agreement may also be terminated in the event of certain
force majeure events occurring prior to [5.00 p.m.], London time, on __, 2003.
If the rights issue agreement were to be terminated prior to admission, we
reserve the right to proceed with the rights issue.


Position of Lonmin and the Government of Ghana

Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have contractually agreed not to take up or
deal in approximately ____% of the rights offered to them in connection with the
rights issue. Lonmin was issued with US$75.0 million of mandatorily exchangeable
notes, or MENs, in connection with our recent financial restructuring. The
Government of Ghana has a call option in respect of approximately US$28.4
million of those MENs. The MENs will automatically convert into ____ of our
ordinary shares upon completion of the rights issue, at the rights issue price
of US$____. Lonmin and the Government of Ghana agreed at the time of the issue
of the MENs that the MENs represented their entitlements under this rights issue
to the extent that the number of


                                       19







shares offered to them under this offering equaled the number of shares to be
issued to them on exchange of the MENs. Therefore, as the number of shares
offered to Lonmin and the Government of Ghana under the rights issue (in
accordance with their pro rata entitlements) is slightly larger than the number
of shares into which the MENs exchange, Lonmin and the Government of Ghana are
entitled to take up or otherwise deal in approximately ____% of their rights
issue entitlements.

Subscription by Directors

Our directors intend to take up an aggregate of ____% of their entitlements to
new ordinary shares in respect of their own beneficial holdings of ordinary
shares.

Rights Offering in Ghana

The rights offering is being extended to holders of ordinary shares on the
Ghanaian (Principal) register by means of a separate prospectus complying with
Ghanaian securities laws. Holders of our shares on such register will also be
sent a separate Ghanaian provisional allotment letter. Neither this document,
nor the PALs or GDS rights certificates, will be sent to such holders. The offer
to holders on the Ghanaian register will differ from this offer in that it will
be made at a fixed price in cedis (the currency of Ghana) referable to the US
dollar offer price. Such fixed price is ____ cedis (which represented US$____ on
____, 2003). The Ghanaian offer will constitute an offer of an aggregate of ____
ordinary shares and will remain open for ____ days after the offer set out in
this document closes (this is to compensate for timing delays with distribution
of documents in Ghana).


Issued Share Capital

We are offering a total of up to ____ new ordinary shares in the form of
ordinary shares or GDSs. At March 12, 2003, we had 128,103,824 ordinary shares
issued and outstanding (and one special rights redeemable preference share, or
golden share) and we expect to have a maximum of approximately ____ ordinary
shares issued and outstanding after completion of the rights offering. (This
includes ____ ordinary shares which will be issued on exchange of the MENs and
assumes full take up under the rights offering other than in respect of the
rights which Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have agreed not to take up.)
This is an expected maximum increase of approximately ____% based on the number
of our ordinary shares outstanding at ____, 2003.



                                       20








Subscription by Holders of GDSs


This section applies to you if you hold GDSs. If you are a holder of ordinary
shares see "Subscription by Holders of Ordinary Shares" below.

The timetable below lists certain important dates relating to the rights
offering to holders of GDSs, which may be adjusted upon public notice to the
NYSE, the LSE, the GDS rights agent and, where appropriate, to our GDS holders.

All times referred to in this timetable and this section are New York City times
unless stated otherwise.



                                                                                 
Record date for GDS rights                                                12.00am on   __, 2003

GDS rights certificates sent to eligible GDS holders                   Commencing on   __, 2003

GDS ex-rights date                                                         9.30am on   __, 2003

Trading in GDS rights on the NYSE commences                                9.30am on   __, 2003

Trading in GDS rights on the LSE commences                                 8.00am on   __, 2003
                                                                        London time

Latest time for exchanging GDS rights for share rights                    12.00pm on   __, 2003

Trading in GDS rights on the NYSE ends                                     5.00pm on   __, 2003

Trading in GDS rights on the LSE ends                              Close of Business   __, 2003
                                                                         London time

Latest time to complete a transfer of a GDS right on the books
   of the GDS rights agent                                                 2.15pm on   __, 2003

GDS rights expiration date (latest time for acceptance and
   payment and delivery of a notice of guaranteed delivery)                3.00pm on   __, 2003

Latest date for delivery of GDS rights certificate pursuant to a
   notice of guaranteed delivery                                           3.00pm on   __, 2003

Expected date for evidencing new GDSs                                  Commencing on
                                                                            or about   __, 2003



The eligible holders of GDSs may subscribe for new GDSs representing new
ordinary shares as follows:


GDS Rights Record Date


The record date for determining those holders of GDSs who are eligible to
participate in the GDS rights offering is 12.00am on __, 2003. This date was
announced on __, 2003.


GDS Rights Certificates


GDS rights are evidenced by transferable GDS rights certificates. The GDS rights
agent, The Bank of New York, will mail the GDS rights certificate together with
a letter of instructions and this prospectus on or about __, 2003, to all
holders of record of GDSs.

Every _____ GDSs held of record on the GDS rights record date will entitle the
holder to ____ GDS rights. The holder of one GDS right is entitled to subscribe
for one new GDS at the GDS subscription price.

The GDS rights are to be issued under the terms of a rights agency agreement
relating to the rights offering between us and The Bank of New York. The Bank of
New York is the GDS rights agent and the depositary for the GDSs. We have filed
copies of both the GDS deposit agreement and the rights agency agreement as
exhibits to this document and copies are available for inspection at the offices
of The Bank of New York at _____.

If you lose your GDS rights certificate, please call The Bank of New York on
_____. All other inquiries in relation to the GDS rights certificate or the
rights offering in relation to GDS rights should be addressed to _____ on _____.


If there is a discrepancy between this prospectus and the GDS rights
certificate, please rely on the GDS rights certificate and the accompanying
instruction form.



                                       21








GDS Ex-Rights Date


If you sell or otherwise transfer, or have sold or otherwise transferred, all of
your existing GDSs between 12.00am on __, 2003 and 9.30am on __, 2003, (the GDS
ex-rights date), you will not be entitled to participate in the GDS rights
offering. The purchaser or transferee of your GDSs between 12.00am on __, 2003
and 9.30am on __, 2003 is entitled to participate in the rights offering in your
place. Therefore, please send this document and accompanying documentation
immediately to the purchaser or transferee or to the bank, broker or other agent
through whom you sell or transfer, or have sold or transferred, your GDSs for
delivery to the purchaser or transferee.


GDS Rights Agent


The Bank of New York, the depositary for our GDSs, is acting as GDS rights agent
to accept subscriptions for new GDSs.


Fractional Entitlements

The GDS rights agent will not allot GDS rights for fractions of new GDSs in
making the initial allocations of GDS rights. These fractional GDS rights will
be aggregated and the new GDSs or new ordinary shares underlying these GDS
rights will be sold in the market through an arrangement with the Managers. If
the GDSs/ordinary shares are sold at a price which, net of the expenses of sale,
including any tax, is above the ordinary share subscription price, any premium
will be paid to the GDS rights agent. The GDS rights agent will forward such
premium (net of any depositary fees) for payment to each GDS holder entitled to
the proceeds from such sale.

GDS Subscription Price


You will need to pay the GDS rights agent the GDS subscription price of US$__
for each new GDS that you wish to subscribe for. For information on how to pay,
see "Procedure for exercising GDS rights" below.


Procedure for Exercising GDS Rights


The exercise of GDS rights is irrevocable and may not be canceled or modified.
You may exercise your GDS rights as follows:

Subscription by DTC participants:

If you hold GDS rights through The Depositary Trust Company, or DTC, you can
exercise your GDS rights by delivering completed subscription instructions for
new GDSs through DTC's PSOP Function on the "agent subscriptions over PTS"
procedure and instructing DTC to charge your applicable DTC account for the GDS
subscription payment for the new GDSs and to deliver such amount to the GDS
rights agent. DTC must receive the subscription instructions and the payment of
the GDS subscription payment for the new GDSs by the GDS rights expiration date.

Subscription by registered GDS holders:

If you are a registered holder of GDSs, you can exercise your GDS rights by
delivering to the GDS rights agent a properly completed GDS rights certificate
and paying in full the subscription payment for the new GDSs. You may make such
payment by certified check or bank draft, payable to "The Bank of New York", as
GDS rights agent.


                                       22







The properly completed GDS rights certificate and payment should be delivered
to:

            By Mail:                               By Hand or Overnight Courier:
     The Bank of New York                              The Bank of New York
    Tender & Exchange Dept.                           Tender & Exchange Dept.
       P.O. Box 11248                                    101 Barclay Street
     Church Street Station                              New York, NY 10286
    New York, NY 10286-1248


                      For additional information, contact:
                              The Bank of New York
                         by telephone (800-507-9357) or
             by fax (for eligible institutions only) (212-815-6433)
                      for confirmation of fax (212-815-6212)


The GDS rights agent must receive the GDS rights certificate and payment of the
GDS subscription price on or before the GDS rights expiration date. Deposit in
the mail will not constitute delivery to the GDS rights agent. The GDS rights
agent has discretion to refuse to accept any improperly completed or unexecuted
GDS rights certificate.

Subscription by beneficial owners:

If you are a beneficial owner of GDSs and wish to subscribe for new GDSs, but
are neither a registered holder of GDSs nor a DTC participant, you should timely
contact the securities intermediary through which you hold GDS rights to arrange
for their exercise and to arrange for payment of the GDS subscription payment in
US dollars.

The GDS rights agent will determine all questions about the timeliness,
validity, form and eligibility of exercising GDS rights. We, in our sole
discretion, may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit you to correct a
defect or irregularity within the time we determine. GDS rights certificates
will not be considered received or accepted until we have waived all
irregularities or you have cured them in time. Neither we nor the GDS rights
agent has to notify you of any defect or irregularity in submitting GDS rights
certificates. We and the GDS rights agent will not incur any liability for
failing to do so.

You will elect the method of delivering GDS rights certificates and notices of
guaranteed delivery and paying the subscription price to the GDS rights agent,
and you will bear any risk associated with it. If you send GDS rights
certificates, notices of guaranteed delivery or payments by mail, you should use
registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, and allow
sufficient time to ensure delivery to the GDS rights agent and clearance of
payment before the appropriate time.


Guaranteed Delivery Procedures



If you desire to subscribe, but time will not permit your GDS certificate to
reach the GDS rights agent before the time the GDS rights expire, you may still
subscribe if, at or before the GDS rights expiration date, the GDS rights agent
has received a properly completed and signed notice of guaranteed delivery,
substantially in the form provided with the instructions distributed with the
GDS rights certificates, from a financial institution that is a participant in
the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, or STAMP, the Stock Exchange
Medallion Program, or SEMP, or the New York Stock Exchange Inc. Medallion
Signature Program, or MSP. These institutions are commonly referred to as
eligible institutions. Most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage
houses are participants in these programs and therefore are eligible
institutions. The GDS rights agent must also receive payment in good funds of
the GDS subscription payment on or before the GDS rights expiration date. The
notice of guaranteed delivery must state your name and the number of new GDSs
you are subscribing for and must irrevocably guarantee that the GDS rights
certificate will be:

o    properly completed and signed, and

o    delivered by one of the financial institutions listed above to the GDS
     rights agent before 3.00pm (New York City time) on __, 2003.


                                       23








You may deliver the notice of guaranteed delivery by hand, transmit it by
facsimile or mail it to the GDS rights agent. If you hold your GDS rights
through DTC, your DTC participant must deliver the notice of guaranteed delivery
to the GDS rights agent through DTC's confirmation system. If the financial
institution fails to deliver a properly completed and signed GDS rights
certificate before 3.00pm on __, 2003, the GDS rights agent will refund to you
the total GDS subscription payment you paid to the GDS rights agent, without
interest, after deducting any loss and expenses it incurred from the failed
guarantee.

GDS Rights Expiration Date


GDS rights will expire at 3.00pm on __, 2003. If unexercised, your GDS rights
will be void but you may receive net proceeds from the sale of the new GDSs or
new ordinary shares representing your unexercised GDS rights as described below.


Dealings in GDS Rights


We expect dealings on the NYSE and the LSE in the GDS rights to commence on __,
2003.


Transfer and Partial Exercise of GDS Rights


GDS rights may be exercised, sold, transferred or assigned to others. GDS rights
may be bought or sold on the NYSE until 5.00pm (New York time) on __, 2003 and
on the LSE until close of business London time on __, 2003, or through banks or
brokers until close of business (London time) on __, 2003.

If you wish to subscribe for a portion of your new GDSs or to transfer a portion
of your GDS rights to more than one person, you must follow the instructions
that will be included with your GDS rights certificate.


Non-US and Non-UK Holders of GDSs

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of Australia, France, Japan,
Zimbabwe, South Africa, and the ECOWAS countries, neither this prospectus nor
the GDS rights certificate in relation to new GDSs will be sent to GDS holders
with registered addresses in Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe, South Africa or
the ECOWAS countries. In addition, the new GDSs may not be transferred or sold
to or delivered in any of these countries. Accordingly, no offer of new GDSs is
being made under this prospectus to GDS holders with registered addresses in
Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe, South Africa, or the ECOWAS countries, and
these GDS holders will be treated as unexercizing holders and thus the Managers
will endeavor to procure subscribers for the new GDSs or the new ordinary shares
underlying the new GDSs. Copies of the prospectus received by any of these GDS
holders are for their information only.

For the purposes of this prospectus, the Economic Community of West African
States, or the ECOWAS countries, comprises Benin, Burkina Faso, Cape Verde, Cote
d'Ivoire, Gambia, Ghana, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Liberia, Mali, Mauritania,
Niger, Nigeria, Senegal, Sierra Leone and Togo.

This prospectus and any accompanying GDS rights certificate in respect of the
new GDSs are being sent to holders of GDSs with registered addresses in Canada
pursuant to an exemption from the rules and policies applicable to rights
offerings in Canada including the requirement to send a rights offering circular
compliant with applicable Canadian securities laws.

Unexercised GDS Rights

If an entitlement to new GDSs is not validly taken up by 3.00pm on __, 2003,
that entitlement to new GDSs will be deemed to have been declined and will
lapse. The Managers will use reasonable endeavors to procure, on behalf of the
non-exercising holders, by not later than 4.30pm, London time, on __, 2003,
subscribers for the new GDSs or the new ordinary shares underlying the new GDSs,
at a price at least equal to the subscription price per new ordinary share.

New GDSs or new ordinary shares for which subscribers are procured on this basis
will be allotted to those subscribers. GDS holders who do not exercise all or
part of their rights will be entitled to receive only the aggregate premium, if
any, of the amount paid by the subscribers after deducting the GDS subscription
price and the expenses of procuring the subscribers (including any tax and a
depositary commission not in excess of US$0.02 per GDS you hold). The aggregate
premium will be paid (without interest) to those persons entitled



                                       24








to it in proportion to the relevant lapsed GDS rights and share
rights (excluding any lapsed share rights in relation to the rights offering
to holders on the Ghanaian Register, which will be treated separately).

Any transactions undertaken pursuant to unexercised GDS rights will be deemed to
have been undertaken at the request of the persons whose rights have lapsed (if
a premium to the subscription price plus costs of sale is achieved) and
otherwise at our request. None of the Managers, the GDS depositary, the GDS
rights agent, ourselves or any other person procuring new subscribers will be
responsible for any loss arising from the terms or timing of the subscription
or the failure to procure subscribers on the basis described above. Checks for
the amount due will be sent at the risk of the entitled person(s) to their
registered addresses (the registered address of the first named in the case
of joint holders).

The Managers may cease to use reasonable endeavors to procure subscribers as
described above at any time after 9.30am, London time, on __, 2003 if, in their
opinion, there is no reasonable likelihood that any subscribers could be
procured on the basis described above at a price at least equal to the
subscription price per share, by not later than 4.30pm, London time, on __,
2003.

The Managers do not have any liability to you if new GDSs or new ordinary shares
representing unexercised GDS rights are not sold, or with respect to the price
at which they may be sold.


Delivery of GDSs


The depositary will be credited with fully paid rights to receive ordinary
shares representing your entitlement to new GDSs on or about __, 2003. The
depositary will then provide you with new GDSs as soon as practicable
thereafter, provided that your payment of the GDS subscription price has
cleared. The depositary will charge you a fee not in excess of US$5.00 per 100
new GDSs issued to you pursuant to the rights issue.


We will announce the results of the rights issue, including the number of new
securities taken up and the results of any sale of any unexercised rights, by
__, 2003.

Ranking

The new GDSs, when issued and fully paid, will rank equally in all respects with
existing issued GDSs, including the right to receive dividends or other
distributions made, paid or declared after the date of this prospectus.

The Information Agent and GDS Holder Helpline

_____ is acting as information agent for the rights offering. If you have any
questions about the offering of GDS rights, please telephone _____ at _____.
This helpline is available from 8.30am to 11.00pm, Monday to Friday.

Please note that this helpline will only be able to provide you with information
contained in this prospectus, and will not be able to give advice on the merits
of the rights offering or to provide financial or investment advice.


                                       25








Subscription by Holders of Ordinary Shares


This section applies to you if you hold ordinary shares and not GDSs.

The timetable below lists certain important dates relating to the offering to
holders of ordinary shares, which may be adjusted upon public notice to the UK
Listing Authority and to the LSE.

All times referred to in this timetable and this section are London times unless
stated otherwise.



                                                                          
Record date for ordinary share rights                               5.00pm on      __, 2003

Mailing of PALs                                                                    __, 2003

Ordinary share ex-rights date                                       8.00am on      __, 2003

Dealings in nil paid rights on the LSE expected to commence         8.00am on      __, 2003

Latest time and date for exchanging a share right for a GDS
   right                                                            5.00pm on      __, 2003

Latest time and date for splitting PALs                            10.00am on      __, 2003

Dealings in nil paid rights on the LSE ends                          Close of
                                                                  business on      __, 2003

Ordinary share rights expiration date (latest time and date for
   acceptance and payment in full)                                 10.00am on      __, 2003

Dealings in fully paid rights on the LSE expected to commence       8.00am on      __, 2003

Expected date for mailing of definitive certificates for new
   ordinary shares                                                              By __, 2003



The eligible holders of ordinary shares may subscribe for new ordinary shares as
follows:


Ordinary Share Rights Record Date


The record date for determining which holders of ordinary shares are eligible to
participate in the rights  offering is 5.00pm on __, 2003. This date was
announced on __, 2003.

PALs

Nil paid rights are evidenced by transferable provisional allotment letters, or
PALs, which we will mail, together with this prospectus, to shareholders
eligible to participate in the rights offering. Every ______ ordinary shares
held on the share rights record date will entitle the holder to ______ ordinary
share rights.

All inquiries in relation to the PALs or the rights offering in relation to
share rights should be addressed to ______. If you lose your PAL, please
call ______ on ______, who will refer you, as necessary, to the shareholder
helpline in the United Kingdom or the United States.

In the event there is a discrepancy between the terms of your PAL and this
prospectus, you should refer to your PAL.


Ordinary Share Ex-rights Date


If you sell or otherwise transfer, or have sold or otherwise transferred all of
your existing ordinary shares between 5.00pm on __, 2003 and 8.00am on __, 2003
(the ordinary share ex-rights date), you will not be entitled to participate in
the rights offering. The purchaser or transferee of your ordinary shares between
5.00pm on __, 2003 and 8.00am on __, 2003 is entitled to participate in the
rights offering in your place. Therefore, please send this prospectus together
with any accompanying PAL (with Form X completed), immediately to the purchaser
or transferee or to the bank, broker or other agent through whom you sell or
transfer, or have sold or transferred, your ordinary shares, for delivery to the
purchaser or transferee.


Fractional Entitlements


We will not issue fractions of new ordinary shares to holders of ordinary
shares. The number of new ordinary shares available to holders of ordinary
shares eligible to participate in the offering will be rounded down to


                                       26








the nearest whole number of new ordinary shares. We have made arrangements to
aggregate and sell, on our behalf, any fractions of new ordinary shares (or GDSs
representing fractions of such new ordinary shares). Any proceeds received from
such sale will be retained for our benefit.

Ordinary Share Subscription Price


The ordinary share subscription price is US$______ per new ordinary share.


Ordinary Share Rights Expiration Date


Ordinary share rights will expire at 10.00am on __, 2003. If you do not exercise
your ordinary share rights by that time, you will not be able to take up new
ordinary shares but you may receive proceeds from the sale of the new ordinary
shares or GDSs attributable to your unexercised ordinary share rights.


Procedure for Exercising Share Rights


The PAL will explain how to accept and pay for the new ordinary shares if you
wish to take up part or all of your rights. To subscribe in whole or in part,
you should send the PAL in accordance with its instructions, together with the
full amount payable, as described below:


                               By Mail Or By Hand
                          During Normal Business Hours
                             to our Receiving Agent
                                 Capita IRG Plc,
                               Corporate Actions,
                                   PO Box 166,
                                  The Registry,
                               34 Beckenham Road,
                                 Beckenham, Kent
                                    BR3 4TH,
                                 United Kingdom


The PAL must be received no later than 10.00am on __, 2003. If payment is not
received in full by 10.00am on __, 2003, the provisional allotment will be
deemed to have been declined and will lapse.

We may, in our sole discretion, treat a PAL as valid and binding even if it is
not submitted complete or in accordance with the relevant instructions or not
accompanied by a valid power of attorney, where required. In addition, we
reserve the right, but shall not be obliged, to treat as valid (1) PALs and
accompanying payments which are received through the post not later than 10.00am
on __, 2003 (the cover bearing a legible postmark not later than 10.00am on __,
2003) and (2) applications in respect of which payments are received prior to
10.00am on __, 2003 from an authorized person, as defined in Section 31(2) of
the UK Financial Services and Market Act 2000, specifying the number of new
ordinary shares to be acquired and undertaking to submit the relevant PAL duly
completed in due course.


If you have any further questions about completing the PAL, you may call Capita
IRG Plc at 0870 162 3100 (or, if calling from outside the UK, on +44 208 639
2157).

All subscription payments must be in US dollars and you should make your check
or bank draft payable to "Capita IRG Plc, New Issues re Ashanti Goldfields
Company Limited" and crossed "A/C payee only." Checks or bank drafts must be
drawn on (i) a US dollar account at a bank or branch of a bank in the United
States or (ii) on a US dollar account of a bank or building society or branch
of a bank or building society in the United Kingdom that falls into one of the
following categories:


o    is a settlement member of the Cheque and Credit Clearing Company Limited or
     the CHAPS Clearing Company Limited; or

o    is a member of either of the committees of the Scottish or Belfast Clearing
     Houses; or

o    has arranged for its checks and bank drafts to be cleared through the
     facilities provided by any of the companies or committees above.


In all cases, the checks or bank drafts must bear the appropriate sort code in
the top right hand corner. Checks or bank drafts will be presented for payment
upon receipt. We reserve the right to instruct


                                       27








Capita IRG Plc to seek special clearance of checks or bank drafts to allow us
to obtain the payments at the earliest opportunity. We will not pay interest
if your payment is made early. Checks not honored on first presentation may
be treated as invalid acceptances.

Dealings in Nil Paid Rights


We expect dealings on the LSE in nil paid rights to commence at 8.00am on __,
2003. Nil paid rights represent your entitlement to purchase new ordinary
shares, subject to your paying for them, in accordance with the terms of the
rights offering.

You can transfer nil paid rights by transferring your PAL in accordance with the
instructions printed on it and delivering the PAL to the transferee. We expect
dealings in nil paid rights to end on __, 2003.


Dealings in Fully Paid Rights

Once you have accepted the allotment of new ordinary shares allocated to you and
paid in accordance with the applicable requirements, you will be able to deal in
the fully paid rights. We expect dealings on the LSE in fully paid rights to
commence by 8.00am on __, 2003. A transfer of fully paid rights can be made by
transferring your fully paid PAL in accordance with the instructions printed on
it and delivering the PAL to Capita IRG Plc at the above address by not later
than 10.00am on __, 2003. However, fully paid PALs will not be returned to
subscribers unless such return is requested by ticking Box 4 on page 1 of the
PAL. For further information regarding renunciation and transfer of fully paid
rights, see the instructions printed on the PAL.

Transfer and Partial Exercise of PALs


You may transfer your share rights by properly executing your PAL in accordance
with its instructions and delivering the PAL to the transferee.


If you wish to subscribe for only a portion of the new ordinary shares
represented by your share rights or to transfer a portion of your share rights
to one or more people, which we refer to as "splitting", you must first apply
for split PALs by completing Form X on page 4 of the PAL and returning it to
Capita IRG Plc at the above address by 10.00am on __, 2003. If you wish only to
take up some of your rights, but not sell the rest yourself, you should also
follow the procedure to apply for split PALs. The last time for splitting a PAL
is 10.00am on __,2003.

Purchase and Sale of Share Rights and New Ordinary Shares


Share rights may be exercised, sold or transferred to others in accordance with
the terms of the PAL. New ordinary shares may be bought or sold through banks or
brokers and will be traded on the LSE and the GSE.


Your exercise of share rights is irrevocable and may not be cancelled or
modified.


Ashanti Depositary Interests

The rights offering will be processed entirely outside CREST. Accordingly, those
shareholders who hold ordinary shares as Ashanti Depositary Interests will
receive a PAL in respect of the underlying shares. Those shareholders who hold
ordinary shares both in certificated form and also in the form of Ashanti
Depositary Interests will be sent a separate PAL in respect of each holding. The
new ordinary shares will be initially in certificated form. Any person wishing
to hold his new ordinary shares as Ashanti Depositary Interests following the
rights offering will need to comply with the relevant procedure for the
conversion of such shares into Ashanti Depositary Interests following receipt of
his definitive share certificates.


Unexercised Share Rights

If an entitlement to new ordinary shares is not validly taken up by 10.00am on
__, 2003, that provisional allotment of ordinary shares will be deemed to have
been declined and will lapse. The Managers will use reasonable endeavors to
procure, by not later than 4.30pm on __, 2003, subscribers for those new
ordinary shares (or GDSs representing such new ordinary shares), at a price at
least equal to the subscription price per share. Lonmin and the Government of
Ghana, who have undertaken not to deal in or take up approximately __% of their
rights, will not have shares representing this percentage of their unexercised
rights sold for their benefit.



                                       28








New ordinary shares or GDSs for which subscribers are procured on this basis
will be re-allotted to those subscribers. Shareholders (other than Lonmin and
the Government of Ghana in respect of __% of their entitlements) who do not
exercise part or all of their rights will be entitled to receive only the
aggregate premium, if any, of the amount paid by the subscribers after deducting
the ordinary share subscription price and the expenses of procuring the
subscribers (including any tax). The aggregate premium will be paid (without
interest) to those persons entitled to it in proportion to the relevant lapsed
provisional allotments (excluding any lapsed provisional allotments in relation
to the rights offering to holders on the Ghanaian Register, which will be
treated separately) and lapsed GDS rights. Amounts of less than US$______ per
holding will not be so paid to unexercising shareholders but will be aggregated
and retained for our benefit.

Any transactions undertaken pursuant to unexercised share rights will be deemed
to have been undertaken at the request of the persons whose rights have lapsed
(if a premium to the subscription price plus costs of sale is achieved) and
otherwise at our request. None of us, the Managers or any other person procuring
new subscribers will be responsible for any loss arising from the terms or
timing of the subscription or the failure to procure subscribers on the basis
described above. Checks for the amount due will be sent at the risk of the
entitled persons to their registered address (the registered address of the
first named in the case of joint holders).

The Managers may cease to use reasonable endeavors to procure subscribers as
described above at any time after 9.30am on __, 2003 if, in their opinion, there
is no reasonable likelihood that any subscribers could be procured on the basis
described above at a price at least equal to the subscription price per share,
by not later than 4.30pm on __, 2003.

The Managers do not have any liability to you if new ordinary shares or new GDSs
representing unexercised share rights are not sold, or with respect to the price
at which they may be sold.


Ranking

When issued and fully paid, new ordinary shares will rank equally in all
respects with existing issued ordinary shares including the right to receive all
dividends or distributions made, paid, or declared after the date of this
prospectus.

Money Laundering Regulations


If the value of your subscription exceeds US$______ (which represented
'E' 15,000 on __, 2003) (or is one of a series of linked subscriptions, the
aggregate value of which exceeds that amount) and either you do not pay by a
check drawn on an account in your own name and/or the account from which payment
is to be made is not held within an institution that is authorized in the United
Kingdom by the Financial Services Authority under the UK Financial Services and
Markets Act 2000 or by the Building Societies Commission under the UK Building
Societies Act 1986 or that is a European Union authorized credit institution,
then the verification of identity requirements of the UK Money Laundering
Regulations 1993, or the Money Laundering Regulations, will apply. Capita IRG
Plc is entitled to require, at its absolute discretion, verification of identity
from any person submitting a PAL including, without limitation, any person who
appears to Capita IRG Plc to be acting on behalf of some other person.
Submission of a PAL will constitute a warranty and undertaking by you to provide
promptly to Capita IRG Plc such information as may be specified by Capita IRG
Plc as being required for the purpose of the applicable money laundering
regulations. Pending the provision of evidence satisfactory to Capita IRG Plc as
to identity, Capita IRG Plc may retain a PAL lodged by you for new ordinary
shares and/or the check, bank draft or other remittance relating to it and/or
not enter the new ordinary shares to which it relates on the register of members
or issue any share certificate in respect of them. If satisfactory evidence of
identity has not been provided within a reasonable time, then the acceptance
will not be valid but will be without prejudice to our right to take proceedings
to recover any loss suffered by us as a result of your failure to provide
satisfactory evidence. In that case, the monies (without interest) will be
returned to the bank or building society account from which payment was made.

The following guidance is provided in order to reduce the likelihood of
difficulties, delays and potential rejection of an application (but does not
limit the right of Capita IRG Plc to require verification of identity as stated
above).



                                       29







o    You are urged if possible to make your payment by your own check. If this
     is not practicable and you use a check drawn by a building society or other
     third party or a bank draft, you should:

     (i)  write your name and address on the back of the building society check,
          bank draft or other third party check and, in the case of an
          individual record your date of birth against your name; and

     (ii) if a building society check or bank draft is used, ask the building
          society or bank to print on the check your full name and account
          number of the person whose building society or bank account is being
          debited or to write those details on the back of the check and add
          their stamp.

o    If an application is delivered by hand you should ensure that you have with
     you evidence of identity bearing your photograph, for example, a valid full
     passport.


If you are making an application as agent for one or more persons and you are
not a UK or European Union regulated person or institution (e.g. a UK financial
institution), irrespective of the value of the application, Capita IRG Plc is
obliged to take reasonable measures to establish the identity of the person or
persons on whose behalf the application is being made. Applicants making an
application as agent should specify on the PAL if they are a UK or European
Union regulated person or institution.

Delivery of New Ordinary Shares

We expect to dispatch all definitive certificates for new ordinary shares
subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of ordinary share rights by __, 2003.
After such dispatch, PALs will cease to be valid for any purpose whatsoever. No
temporary documents of title will be issued and, pending dispatch of definitive
share certificates, instruments of transfer will be certified by Capita IRG Plc
against the register.


We will announce the result of the rights issue, including the number of new
securities taken up and the results of any sale of unexercised rights, by __,
2003.


Non-US and Non-UK Holders of Ordinary Shares

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of Australia, France, Japan,
Zimbabwe, South Africa, and the ECOWAS countries, neither this prospectus nor
the accompanying PAL in relation to the new ordinary shares will be sent to
shareholders with registered addresses in Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe,
South Africa, or the ECOWAS countries. No offer of new ordinary shares is being
made under this prospectus to our shareholders with registered addresses in
Australia, France, Japan, Zimbabwe, South Africa, or the ECOWAS countries, and
these shareholders (other than shareholders on the Principal Register with
registered addresses in Ghana) will be treated as unexercizing holders and thus
the Managers will endeavor to procure subscribers for the new ordinary shares
or GDSs representing new ordinary shares. Copies of this prospectus received
by any of these shareholders are for their information only.

This prospectus and any accompanying PAL in relation to new ordinary shares are
being sent to shareholders with registered addresses in Canada pursuant to an
exemption from the rules and policies applicable to rights offerings in Canada
including the requirement to send a rights offering circular compliant with
applicable Canadian securities laws.


Shareholder Helpline

If you are a holder of ordinary shares and you have any questions on the
offering of share rights, please phone ______ on ______. This helpline is
available from ____am to ____pm, Monday to Friday.

Please note that the helpline will only be able to provide you with information
contained in this prospectus and will not be able to give advice on the merits
of the rights offering or to provide financial advice.


                                       30








Exchange Privilege


If you deliver a GDS rights certificate or a PAL pursuant to the exchange
privilege, you must pay any associated taxes or levies.


Exchange of GDS Rights for Ordinary Share Rights

At any time prior to 12.00pm, New York City time, on __, 2003, you may surrender
a GDS rights certificate representing GDS rights to the GDS rights agent either
by hand, courier or mail to The Bank of New York at Tender & Exchange
Department, 101 Barclay Street, 11W, New York, NY 10286. No surrender will
be deemed received by the GDS rights agent until it is actually received by it
at the above address. You or your assignee will receive a PAL from Capita
IRG Plc. Your PAL will represent the right to subscribe for the appropriate
number of new ordinary shares at the subscription price for new ordinary shares.

Exchange of Ordinary Share Rights for GDS Rights


At any time prior to 12.00pm, New York City time, on __, 2003, you may surrender
to the GDS rights agent a PAL representing any amount of rights to subscribe for
new ordinary shares. The GDS rights agent will then deliver to you or your
broker, agent or assignee, GDS rights representing the right to subscribe for
the appropriate number of new GDSs at the GDS subscription price.


                                       31








Share Plans


The AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme

Options granted under this plan will (subject to any local legal restrictions)
be adjusted so that the number of ordinary shares in respect of which they may
be exercised and the price at which those ordinary shares may be acquired takes
account of the rights offering.


In addition, the class and/or number of shares which may be issued under this
plan shall also be adjusted to take account of the rights offering. Any such
adjustments shall be made by the Management Development and Remuneration
Committee in the manner it determines.


The AGC 1994 Employee Share Scheme

The net proceeds of the sale, nil paid, of the rights attributable to the
trustee in respect of a participant's award shall either (at the trustee's
election):

o    be retained in cash and invested in an interest-bearing account which will
     then be transferred to the awardholder when the award vests; or

o    be invested in ordinary shares which will form part of the awardholder's
     award and will be deemed to have been awarded to him when his award was
     first made.


The Ashanti Performance Share Plan

Awards under this plan will be adjusted as the trustee deems to be appropriate.



                                       32







LISTING AND PRICE HISTORY

Our ordinary shares and/or GDSs are listed on the following international stock
exchanges and trade under the symbols shown:


      Ghana         AGC (shares)
      London        ASN (shares), ASND (GDSs)
      New York      ASL (GDSs)
      Zimbabwe      No symbol

Our GDSs are traded on the London Stock Exchange, or LSE, and the New York Stock
Exchange, or NYSE, by way of a sponsored global depositary receipt, or GDR,
facility with The Bank of New York as depositary. The ratio of our GDSs to our
ordinary shares is 1:1.


On the Zimbabwe Stock Exchange, our shares are also traded by way of a sponsored
Zimbabwe depository receipt, or ZDR, facility. The ratio of ZDRs to our shares
is 100:1.


                                       33







The table below sets forth for the periods indicated, the reported high and low
sales prices for our ordinary shares on the Ghana Stock Exchange.




                                   Cedis per      Translated into    Average daily
                                 ordinary share      US Dollars      trading volume
                                ---------------   ---------------     (number of
                                 High      Low      High    Low     ordinary shares)
                                ------   ------    -----   -----    ----------------
                                                           
Financial Year

1997
January 1 - March 31, 1997      22,500   20,510    11.89   10.84            234
April 1 - June 30, 1997         22,050   21,300    11.30   10.88            185
July 1 - September 30, 1997     22,050   19,900    10.08    9.10            418
October 1 - December 31, 1997   21,100   15,400     9.40    6.85            348

1998
January 1 - March 31, 1998      17,000   16,500     7.42    7.20            564
April 1 - June 30, 1998         18,000   18,000     7.80    7.80             70
July 1 - September 30, 1998     18,000   15,300     7.74    6.58             65
October 1 - December 31, 1998   18,000   16,500     7.73    7.03            150

1999
January 1 - March 31, 1999      19,000   18,000     7.45    7.86             57
April 1 - June 30, 1999         18,700   18,700     7.39    7.39             49
July 1 - September 30, 1999     18,700   18,700     7.00    7.00             --
October 1 - December 31, 1999   18,700   18,700     5.34    5.34             40

2000
January 1 - March 31, 2000      18,700   18,700     4.57    4.57             57
April 1 - June 30, 2000         18,700   18,600     3.46    3.44              6
July 1 - September 30, 2000     18,600   18,600     2.85    2.85             --
October 1 - December 31, 2000   18,600   18,600     2.76    2.69             --

2001
January 1 - March 31, 2001      18,600   18,500     2.67    2.60              2
April 1 - June 30, 2001         18,600   18,500     2.57    2.56             --
July 1 - September 30, 2001     18,800   18,500     2.60    2.57          2,805
October 1 - December 31, 2001   18,800   18,500     2.61    2.57          1,772

2002
January 1 - March 31, 2002      18,800   18,800     2.55    2.50             28
April 1 - June 30, 2002         18,800   18,800     2.46    2.40             22
July 1 - September 30, 2002     18,807   18,800     2.33    2.23             36
October 1 - December 31, 2002   18,807   18,807     2.28    2.28          2,764

2003
January, 2003                   28,100   27,000     3.34    3.21             36
February, 2003                  28,500   28,100     3.35    3.30            250



NOTES:


1.   In April 1994, our ordinary shares and GDSs were listed in Ghana and
     London. In 1996, our GDSs were listed in New York, and our ordinary shares
     were listed in Australia and Toronto. We delisted from Toronto and
     Australia in 2002. In 1997, we listed Zimbabwean depositary receipts on the
     Zimbabwe Stock Exchange, one hundred of which represent one ordinary share.


2.   The cedi prices have been translated into US dollars using the average of
     the buy and sell rates of the Bank of Ghana on the date of each such high
     and low amount.


                                       34








Our shares are traded on the NYSE in the form of global depository securities,
or GDSs, which are evidenced by GDRs. Each GDS represents one share. The closing
price of our GDSs on March 12, 2003, was US$5.81 per GDS. The table below sets
forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low trading prices for
our GDSs on the NYSE.





                                   Per GDS
                                -------------     Average daily
                                 High    Low      trading volume
Year                              US$    US$    (number of shares)
-----------------------------   -----   -----   ------------------
                                            
1997
January 1 - March 31, 1997      15.63   11.88        148,772
April 1 - June 30, 1997         13.63   11.50        124,570
July 1 - September 30, 1997     12.00    9.63         96,355
October 1 - December 31, 1997   12.13    6.50        156,116

1998
January 1 - March 31, 1998      10.00    6.63        143,725
April 1 - June 30, 1998         11.00    7.13        138,675
July 1 - September 30, 1998      9.25    5.25        225,073
October 1 - December 31, 1998   12.00    7.50        197,045

1999
January 1 - March 31, 1999      10.69    7.69        189,316
April 1 - June 30, 1999          9.69    6.69        231,381
July 1 - September 30, 1999     10.13    5.63        243,425
October 1 - December 31, 1999    9.38    2.44        561,308

2000
January 1 - March 31, 2000       3.75    1.63        296,614
April 1 - June 30, 2000          2.56    1.38        114,986
July 1 - September 30, 2000      3.06    1.50        154,510
October 1 - December 31, 2000    2.94    1.56         97,310

2001
January 1 - March 31, 2001       3.05    1.88         64,066
April 1 - June 30, 2001          3.31    1.93        156,360
July 1 - September 30, 2001      4.18    2.99        152,220
October 1 - December 31, 2001    4.30    3.10         75,642

2002
January 1 - March 31, 2002       5.45    3.51        253,683
April 1 - June 30, 2002          6.50    4.57        403,968
July 1 - September 30, 2002      6.30    3.81        345,484
October 1 - December 31, 2002    6.58    4.91        383,555

2003
January, 2003                    6.84    5.56        527,686
February, 2003                   6.75    5.75        534,016




                                       35







The table below sets forth the closing midmarket quotations for a GDS as derived
from the Daily Official List as published by the LSE for the first dealing day
in each of the six months prior to the date of this prospectus and for the last
dealing day before the announcement of the rights issue.




                    Ordinary share price
Date                               (US$)
-----------------   --------------------
                         
September 2, 2002                   4.88
October 1, 2002                     5.55
November 1, 2002                    5.50
December 2, 2002                    5.25
January 2, 2003                     5.60
February 3, 2003                    6.05
March 3, 2003                       6.25
March __, 2003




                                       36







SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operation" and our historical consolidated financial statements
and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected consolidated financial data presented below as of December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000 and for each of the years then-ended, have been derived from
our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto that are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data
presented below as of December 31, 1999 and 1998 and for the years then-ended
has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the
notes thereto that are not included in this prospectus. The selected
consolidated financial data presented below does not constitute statutory
accounts within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 1985
in the United Kingdom. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with UK GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from US
GAAP.





                                                  12 Months      12 Months       12 Months       12 Months       12 Months
                                                 to Dec. 31,    to Dec. 31,     to Dec. 31,     to Dec. 31,     to Dec. 31,
                                                    2002            2001            2000            1999            1998
                                                               (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)
                                                 -----------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                          (in US$ millions except
                                                                      dividend and per share numbers)
                                                                                                    
PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT DATA(1)
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP:
   Group revenue                                    467.5          477.7           582.2           582.1           600.3
   Total revenue                                    552.2          554.4           582.2           582.1           600.3
   Group operating profit/(loss)                     66.4           76.6          (126.1)           17.2            90.3
   Operating profit/(loss)                           74.3           96.8          (126.1)           17.2            90.3
   Profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders        56.2           59.9          (119.5)          (71.9)           76.0
   Earnings/(loss) per share(2)                      0.47           0.53           (1.06)          (0.65)           0.70
   Diluted earnings/(loss) per share                 0.44           0.52           (1.52)          (0.69)           0.70
   Dividends per share - (US$)(3)                      --             --              --              --            0.10
                      - (cedi)(3)                      --             --              --              --             233
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP:
   Revenue                                          492.4          474.5           582.2           582.1           600.3
   Operating (loss)/profit                         (135.1)          61.4          (407.9)         (254.4)          (74.2)
   Net (loss)/profit before
      cumulative effect of an
      accounting change                            (182.8)          33.1          (349.1)         (335.4)           12.1
   Net (loss)/profit                               (182.8)          65.4          (349.1)         (335.4)           12.1
Earnings per share (US$):
   Basic:
   (Loss)/earnings per share before
      cumulative effect of an accounting change     (1.53)          0.30           (3.11)          (3.01)           0.11
   Cumulative effect of an accounting change           --           0.28              --              --              --
   (Loss)/earnings per share                        (1.53)          0.58           (3.11)          (3.01)           0.11

   Diluted:
   (Loss)/earnings per share cumulative effect
      of an accounting change                       (1.53)          0.29           (3.11)          (3.01)           0.11
   Cumulative effect of an accounting change           --           0.28              --              --              --
   (Loss)/earnings per share                        (1.53)          0.57           (3.11)          (3.01)           0.11




                                       37










                                                         As of           As of           As of           As of
                                            As of       Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,        Dec. 31,
                                           Dec. 31,       2001            2000            1999            1998
                                           2002(4)    (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)   (Restated)(5)
                                           --------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                              (in US$ millions except
                                                           dividend and share numbers)
                                                                                          
BALANCE SHEET DATA(1)
Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP:
   Total assets                              884.5        897.7           937.9          1,337.4         1,489.3
   Long-term borrowings                      254.2        300.6           358.5            423.2           414.3
   Net assets                                447.5        349.1           290.4            382.3           431.2
   Equity shareholders' funds                446.3        347.1           286.3            381.2           427.4
   Stated capital                            588.2        545.2           544.3            544.3           518.6
   Number of ordinary shares as adjusted
      to reflect changes in capital
      (million shares)                       119.1        112.1           112.4            111.4           108.7
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP:
   Total assets                              698.4        887.3           878.0          1,560.3         1,876.9
   Long-term borrowings                      254.2        300.6           358.5            445.2           431.3
   Net assets                                110.3        310.5           182.4            528.4           845.9
   Shareholders' equity                      109.1        308.5           178.3            527.3           842.1




NOTES:

(1)  Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK
     GAAP, which differs in certain significant respects from US GAAP. Details
     of the principal differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP relevant to us are
     set out in note 32 to our audited consolidated financial statements, which
     are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)  Based on profit after tax and minority interests and weighted average
     number of shares outstanding of 119.1 million shares for the 12 months to
     December 31, 2002, 112.1 million shares for the 12 months to December 31,
     2001, 112.4 million for the 12 months to December 31, 2000, 111.4 million
     for the 12 months to December 31, 1999 and 108.7 million for the 12 months
     to December 31, 1998.

(3)  No interim dividend was paid in respect of the years ended December 31,
     2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998. No final dividend was paid for 2002 (2001:
     Nil, 2000: Nil, 1999: Nil, 1998: US$0.10). The local currency equivalents
     have been converted at the then-prevailing cedi exchange rates.

(4)  Amounts shown in accordance with US GAAP as of and for the year ended
     December 31, 2002 reflect the adoption of SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002.
     Consequently, the financial information presented for comparative periods
     has not been prepared on a consistent basis in this regard. The effects of
     adoption of SFAS 142 are discussed in note 32 to our consolidated
     financial statements.

(5)  Amounts presented for comparative periods in accordance with UK GAAP
     have been restated for the adoption of FRS 19. The restated deferred tax
     assets/(liabilities) were US$6.9 million, US$1.7 million, US$(19.1)
     million and US$(131.2) million as of December 31, 2001, 2000, 1999 and
     1998 respectively. Amounts presented in accordance with US GAAP for
     comparative periods have been restated for the adoption of SFAS No. 145,
     Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB
     Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections ("SFAS 145") on January 1,
     2002. On adoption, extraordinary items of US$0.8 million and US$4.8
     million for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively,
     were reclassified to non-operating income.



                                       38







MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION


You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our
consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are engaged in the mining and processing of gold ores and the exploration and
development of gold properties in Africa and in hedging activities in connection
with our gold production. We have interests in major gold mines in Ghana,
Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe. In 2002, we produced 1.62 million ounces of gold.
As at December 31, 2002, we had proven and probable reserves of 27.8 million
ounces, before making any allowance for minority and joint venture interests.


We occupy a position of strategic significance within the Ghanaian economy. We
are a major contributor of foreign exchange earnings to Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania
and Zimbabwe. In addition, we are one of the largest companies listed on the
Ghana Stock Exchange and a major employer, particularly in the Ashanti region of
Ghana.

Our History

In 1897, an English company named Ashanti Goldfields Corporation Limited, or
Ashanti Goldfields, was founded and began to develop a mining concession in the
area of our current operations at Obuasi. Several years later, underground
mining began at the site and has continued to the present. In 1969, Ashanti
Goldfields became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lonrho Plc, now called Lonmin
Plc, or Lonmin, a UK listed company which at that time had interests in mining,
hotels and general trade in Africa. Following the Lonmin acquisition in 1969,
the Government of Ghana acquired 20% of Ashanti Goldfields from Lonmin in
exchange for the Government of Ghana's agreement to extend the term of Ashanti
Goldfields' mining lease over the concession area.

In 1972, the Government of Ghana formed us as a Ghanaian company to take over
the assets, business and functions formerly carried out by Ashanti Goldfields.
The Government of Ghana then held 55% of our outstanding shares, with Lonmin
holding the remaining 45%.


In 1994, as part of its divestiture policy, the Government of Ghana sold part of
its holding in us in a global offering. In connection with that offering, we
were reorganized as a Ghanaian public limited company. As at March 12, 2003,
the Government of Ghana owned approximately 17.2% and Lonmin owned approximately
28.1% of our outstanding shares.


In 1996, we expanded our operations through the acquisition of companies holding
interests in the Ayanfuri, Bibiani, Iduapriem, Siguiri, and Freda-Rebecca
properties, which were already or were subsequently developed as mines, and
acquired an interest in what was then the Geita exploration concession in
Tanzania. In 1998, we acquired SAMAX Gold Inc., the principal asset of which was
the other part of the interest in the Geita exploration concession adjacent to
our existing license area. In 1999 and 2000, we developed the Geita mine and in
2000 sold a 50% equity interest in it to AngloGold Limited. In 2000, we acquired
our interest in the Teberebie mine, which is adjacent to the Iduapriem mine.

Through the period from the end of 1999 to June 2002, commencing with a sharp
rise in the price of gold which led initially to a liquidity crisis, we were
engaged in a process of financial restructuring with our banks, hedge
counterparties and noteholders.


Recent Restructuring


In June 2002, we completed a financial restructuring which involved:

     o    entering into a new enlarged revolving credit facility of US$200
          million;

     o    raising approximately US$41.8 million from the early exercise of 70.3%
          of our warrants (which were previously issued to some of our banks and
          hedge counterparties and which were exchangeable for our shares);

     o    agreement with our hedge counterparties for continued margin-free
          trading; and


                                       39







     o    raising US$75.0 million through the issue to our largest shareholder,
          Lonmin, of mandatorily exchangeable notes, or MENs, which convert into
          our ordinary shares upon the completion of this rights issue.

The Government of Ghana has a call option in respect of approximately US$28.4
million of these MENs. Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have both
contractually agreed that the MENs represent approximately _________% of their
entitlements under the rights issue and neither party will be exercising or
dealing in this percentage of their rights.


Current Trading and Prospects

In 2003 we commenced the commissioning of the expanded CIL plant at
Iduapriem/Teberebie and, although we have experienced unexpected delays in
commissioning, currently anticipate that it will be completed during the second
quarter of the year. The Bibiani mine experienced a slope failure on the western
wall of the pit at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2002. This is not
expected to materially impact gold production, but will add approximately US$3
million to costs over the first two quarters of 2003. At Siguiri, we have
completed a feasibility study to assess the viability of converting the mine's
processing plant to a hybrid, combining CIP and heap leach, and expect the
conversion to be completed, at a total cost of US$32 million, in the second
quarter of 2004. At the Geita mine, we anticipate that production will be lower
for at least the first two quarters of 2003 as compared to 2002, due to
lower mined grades as waste stripping continues in cut 3 at Nyankanga.

Rising fuel prices, increases in power costs and wages, depreciation of the US
dollar in which our revenues are denominated, the appreciation in currencies of
countries from which we source our major inputs and rising costs of reagents
will impact adversely on our cash operating costs this year. We are taking steps
to minimise this impact but it is still likely that cash operating costs will
increase by approximately 10% this year.


Our group production target for the year is approximately 1.6 million ounces,
broadly in line with last year's actual production. This assumes that the
stripping schedule for cut 3 at Nyankanga is completed by the end of July and
that the CIL plant at Iduapriem/Teberebie is fully commissioned by the end of
June. We expect our production for the first quarter of 2003 to be in the region
of 375,000 ounces. This is 8% below the pro-rata figure for our annualised
production target, primarily due to lower mined grades as waste stripping
continues in Geita, and unexpected delays caused by the commissioning of the
plant expansion at Iduapriem/Teberebie. Due to these factors, group
production for the second quarter is likely to continue at the same
level as for the first quarter, with the shortfall planned to be made up in the
second half of the year. The reduced production levels anticipated for the
first two quarters will have a consequential adverse impact on our unit cash
operating costs for these quarters, as compared to the annualised level.
However, our directors believe that the long term prospects of the business are
good.


Impact of Sale of 50% Interest in Geita


In December 2000, we sold 50% of our interest in the Geita joint venture to
AngloGold Limited for US$335 million (including US$130 million from the project
financing loan). The cash received from this disposal enabled us to restructure
our balance sheet and repay some of our loans. The impact of the disposal is
that we will now only share in 50% of the profits and surplus cash flows from
Geita and we have a joint venture partner who will share the cost of funding any
further Geita expansion projects.

General

We earn all of our revenues in US dollars and the majority of our transactions
and costs are denominated in US dollars or based on US dollars. We also have
cedi and other currency denominated costs, primarily wages and local material
purchases.


Impact of Economic and Political Environment in Main Countries in Which We
Operate


Our current significant operations are primarily located in Ghana, Tanzania and
Guinea, and are therefore subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and
political factors that affect companies operating in Ghana, Tanzania and Guinea,
as discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.


                                       40








Changes in Accounting Policy

We have implemented FRS 19 in our financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2002. Under FRS 19, a basis of "full" rather than "partial"
provision is adopted for all deferred tax liabilities and assets, with
assets being recognized where it is considered more likely than not
that they will be recovered. Adoption of FRS 19 required the UK GAAP
comparative figures for the tax on operating profit on ordinary activities
for 2001 and 2000 to be restated from the previously reported charges of
US$6.8 million and US$8.8 million to a charge of US$9.6 million and a credit
of US$12.8 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2002, there
was a tax credit under FRS 19 of US$3.7 million compared to a tax charge of
US$9.6 million in 2001.

We adopted SFAS 142 with effect from January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 requires that
goodwill and other intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life no
longer be amortized but rather be tested at least annually for impairment.
SFAS 142 also required us to perform a transitional assessment of whether there
is an indication that goodwill was impaired at the date of initial application,
January 1, 2002. We are also required to review other intangible assets for
impairment and to reassess the useful lives of such assets and make necessary
adjustments. No write-down of goodwill has been made following the completion
of the transitional impairment test. Disclosures of the effects of adopting
SFAS 142 in comparative periods are provided in note 32 to our consolidated
financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We adopted SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-
Lived Assets, or SFAS 144, effective January 1, 2002. SFAS 144 establishes
a single accounting model, based on the framework established in SFAS No. 121,
Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
Be Disposed Of, or SFAS 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale,
resolves significant implementation issues related to SFAS 121 and establishes
new rules for reporting of discontinued operations. We did not recognize any
impairments in 2002 pursuant to SFAS 144.

We adopted SFAS 145, Rescission of FASB Statement No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment
of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical Corrections, or SFAS 145, as of
January 1, 2002. The principal change reflected in these pronouncements is that
gains or losses from extinguishment of debt which are classified as
extraordinary items by SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and Losses from
Extinguishment of Debt an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30, will no longer
be classified as such. We adopted SFAS 145 on January 1, 2002. No restatement
of amounts previously reported for the years ended December 31, 2001 or 2000
resulted from the adoption of SFAS 145.


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS
No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligation, or SFAS 143, which is
effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
June 5, 2002. The pronouncement addresses the recognition and remeasurement of
obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible long-lived asset. We
are currently reviewing this statement to determine its impact on future
financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with
Disposal or Exit Activities, or SFAS 146. This statement addresses financial
accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities
and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force-Abstract No. 94-3, Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an
Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring), or EITF 94-3.
This statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3,
a liability for an exit cost as defined in EITF 94-3 was recognized at the date
of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This statement provides that an
entity's commitment to a plan, by itself, does not create a present obligation
to others that meets the definition of a liability. Therefore, SFAS 146
eliminates the definition and requirements for recognition of exit costs in EITF
94-3 until a liability has been incurred and establishes that fair value is the
objective for initial measurement of the liability. However, this standard does
not apply to costs associated with exit activities involving entities acquired
under business combinations or disposal activities covered under SFAS 144. The
adoption of SFAS 146 will not have an impact on previous results reported.


                                      41








In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation -- Transition and Disclosure -- an amendment of FASB Statement No.
123, or SFAS 148. SFAS 148 amends SFAS No. 123 Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, or SFAS 123, and provides alternative methods for accounting for
a change by registrants to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based
compensation. Additionally, SFAS 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS
123 to require disclosure in the significant accounting policy footnote of both
annual and interim financial statements of the method of accounting for
stock-based compensation and the related pro-forma disclosures when the
intrinsic value method continues to be used. The statement is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, and disclosures are effective
for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15, 2002. We do
not intend to adopt the fair value method of accounting for stock-based
compensation. Consequently SFAS 148 will not have an impact on our results of
operation and financial position.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting
and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others, or FIN 45. This interpretation requires certain
disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual financial
statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It
also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a
liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the
guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and
annual periods after December 15, 2002 and we have adopted those requirements
for our financial statements. The initial recognition and initial measurement
requirements of FIN 45 are effective prospectively for guarantees issued or
modified after December 31, 2002. We are assessing, but at this point do not
believe the adoption of the recognition and initial measurement requirements of
FIN 45 will have a material impact on its financial position, cash flows or
results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities -- an interpretation of ARB No. 51, or FIN 46.
FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51,
Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities in which equity
investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest
or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its
activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.
FIN 46 explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise
assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to decide whether to
consolidate that entity. It requires existing unconsolidated variable
interests entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the
entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. It also
requires certain disclosures by the primary beneficiary. FIN 46 is effective
immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003 and
no variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after
that date, and effective for the first fiscal year or interim period beginning
after June 15, 2003 to variable interest entities in which an enterprise holds
a variable interest that it acquired before February 1, 2003. FIN 46 requires
an entity to disclose certain information regarding a variable interest equity
if, when the Interpretation becomes effective, it is reasonably possible that
an enterprise will consolidate or have to disclose information about that
variable interest entity, regardless of the date on which the variable entity
interest was created. We do not expect that, when FIN 46 becomes effective, we
will have to consolidate or disclose any information regarding variable
interests.


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


This discussion is based upon our consolidated financial statements. These
financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP and are
reconciled to US GAAP both of which require us to make estimates about the
effect of matters that are uncertain and to make difficult, subjective and
complex judgements. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported
amounts in the financial statements and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. We evaluate all these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual
results could differ from estimates.


We believe the following represent our critical accounting policies and
estimates having considered both UK and US GAAP.


o    Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when gold is produced in the form
     of dore in the gold room, and is based on the quantity and spot price at
     that date. Gold is a liquid commodity that is dealt with on the
     international markets, and we have refining and purchase agreements with
     several international banks. These provide that the actual sale price is
     the spot price no later than the first


                                       42







     working day after the date of delivery to the refiner and the actual
     quantity invoiced is the quantity after the gold is refined usually within
     one day. Consequently we process an adjustment on completion of the
     refining process to adjust revenues recognized at the time of producing
     dore to actual revenues. While this adjustment has historically been de
     minimis, any significant reduction in the spot price or reduction in
     quantity of gold before and after refining may have a material adverse
     impact on our operating results.


o    Environmental Liabilities. We are required by environmental regulations in
     the jurisdictions in which we operate and the terms of our mining licenses
     to restore mining sites to their original condition. The expected cost of
     any decommissioning or other site restoration programs incurred during the
     construction of the mine as determined by independent environmental experts
     is discounted at the weighted average cost of capital and capitalized at
     the beginning of each project and amortized over the life of the mine using
     the unit of production method. In determining these costs, assumptions are
     made based on current mining methods, statutory regulations, scope of work
     to be performed and related costs. We regularly review the adequacy of
     closure and reclamation accruals based on current estimates of future
     costs. A significant change in the assumptions underlying the estimate of
     the expected cost of decommissioning or other site restoration programs may
     result in a material adverse impact on our operating results.

o    Impairment of Long-lived Assets. Our long-lived assets include long-term
     investments, goodwill and other tangible assets. In assessing the potential
     for impairment of its long-lived assets we must make assumptions regarding
     estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value
     of the respective assets. Effective January 1, 2001, under US GAAP,
     expected future cash flows from derivative instruments are not included in
     asset impairment tests. If these estimates or their related assumptions
     change in future, we may be required to record impairment charges for these
     assets not previously recorded and this may have a material adverse impact
     on our operating results.

o    Life of Mines. At least annually, we review mining schedules, production
     levels and asset lives in our life of mine planning for all of our
     operating development properties. Significant changes in the life of mine
     plans may occur as a result of mining experience, new ore discoveries,
     changes in mining methods and rates, process changes, investment in new
     equipment and technology and gold prices. Based on the analysis we review
     our accounting estimates and adjust depreciation, amortization, deferred
     mining and reclamation costs and evaluation of each mine for impairment
     where necessary. Accordingly, such adjustments may have a material adverse
     impact on our operating results.

o    Deferred Tax. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on
     the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the
     tax bases of assets and liabilities. When a deferred tax asset arises we
     review the asset for recoverability and establish a valuation allowance
     where we determine it is more likely than not that such an asset will not
     be realized. If we determine that additional valuation allowance is
     required, or there is a material change in the actual effective tax rates
     or time period within which the underlying temporary differences become
     taxable or deductible, an additional tax charge may arise that will
     increase our effective tax rate and result in a material adverse impact on
     our operating results.

o    Foreign Exchange. We earn all of our revenues in US dollars and the
     majority of our transactions and costs are denominated in US dollars or
     based on US dollars. However, any significant changes in the transactions
     and costs that are not denominated in US dollars, or based on US dollars,
     may have a material adverse impact on our operating results.


o    Ore Reserves. We estimate on an annual basis our ore reserves at our mining
     operations. There are a number of uncertainties inherent in estimating
     quantities of reserves, including many factors beyond our control. Ore
     reserve estimates are based upon engineering evaluations of assay values
     derived from samplings of drill holes and other openings. Additionally,
     declines in the market price of gold may render certain reserves containing
     relatively lower grades of mineralization uneconomic to mine. Further,
     availability of permits, changes in operating and capital costs, and other
     factors could materially and adversely affect ore reserves. We use our ore
     reserve estimates in determining the unit basis for mine depreciation and
     closure rates, as well as in evaluating mine asset impairments. Changes in
     ore reserve estimates could significantly affect these items.


                                       43







Cash Operating Costs

Operating costs before corporate administration, exploration and other costs are
referred to as "cash operating costs." Cash operating costs per ounce are
calculated by dividing cash operating costs by ounces of gold produced. Cash
operating costs have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods
presented.

Cash operating costs should not be considered by investors as an alternative to
operating profit or net profit attributable to shareholders, as an alternative
to other GAAP measures or as an indicator of our performance, and may not be
comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. However, we
believe that cash operating costs in total by mine and per ounce by mine are
useful indicators to investors and management of a mine's performance as they
provide:

o    an indication of a mine's profitability and efficiency;

o    the trend in costs as the mine matures;

o    a measure of a mine's gross margin per ounce, by comparison of the cash
     operating costs per ounce by mine to the price of gold; and

o    an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other
     mines.


A reconciliation of cash operating costs to total operating costs, as included
in our audited financial statements for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2002 is presented below. In addition, we have also provided
below details of the ounces of gold produced by mine for each of those periods.





                                                      12 months to December 31
                                        2002                  2001                 2000
                                  Total    Production   Total    Production   Total    Production
                                  (US$m)    (Ounces)    (US$m)    (Ounces)    (US$m)    (Ounces)
                                 -------   ----------   ------   ----------   ------   ----------
                                                                     
Mine
Obuasi                            106.4      537,219     101.4      528,451    133.5     640,988
Ayanfuri                             --           --       2.8       11,517      8.9      36,316
Iduapriem                          43.0      185,199      44.0      205,130     43.2     193,868
Bibiani                            43.6      242,432      43.1      253,052     36.8     273,711
Siguiri                            61.9      269,292      62.2      283,199     54.8     303,381
Freda-Rebecca                      21.0       98,255      22.8      102,654     22.2     112,164
Geita                              47.2      289,522      38.9      272,781     25.7     176,836
                                  -----    ---------     -----    ---------    -----   ---------
Total cash operating costs        323.1    1,621,919     315.2    1,656,784    325.1   1,737,264
                                           ---------              ---------            ---------

Corporate administration costs     16.5                   21.2                  25.3
Exploration costs                   3.8                    6.5                  14.2
Other                              11.3                    6.8                    --
                                  -----                  -----                 -----
Operating costs                   354.7                  349.7                 364.6
Exceptional operating costs        32.3                     --                 215.2
Royalties                          14.6                   13.0                  13.7
Depreciation and amortisation      88.4                   94.9                 114.8
                                  -----                  -----                 -----
Total costs                       490.0                  457.6                 708.3
                                  -----                  -----                 -----




Our average cash operating costs in 2002 were US$199 per ounce compared with
US$190 per ounce in 2001, due to the challenging operating environment and to
lower production.



                                       44







Results of Operations


12 Months Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to 12 Months Ended December 31, 2001

Revenue

Higher spot prices enabled us to achieve total revenue of US$552.2 million for
the year ended December 31, 2002, just below the US$554.4 million achieved
during the same period in 2001, despite lower production and the reduction
in release of deferred hedging income. Spot revenue amounted to US$506.4
million, compared with US$455.8 million in 2001. The average gold price
realized during 2002 was higher, at US$340 per ounce, than that realized in
2001, US$335 per ounce.

Hedging

Net hedging income for the year totaled US$45.8 million, of which US$11.5
million was realized from the close-outs of maturing hedging contracts during
the year and US$34.3 million was released from deferred hedging income, i.e.
income from previously closed-out hedging contracts.

In accordance with our accounting policy, income from early close-outs is
credited to revenue for the originally designated delivery period. As at
December 31, 2002, deferred hedging income carried forward to future periods
totaled US$27.8 million, compared to US$65.6 million for the corresponding
period in 2001, of which US$14.7 million and US$13.1 million will be credited
to revenue in 2003 and 2004 respectively.

The table below shows the movement in fair value of the hedge book and its
component parts (excluding Geita):





                                As at December 31,
                                2002         2001      Movement
                               -------      ------     --------
                             (in US$ millions except
                             valuation spot price)
                             -----------------------
                                               
Forward Sales                   (56.0)      117.6       (173.6)
                               ------       -----        -----
Puts:  Bought                    24.9        52.7        (27.8)
                               ------       -----        -----
       Sold                        --        (1.7)         1.7
                               ------       -----        -----
Calls: Sold                    (112.9)      (53.7)       (59.2)
                               ------       -----        -----
       Bought                    10.2         5.4          4.8
                               ------       -----        -----
Convertible Structures             --        10.5        (10.5)
                               ------       -----        -----
Lease Rate Swaps                (16.2)      (42.0)        25.8
                               ------       -----        -----
Total                          (150.0)       88.8       (238.8)
                               ------       -----        -----
Valuation Spot Price (US$)        345         277           68
                               ------       -----        -----




The fair value of each component is based on the prevailing gold spot price, US
interest rates, gold forward rates and volatilities. The net decrease in fair
value of the hedge book in the period was primarily attributable to high spot
prices partially offset by lower US interest rates.

We account for derivative contracts using hedge accounting and therefore these
instruments are not marked-to-market on the balance sheet under UK GAAP. The
accounting treatment of these instruments under US GAAP differs from that under
UK GAAP. Details of this difference are set out in note 32 to our consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Costs

   Cash Operating Costs

Total cash operating costs were US$199 per ounce as compared to US$190 per ounce
in 2001, due to the challenging operating environment and to lower production.



                                       45








Obuasi In 2002, Obuasi produced 537,219 ounces from underground and tailings
retreatment operations and from a small open pit deposit on the Homase
concession located approximately 16 kilometers to the north, compared with
528,451 ounces that the mine produced from underground and tailings retreatment
in 2001. Cash operating costs were US$198 per ounce in 2002 compared to US$192
per ounce in 2001. The higher cost resulted from the mining and processing of
higher tonnage of lower grade material.

Ayanfuri No gold was produced at Ayanfuri in 2002, as the mine ceased operations
in June 2001. Gold production at Ayanfuri was 11,517 ounces in 2001. Cash
operating costs per ounce in 2001 were US$243 per ounce.

Bibiani Bibiani produced 242,432 ounces in 2002 at a cash operating cost of
US$180 per ounce, compared to 253,052 ounces at a cash operating cost of US$170
per ounce in the previous year. The reduction in gold production was due to
processing harder ore, resulting in lower plant throughput and lower
metallurgical recovery and, in turn, this resulted in a higher cash operating
cost per ounce produced. Costs were also impacted by a water shortage in the
first quarter of 2002.

Iduapriem and Teberebie Gold production at Iduapriem/Teberebie for 2002 was
185,199 ounces, compared to 205,130 ounces in 2001. The cash operating costs
increased to US$232 per ounce in 2002 from US$214 per ounce in 2001, due to the
lower gold production primarily because of a fire at the production plant.

Siguiri In 2002, Siguiri produced a total of 269,292 ounces at a cash cost of
US$230 per ounce compared with 283,199 ounces at US$220 per ounce in 2001.
Production and cash costs were impacted by lower than targeted gold production
from the stacked material during the year and higher mined tonnages.



Freda-Rebecca Full year production in 2002 was 98,255 ounces at a cash operating
cost of US$214 per ounce, compared to 102,654 ounces at US$222 per ounce in
2001. The economic and political situation in Zimbabwe during 2002 continued to
pose a series of difficult problems for the management team, as in 2001. The
lack of foreign exchange and the fixed exchange rate coupled with high inflation
put severe pressure on the supply function, causing delays in receiving
supplies.

Geita In 2002, Geita mine produced a record total of 579,043 ounces at a cash
operating cost of US$163 per ounce, compared to 545,562 ounces at US$143 per
ounce in 2001. Cash operating costs increased principally due to higher mining
costs as a result of higher tonnages at lower ore grades. As expected, gold
production in the fourth quarter, at 122,742 ounces, was lower than the previous
quarters of the year as mining in the Nyankanga pit moved into lower grade
zones. We expect this trend will continue for the first half of 2003.


   Exploration and Corporate Administration

Exploration expenditure during 2002 was lower at US$3.8 million, compared to
US$6.5 million in 2001, due to the termination of our involvement in Pangea
Goldfield's concession in Tanzania. Corporate administration expenditure for the
year was also lower, at US$16.5 million, than the US$21.2 million in 2001.

   Depreciation

Total depreciation and amortization charges amounted to US$88.4 million in 2002,
lower than the US$94.9 million recorded in 2001, primarily due to lower
production.

   Total Costs

Total costs, including US$32.3 million of exceptional operating costs
(compared to nil in 2001) (see "Exceptional Items"), amounted to US$490.0
million in 2002, compared with US$457.6 million in 2001. Total costs per
ounce, excluding exceptional operating costs of US$32.3 million, increased
by US$6 per ounce, from the US$276 per ounce in 2001 to US$282 per ounce in
2002, mainly due to the increase in cash operating costs referred to above.


   Other Income


Other income of US$12.1 million comprises US$8.8 million in respect of the
transfer of a receivable from AngloGold to us for no consideration (see
"Exceptional Items") and US$3.3 million relating to additional consideration
received in respect of the sale, in 1999 of our interest in the Golden Pride
mine. This consideration crystallised in 2002 following the gold price rally.
No further consideration is due under the terms of the sale agreement.



                                       46








   Exceptional Items

Exceptional items, which have been identified separately in the profit and loss
account, comprised the following in 2002:

(i)  refinancing and restructuring costs of US$23.5 million. These include
     professional fees and financing costs for both the proposed note
     restructuring, which was later withdrawn and the cash redemption
     alternative outlined below, which was implemented in June 2002; and

(ii) as provided for in the sale and purchase agreement entered into in 2000 in
     respect of the Geita mine, AngloGold transferred the Ridge 8 property to
     Geita during the year. The consideration of US$17.6 million will be left
     outstanding until the project finance loans are fully repaid by Geita,
     AngloGold has transferred to us for no consideration, its 50% share which
     resulted in an exceptional gain of US$8.8 million. In line with our
     accounting policy on exploration costs the cost of this property has been
     expensed, thereby recording a compensating exceptional loss of US$8.8
     million.

   Financing Costs

Net interest charges fell by 23% from US$29.4 million in 2001 to US$22.6 million
in 2002. This decrease was due primarily to a reduction in net debt from
US$270.7 million at December 31, 2001 to US$215.6 million at December 31, 2002.

   Taxation

Taxation for the year was a credit of US$3.7 million. This comprised a credit
of US$8.3 million in respect of prior years corporate tax offset by a current
year corporate tax charge of US$0.3 million and a deferred tax charge of US$4.3
million (net of deferred tax credit of US$7.0 million in respect of the Geita
joint venture).

Earnings

Our 2002 earnings before exceptional items were 33% higher at US$79.7 million
than the US$59.9 million in 2001. The improvement in earnings as compared to
last year was principally due to higher spot prices, lower financing costs and
lower taxation, offset partly by lower production and higher cash operating
costs. Earnings after charging exceptional refinancing and restructuring
costs of US$23.5 million (compared to nil in 2001) were US$56.2 million
(compared to US$59.9 million in 2001). Earnings per share before exceptional
items for the year, after taking into account the warrants that were exercised
as part of the refinancing in June 2002, were US$0.67, compared to US$0.53 in
2001.

Dividend

We continue to strengthen our financial position. However, we have significant
negative profit and loss account reserves as at December 31, 2002.

The Ghana Companies Code, 1963, prohibits the payment of dividends where there
are no positive balances in distributable reserves. In the light of the above,
no dividend is proposed for 2002.

Cash Flow

The net cash inflow from operating activities before exceptional items was
US$117.5 million (2001: US$95.4 million), due partly to higher spot prices. The
net cash inflow from operating activities after meeting refinancing and
restructuring costs of US$22.3 million was US$95.2 million.

Net interest paid decreased to US$18.8 million, compared with US$22.4 million in
2001, due to the reduction in net debt during the year of US$55.1 million.

Cash inflows from management of liquid resources of US$6.0 million (compared
to US$9.7 million in 2001) was primarily as a result of the release of funds
of US$8.7 million as at December 31, 2001 on deposit as collateral for a loan
to Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited.

Cash outflows in respect of financing activities of US$19.2 million (compared to
US$40.6 million in 2001) is the net cash outflow following the debt
restructuring in June 2002 and repayments of the enlarged revolving credit
facility (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources").



                                       47








    Capital Expenditure

Our capital investment in our operations increased from US$49.6 million in 2001
to US$64.5 million in 2002. Our capital expenditure in 2002 focussed on: (i) the
expansion of the CIL processing plants at Iduapriem and Teberebie, (ii) mining
and processing equipment, and upgrade of the shafts at the Obuasi mine, and
(iii) the mining equipment, plant and tailings dam at the Freda-Rebecca mine.


12 Months Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to 12 Months Ended December 31, 2000

Revenue


Total revenue for 2001 of US$554.4 million was 5% lower than 2000's level of
US$582.2 million, due to lower production. Spot revenue generated amounted to
US$455.8 million (2000: US$485.2 million), and hedging income totaled US$98.6
million (2000: US$97.0 million). The average gold price realized during the year
of US$335 per ounce was in line with the price realized in 2000.


Hedging


Net hedging income for the year totaled US$98.6 million, of which US$41.6
million was realized from the closeouts of maturing hedging contracts and
US$57.0 million was released from deferred hedging income i.e. income from
previously closed-out hedging contracts.

In accordance with our accounting policy, income from early close-outs is
credited to revenue for the originally designated delivery period. At December
31, 2001, deferred hedging income totaled US$65.6 million, compared to US$120.0
million for the corresponding period in 2000, of which US$35.0 million was
credited to revenue in 2002.

The table below shows the movement in fair value of the hedge book and its
component parts (excluding Geita):





                                  As at December 31,
                                  2001           2000          Movement
                             (in US$ millions except valuation spot price)
                             ---------------------------------------------
                                                       
Forward Sales                    117.6           93.3            24.3
                                 -----          -----           -----
Puts:  Bought                     52.7           24.5            28.2
       Sold                       (1.7)          (1.6)           (0.1)
                                 -----          -----           -----
Calls: Sold                      (53.7)         (55.0)            1.3
       Bought                      5.4            6.5            (1.1)
                                 -----          -----           -----
Convertible Structures            10.5           22.4           (11.9)
                                 -----          -----           -----
Lease Rate Swaps                 (42.0)         (61.0)           19.0
                                 -----          -----           -----
Total                             88.8           29.1            59.7
                                 -----          -----           -----
Valuation Spot Price (US$)         277            273               4
                                 -----          -----           -----



The fair value of each component is based on the prevailing gold spot price, US
interest rates, gold forward rates and volatilities. The net increase in fair
value of the hedge book in the period was primarily attributable to the
reduction in US interest rates and time decay of the book.


We account for derivative contracts using hedge accounting and therefore these
instruments are not marked-to-market on the balance sheet under UK GAAP. The
accounting treatment of these instruments under US GAAP differs from that under
UK GAAP. Details of this difference are set out in note 32(e) to our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.




                                       48







Costs

   Cash Operating Costs

Total cash operating costs were US$190 per ounce as compared to US$187 per ounce
in 2000, due to lower production primarily at Siguiri and Bibiani. Obuasi's cash
operating costs however fell by 8% from US$208 per ounce in 2000 to US$192 per
ounce in 2001.

Obuasi Cash operating costs at Obuasi decreased from US$208 per ounce in 2000 to
US$192 per ounce in 2001, a drop of 8% due to the closure of high cost surface
operations as well as cost control measures and re-engineering of mining and
processing operations. Underground production fell marginally from 493,926
ounces in 2000 to 485,452 ounces in 2001. Tailings retreatment produced 42,999
ounces for the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to 43,756 ounces for the
corresponding period in 2000.

Ayanfuri Gold production at Ayanfuri was 11,517 ounces in 2001, compared to
36,316 ounces in 2000, as the mine ceased operations in June 2001. Cash
operating costs per ounce in 2001 were US$243 per ounce (2000: US$245 per
ounce).

Bibiani Bibiani produced 253,052 ounces, compared to 273,711 ounces in 2000, at
a cash operating cost of US$170 per ounce, compared to US$134 per ounce in 2000.
The reduction in gold production was due to the reduced mill feed grade and
lower recovery. This also resulted in higher cash operating cost per ounce.

Iduapriem and Teberebie Gold production for 2001 was 205,130 ounces, exceeding
193,868 ounces in 2000. Cash operating costs were reduced to US$214 per ounce
from US$223 per ounce in 2000.

Siguiri Siguiri produced 283,199 ounces, compared to 303,381 ounces in 2000, at
a cash operating cost of US$220 per ounce, compared to US$181 per ounce in 2000.
Production and cash operating costs were impacted by lower than expected
metallurgical recovery from the material stacked during the year.

Freda-Rebecca Full year production in 2001 was 102,654 ounces at a cash
operating cost of US$222 per ounce, compared to 112,164 ounces at US$198 per
ounce in 2000.

The economic and political situation in Zimbabwe during 2001 continued to pose a
series of difficult problems for the management team. The lack of foreign
exchange and the fixed exchange rate coupled with high inflation put severe
pressure on the supply function, causing delays in receiving supplies.

Geita The Geita mine, in its first full year of production, produced a total of
545,562 ounces at a cash operating cost of US$143 per ounce, of which 50% is
attributable to us. Following the sale of a 50% interest in Geita in December
2000, the Geita joint venture in 2001 is accounted for using the gross equity
method of accounting.

   Exploration and Corporate Administration

Exploration expenditure during the year was lower at US$6.5 million, compared to
US$14.2 million in 2000, due to rationalization of non-mine site exploration
expenditure. Corporate administration expenditure for the year was also lower by
16% at US$21.2 million, compared to US$25.3 million in 2000, due to our cost
reduction efforts.

   Depreciation

Total depreciation and amortization charges (before exceptional items) for the
year were lower at US$94.9 million, compared to US$114.8 million in 2000, due to
the asset impairment recorded at the end of 2000.

   Total Costs

Total costs before exceptional items but including depreciation and amortization
for the year amounted to US$457.6 million, compared to US$493.1 million in 2000.
The total costs per ounce fell from US$284 per ounce in 2000 to US$276 per ounce
in 2001.

   Redundancy Costs

Total costs in 2000 included redundancy costs at Obuasi of US$3.0 million. In
2001 no further employees were made redundant and no further costs were charged.




                                       49







   Financing Costs

Net interest charges fell by 43% from US$51.3 million in 2000 to US$29.4 million
in 2001. This significant reduction was due primarily to lower debt levels as
compared to 2000.

   Taxation


Total taxation charged to the profit and loss account amounted to US$9.6
million, compared to a credit of US$12.8 million in 2000. This included US$6.6
million of corporate tax for the current year, US$8.2 million in respect of
prior years and a release of deferred tax of US$5.2 million.



Earnings


Earnings for the year were US$59.9 million, compared to a loss in 2000 of
US$119.5 million. The reduction in earnings was due principally to an
impairment of fixed assets totalling US$193.5 million and other one-off costs
of US$21.7 million offset by a profit of US$46.6 million on the sale of 50%
of our interest in Geita. Earnings per share was US$0.53, compared to a loss
of US$1.06 per share in 2000.


Dividend

The banking covenants under our then-existing revolving credit facility
prohibited the payment of cash dividends at all times while our gross borrowings
exceeded US$300.0 million. In light of these factors and the deficit on our
reserves, we were unable to pay dividends for the year ended December 31, 2000.
These covenants, which restricted our ability to pay dividends, were released
when this revolving credit facility was refinanced on June 28, 2002. Our current
revolving credit facility dated June 28, 2002 no longer restricts our ability to
pay dividends. However, we did not pay a dividend for the year ended December
31, 2001 and will not for the year ended December 31, 2002 because of the
deficit on our reserves.

Cash Flow

The net cash inflow from operating activities was US$95.4 million, compared to
US$149.4 million in 2000. The reduction in 2001 was due principally to the
non-consolidation of Geita following the sale of a 50% interest in December 2000
and lower cash flows from other operations.

Net interest paid decreased to US$22.4 million, compared to US$56.4 million in
2000, following the reduction in amounts outstanding on our then-existing
revolving credit facility in December 2000. Capital expenditure reduced to
US$49.6 million, compared to US$145.6 million in 2000, after the completion of
the Geita project in 2000. Expenditure in 2001 comprised US$30.1 million
invested at the Obuasi mine and US$19.5 million at other mines.

Cash inflows from management of liquid resources of US$9.7 million, compared to
US$13.3 million in 2000, primarily resulted from a reduction in funds on deposit
as collateral for a loan to Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited.

Cash outflows relating to financing activities decreased to US$40.6 million,
compared to US$186.3 million in 2000, primarily representing repayments on our
then-existing revolving credit facility, together with repayments on other
loans.

Capital Expenditure

Our capital expenditure decreased from US$145.6 million in 2000 to US$49.6
million in 2001, primarily due to the completion of the Geita project in 2000.
Our capital expenditure during 2001 included US$30.1 million at Obuasi and
US$19.5 million at the other mines, excluding Geita. Ashanti's 50% share of
Geita's 2001 capital expenditure amounted to US$7.5 million.



Differences between UK GAAP and US GAAP

The net profit for 2002 of US$56.2 million, net profit for 2001 of US$59.9
million and net loss for 2000 of US$119.5 million under UK GAAP, compare with a
net loss of US$182.8 million, net income of US$65.4  million and a net loss of
US$349.1 million, respectively, under US GAAP. Shareholders' equity for 2002 of


                                       50








US$446.3 million and for 2001 of US$347.1 million, under UK GAAP, compare with
shareholders' equity of US$109.1 million and of US$308.5 million,
respectively,  under US GAAP.

The differences arise principally from the differing accounting treatment for
amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets, impairment of long-lived
assets, financial instruments, warrants, write-down of non-recourse loans, asset
write-back, prepaid forward gold facility, pensions, environmental provisions
and minority interest. Details of the reconciling differences are given in
note 32 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this filing.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


Our net debt level as at December 31, 2002 was US$215.6 million. This amount
excludes our 50% share of the US$102.7 million non-recourse Geita project
finance loan, which is fully drawn.


We also secured an extension of our working capital facilities on a voluntary
basis from our then-existing lending banks by way of extension, to December 30,
2002, of the drawdown period in our then-existing revolving credit facility in
respect of US$25.4 million of that credit facility. No drawings were made under
our then-existing revolving credit facility during 2001. The amounts outstanding
under that facility fell from US$88.8 million in 2000 to US$55.0 million in
2001. This working capital facility was cancelled in June 2002 when we entered
into our current revolving credit facility described below.


On January 25, 2002, we announced a proposed restructuring of our then-existing
exchangeable notes through a scheme of arrangement under which the exchangeable
notes would be cancelled and exchanged for approximately 14.8 million ordinary
shares and US$163 million of new exchangeable guaranteed notes.


On June 28, 2002, we announced that we had withdrawn the proposed restructuring
described above and that we had effected a refinancing of the then-existing
revolving credit facility and then-existing exchangeable notes using the
proceeds arising from an alternative cash redemption financing plan. We also
reached agreement with our hedge counterparties for continued margin-free
trading.

The cash redemption plan, which was implemented on June 28, 2002, involved the
repayment of the credit facility and the notes from the proceeds of:

     o    an enlarged US$200 million, five year revolving credit facility;

     o    the early exercise of 70.3% of our warrants previously issued to
          certain of our lenders and hedge counterparties, which raised
          approximately US$41.8 million; and

     o    US$75.0 million mandatorily exchangeable notes, which where issued to
          Lonmin at par and for cash.


The proceeds of this financial restructuring were used to repay US$219 million
of our then-existing notes, repay US$48 million of our then-existing revolving
credit facility and meet refinancing costs, with the balance being used to fund
ongoing operations.

The US$75 million of MENs convert into equity on completion of this rights
issue. As at December 31, 2002, the new enlarged US$200 million facility has
been drawn down as to US$149.0 million.


Our recent refinancing is further detailed in "Additional Information" below.


   Working Capital

Management believes that our working capital resources, by way of internal
sources and banking facilities, are sufficient to fund our currently
foreseeable future business requirements.

We are of the opinion that, having regard to the financing facilities available
to our group, the working capital available to our group is sufficient for its
present requirements, that is for at least the next 12 months from the date
of this document.

   Significant Change

Except as disclosed in "Current Trading and Prospects" above, there has been
no significant change in the financial or trading position of our group since
December 31, 2002.



                                       51








Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of
credit facilities, as described above. The related obligations as at December
31, 2002 are set out below:





                                                 Payments due by period (US$ million)
                                             -------------------------------------------
                                                     Less than   1 - 2   2 - 5   After 5
Contractual Obligations                      Total     1 year    years   years    years
-----------------------                      -----   ---------   -----   -----   -------
                                                                   
Debt (including capital lease obligations)   261.4      3.7       3.0    138.8    115.9
Capital commitments                           13.1     13.1        --       --       --
Deferred purchase consideration                8.8      3.0       3.0      2.8       --
                                             -----     ----       ---    -----    -----
Total Contractual Cash Obligations           283.3     19.8       6.0    141.6    115.9
                                             -----     ----       ---    -----    -----



Off Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have not entered into any off balance sheet transactions, arrangements or
other relationships with unconsolidated special purpose entities or other
persons that are reasonably likely to affect materially liquidity or the
availability of or requirements for capital resources.

Capital Expenditures


The following table sets forth our expenditures (including capitalized
exploration) on our properties for the last three years.





                          2002   2001    2000
                          US$m   US$m    US$m
                          ----   ----   -----
                               
Obuasi                    35.1   30.1    32.6
Bibiani                    2.9    1.0     2.8
Siguiri                    9.4    7.0    11.6
Freda-Rebecca              6.4    6.8     4.8
Geita mine construction     --     --    85.7
Iduapriem                 10.5    3.6     2.6
Others                     0.2    1.1     5.5
                          ----   ----   -----
                          64.5   49.6   145.6
                          ====   ====   =====



Capital expenditure at Obuasi related principally to the mechanization of
transportation, hoisting processes and development expenditure for the
underground operations in order to increase ore production as the high cost
surface operations were phased out.


Expenditure at Geita reflects the construction of the mine which was completed
in June 2000. Following the disposal of 50% of Geita, it is no longer our
subsidiary.

Exploration and New Business Expenditures

Our expenditures on exploration, development and new business activities for the
past three years are as follows:





                               2002   2001    2000
                               ----   ----    ----
                                     (US$m)
                                     
Burkina Faso                    0.1    0.2     0.3
Mali                            0.2    0.4     1.6
Ghana                           1.4    1.4     3.4
Guinea                           --     --      --
Tanzania                        0.5    0.8     5.6
Cote d'Ivoire                   0.6    0.7     0.5
Zimbabwe                        0.1    0.4     0.7
Democratic Republic of Congo    0.9    1.4     1.5
Other Countries                  --    1.2     0.6
                                ---    ---    ----
Total Exploration Cost          3.8    6.5    14.2
                                ===    ===    ====



                                       52






Realization of current assets


Under UK GAAP, ore in stockpiles of US$20.1 million and US$16.2 million as at
December 31, 2002 and 2001 respectively, are recorded in current assets, within
stocks, while under US GAAP, ore in stockpiles is included in non-current
assets. Under US GAAP the classification of ore in stockpile in non-current
assets is appropriate given that, while it is management's intention to process
the stockpiled ore prior to the end of the mine life, there is not reasonable
certainty that that ore will be processed within the next 12 months.


There is estimation involved in the assessment of ore in stockpiles,
particularly as to the period in which ore in stockpiles will be processed.
There is also a possibility that changes in the economic or operating
environment as well as future changes in the mine plan could result in ore in
stockpile never being processed. However, it is our intention to process all of
our stockpiled ore that is included in stocks before the end of the life of the
mine to which the ore relates.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk


Gold Price Risk


Our principal business is the mining and processing of gold. Our revenues and
cash flows are therefore strongly influenced by the price of gold, which can
fluctuate widely and over which we have no control.

Our principal market risk exposure relates to changes to the market price of
gold and gold lease rates. We also have limited exposure to currency risk and
interest rate risk.

Like many other gold producers, we engage in hedging activities to protect our
cashflows against the risk of decreases in the gold price. Prior to its
amendment in February 2000, our previous revolving credit facility required us
to hedge certain amounts of gold. Whilst this requirement was deleted as part of
an amendment in February 2000, our new revolving credit facility and margin-free
trading letter require us to comply with our strategies outlined in the current
hedging policy. The hedging instruments employed by us are discussed in more
detail below.

   Objectives

Our gold hedging program has the primary objective of providing us with
sufficient gold price protection to enable us to meet our cashflow obligations
as they fall due. This objective takes into account the level of commitments, in
terms of operating costs, capital expenditure and debt service obligations,
relative to the potential fluctuations in the gold price. We pursue our
objective in a manner that is intended to preserve, to the extent that is
reasonably possible, our ability to benefit from potential increases in the gold
price.


   Strategy and Policy

The major goals of our hedging policy, which are monitored and reviewed by our
Risk Management Committee, are to:


o    limit our commitments to a maximum of 50% of attributable production.
     Attributable production normally includes all the proven and probable
     reserves of mines in which we or our subsidiaries hold an interest of more
     than 50% and otherwise the relevant percentage of proven and probable
     reserves where we or our subsidiaries hold at least a 20% interest in the
     relevant mine. However, there will be excluded from this calculation
     production from certain project financed assets (although, with the
     approval of the relevant majority of hedge counterparties, production
     following the planned date for repayment of such project financing may be
     included) and, subject to certain exceptions, production from other mines
     where the physical assets of the mine are secured in favor of our senior
     lenders,

o    limit our aggregate commitments and those of our project financed entities
     (for so long as any person has recourse to us in relation to a project
     financing) to a maximum of 75% of attributable production (excluding any
     production attributable to such project financed entities),

o    for so long as any person has recourse to us in relation to a project
     financing, limit (without the approval of the relevant majority of hedge
     counterparties) the aggregate commitments relating to all project financed
     entities (where there is a recourse to us in respect of such entities) to
     not more than 4.50 million ounces, and


                                       53







o    ensure that all hedging transactions (other than hedging transactions of
     project financed entities) are entered into so as to move towards certain
     defined target limits for (i) "protection" contracts (being hedging
     contracts providing us with the right or obligation to sell gold at set
     prices e.g. by use of forward contracts or put options); (ii) "commitment"
     contracts (being hedging contracts which commit us to provide gold or cash
     equivalent at an agreed price as a contractual obligation or at the
     counterparty's option e.g. by use of forward contracts, sold call options
     or other cash settlement arrangements) and (iii) gold lease rate exposures.


The table below compares, as at December 31, 2002, the contents of the hedge
book with the goals set by our current hedge policy.





                    Existing Hedge Book             Hedge Policy
                   ---------------------   ------------------------------
                      % of                                     (Outside)/
                    forecast     million             million     within
                   production    ounces              ounces      policy
----------------   ----------   --------   -------   -------   ----------
                                                  
Committed ounces      48%          6.5     Maximum     6.4       (0.1)
Protected ounces      37%          5.0     Minimum     3.8        1.2
Lease rate swaps      n/a          2.6     Maximum     2.4       (0.2)






                                                            
Forecast gold production over the life of the hedge book
  (excluding Geita production for the period of the
   project finance i.e. 2002-2007):                            13.6 million ounces
Total proven and probable reserves (excluding Geita):          17.0 million ounces




The existing hedge book column shows the number of committed ounces, protected
ounces and lease rate swap ounces of the hedge book as at December 31, 2002,
both in ounces and as a percentage of forecast production. The hedge policy
column shows the amount of committed ounces, protected ounces and lease rate
swap ounces, which would be called for by the target limits of our current hedge
policy. The final column shows the difference between the contents of the hedge
book and the revised policy's target limits as at December 31, 2002.

The table above shows that protection levels are fully implemented as set out in
the hedging policy. Commitment ounces and lease rate ounces need to be reduced
by the amount shown on the table for full implementation. There are no set
deadlines for compliance with these goals, as our ability to affect
restructurings is dependant upon market conditions.

Our hedging transactions are entered into by Ashanti Treasury Services Limited
and Geita Treasury Services Limited and on behalf of the Geita joint venture by
Geita Management Company Limited. When payments have to be made to hedge
counterparties in respect of hedges, which normally only happens when the spot
gold price or lease rate rises above hedged gold price or lease rate as at the
date of close-out or lease rate fixing, as applicable, of the relevant contract,
these payments will be made by the relevant treasury company. If these payments
exceed that company's available resources then we, in the case of our hedges,
and Geita Gold Mining Limited, in the case of the Geita hedges, will have to
make the payments. We currently have approval from the Bank of Ghana to retain
and use US dollars held outside Ghana to meet such payments. The Bank of
Tanzania has given its approval to Geita Gold Mining Limited for paying US
dollars offshore to Geita Management Company Limited for application to hedging
liabilities. Under our hedging policy, attributable production includes 100% of
the production of the Iduapriem/Teberebie mine. In the event that payments have
to be made in respect of hedges, we will normally be benefiting from an
increased spot price in respect of gold deliveries. However, to the extent that
we, or our treasury company, have to make payments in respect of the
Iduapriem/Teberebie mine we will not be able to access the cash flow received
from the sale of gold from the mine until full repayment of Iduapriem's bank
debt. Likewise, if payments are received in respect of the hedges which relate
to Iduapriem/Teberebie production, we are not obliged to (and therefore do not)
account to, or pay these proceeds to Iduapriem/Teberebie.


   Margin-Free Arrangements

   Hedging other than Geita

Under our previous margin-free trading letter we would have benefited from
margin-free trading with our hedge counterparties until December 31, 2002 and
from increased margin thresholds until December 31,

                                      54








2004, subject in each case to compliance with covenants and no event of default
being declared. However, in order to implement the refinancing, we needed to
enter into appropriate continuing margin-free arrangements in respect of our
hedging activities for the period after December 31, 2002. We achieved this by
the execution of the interim margin-free agreements (which have now terminated)
and the new margin-free trading letter which has now become effective and
replaces the interim margin-free arrangement.


The new margin-free trading letter provides for margin-free trading on an
ongoing basis. The existing counterparties have agreed that, amongst other
things, any rights to call for margin are canceled and that no new hedging
agreements will benefit from rights to call for margin. If these provisions and
other provisions are breached, or if we are no longer in compliance with the
hedge policy which is currently in place or if the hedge policy is amended other
than with the approval of an appropriate majority of the hedge counterparties,
then the hedge counterparties will have a right to terminate their hedging
agreements with us.

   Geita hedging


Our Geita joint venture also engages in hedging transactions in respect of its
production. The hedges are carried out on a margin-free basis. However, if at
any time the aggregate marked-to-market value of the Geita hedge book exceeds
US$132.5 million (negative), we will be restricted from receiving cash from the
joint venture until the marked-to-market value of the hedge book reduces below
that threshold. The hedging arrangements also provide for events of default and
termination events which could lead to early close-outs or lead to a default in
Geita's US$135.0 million project finance facility. The threshold of US$132.5
million will increase during the life of the Geita facility as principal
repayments are made and additional coverage becomes available under the
political risk insurance. While we have not directly guaranteed the Geita joint
venture's obligations under either the hedges or the project finance facility,
any early close-outs of the hedges or a default under the project finance would
reduce revenues to us from the Geita joint venture and/or reduce the value of
its assets as stated in our balance sheet.

Hedging as at December 31, 2002

As at December 31, 2002, our hedge book, excluding Geita, had a negative
marked-to-market value of US$150.0 million based on a spot price of US$345 per
ounce (2001: US$88.8 million positive based on a spot price of US$277 per
ounce). The decrease in the marked-to-market value was primarily due to high
spot prices partially offset by lower US interest rates. As at December 31,
2002, our share of the Geita hedge book was marked-to-market negative at
US$44.3 million (2001: US$2.4 million negative)

As at December 31, 2002, our hedge book, excluding Geita, had 5.0 million
ounces of protection at an average price of US$358 per ounce and 6.5 million
ounces of commitments at an average price of US$346 per ounce. As at
December 31, 2002, we had 48% of our forecast production over the life of the
hedge book committed and 37% protected (excluding production for Geita for the
2003-2007 period of the project financing).

During the year the principal restructurings of the hedge book included:

o    The conversion of all convertible structures into vanilla options resulting
     in a simpler structure and additional protection of 128,000 ounces at a
     strike price of US$350 per ounce.

o    150,000 ounces of sold puts with strikes at US$270 per ounce were removed
     from the hedge book.

o    Exposure to floating lease rates was reduced from a total of 5.0 million
     ounces to 2.6 million ounces.


                                       55








The following table sets out our hedge portfolio as at December 31, 2002:





                                                          2003        2004        2005        2006        2007        2008
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                                               
Forward Sales                             (ounces)        899,392     529,992     520,996     410,000     340,000     279,125
                                          (US$/ounce)         344         352         347         355         357         367
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Puts:
Bought                                    (ounces)         50,000     111,200     111,200     111,200     111,200      79,200
                                          (US$/ounce)         354         370         370         370         370         378
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Calls:
Sold                                      (ounces)        640,692     628,972     425,528     312,056     391,076     349,535
                                          (US$/ounce)         337         339         344         376         372         374
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Bought                                    (ounces)        240,000     280,000      60,000     172,996     172,996          --
                                          (US$/ounce)         429         444         380         418         418          --
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Subtotal                                  (ounces)        400,692     348,972     365,528     139,060     218,080     349,535
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Lease Rate Swap
   ounces due                             (ounces)            430          --          --          --          --          --
Summary:
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Protected                                 (ounces)        948,962     641,192     632,196     521,200     451,200     358,325
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Committed                                 (ounces)      1,299,654     878,964     886,524     549,060     558,080     628,660
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Lease Rate Swap                           (ounces)      2,367,000   2,587,000   2,251,000   1,915,000   1,579,000   1,318,000
                                                        ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Total committed ounces as a percentage
of total forecast production (excluding
Geita for the period of the project
financing ie 2003 - 2007)
                                          -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Deferred
Hedging Income (US$m)                                          15          13          --          --          --          --
                                          -----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------


                                           2009      2010      2011      2012      2013       Total
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
                                                                          
Forward Sales                             334,250   304,250   268,250   215,313   186,500   4,288,068
                                              358       367       367       374       365         355
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Puts:
Bought                                     79,200    79,200        --        --        --     732,400
                                              378       378        --        --        --         371
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Calls:
Sold                                      123,970    84,250    84,250    77,188    28,000   3,145,517
                                              383       384       384       387       401         357
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Bought                                         --        --        --        --        --     925,992
                                               --        --        --        --        --         427
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Subtotal                                  123,970    84,250    84,250    77,188    28,000   2,219,525
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Lease Rate Swap
   ounces due                                  --        --        --        --        --         430
Summary:
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Protected                                 413,450   383,450   268,250   215,313   186,500   5,020,038
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Committed                                 458,220   388,500   352,500   292,500   214,500   6,507,162
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Lease Rate Swap                           982,000   646,000   310,000   130,000        --   2,587,000
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Total committed ounces as a percentage
of total forecast production (excluding
Geita for the period of the project
financing ie 2003 - 2007)
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------
Deferred
Hedging Income (US$m)                          --        --        --        --        --          28
                                          -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   ---------





                                           Marked-     Marked-     Marked-
                                          to-market   to-market   to-market
                                            value       value       value
                                            2002        2001        2000
                                            (US$        (US$        (US$
                                           million)    million)    million)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                           
Forward Sales                               (56.0)      117.6        93.3

                                            -----       -----       -----
Puts:
Bought                                       24.9        52.7        24.5

                                            -----       -----       -----
Calls:
Sold                                       (112.9)      (53.7)      (55.0)

                                            -----       -----       -----
Bought                                       10.2         5.4         6.5

                                            -----       -----       -----
Subtotal
                                            -----       -----       -----
Lease Rate Swap
   ounces due
Summary:
                                            -----       -----       -----
Protected
                                            -----       -----       -----
Committed
                                            -----       -----       -----
Lease Rate Swap                             (16.2)      (42.0)      (61.0)
                                            -----       -----       -----
Total committed ounces as a percentage
of total forecast production (excluding
Geita for the period of the project
financing ie 2003 - 2007)                      48%         61%         75%
                                            -----       -----       -----
Deferred
Hedging Income (US$m)
                                            -----       -----       -----



NOTES:

Under US GAAP, following the implementation of SFAS 133 during 2001, these
instruments are all marked-to-market and reported at fair market value.

Protected ounces include net bought put options plus forward sales.

Committed ounces include net call options sold plus forward sales (there is thus
some overlap between the figures for 'protected' and 'committed' ounces).

Convertible structures in the hedgebook are represented as either protection
and/or commitments as defined above.


Details of Hedging Contracts outstanding at December 31, 2002


   Forward Sales:


Forward sales contracts are entered into to lock in the future price of gold for
the anticipated sale of our production. Since we are exposed to the risk of
fluctuations in the future price of gold, forward sales contracts are employed
as part of our hedging strategy to minimize the risk of future gold prices
falling. At December 31, 2002, we held contracts for the forward sale of 4.29
million ounces at an average price of US$355 per ounce.

   Put Options:

We held purchased put options that gave us the right, but not the obligation,
to sell 732,400 ounces of gold at certain strike prices. The average strike
price was US$371 per ounce.


   Call Options:


We held written call options that gave the counterparty the right, but not the
obligation, to buy 3.15 million ounces of gold at an average strike price of
US$357 per ounce. As a partial offset, we bought 0.93 million ounces of call
options at an average strike price of US$427 per ounce which began maturing in
2002.

   Gold Lease Rate Swaps:


A gold lease rate swap is a contract whereby we and a counterparty select a
notional amount of gold, and thereafter over the life of the contract one party
pays a fixed lease rate based on that amount of gold and the other party pays a
floating lease rate based on the same amount of gold.

Lease rate swaps are entered into in conjunction with forward sales contracts to
hedge the anticipated sales of our gold production. The forward price for gold
is derived, in part, from the current spot rates plus a premium derived from
LIBOR-based interest rates less the fixed gold lease rates for a term consistent
with the term of the forward contract. Lease rate swaps alter the fixed gold
lease rate in the gold forward price to a

                                       56






floating gold lease rate. The combination of a lease rate swap and a forward
contract creates a forward contract with a floating forward rate that adjusts
for changes in the short term gold lease rates.


As of December 31, 2002, a maximum of 2.59 million ounces of our hedged
production will be exposed to the floating 3 month lease rate at any one time.

The lease rate swaps can be broken down into the following types (under all of
these contracts we receive a certain lease rate income, which can be regarded as
compensation for the lease rate exposure that we took on).





                                                                                      Fixed     Volume
Description                                                                            Rate    (ounces)
-----------                                                                           -----   ---------
                                                                                        
We pay a quarterly floating rate and receive a weighted average quarterly
   fixed rate of 1.81%                                                                 1.81   2,412,000
                                                                                       ----   ---------
We pay a quarterly floating rate and receive a fixed amount of dollars at maturity.
The quarterly amount is rolled until maturity of each forward contract.
The fixed amount for each contract is calculated using the formula:
Volume*YearsToMaturity*302*2.00%.                                                      2.00     360,000
                                                                                       ----   ---------
Total                                                                                         2,772,000
                                                                                              ---------




   Marked-to-market Valuations

On December 31, 2002, the portfolio had a negative marked-to-market value of
US$150.0 million. This valuation was based on a spot price of US$345 per ounce
and the then prevailing applicable US interest rates, gold forward rates and
volatilities. The delta at that time was 5.9 million ounces. This implies that a
US$1 increase in the price of gold would have had a US$5.9 million negative
impact (approximate) on the marked-to-market valuation of the hedge book.
Movements in US interest rates, gold lease rates, volatilities and time will
also have a sizeable impact on the marked-to-market. Movements in US interest
rates, gold lease rates and volatilities can change significantly over short
time periods and can consequently materially affect the marked-to-market
valuation.

The approximate breakdown by type of the marked-to-market valuation at December
31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was as follows:





                                     2002    2001 (1)    2000 (2)
                                     US$m      US$m        US$m
                                    ------   ---------   ---------
                                                  
Forward contracts                    (56.0)    117.6        93.3
European Put options (net bought)     24.9      51.0        22.9
European Call options (net sold)    (102.7)    (48.3)      (48.5)
Convertible structures                  --      10.5        22.4
Lease rate swaps                     (16.2)    (42.0)      (61.0)
                                    ------     -----       -----
                                    (150.0)     88.8        29.1
                                    ------     -----       -----



(1)  Under US GAAP, following the implementation of SFAS 133 during 2001, these
     instruments are all marked-to-market and reported at fair market value. The
     related net unrealized gains or losses are reported as a component of net
     income, except for the transitional adjustment at January 1, 2001, which is
     reported as accumulated other comprehensive income.

(2)  Under US GAAP, prior to the implementation of SFAS 133, forward contracts
     and lease rate swaps were designated as hedging instruments as we utilized
     them to manage our exposure to the risks associated with fluctuations in
     the price of gold. Gains and losses on these instruments were recognized as
     income when the underlying hedged gold sales were recorded. All other
     instruments were not designated as hedging instruments and, accordingly
     were marked-to-market and reported at fair market value with the net
     unrealized gains or losses reported as a component of net income.

   Hedge Book Sensitivities


All of the projections set out below are forward-looking statements and have
been prepared to provide supplementary information, based on the assumptions and
sensitivities set out below and the hedge book as at December 31, 2002.
Accordingly, the actual realized prices, cash flows, marked-to-market values and
portfolio sensitivities could differ materially from those set out below as a
result of a number of factors including changes in market conditions and active
management of the hedge book.


                                       57







   Marked-to-market Projections

The following table shows projected marked-to-market of the portfolio for
specified dates at specified spot gold prices. These marked-to-market values
are calculated using mid-rates, and no volatility skew for options is assumed.
Note also that there is one lease rate swap that is not paid out immediately
but is paid out in line with forward sales - for this a fixing rate of 2% is
assumed. All amounts are in US$ millions.





Spot     US$250/oz   US$275/oz   US$300/oz   US$325/oz   US$350/oz   US$375/oz   US$400/oz
------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                             
Dec 03     331.53      230.36      125.47      15.46      (100.27)    (220.69)    (343.72)
Dec 04     297.47      212.89      125.92      35.67       (58.23)    (155.14)    (254.02)
Dec 05     258.41      189.51      119.08      46.64       (28.10)    (105.06)    (183.80)
Dec 06     221.97      165.88      108.63      49.65       (11.55)     (75.10)    (140.66)
Dec 07     187.58      142.52       96.82      50.07         1.80      (48.32)    (100.32)
Dec 08     155.48      118.99       82.12      44.78         6.85      (31.74)     (71.01)
Dec 09     116.10       89.66       62.92      35.73         8.01      (20.24)     (49.00)
Dec 10      75.65       58.67       41.52      24.01         5.97      (12.77)     (32.24)
Dec 11      46.15       35.86       25.51      15.02         4.24       (6.94)     (18.60)
Dec 12      20.48       15.64       10.79       5.92         1.01       (3.99)      (9.12)
Dec 13         --          --          --         --           --          --          --
         ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------



   Cash Flow Projections


The following table shows a breakdown of the cash flows that would be received
or paid under specified spot and lease rate assumptions. The specified lease
rates are used for all rate-sets, i.e. three month. The specified spot price is
used to cash-settle all contracts. All amounts are in US$ millions.





                    US$250/oz                   US$275/oz                 US$300/oz
Spot         ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
Lease Rate     1%       2%       3%       1%       2%       3%       1%       2%       3%
----------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
                                                          
2003          93.28    90.65    88.03    69.77    66.88    63.99    46.26    43.10    39.95
2004          72.26    66.39    60.53    56.70    50.25    43.80    41.14    34.10    27.07
2005          68.37    62.94    57.52    52.98    47.02    41.05    37.60    31.09    24.58
2006          60.04    55.26    50.47    47.37    42.10    36.83    34.69    28.94    23.20
2007          52.93    48.79    44.64    41.94    37.37    32.81    30.94    25.96    20.98
2008          45.73    42.09    38.46    36.99    32.99    29.00    28.25    23.89    19.53
2009          48.62    45.54    42.45    38.44    35.04    31.65    28.25    24.55    20.85
2010          46.12    43.65    41.18    36.62    33.90    31.18    27.11    24.14    21.17
2011          32.67    30.80    28.93    25.97    23.92    21.86    19.27    17.03    14.78
2012          27.49    26.06    24.63    22.04    20.48    18.91    16.60    14.89    13.18
2013          21.79    20.51    19.23    17.03    15.62    14.21    12.27    10.73     9.19
             ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------
Total        569.30   532.68   496.07   445.85   405.57   365.29   322.38   278.42   234.48
             ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   ------






                     US$325/oz                     US$350/oz
Spot         --------------------------    --------------------------
Lease Rate     1%        2%        3%        1%        2%        3%
----------   ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                             
2003          21.30     17.88     14.47     (9.51)   (13.18)   (16.86)
2004          24.32     16.70      9.08      2.91     (5.30)   (13.51)
2005          22.22     15.17      8.12      2.01     (5.59)   (13.18)
2006          22.01     15.79      9.56      9.09      2.38     (4.32)
2007          19.94     14.55      9.15      7.91      2.10     (3.71)
2008          19.51     14.79     10.06     10.06      4.98     (0.11)
2009          18.07     14.06     10.05      7.89      3.57     (0.75)
2010          17.60     14.39     11.17      8.10      4.63      1.17
2011          12.57     10.14      7.71      5.87      3.25      0.63
2012          11.16      9.31      7.45      5.72      3.72      1.72
2013           7.50      5.84      4.17      2.74      0.94     (0.85)
             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
Total        196.20    148.62    100.99     52.79      1.50    (49.77)
             ------    ------    ------    ------    ------    ------



                                       58










                      US$375/oz                      US$400/oz
Spot         ---------------------------   -----------------------------
Lease Rate      1%        2%        3%        1%         2%         3%
----------   -------   -------   -------   --------   --------   -------
                                               
2003          (47.61)   (51.55)   (55.49)    (84.69)    (88.89)   (93.09)
2004          (27.19)   (35.99)   (44.78)    (54.70)    (64.08)   (73.46)
2005          (20.85)   (28.99)   (37.13)    (43.09)    (51.77)   (60.45)
2006           (4.74)   (11.92)   (19.10)    (19.13)    (26.80)   (34.46)
2007           (5.22)   (11.45)   (17.67)    (19.72)    (26.36)   (33.00)
2008           (0.84)    (6.29)   (11.74)    (13.91)    (19.73)   (25.54)
2009           (3.00)    (7.63)   (12.26)    (12.90)    (17.84)   (22.77)
2010           (2.12)    (5.83)    (9.54)    (10.55)    (14.51)   (18.46)
2011           (1.54)    (4.34)    (7.15)     (8.95)    (11.94)   (14.93)
2012           (0.25)    (2.39)    (4.53)     (6.23)     (8.51)   (10.79)
2013           (2.03)    (3.95)    (5.87)     (6.79)     (8.84)   (10.89)
             -------   -------   -------   --------    -------   -------
Total        (115.39)  (170.33)  (225.26)   (280.66)   (339.27)  (397.84)
             -------   -------   -------   --------    -------   -------



   Portfolio Sensitivities


The following table shows the sensitivity of the portfolio to certain market
rate movements as at December 31, 2002. A description of each sensitivity is
given below.




                    
Delta              (5.9)  (Ounces million)
Gold Rho            8.2      (US$ million)
US Rho            (17.6)     (US$ million)
Gold Vega          (3.5)     (US$ million)
Theta (per day)    0.16      (US$ million)




Delta       The delta shows the gold ounces that we would have to buy to
            neutralize the hedge book position. The delta could also be
            interpreted as the change in marked-to-market value that would
            result from a US$1 move in the spot gold price, i.e. a US$1
            increase in spot would reduce the marked-to-market by
            US$5.9 million.

Gold Rho    The gold rho figure shows the change in marked-to-market value that
            would result from a 25 basis point parallel shift in the gold
            interest rate curve, i.e. a 0.25% rise in gold interest rate across
            the gold curve would increase the marked-to-market by US$8.2
            million.

US Rho      The US rho figure shows the change in the marked-to-market value
            that would result from a 25 basis point parallel shift in US
            interest rates, i.e. a 0.25% rise in US interest rates across the
            US interest rate curve would decrease the marked-to-market value
            by US$17.6 million.

Gold Vega   The gold vega figure shows the change in marked-to-market value
            that would result from a 1% parallel shift in the gold volatility
            curve, i.e. a 1% rise in the gold volatility curve would decrease
            the marked-to-market value by US$3.5 million.

Theta       The theta figure shows the change in marked-to-market value owing to
            the passing of one day, with everything else remaining constant,
            i.e. if all market parameters stay the same, the marked-to-market
            value would increase by US$0.16 million for the next day.


                                       59






   Geita Hedging


The table below shows Ashanti's portion of hedging commitments for Geita as at
December 31, 2002. The table represents half of Geita's hedge commitments.





                                      2003      2004      2005      2006      2007     Total
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                                 
Forward Sales         (ounces)      189,598   195,558   174,828    94,576   120,938   775,498
                      (US$/ounce)       285       289       294       296       298       291
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Puts
Bought                (ounces)       26,735    25,586    24,350    18,115    23,390   118,176
                      (US$/ounce)       291       291       291       291       292       291
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Lease Rate Proceeds   (ounces)          400        --        --        --        --       400
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Summary:
Protected             (ounces)      215,933   221,144   199,178   112,691   144,328   893,274
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Committed             (ounces)      189,198   195,558   174,828    94,576   120,938   775,098
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------
Lease Rate Swap       (ounces)      156,301   116,774    76,301    41,420        --        --
-------------------   -----------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------



   Marked-to-market Valuation


On December 31, 2002 the Geita portfolio had a negative marked-to-market value
of US$88.6 million (our portion: US$44.3 million). This valuation was based on a
spot price of US$345 and the then prevailing US interest rates, gold forward
rates, volatilities and guidelines provided by our risk management committee.

    Hedging since December 31, 2002

Higher spot prices and gold volatility levels since December 31, 2002 have
allowed us to make the following principal changes to our hedge book:

o  666,000 ounces of bought call options with strike prices greater than US$430
   per ounce were re-struck lower to 232,652 ounces of bought call options
   with strike prices of US$320 per ounce and US$330 per ounce;

o  Protected ounces were increased by 50,400 with strike prices of US$354
   per ounce and US$375 per ounce; and

o  401,000 ounces of sold call options were re-struck lower to match
   682,400 ounces of bought put options, thereby converting the put and
   call options into forward sales. We used value generated through this
   restructure to purchase a further 232,666 ounces of call options with a
   strike price of US$330 per ounce.

Although the total number of bought call ounces has been reduced, the above
restructurings have the following advantages:

o  Owing to the lower strike prices the cashflow effect from the new bought
   call structure is comparably beneficial to us up to gold prices of
   approximately US$500 per ounce with respect to these contracts;

o  The bought call options now have strike prices and value dates that match
   individual sold call options or forward sales;

o  Converting bought put and sold call options into forward sales,
   simplifies the management of the hedge book;

o  The number of protected ounces has increased by 50,400 at favourable
   strike prices;

o  The average committed price over the life of the book has improved by
   US$11 per ounce from US$346 per ounce to US$357 per ounce; and

o  Commitments for 2003 have been reduced allowing more participation in
   higher spot prices: as at April 1, 2003 commitments will stand at 898,597
   ounces, which is a reduction of 401,057 ounces (or 31%) as compared to
   the position as at December 31, 2002 of 1,299,654 ounces.


                                       60







Based on existing contracts which have maturity dates on or after April 1, 2003,
we expect the hedge position to be as follows on April 1, 2003:





                                                                                 
                              2003       2004       2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward Sales   (ounces)     648,522    657,992    648,996   538,000   451,200   358,325   413,450   383,450   268,250
                (US$/ounce)    346        355        352       359       360       370       362       366       367
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sold            (ounces)     378,025    496,180    498,728   210,256   230,076   260,535   70,970    28,250    84,250
                (US$/ounce)    341        341        350       366       358       365       368       350       384
Bought          (ounces)     127,950    101,880    134,000    49,432    64,396     --        --        --        --
                (US$/ounce)    348        359        352       370       361       --        --        --        --
Subtotal        (ounces)     250,075    394,300    364,728   160,824   165,680   280,535   70,970    28,250    84,250
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected       (ounces)     648,522    657,992    648,996   538,000   451,200   358,325   413,450   383,450   268,250

Committed       (ounces)     898,597  1,052,292  1,013,724   698,824   616,880   618,860   484,420   411,700   352,500
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease Rate Swap            2,367,000  2,587,000  2,251,000 1,915,000 1,579,000 1,318,000   982,000   646,000   310,000
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total committed ounces as a percentage of total forecast production (excluding Geita for the
period of the project financing i.e. 2003-2007)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Defered Hedging (US$m)         10        11
Income
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                       
                              2012       2013                 Total
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Forward Sales   (ounces)     215,313    186,500            4,769,998
                (US$/ounce)    374        365                  359
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Sold            (ounces)      71,188     28,000            2,362,458
                (US$/ounce)    387        401                    354
Bought          (ounces)        --         --                477,658
                (US$/ounce)     --         --                    356
Subtotal        (ounces)      77,178     28,000            1,884,800
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Protected       (ounces)     215,313    186,500            4,769,998

Committed       (ounces)     292,500    214,500            6,654,797
--------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Lease Rate Swap              130,000      --               2,587,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Total committed ounces as a percentage of total forecast         50%
production (excluding Geita for the period of the project
financing i.e. 2003-2007)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Defered Hedging (US$m)                                           21
Income
--------------------------------------------------------------------





There have been no significant changes to lease rate swap ounces or the Geita
hedge book, apart from maturing contracts.


Currency Risk

We earn all of our revenue in US dollars and the majority of our costs,
including capital expenditure, are based in US dollars. We have some local
denominated costs, principally in Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe. Although
these countries have recently experienced high inflation, this has been offset
by the devaluation of the respective currencies against the US dollar. Movements
in exchange rates should therefore not have any significant impact on earnings.


Our total borrowings at December 31, 2002 (excluding the 50% share of the
US$102.7 million Geita project finance loan) were US$256.9 million, compared to
US$325.9 million at December 31, 2001, which was predominately US dollar
denominated. An analysis of the maturity of the borrowings as at December 31,
2001 is set out in Note 19 to the financial statements. Cash at December 31,
2002 totaled US$41.3 million, which was predominantly US dollar denominated.
Cash is held in other currencies for local payments, principally in Ghana,
Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe.


Our reporting currency is the US dollar. In all locations in which we operate,
including Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe, substantially all revenues are
billed in US dollars and predominantly all expenses are incurred in or indexed
to the US dollar.


The table below provides an analysis between US dollars and other currencies of
revenues and expenses together with borrowings and cash as at and for the year
ended December 31, 2002:




                                     Other
                    US Dollar   Currencies
-----------------   ---------   ----------
                             
% of revenues         100%          --
% of expenditures      80%         20%
% of borrowings        99%          1%
% of cash              95%          5%
-----------------   ---------   ----------


We settle expenses in local currencies through the conversion of US dollar
revenues into such local currencies. In several countries in which we operate,
existing mining agreements mandate the remittance by us of certain revenues back
to the country of operation for conversion into the local currency. Once
converted, these funds are used to settle, in local currency, certain
expenditures which are primarily wages. These wages are, however, generally
indexed to the US dollar.


Interest Rate Risk

Following the completion of the recent restructuring in June 2002, our debt
position has changed significantly. The table below shows our net debt position
by maturity including unamortized issue costs of US$4.5 million as at December
31, 2002:


                                       61









                              Fixed Rate   Floating Rate      Total
                             US$ million    US$ million    US$ million
--------------------------   -----------   -------------   -----------
                                                     
Borrowings                       --            256.9          256.9
Repayments falling due:
Between one and two years        --              2.0            2.0
Between two and five years       --            136.3          136.3
After five years                 --            115.9          115.9
--------------------------   -----------   -------------   -----------
After more than one year         --            254.2          254.2
Within one year                  --              2.7            2.7
--------------------------   -----------   -------------   -----------
Gross debt                       --            256.9          256.9
Cash                             --            (41.3)         (41.3)
--------------------------   -----------   -------------   -----------
Net debt                         --            215.6          215.6
--------------------------   -----------   -------------   -----------



The table shows that our debt position floats completely, and therefore
increases in US interest rates (LIBOR) will lead to higher interest costs to us.
Conversely, decreases in US interest rates will lead to lower interest costs to
us. Currently, we do not hedge this exposure, but are considering alternatives
for hedging this exposure in the future.


Based on our net debt position at December 31, 2002, the effect on earnings of a
1% change in US dollar LIBOR interest rates would result in a decrease or
increase in profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders of approximately US$2.2
million per annum.




                                       62




DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

General


We are engaged in the mining and processing of gold ores and the exploration and
development of gold properties in Africa and in hedging activities in connection
with our gold production. We have interests in major gold mines in Ghana,
Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe. In 2002, our gold production was 1.62 million
ounces. As at December 31, 2002, we had proven and probable contained gold
reserves of approximately 27.8 million ounces, before making any allowance for
minority and joint venture interests.


We occupy a position of strategic significance within the Ghanaian economy. We
are a major contributor of foreign exchange earnings to Ghana, Guinea, Tanzania
and Zimbabwe. In addition, we are one of the largest companies listed on the
Ghana Stock Exchange and a major employer, particularly in the Ashanti region of
Ghana.


Our priority is to explore for, develop and operate gold mines in Africa and to
remain a leading mining company in Africa, managed largely by Africans. We are
currently focusing on developing the potential of our existing mines and
increasing the efficiency of their operations. As part of this strategy, we are
engaged in development projects to be completed over the next 15 months at three
of our existing mines, Geita, Iduapriem/Teberebie and Siguiri, each of which
will be funded from internal resources or through our revolving credit facility.
At Geita and Iduapriem/Teberebie, processing throughput is planned to be
increased by 40% and 50% respectively to between 5.5 million and 6.0 million
tonnes per year and 4.5 million tonnes per year respectively. At Siguiri, the
current heap leach operation has a capacity of 9.0 million tonnes per year (with
a metallurgical recovery of some 80%). It is planned to construct a 9.0 million
tonnes per year CIP plant which will have a metallurgical recovery of some 93%
and to continue to use the heap leach plant but at a reduced rate of around 1.5
million tonnes per year.

We also continue to explore consolidation opportunities in the gold sector. As a
leading mining company operating solely in Africa we are offered the opportunity
to participate in a number of projects and properties throughout Africa, such as
the platinum group metal project located in South Africa in which we recently
acquired an exploration interest. We will continue to review opportunities
which have low entry costs and high expected returns and allow us to apply our
technical expertise.


                                       63






                                   [GRAPHIC]


We produced a total of 1,621,919 ounces of gold in the 12 month period ended
December 31, 2002, from our gold mining operations at Obuasi, Bibiani, Iduapriem
and Ayanfuri in Ghana, Siguiri in Guinea, Geita in Tanzania and Freda-Rebecca in
Zimbabwe, compared to 1,656,784 ounces in 2001.

Our oldest mine and largest reserve is located at Obuasi in the Ashanti region
of Ghana. We have a 100% interest in Obuasi. Gold mining has been conducted at
this site for over 100 years and during that period, records show that Obuasi
has produced approximately 28 million ounces of gold. Obuasi produced 537,219
ounces of gold, principally from underground, in the 12 month period ended
December 31, 2002.

The Bibiani mine, in which we have a 100% interest, located in the Western
Region of Ghana, was an old redundant underground mine upon which we
commissioned a major open pit mine with a new CIL plant in the first quarter of
1998. Gold production for the 12 month period ended December 31, 2002 was
242,432 ounces compared to 253,052 ounces for the 12 month period ended December
31, 2001.

We have an 80% interest in the Iduapriem gold mine, owned by Ghanaian-Australian
Goldfields Limited, in the Western Region of Ghana. In June 2000, we acquired a
90% interest in the Teberebie gold mine, which is adjacent to Iduapriem. In the
12 month period ended December 31, 2002, Iduapriem/Teberebie produced 185,199
ounces of gold compared with 205,130 ounces of gold for the 12 month period
ended December 31, 2001.


The Ayanfuri mine, in which we have a 100% interest, located in central Ghana,
commenced operations in 1994. Ayanfuri had exhausted substantially all of its
gold reserves by December 31, 2000. We are currently implementing a mine closure
plan under Obuasi mine management control.


The Siguiri mine, located in the north-eastern part of Guinea, commenced
operations in the first quarter of 1998 and up until the end of 2002 had
produced a total of 1.29 million ounces of gold. We have an 85%


                                       64







interest in the Siguiri mine. Production for the 12 month period ended
December 31, 2002 was 269,292 ounces of gold compared to 283,199 ounces of
gold for the 12 month period ended December 31, 2001.

The Geita mine in Tanzania was commissioned in June 2000 and produced a total of
176,836 ounces of gold during the year 2000. On December 15, 2000, we completed
the sale to AngloGold Limited of 50% of our interest in the Geita Mine pursuant
to both a sale and purchase agreement and a joint venture agreement signed
between the parties. In 2002, the Geita mine produced a total of 579,043 ounces
of gold (2001: 545,562 ounces).

The Freda-Rebecca gold mine, in which we have a 100% interest, began operations
in 1988. In 2002, Freda-Rebecca produced 98,255 ounces of gold, compared to
102,654 ounces of gold for 2001.


Our History

In 1897, an English company named Ashanti Goldfields Corporation Limited, or
Ashanti Goldfields, was founded and began to develop a mining concession in the
area of our current operations at Obuasi. Several years later, underground
mining began at the site and has continued to the present. In 1969, Ashanti
Goldfields became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lonrho Plc, now called Lonmin
Plc, or Lonmin, a UK listed company which at that time had interests in mining,
hotels and general trade in Africa. Following the Lonmin acquisition in 1969,
the Government of Ghana acquired 20% of Ashanti Goldfields from Lonmin in
exchange for the Government of Ghana's agreement to extend the term of Ashanti
Goldfields' mining lease over the concession area.

In 1972, the Government of Ghana formed us as a Ghanaian company to take over
the assets, business and functions formerly carried out by Ashanti Goldfields.
The Government of Ghana then held 55% of our outstanding shares, with Lonmin
holding the remaining 45%.


In 1994, as part of its divestiture policy, the Government of Ghana sold part of
its holding in us in a global offering. In connection with that offering, we
were reorganized as a Ghanaian public limited company. As at March 12, 2003,
the Government of Ghana owned approximately 17.2% and Lonmin owned approximately
28.1% of our outstanding shares.


In 1996, we expanded our operations through the acquisition of companies holding
interests in the Ayanfuri, Bibiani, Iduapriem, Siguiri, and Freda-Rebecca
properties, which were already or were subsequently developed as mines, and
acquired an interest in what was then the Geita exploration concession in
Tanzania. In 1998, we acquired SAMAX Gold Inc., the principal asset of which was
the other part of the interest in the Geita exploration concession adjacent to
our existing license area. In 1999 and 2000, we developed the Geita mine and in
2000 sold a 50% equity interest in it to AngloGold Limited. In 2000, we acquired
our interest in the Teberebie mine, which is adjacent to the Iduapriem mine.

Through the period from the end of 1999 to June 2002, commencing with a sharp
rise in the price of gold which led initially to a liquidity crisis, we were
engaged in a process of financial restructuring with our banks, hedge
counterparties and noteholders.

Recent Restructuring

In June 2002, we completed a financial restructuring which involved:

o    entering into a new enlarged revolving credit facility of US$200 million;

o    raising approximately US$41.8 million from the early exercise of 70.3% of
     our warrants (which were previously issued to some of our banks and hedge
     counterparties and which were exchangeable for our shares);

o    agreement with our hedge counterparties for continued margin-free trading;
     and

o    raising US$75.0 million through the issue to our largest shareholder,
     Lonmin, of mandatorily exchangeable notes, or MENs, which convert into our
     ordinary shares upon the completion of this rights issue.

The Government of Ghana has a call option in respect of approximately US$28.4
million of these MENs. Lonmin and the Government of Ghana have both
contractually agreed that the MENs represent approximately _____ % of their
entitlements under the rights issue and neither party will be exercising or
dealing in this percentage of their rights.


                                       65







Current Trading and Prospects

In 2003 we commenced the commissioning of the expanded CIL plant at
Iduapriem/Teberebie and, although we have experienced unexpected delays in
commissioning, currently anticipate that it will be completed during the
second quarter of the year. The Bibiani mine experienced a slope failure on
the western wall of the pit at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2002.
This is not expected to materially impact gold production, but will add
approximately US$3 million to costs over the first two quarters of 2003. At
Siguiri, we have completed a feasibility study to assess the viability of
converting the mine's processing plant to a hybrid, combining CIP and heap
leach, and expect the conversion to be completed, at a total cost of
US$32 million, in the second quarter of 2004. At the Geita mine, we
anticipate that production will be lower for at least the first two
quarters of 2003 as compared to 2002, due to lower mined grades as waste
stripping continues in cut 3 at Nyankanga.

Rising fuel prices, increases in power costs and wages, depreciation of the US
dollar in which our revenues are denominated, the appreciation in currencies of
countries from which we source our major inputs and rising costs of reagents
will impact adversely on our cash operating costs this year. We are taking steps
to minimise this impact but it is still likely that cash operating costs will
increase by approximately 10% this year.

Our group production target for the year is approximately 1.6 million ounces,
broadly in line with last year's actual production. This assumes that the
stripping schedule for cut 3 at Nyankanga is completed by the end of July and
that the CIL plant at Iduapriem/Teberebie is fully commissioned by the end of
June. We expect our production for the first quarter of 2003 to be in the
region of 375,000 ounces. This is 8% below the pro-rata figure for our
annualised production target, primarily due to lower mined grades as waste
stripping continues in Geita, and unexpected delays caused by the commissioning
of the plant expansion at Iduapriem/Teberebie. Due to these factors, group
production for the second quarter is likely to continue at the same level
as for the first quarter, with the shortfall planned to be made up in the
second half of the year. The reduced production levels anticipated for the
first two quarters will have a consequential adverse impact on our unit cash
operating costs for these quarters, as compared to the annualised level.
However, our directors believe that the long term prospects of the business are
good.


Gold Production Summary


The following chart details the operating and production results from operations
for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.





                                   Year to December 31,
                               ---------------------------
                                 2002      2001      2000
                               -------   -------   -------
                                          
Obuasi
Underground Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)     2,423     2,507     2,348
Ore grade (g/t)                   7.48      7.90      7.48
Surface Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)       368        --       891
Ore grade (g/t)                   2.71        --      4.20
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)        2,165        --     8,907
Strip ratio                        5.8        --      10.0
                               -------   -------   -------
Sulfide Treatment Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)      2,352     2,394     2,466
Head grade (g/t)                  7.35      7.53      6.32
Recovery (%)                      84.8      83.5      82.1
Gold produced (ounces)         471,359   482,982   412,824
                               -------   -------   -------
Pompora Treatment Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)         --        --       787
Head grade (g/t)                    --        --      8.01
Recovery (%)                        --        --      82.4
Gold produced (ounces)             195     2,470   167,725
                               -------   -------   -------




                                       66










                                                 Year to December 31,
                                             ---------------------------
                                               2002      2001     2000
                                             -------   -------   -------
                                                        
Oxide Treatment Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)                      435        --       245
Head grade (g/t)                                2.06        --      2.85
Recovery (%)                                    81.2        --      74.2
Gold produced (ounces)                        23,390        --    16,683
                                             -------   -------   -------
Tailings Treatment Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)                    1,840     1,666     1,831
Head grade (g/t)                                2.29      2.46      2.39
Recovery (%)                                    31.2      32.7      31.1
Gold produced (ounces)                        42,275    42,999    43,756
                                             -------   -------   -------
Obuasi Total Processed
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)                    4,627     4,060     5,329
Head grade (g/t)                                4.84      5.45      5.06
Recovery (%)                                    74.8      74.3      73.9
Gold produced (ounces)                       537,219   528,451   640,988
                                             -------   -------   -------
Distribution of Obuasi Production (ounces)
Underground                                  471,554   485,452   493,926
Surface                                       23,390        --   103,306
Tailings                                      42,275    42,999    43,756
Total                                        537,219   528,451   640,988
                                             -------   -------   -------
Ayanfuri
Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)                      --       332       884
Ore grade (g/t)                                   --      1.50      1.50
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)                         --     1,059     2,988
Strip ratio                                       --       3.2       3.4
                                             -------   -------   -------
Heap Leach
Ore stacked ('000 tonnes)                         --       329     1,121
Head grade (g/t)                                  --      1.20      1.21
Recovery (%)                                      --      90.8      83.3
Gold produced (ounces)                            --    11,517    36,316
                                             -------   -------   -------
Iduapriem/Teberebie
Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)                   4,393     4,852     4,824
Ore grade (g/t)                                 1.66      1.58      1.25
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)                     15,019    13,839    14,954
Strip ratio                                      3.4       2.9       3.1
                                             -------   -------   -------
CIL Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)                    2,625     2,731     2,691
Head grade (g/t)                                1.96      1.92      1.58
Recovery (%)                                    89.3      94.6      93.4
Gold produced (ounces)                       147,726   158,103   128,374
                                             -------   -------   -------
Heap Leach
Ore stacked ('000 tonnes)                      1,127     2,633     2,264
Head grade (g/t)                                1.13      0.91      0.78
Recovery (%)                                    91.3      61.7      67.5
Gold produced (ounces)                        37,473    47,027    38,518
Total gold produced (ounces)                 185,199   205,130   166,892
                                             -------   -------   -------

Teberebie
Gold produced (ounces)                            --        --    26,976
                                             -------   -------   -------






                                       67










                                         Year to December 31,
                                   ---------------------------------
                                     2002        2001        2000
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                  
Bibiani
Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)           2,608       2,560       2,368
Ore grade (g/t)                         3.53        3.58        3.38
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)             11,054      13,981      15,223
Strip ratio                              4.2         5.5         6.4
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
CIL Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)            2,566       2,769       2,761
Head grade (g/t)                        3.72        3.46        3.70
Recovery (%)                            79.0        83.7        86.7
Gold produced (ounces)               242,432     253,052     273,711
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Siguiri
Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)           9,464       8,517      10,804
Ore grade (g/t)                         1.19        1.34        1.33
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)              8,404       5,268       5,333
Strip ratio                              0.9         0.6         0.5
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Heap Leach
Ore stacked ('000 tonnes)              9,462       9,064       8,878
Head grade (g/t)                        1.16        1.33        1.34
Recovery (%)                            76.3        73.1        79.3
Gold produced (ounces)               269,292     283,199     303,381
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Freda-Rebecca
Underground Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)           1,077       1,156       1,042
Ore grade (g/t)                         2.99        3.56        3.69
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Surface Mining
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)              110          56          --
Ore grade (g/t)                         2.26        2.10          --
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Processing
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)            1,155       1,121       1,003
Head grade (g/t)                        3.22        3.30        3.89
Recovery (%)                            82.2        86.4        89.8
Gold produced (ounces)                98,255     102,654     112,164
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Geita Joint Venture (JV)
Mining
Ore production ('000 tonnes)           5,399       4,520       1,240
Ore grade (g/t)                         3.52        3.80        3.00
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)             39,729      27,215      11,852
Strip ratio                              7.4         6.0         9.6
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Processing
CIL Plant
Ore processed ('000 tonnes)            4,979       4,582       2,075
Head grade (g/t)                        3.92        3.91        2.94
Recovery (%)                            92.3        93.0        92.0
Gold produced (ounces)               579,043     545,562     176,836
Ashanti's share (ounces)             289,522     272,781     176,836
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Managed gold production (ounces)   1,332,397   1,384,003   1,737,264
Geita joint venture 50% (ounces)     289,522     272,781          --
                                   ---------   ---------   ---------
Total managed gold production      1,621,919   1,656,784   1,737,264
                                   =========   =========   =========




                                       68








Regarding "strip ratio" as used in the table above, for our open pit mines, each
commercially mineable deposit has an overall design strip ratio based on the
economically optimized and fully engineered pit layout. This strip ratio changes
from period to period depending upon the configuration of the ore body and
mining and production considerations. It is usually necessary to mine at varying
strip ratios each year in order to excavate the tonnage of ore required to be
sent to the processing plant for that period.

When compared to the produced grades, the figures for the processed grades are
different as they represent a mixture of mineralised material treated from other
areas such as underground, tailings or open pit oxides.

Total Revenues by Country





                              Year to Dec. 31,
                 -----------------------------------------
                     2002           2001           2000
                     US$m           US$m           US$m
                 -----------    -----------    -----------
                                     
Ghana            301.7    55%   271.1    49%   320.1    55%
Isle of Man(1)    45.8     8%    98.6    18%    97.0    17%
Guinea            83.9    15%    76.6    14%    85.2    15%
Tanzania          90.1    16%    74.1    13%    48.6     8%
Zimbabwe          30.7     6%    34.0     6%    31.3     5%
                 -----   ---    -----   ---    -----   ---
Total Revenues   552.2   100%   554.4   100%   582.2   100%
                 =====   ===    =====   ===    =====   ===



NOTES:

1.   Revenues from the Isle of Man relate solely to hedging activities.


Operating and Production Information





                                                                   Year to Dec. 31,
                                                           ---------------------------------
                                                              2002        2001        2000
                                                           ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                          
Total gold produced (ounces)                               1,621,919   1,656,784   1,737,264
Average realized price per ounce (US$)                           340         335         335
Average spot price per ounce (US$)                               312         275         279
Cash operating costs of production per ounce (US$)               199         190         187
Royalties per ounce (US$)                                          9           8           8
Corporate administration cost per ounce (US$)                     10          13          15
Depreciation, depletion and amortisation per ounce (US$)          54          55          65
Total cost of gold production per ounce (US$)                    272         266         275
                                                           ---------   ---------   ---------




The above amounts are stated before exceptional items of US$14 per ounce
(2001: Nil; 2000: $US124).

Cash operating costs are operating costs before corporate administration,
exploration and other costs, which we discuss more fully under "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation".


                                       69






Reserves

The summary of proven and probable contained gold reserves at our major mining
properties at the end of each of the last two annual reporting periods is set
out in the table below. Individual proven and probable contained gold reserve
tables for each mine are set out in Mining Operations.




                                                            As at December 31, 2002
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 Estimated                             Total           %
                                  Average                            Contained       of Total       Gold in
                               Metallurgical       Ore                 Gold         Contained      Stockpiles
                                  Recovery       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces          Gold           Ounces
Location                          per cent.    (millions)    g/t    (millions)       Ounces        (millions)
                               -------------   ----------   -----   ---------       ---------      ----------
                                                                                 
Ghana      Obuasi
           Underground               84            40.5      8.0       10.4            37              --
           Surface                   90             0.9      6.1        0.2             1              --
           Tailings                  29            19.4      2.0        1.3             5              --
                                     --           -----      ---       ----           ---             -----
              Sub-total
                 Obuasi                            60.8      6.1       11.9            43              --
                                     --           -----      ---       ----           ---             -----
Ghana Iduapriem (80%) /
   Teberebie (90%) - Surface         94            49.0      1.7        2.7            10              --
Ghana Bibiani - Underground          85             1.2      4.6        0.2             1              --
Ghana Bibiani - Surface              85             5.4      2.8        0.5             2              0.1
Ghana Bibiani - Tailings             60             4.8      1.1        0.1            --              --

Guinea Siguiri (85%) -
   Surface                           80            55.4      1.2        2.1             8              0.1
Zimbabwe Freda-Rebecca -
   Underground                       85             4.8      2.5        0.4             1              --
Tanzania Geita (50%) -
   Surface                           90            70.4      4.2        9.4            33              0.1
Burkina Faso Youga (45%) -
   Surface                           85             4.8      3.3        0.5             2              --
                                     --           -----      ---       ----           ---             -----
Total                                             256.6      3.4       27.8           100              0.3
                                     ==           =====      ===       ====           ===             =====



                                              As at December 31, 2001
                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Total         %
                                                       Contained    of Total     Gold in
                                     Ore                 Gold      Contained   Stockpiles
                                   Tonnes     Grade     Ounces        Gold       Ounces
Location                         (millions)    g/t    (millions)     Ounces    (millions)
                                 ----------   -----   ----------   ---------   ----------
                                                                  
Ghana      Obuasi
           Underground               42.3      8.0       10.9          42           --
           Surface                    1.3      5.2        0.2           1           --
           Tailings                  20.4      2.1        1.3           5           --
                                    -----      ---       ----         ---          ---
              Sub-total
                 Obuasi              64.0      6.0       12.4          47           --
                                    -----      ---       ----         ---          ---
Ghana Iduapriem (80%) /
   Teberebie (90%) - Surface         38.6      1.7        2.1           8           --
Ghana Bibiani - Underground           --       --         --          --           --
Ghana Bibiani - Surface              12.3      2.2        0.9           3          0.1
Ghana Bibiani - Tailings              --       --         --          --           --
Guinea Siguiri (85%) -
   Surface                           56.7      1.2        2.1           8           --
Zimbabwe Freda-Rebecca -
   Underground                        5.4      2.5        0.4           2           --
Tanzania Geita (50%) -
   Surface                           62.7      3.8        7.7          29          0.1
Burkina Faso Youga (45%) -
   Surface                            5.0      3.2        0.5           2           --
                                    -----      ---       ----         ---          ---
Total                               244.6      3.3       26.1         100          0.2
                                    =====      ===       ====         ===          ===





Data in the above reserves table may not compute exactly due to rounding.


These reserves have been estimated in compliance with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 7 and do not take into account
metallurgical losses.

For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining.

The reserves reported represent 100% of the reserves at the respective
properties. No allowance has been made for minority or joint venture interests.
Ashanti has 100% ownership in all its properties except:

o    Iduapriem, in which it has an 80% interest,

o    Teberebie, in which it has a 90% interest,

o    Siguiri, in which it has an 85% interest,

o    Geita, in which it has a 50% interest and

o    Youga, in which it has a 45% interest.

Cut-off grades are applied to geological data when assessing mineralized
material in order to ensure that material never likely to be economic is not
included in the reserves. The tonnage, grade and contained gold profiles for
each deposit are interrogated at various cut-off grades to enable the engineers
to clearly understand the characteristics of the mineralization and to focus on
developing exploitation strategies that will optimize the net present value of
the deposits. The cut off grade that we have chosen for reporting purposes is
the lowest grade that can be exploited at break even for the highest envisaged
gold price.

Classification of proven and probable reserves is based on a number of criteria
including drill density, geological continuity, integrity of the data, ore
accessibility and economic parameters.

The costs used in evaluating the economic operating profile for each ore block
are based on actual costs incurred in the operation over the past year adjusted
wherever appropriate for any inflation and exchange rate variances forecast for
the coming year or cost decreases due to productivity improvements. Where new
projects are concerned, the costs are based on actual materials prices, labor
costs and engineering feasibility design parameters and are benchmarked wherever
practical with similar operations elsewhere within our group or with peer
operators nationally or internationally.


                                       70







The bulk of the mining and processing consumables used in our operations is
imported and is costed in United States dollars based on world market or
contracted prices. At Obuasi and some other operations, we have a policy of
fixing our wage packages in US dollars and paying in local currency at the
ruling exchange rate. To this effect, operations are costed in US dollars. There
are certain areas where imports and costs are in other currencies such as Pounds
sterling, Deutschmarks and Australian dollars, which may affect ultimate costs
since our revenue stream is from gold sold in US dollars. Trends in variances
between these currencies are periodically analyzed by management which examines
the cost implications and then ensures that supply orders are placed on the most
cost efficient source wherever possible and advantageous. Wherever significant
and relevant, local currency conversion factors are applied to cost projections,
but in general these are not significant.

Future metal prices used for estimating purposes are decided upon by us, based
on information taken from internationally respected gold price analysts.


At a gold price of US$275 per ounce, we estimated that the total 2002 ore
reserve of 27.8 million ounces of gold would decrease by approximately 5% and at
a gold price of US$325 per ounce, we estimate that the ore reserves would
increase by approximately 2%.


Gold in stockpiles is processed during the life of a mining operation and will
be processed completely by the time the operations cease. Amounts shown under
"Gold in stockpiles" are included in amounts shown under "Total contained gold".

Mining Operations

Obuasi - Ghana

     Introduction

The Obuasi mine conducts underground mining of gold and until recently conducted
surface mining of gold at Obuasi in Ghana. Obuasi has historically been an
underground mine although large scale surface mining was undertaken between 1990
and 2000. The Sulfide Treatment Plant, or STP, and the Oxide Treatment Plant, or
OTP, were commissioned during this period to cater for increased tonnage from
surface operations. During the period of surface mining, there were four
treatment plants to treat oxide ore, sulfide ore, transition ore and tailings.
In 2000, when surface operations ceased due to poor economics and a low gold
price, the OTP and the Pompora Treatment Plant, or PTP, were closed down and put
on care and maintenance. Prior to its closure, PTP processed the bulk of the
underground ore. STP is now the sole processing plant for underground ore at
Obuasi. The PTP SAG mill has been commissioned. Tailings are treated through the
Tailings Treatment Plant, or TTP. We are currently evaluating surface deposits
within a 50 kilometer radius and if economically viable will be considered for
mining and processing at the OTP and STP plants. A small amount of such material
has been processed through OTP during 2002.

The restructuring of the ore sourcing during 2000 has resulted in a smaller
operation. Redundancies of some 1,340 workers during that year were necessary
due to the closure of the surface mining operations. The underground operation
is forecast to continue to produce at a rate of 2.5 million tonnes per annum, or
mtpa. Based on the information currently available, annual gold production from
underground mining is forecast to remain at around 500,000 ounces for in excess
of ten years, whilst tailings retreatment is forecast to provide an additional
30,000 ounces per annum over the same period. We may not be able to achieve or
maintain these production levels. Encouraging exploratory drilling results at
the lowest levels of the underground workings have outlined the extension in
depth of high grade mineralized material. The mine plan, based on current
reserves, is expected to sustain production at a rate of 2.5 mtpa to at least
2012.


Over the two years ended December 31, 2001, the Obuasi mine made progress in
reducing costs. We achieved an improvement in costs in 2000 and 2001 through
closure of the high cost surface operations as well as cost control measures and
the re-engineering of mining and processing operations. In 2002 costs increased
as a result of the mining and processing of a higher tonnage of lower grade
material. The cash operating cost at Obuasi in 2002 was US$198 per ounce as
compared to the 2001 cost of US$192 per ounce and the 2000 cost of US$208 per
ounce.



                                       71







   Reserves


The proven and probable contained gold reserves at Obuasi as at December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000 are set out below:





                                            As at December 31, 2002                       As at December 31, 2001
                              ---------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                Estimated
                                 Average                                Contained                             Contained
                              Metallurgical       Ore                     Gold          Ore                     Gold
                                Recovery        Tonnes                   Ounces       Tonnes                   Ounces
                                    %         (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)   (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)
                              -------------   ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
                                                                                           
UNDERGROUND

Proven reserves                     84            4.6          7.4         1.1          5.0         7.9          1.3
Probable reserves                   84           35.9          8.1         9.3         37.3         8.0          9.6
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----
Total underground reserves          84           40.5          8.0        10.4         42.3         8.0         10.9
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----

SURFACE

Proven reserves                     90            0.9          6.1         0.2          1.3         5.2          0.2
Probable reserves                   90             --           --          --           --          --           --
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----
Total surface ore reserves          90            0.9          6.1         0.2          1.3         5.2          0.2
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----

TAILINGS

Proven reserves                     29           14.5          2.0         0.9         15.1         2.0          1.0
Probable reserves                   29            4.9          2.2         0.4          5.3         2.2          0.3
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----
Total tailings ore reserves         29           19.4          2.0         1.3         20.4         2.1          1.3
                                    --           ----          ---        ----         ----         ---         ----
TOTAL ORE RESERVES                               60.8          6.1        11.9         64.0         6.0         12.4
                              =============   ==========   =========   ==========   ==========   =========   ==========


                                   As at December 31, 2000
                              ----------------------------------
                                                       Contained
                                 Ore                     Gold
                                Tonnes                  Ounces
                              (million)   Grade g/t   (millions)
                              ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                
UNDERGROUND

Proven reserves                   5.1        7.6          1.4
Probable reserves                36.7        7.9          9.3
                                 ----        ---         ----
Total underground reserves       41.8        7.9         10.7
                                 ----        ---         ----

SURFACE

Proven reserves                    --         --           --
Probable reserves                  --         --           --

Total surface ore reserves         --         --           --

TAILINGS

Proven reserves                   4.0        2.5          0.3
Probable reserves                 1.3        2.9          0.1
                                 ----        ---         ----
Total tailings ore reserves       5.3        2.6          0.4
                                 ----        ---         ----
TOTAL ORE RESERVES               47.1        7.3         11.1
                              =========   =========   ==========



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.

The tailings proven reserves are those which have been drilled. The probable
reserves are based on plant information from the time the tailings were
deposited.

   Geology

The gold deposits at Obuasi are part of a prominent gold belt of Proterozoic
(Birimian) volcano-sedimentary and igneous formations which extend for a
distance of approximately 300 kilometers in a northeast-southwest trend in south
western Ghana. Obuasi mineralization is shear zone related and there are three
main structural trends hosting gold mineralization: the Obuasi trend, the
Gyabunsu trend and the Binsere trend, which contribute to the ounces produced at
Obuasi.

In general, there are two main ore types at Obuasi which are being mined:

Quartz veins - Quartz veins consist mainly of quartz with free gold in
association with lesser amounts of various metal sulfides such as iron, zinc,
lead and copper. The gold particles are generally fine grained and occasionally,
are visible to the naked eye. This ore type is generally non-refractory.

Sulfide ore - Sulfide ore is characterized by the inclusion of gold in the
crystal structure of a sulfide material. The gold in these ores is fine grained
and often locked in arsenopyrite . Higher gold grades tend to be associated with
finer grained arsenopyrite crystals. Other prominent minerals include quartz,
chlorite and sericite. Sulfide ore is generally refractory.

   Underground Mining Operations

Mining operations began at Obuasi in 1897. Since 1907, the underground mine has
been in almost continuous production. Over the years, underground mining at
Obuasi has expanded, and underground operations are currently conducted along a
strike length of 8 kilometers and to a depth of 1,600 meters below the surface.


                                       72







The underground mine at Obuasi expanded from a production rate of 4,500 tonnes
of ore per year in 1907 to approximately 800,000 tonnes of ore per year in the
early 1980s. The tonnage from underground mining has more than doubled within a
seven year period from 1.14 mtpa achieved in 1994 to 2.5 mtpa achieved in 2001.
In the same period the grade has reduced from 10.5 g/t to 7.9 g/t. The grade
reduction is due to the increase in production from the lower grade more
refractory sulfide ore blocks.

The mining operations at Obuasi are split into three operating sections:


o    The Northern Section of the mine is the oldest and the workings are the
     deepest. The ore type is predominantly quartz. A project to recover ore
     from the high grade Adansi shaft pillar began in 2000. This has been
     placed on hold temporarily while the potential to access the shaft below
     the 50 level is being evaluated. The production rate in the north part of
     the mine averages from 35,000 to 40,000 tonnes per month.


o    The Central Section is serviced by the Kwesi Mensah Shaft, or KMS, which
     accesses a depth of 1,500 meters. The ore type is predominantly made up of
     lower grade sulfide material and generally the mining blocks are wide
     ranging from 6 meters to 20 meters. Production ranges from 80,000 to 85,000
     tonnes per month. The 41 level haulage system (at a depth of 1,230 meters
     below surface), serves the central mining blocks with all rock hoisted at
     KMS.

o    The South Section is the newest mining area, and is the section from which
     the majority of Obuasi mine's ore will be sourced over the coming years.
     The ore type is generally sulfide in nature, but is often associated with
     quartz material. The ore structure is complex with up to four different ore
     zones running parallel to each other. In the past, the predominant mining
     method has been cut and fill, but safety and cost considerations have
     resulted in a change to open stoping methods in recent years. The section
     is served by Kwesi Renner Shaft, or KRS, and Sansu Shaft for hoisting of
     rock and George Cappendell Shaft, or GCS, for men and material. The Brown
     Sub Vertical Shaft, or BSVS, which has been sunk to 52 level, is currently
     being equipped (which will continue to be equipped in 2003) to provide
     rock, men and material handling services to the lower levels of the South
     Section of the mine.


                                       73







   Infrastructure

                             SHAFTS/RAMPS AT OBUASI



                                                                     Current Hoisting Capacity
                                                                             Ore/Waste
Shafts                                      Service                      (tonnes per month)
---------------------------------------     ----------------------   -------------------------
                                                                       
Kwesi Mensah Shaft ("KMS")                  Men, material and rock             140,000
Kwesi Renner Shaft ("KRS")                  Rock                                90,000
Adansi Shaft                                Men, material and rock              32,000
Timber Shaft                                Men, material and rock              15,000
Ellis Shaft                                 Rock                                52,000
Sansu Ventilation Shaft ("Sansu Shaft")     Men, material and rock              22,000
Brown Sub Vertical Shaft ("BSVS")           Men, material and rock                  --
West Shaft                                  Men and material                        --
Waley Shaft                                 Men and material                        --
Outen Shaft                                 Men and material                        --
George Cappendell Shaft ("GCS")             Men and material                        --
Blackies Ventilation Shaft                  Ventilation                             --
Kwesi Mensah Ventilation Shaft ("KMVS")     Ventilation                             --
Central Ventilation Shaft ("CVS")           Ventilation
Eaton Turner Shaft ("ETS")                  (Decommissioned)                       n/a
---------------------------------------     ----------------------   -------------------------
Total Hoisting Capacity (tonnes/month)                                         351,000
=======================================     ======================   =========================
Total Hoisting Capacity (tonnes/year)                                        4,212,000




                                                                       Ore/Waste
Ramps                                    Service                  (tonnes per month)
------------------------------------     ----------------------   ------------------
                                                                  
Sansu Ramp                               Men, material                      --
Cote d'Or Ramp                           Men, material and rock         10,000
Timber Shaft Access Decline ("TSAD")     Men, material and rock         10,000



The major underground capital project work in 2002 focussed on a shaft upgrade
at the BSVS in preparation for commencement of equipping in 2003, raise boring
of the 300 ventilation shaft and support and tracking of the 41 level haulage.
Development was completed from KMS through to the BSVS in the south of the mine
and to Blocks 5 and 6 in the north. The development of the decline to the
bottom of KMS to facilitate the removal of rock spillage was completed. At
KRS, excavation of the crusher station was also completed. A new pump station
was constructed and commissioned on 8 level in the north of the mine to
significantly improve mine pumping capacity and water control.


In the past 12 years, the Obuasi mine has spent over US$1 billion on its
investment program principally comprising new shafts, processing plants and
underground mechanization. Completed capital expenditure projects have been
financed from the cash flow from operations at Obuasi and from internal and
external funding. The Obuasi mine expects that future capital expenditure on
various projects (other than significant expenditure on projects below the 50
level) will be financed from the cash flows generated from operations at Obuasi.
In the event that such projects are not completed on schedule, the Obuasi mine
may not be able to maintain its underground production of ore as is currently
planned.

   Mining Methods

The range of mining methods currently employed includes mechanized open stoping
(60% of total); mechanized cut and fill (10% of total); sub-level retreat and
reclamation (12% of total); and stope preparation (16% of total).


   Surface Mining Operations

Apart from on-going surface rehabilitation work on landscaping and re-vegetating
the old pits and waste dumps, there was no production from surface mining
activity on the Obuasi concession in 2001. Obuasi has

                                       74








US$5.2 million accrued for mine closure and a component of this relates to
clean up and land restoration. However, work undertaken to date has in the
past been expensed to operating costs over the years and has averaged
approximately US$0.5 million per year. Surface mining operations recommenced
with the development of the Homase concession open pit in the first quarter of
2002. A total of 368,000 tonnes at 2.71 g/t were mined at a strip ratio of
5.8:1. Mining is being undertaken using in-house resources while the haulage
of ore from Homase to Obuasi is being carried out by contractors.


   Processing Operations


The Obuasi mine has two normally active treatment plants: the STP to process
underground ore and the TTP to handle tailings reclamation operations. The PTP
remained closed, but the OTP has been re-commissioned to batch process oxide ore
from the Homase satellite surface mine deposit which was mined in 2002 and
continues to be mined in 2003.

A total of 4,627,000 tonnes were processed in 2002 compared to 4,060,000 tonnes
in 2001, the increase resulting from the re-commissioning of the OTP in the
third quarter of 2002 to process ores from Homase and greater throughput at
the TTP.

At the STP, a total of 2,352,000 tonnes of ore at a grade of 7.35 g/t and a
metallurgical recovery of 84.8% was processed compared to 2,394,000 tonnes at a
grade of 7.53 g/t and a metallurgical recovery of 83.5% in 2001. Gold production
in 2002 was 471,359 ounces compared to 482,982 ounces in 2001, the reduction
being due to the lower feed grade and processed tonnage. Plant throughput and
processing efficiency were affected by higher than planned maintenance downtime
on the SAG mill and persistent power outages. In the second and third quarters
the BIOX'r' section of the plant under-performed when bacterial activity was
impaired following the use of old nutrients in April. In the fourth quarter, a
SAG mill, previously installed at the Pompora Treatment Plant, was relocated to
STP to provide additional capacity and operational flexibility. Commissioning of
this mill took place in the first quarter of 2003.

OTP processed a total of 435,000 tonnes of Homase open pit ore and heap leach
tailings to produce 23,390 ounces.

Throughput at the TTP was 1,840,000 tonnes at 2.29 g/t compared to 1,666,000
tonnes at 2.46 g/t in 2001. Metallurgical recovery at 31.2% was a reduction on
the previous year's 32.7%. The lower feed grade and recovery resulted in the
production of 42,275 ounces compared to 42,999 ounces the previous year, a
reduction of 2%.


Gold recoveries in different processing facilities depend in a large measure on
the type of ore being processed. The underground ores at Obuasi are generally
refractory and metallurgically more difficult to treat than non-refractory ores.
In the refractory component of the ore, the gold is bonded with sulfide minerals
and is not optimally recoverable by either gravity or direct cyanide leaching
without additional processing. At Obuasi, the minerals associated with gold in
the refractory ore are arsenopyrite, pyrite and pyrrhotite. The gold is
encapsulated within the crystal structure of these minerals. In order to recover
the gold, these sulfide minerals are pre-concentrated and then broken down by
the BIOX'r' process, as discussed below, before the gold can be extracted
through conventional cyanide leaching.

The gold concentrate, either in the form of gravity concentrates or gold-plated
electro-winning cathodes, is sent to a smelting facility, where it is heated
with a fluxing agent in smelting furnaces and poured into briquette moulds. The
gold bars are weighed, assayed, stamped and shipped to the refiner for
refinement into gold bullion.

Water used in the processing plants is sourced from local rivers. A significant
amount of the water used in the treatment process is recycled.


                                     75








   Processing Plant Capacities





                                 2002 Capacity    2001 Capacity    2000 Capacity
Plant                            (tonnes/month)   (tonnes/month)   (tonnes/month)
-----                            --------------   --------------   --------------

                                                            
Sulfide Treatment Plant (STP)        210,000          210,000          210,000
Tailings Treatment Plant (TTP)       160,000          160,000          160,000
                                   ---------        ---------        ---------
Total tonnes per month               370,000          370,000          370,000
                                   =========        =========        =========
Total tonnes per year              4,440,000        4,440,000        4,440,000
                                   =========        =========        =========



   Sulfide Treatment Plant

STP uses the BIOX'r' process patented by Gencor for the treatment of its sulfide
ores. BIOX'r' is a continuous bacterial leaching process that oxidizes sulfide
ore to enable it to be leached by conventional cyanidation techniques.

The BIOX'r' plant is arranged into trains of six tanks each. Each tank contains
a solution containing bacteria known as thiobacillus ferro-oxidans and
thiobacillus thio-oxidans. The bacteria oxidizes the sulfide ore by consuming
the elemental sulfur in the material leaving the encapsulated gold within the
material amenable to recovery by cyanide leaching.


The BIOX'r' treatment process takes four days, during which time more than 90%
of the sulfur material in the ore is oxidized. The pulp, which contains
dissolved sulfur and arsenic and gold-bearing solids, is then "washed" in
counter-current decantation thickeners to separate out the gold-bearing solids.
The gold-bearing solids are then cyanide-leached in a carbon-in-leach, or CIL,
circuit, and the gold solution is pumped to the OTP where it is electro-won onto
steel wool cathodes and smelted. The tailings residue from STP, which also
contains arsenic, is ph neutralized by the addition of lime prior to being
pumped to the Sansu tailings dam. During the BIOX'r' process, the arsenic is
fixed with iron to become ferric arsenate, a stable compound, making it safe to
deposit the tailings in the dam without risk to the environment. The bacteria
used in the BIOX'r' process require particular conditions in which to operate.
The BIOX'r' process requires fresh water and cannot use water recycled from
processing operations. The benefits of the BIOX'r' process include high overall
gold recovery and improved environmental controls, particularly with regard to
the efficient and safe treatment and disposal of the arsenic content of the ore.
Gold production from the STP in 2002 was 471,359 ounces from the processing of
2.35 million tonnes of ore at a grade of 7.35 g/t and a plant recovery of 84.8%.
This compares with 482,982 ounces from 2.39 million tonnes at a grade of 7.53
g/t and a plant recovery of 83.5% in 2001 and 412,824 ounces from 2.47 million
tonnes at a grade of 6.32 g/t and a plant recovery of 82.1% in 2000. Gold
production was lower than planned principally due to lower than usual head
grades, SAG mill liner problems which impacted mill throughput and persistent
power outages. In addition, CIL recoveries were impacted by the unavailability
of the oxide plant tanks for extended leach. Biox'r' recoveries were affected by
draining of the Biox'r' tanks in an attempt to recover gold lock-up. In the
fourth quarter, a SAG mill, previously installed at the Pompora Treatment Plant,
was relocated to STP to provide additional capacity and operational flexibility.
Commissioning of this mill took place in the first quarter of 2003.


   Tailings Treatment Plant

TTP was commissioned in 1988 to reprocess tailings from previous processing
operations. The TTP uses carbon-in-pulp, or CIP, technology. TTP is a relatively
simple operation, consisting of high pressure water monitoring stations to
reclaim the tailings from the dumps and pump the resulting slurry to the plant.
The material is then re-ground using ball mills and the pulp is leached by
cyanide and the gold collected by activated carbon. Loaded carbon is stripped of
gold by elution with caustic cyanide and electro-won onto steel wool cathodes
that are smelted into dore bars.


In the financial year 2002, ore throughput at the TTP was 1.84 million tonnes
at a grade of 2.29 g/t compared with 1.67 million tonnes at a grade of 2.46 g/t
in 2001 and 1.83 million tonnes at a grade of 2.39 g/t in 2000. The average
recovery rate in 2002 was 31.2% compared to 32.7% in 2001 and 31.1% in 2000; the
lower feed grade and recovery resulted in the production of 42,275 ounces
compared to 42,999 ounces the previous year and 43,756 ounces in 2000. At the
end of 2001, the tailings reserve increased to 1.3 million ounces of gold
following test drilling and metallurgical testwork on the Kokorteasua tailings
dam which demonstrated that the re-treatment of this
material would be economic.



                                       76









   Oxide Treatment Plant

The OTP was re-commissioned in the third quarter of 2002 to process ores from
Homase. The OTP processed a total of 435,000 tonnes of Homase open pit ore and
heap leach tailings to produce 23,390 ounces.


   Exploration and Development

At Obuasi a team has been set up to undertake conceptual engineering work on a
project to evaluate the options for exploitation of the recently intersected
mineralized material extending to depth below 50 level, currently the deepest
level accessible from existing mine infrastructure.

The main objectives of the underground diamond drilling program are to improve
the definition of mineralized material across the mine and the delineation of
new mineralized material in the South Section above 41 level, the North Section
of the mine above 20 level and below 50 level across the base of the mine
between the northern and southern limits of existing development.


In 2003 the BSVS shaft will be equipped to provide efficient access and hoisting
capacity for operations below 26 level in the south of the mine where a
significant portion of the mine's ore reserves are located. The shaft has
already been sunk and offshaft development is currently being undertaken while
the shaft steelwork and winders are being procured. A total of US$13 million has
been budgeted for 2002 and 2003 for the equipping of the BSVS.


Drilling below 50 level has provided consistently good results, with several
intersections above 20 grams per tonne over mineable widths being made down to
66 level in the vicinity of the KMS, confirming the extension of good grade
mineralization to at least 400 meters below the 1,600 meters elevation,
currently the deepest level of the existing mine infrastructure.


The table below provides recent uncut drill intersection information for Obuasi
below the 50 level. The grade and width statistics listed are only a sample of
the results obtained. In total there have been over 100 intersections from
drilling below 50 level over a strike length of 2 kilometres, some with no
grade, some with higher grade and some with lower grade. The listed
intersections represent some of the more recent results and are specifically
mentioned because the drilling is primarily targeted at the definition of higher
grade material in order to demonstrate higher grade mineralisation and the
continuity of the Obuasi gold mineralisation at depth.




                                          Intersected   True Width
Location         BH NO.     Grade (g/t)    Width (m)        (m)         Level
--------      -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ------------
                                                      
50S -- 131W    UD50131W04      177.5          2.1           1.5      56 level
               UD50131W05       19.2          2.4           2.0      56 level
               UD50131W06       55.3          5.8           5.0      54 level
50S -- 173E    UD50173E12       39.5          9.0           5.5      66 level
50S -- 187E    UD50187E13       10.1          1.5           1.5      54 level
               UD50173E14       10.6          7.3           5.0      56 level
50S -- 206W   UD50206W43A       41.1         13.2           7.5      56 1/2 level


   Power Supply


The Obuasi mine obtains power from the Volta River Authority, or VRA, which is
in turn controlled by the Government of Ghana. Power supplies have been subject
to outages and voltage fluctuations. The Obuasi mine also obtains some power
from the VRA that is supplied from Cote d'Ivoire, which has recently experienced
some political instability and civil unrest. We have emergency generator sets
available at Obuasi which are capable of supplying adequate power to operate the
mine's essential winder and ventilation services in the event of a major
disruption of power supply. We also have generator sets that are capable
of maintaining the BIOX'r' plant in the event of loss of normal power supplies.



                                       77







   Health, Safety and Environment


Obuasi mine was awarded a three star rating by NOSA, the South African National
Occupational Safety Association in 2002. NOSA is a private association devoted
to occupational health, safety and environmental risk management concerns. A
NOSA five-star rating is the highest rating achievable in the NOSA system. NOSA
ratings are determined on the basis of annual audits which examine the safety,
health and more recently the environmental status of the operations. NOSA audits
worldwide and is a non-profit organization.


Bibiani -- Ghana

   Introduction

Bibiani is located in the Western Region of Ghana, 90 kilometers west of Kumasi.
We acquired Bibiani in 1996 when we acquired International Gold Resources
Corporation, or IGR, a Canadian-listed company, and Ghana Libyan Arab Mining
Company Limited, or GLAMCO.


The first records of gold mining at the Bibiani site date from 1902. The mine,
however, closed in 1913 after approximately 70,000 ounces of gold had been
recovered. Mining activities resumed in 1927 during the second "gold rush" and
2.2 million ounces of gold were produced between 1927 and 1961. In 1961, the
property was sold to State Gold Mining Corporation and was shut down in 1968 due
to lack of economically recoverable ore. During the period from 1927 to 1968,
approximately 8.2 million tonnes of ore were treated at an average grade of 9.5
g/t. In 1987, GLAMCO undertook a drilling program on the old tailings ponds. The
first results showed the potential to recover gold on an economic basis and a
pilot plant was commissioned. Production of gold started in 1989 but due to
difficulties in obtaining spares for plant maintenance, the plant shut down two
years later. During this period, 104,000 tonnes of gold tailings from past
mining were processed. In 1991, IGR applied for an extension of the original
concession and joined up with GLAMCO in an exploration program.


In 1996, we purchased the entire share capital of IGR and GLAMCO and commenced
the development of the Bibiani open pit mine.

The mine was fully commissioned on February 8, 1998 and the first gold was
poured on February 24, 1998. The main open pit operations are scheduled to be
completed in 2004 although mining operations could be further extended by the
introduction of underground operations or the acquisition of adjacent deposits.


In 2002, Bibiani produced 242,432 ounces at a cash operating cost of US$180 per
ounce compared to 253,052 ounces at a cash operating cost of US$170 per ounce in
2001 and 273,711 ounces at a cash operating cost of US$134 in 2000. The
reduction in gold production was due to harder ore resulting in lower plant
throughput and lower metallurgical recovery and in turn resulting in a higher
cash operating cost per ounce produced. Costs were also impacted by a water
shortage in the first quarter.

Milled throughput for 2002 was 2.57 million tonnes at a feed grade of 3.72 g/t
compared to 2.77 million tonnes at 3.46 g/t the previous year and 2.76 million
tonnes at 3.70 g/t in 2000. As was the case in the previous years, the
reconciliation between the reserve model and the actual mined grade and tonnage
showed a more positive variance than expected and the operation continued to
exceed performance level predictions. Metallurgical recovery in 2002 decreased
to 79.0% from 83.7% in 2001 (2000: 86.7%) due to the mining and processing of
more refractory ore types during the year.



                                       78







   Reserves


The proven and probable contained gold reserves at Bibiani as at December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000 are set forth in the table below:





                                 As at December 31, 2002              As at December 31, 2001        As at December 31, 2000
                     --------------------------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------
                       Estimated
                        Average                        Contained                      Contained                      Contained
                     Metallurgical     Ore               Gold        Ore                Gold       Ore                 Gold
                       Recovery       Tonnes    Grade    Ounces      Tonnes    Grade    Ounces     Tonnes     Grade    Ounces
                           %        (millions)   g/t   (millions)  (millions)   g/t   (millions)  (millions)   g/t   (millions)
                     -------------  ----------  -----  ----------  ----------  -----  ----------  ----------  -----  ----------
                                                                                          
Proven reserves surface    86           1.9      1.8      0.1          1.4      1.9                   1.2      1.8
Proven reserves tailings   60           4.4      1.1      0.1          4.4      1.1                   4.4      1.1
Proven reserves total                   6.3      1.3      0.2          5.8      1.3      0.2          5.6      1.3      0.2
Probable reserves
   surface                 86           3.5      3.3      0.4          6.1      3.2                   7.9      3.2
Probable reserves
   tailings                60           0.4      1.0                   0.4      1.0                   0.4      0.9
Probable reserves
   underground                          1.2      4.6      0.2
Probable reserves total                 5.1      3.1      0.6          6.5      3.1      0.7          8.3      3.2      0.8
                           --          ----      ---      ---         ----      ---      ---         ----      ---      ---
Total ore reserves                     22.8      2.0      0.8         12.3      2.2      0.9         13.9      2.3      1.0
                           ==          ====      ===      ===         ====      ===      ===         ====      ===      ===



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.

   Geology

The Bibiani gold deposit lies within Birimian metasediments and related rocks
which occur in the Proterozoic Sefwi Belt of southern Ghana. Gold and
gold-bearing sulfide mineralization occurs in quartz filled shear zones and in
altered rocks adjacent to those shears. The full strike of the Bibiani structure
is at least 4 kilometers.

For metallurgical classification there are three main ore types at Bibiani:
primary, transition and oxide. Further lithological classification gives four
ore types: quartz (generally high grade), stockwork (medium-high grade),
phyllites and porphyry (both low grade).

   Mining Methods

We conduct conventional open pit mining at Bibiani using a mining contractor.
Mining is carried out using conventional drill and blast techniques and
excavators and dump trucks. In line with the life of the open pit reserve, the
mining contract comes to an end in 2004. No additional amounts are payable by us
on termination.

   Processing Methods

Ore is processed using a conventional CIL processing system. Currently the plant
is handling 2.7 mtpa of mainly primary ore with the potential to add 0.6 mtpa of
tailings.

   Exploration and Development


During 2002 the evaluation of a trackless underground mining operation to
exploit extensions of the open pit resources at depth was completed. The report
concluded that the first phase of extending the mine should be via a ramp access
system developed from within the main pit to enable extraction within
approximately 100 metres of the base of the ultimate pit and to provide access
for exploratory drilling that will target the deeper levels.

Mining of the Mpasetia deposit, located to the north east of the Bibiani
concession, commenced in the first quarter of 2002 and contract haulage of the
ore to the Bibiani processing plant started during the second quarter of 2002.


We have also taken steps to provide the mine with more water by constructing
catchment ponds to provide backup to the reducing levels returning from the
tailings dam.


                                       79








   Power Supply


Bibiani mine obtains power from the VRA. We have very limited back-up power
available and so our operations are dependent on power supplied by the VRA. In
1998 a severe drought drastically reduced the hydro-electric power produced by
the VRA, which in turn resulted in a severe disruption of our operations.
Processing was affected in the third quarter of 2002 due to persistent short
duration power outages.

   Health, Safety and Environment


In 2002, Bibiani was awarded a NOSA four-star integrated rating and received ISO
14001 accreditation. As part of an ongoing commitment to the local community and
the environment, Bibiani has initiated an award winning program of revegetation
at a former open pit mine site that was first re-filled, provided micro finance
for a variety of community business projects, sponsored education programs and
assisted in the health sector by supporting local hospitals and clinics as well
as promoting HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention programs for both employees and
the local community.


Iduapriem/Teberebie -- Ghana

   Introduction

The Iduapriem mine, which is owned by Ghanaian Australian Goldfields Limited, or
GAG, is located in the Western Region of Ghana some 70 kilometers north of the
coastal city of Takoradi, and 10 kilometers south west of Tarkwa. We acquired an
80% interest in the Iduapriem mine in 1996 when we acquired GAG's holding
company.

Mining operations at Iduapriem commenced in June 1992 with the first gold poured
in September 1992. A review of the economics of the mine was carried out in 1998
resulting in an anticipated closure of the mine at the end of 1999.


In June 2000, we acquired the entire issued share capital of Pioneer Goldfields
Limited, or Pioneer, which owns 90% of Teberebie Goldfields Limited, or TGL
(being the company which owns the mining lease to the Teberebie mine located
adjacent to Iduapriem), together with inter-company loans which amounted to an
aggregate of approximately US$20 million. The consideration was satisfied by us
as an initial cash payment of US$5 million on completion and deferred cash
payments of US$13.8 million payable in installments over a five year period. The
terms of the agreement also include the potential for contingent consideration
cash payments of up to US$5 million dependant upon minimum gold prices and
production levels. On March 19, 2003, we entered into an agreement with Pioneer
to reduce the remaining deferred consideration by US$1.1 million. In exchange,
we agreed to terminate all the continuing obligations of the Pioneer group under
the original share purchase agreement. On August 23, 2000, Pioneer sold certain
of the assets of TGL to Gold Fields Ghana Limited for US$5 million in cash.


The acquisition of the Teberebie reserves thereby extended the Iduapriem mine's
life to approximately 2012. The ore from Teberebie is processed through the CIL
plant at Iduapriem.


Gold production by Iduapriem for 2002 was 185,199 ounces, compared to the
previous year's 205,130 ounces. The cash operating costs increased to US$232 per
ounce from US$214 per ounce in 2001, due to the lower gold production.

At 4.39 million tonnes, the ore mined in 2002 compared with 4.85 million tonnes
the previous year, whilst the mined grade at 1.66 g/t was higher than the 1.58
g/t achieved in 2001. The higher grade resulted from mining of the Teberebie ore
blocks.



                                     80







   Reserves


The proven and probable contained gold reserves at Iduapriem and Teberebie as at
December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are set forth in the table below:





                                  As at December 31, 2002               As at December 31, 2001
                            -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
              Estimated
               Average                                Contained                             Contained
            Metallurgical      Ore                      Gold         Ore                      Gold
               Recovery       Tonnes                   Ounces       Tonnes                   Ounces
                   %        (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)   (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)
            -------------   ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------

                                                                          
Proven
Reserves          94           35.1         1.7          1.9         31.4         1.7          1.7
Probable
Reserves          94           13.9         1.7          0.8          7.2         1.7          0.4
                 ---           ----         ---          ---         ----         ---          ---
Total Ore
Reserves          94           49.0         1.7          2.7         38.6         1.7          2.1
                 ===           ====         ===          ===         ====         ===          ===


                  As at December 31, 2000
                  -----------------------
                                      Contained
               Ore                      Gold
              Tonnes                   Ounces
            (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)
            ----------   ---------   ----------
                                
Proven
Reserves       24.9         1.8          1.5
Probable
Reserves       15.1         1.4          0.7
               ----         ---          ---
Total Ore
Reserves       40.0         1.7          2.2
               ====         ===          ===



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.


During 2002, the proven and probable contained gold reserves at Iduapriem /
Teberebie were re-estimated on the basis of new cost parameters based on the
upgraded and expanded CIL plant which is to be commissioned shortly.


   Geology

The Iduapriem and Teberebie gold mines are located along the southern end of the
Tarkwa basin. The mineralization is contained in the Banket Series of rocks
within the Tarkwaian System of Proterozoic age.

The outcropping Banket Series of rocks in the mine area form prominent, arcuate
ridges extending southwards from Tarkwa, westwards through Iduapriem and
northwards towards Teberebie.

   Mining Methods

We conduct conventional open pit mining methods at Iduapriem and Teberebie.

From March 1998, ore and waste mining has been undertaken using a contract
mining company.

   Processing Methods


The open pit ore is treated at Iduapriem/Teberebie using either CIL plant or
heap leach processing technologies. A total of 185,199 ounces of gold was
produced in 2002 from the Iduapriem CIL, Iduapriem heap leach and the Teberebie
east heap leach plants, compared to 205,130 ounces in 2001. In 2002 a decision
was taken to optimize the combined Iduapriem/Teberebie properties by expanding
the capacity of the main processing plant. The processing plant is now being
upgraded to increase throughput from 2.8mtpa to 4.5mtpa with recovery in excess
of 94.5%. The project includes the installation of an additional SAG mill,
upgrading of the leach and elution circuits, conversion from CIL to CIP,
construction of a new crushed ore stockpile and reclaim conveyor system, the
relocation of crushing activities to a larger, already operational crusher which
is located adjacent to the Teberebie pits and the installation of an overland
conveyor to transfer the crushed product to the Iduapriem processing plant. The
upgrade of the processing plant was completed and tied into the existing plant
circuits at the end of the first quarter of 2003. The crusher and overland
conveyor components of the project are expected to be completed and commissioned
during the second quarter of 2003 with the upgrade achieving full capacity by
the end of the same period.


   CIL Plant

The CIL plant in its present configuration is composed of a primary jaw crusher
followed by a secondary crusher and then a conveyor to transfer ore to the SAG
mill. The SAG mill normally operates in open circuit and the mill discharge is
pumped to a hydro cyclone circuit. The cyclone underflow is used as ball mill
feed to allow finer grinding of the ore. The discharge from the ball mill is
pumped to the hydro cyclone unit from where the cyclone underflow is transferred
to leach and adsorption tanks, with a nominal residence time of 16 hours.


                                       81








In 2002, the CIL mill throughput was 2.63 million tonnes of ore at a grade of
1.96 g/t. This compares with CIL mill throughput of 2.73 million tonnes of ore
at a grade of 1.92 g/t in 2001. Gold produced from the CIL plant in 2002 was
147,726 ounces compared to 158,103 ounces in 2001, the reduction largely due to
lower throughput and metallurgical recovery.



   Heap Leach


The Iduapriem heap leach plant was commissioned in November 1996 and shut down
in mid 2002 as feed material stocks were depleted. For the heap leach operation
at Iduapriem, ore feed was either direct tipped or reclaimed from the heap leach
stockpile to a primary jaw crusher crushing at a rate of 2.4 mtpa. The product
was then either hauled or conveyed to the active cells constructed on 10 meter
high pads designed to contain 200,000 tonnes of crushed ore in each cell.

The solution from the cells was gravity fed to a series of ponds where a three
stage upgrade of the solution occurred. At Iduapriem, the solution was then
pumped to the CIL leach/adsorption tanks as process feed water solution or to
the heap leach carbon columns where gold could eventually be recovered. The
plant is currently on care and maintenance pending decommissioning and the heap
leach stacks are being rehabilitated.

Heap leach operations are now focused on the Teberebie East plant where it is
planned to continue operations until the end of 2003. At an average throughput
of 1.6 million tonnes, the plant is presently being operated well below its
design capacity. Solution is processed through the existing Teberebie gold
recovery plant.


During 2002, heap leach gold production was 37,473 ounces compared to 47,027
ounces in 2001 due to the reduction in stacked tonnage following the cessation
of crushing and stacking operations at the Iduapriem heap leach plant in 2001. A
total of 1.13 million tonnes were processed solely at the Teberebie heap leach
plant compared to 2.63 million tonnes at the combined facilities in 2001. The
heap leach metallurgical recovery in 2002 was 91.3% compared to 61.7% in 2001,
reflecting the recovery of gold from ores stacked but not fully leached at the
Iduapriem pads during the previous year.


   Exploration and Development


Following on from the upgrade, a new life of mine plan has been prepared for the
Iduapriem/Teberebie mines which includes the exploitation of the previously
uneconomic old Iduapriem Blocks 3W, and 5 together with the inclusion of the
Ajopa deposit. In 2002, exploration focused on the Ajopa concession and infill
drilling between Blocks 7 and 8. In 2003, a review of mineralization below the
present economic pit designs will be undertaken to assess the overall longer
term potential of the underlying banket reefs across the Iduapriem and Teberebie
properties.


   Power Supply

Iduapriem mine obtains power from the Electricity Company of Ghana, or ECG,
which is controlled by the Government of Ghana and receives its supply from the
Volta River Authority, or VRA. Power supplies have in the past been subject to
outages and voltage fluctuations. We have very limited back-up power available
and so our operations are dependent on power supplied by the VRA. In 1998 a
severe drought drastically reduced the hydro-electric power produced by the VRA,
which in turn resulted in a severe disruption of our operations. As part of the
ongoing upgrade of the processing plant, a new 33KV transmission line has been
installed to deliver the power required for the additional SAG mill.

   Health, Safety and Environment


Iduapriem was re-awarded a four-star NOSA rating during 2002 and, as with some
of our other mines, is undertaking a program targeting a five star integrated
NOSA rating and ISO 14001 accreditation. Rehabilitation work on the spent heap
leach pads, the old tailings dam and disused waste dumps have been
prioritized. The main focus of the rehabilitation program has been the planting
of a variety of species of trees germinated in the mine's nursery. Iduapriem
provides community assistance by supporting local education and medical
facilities and a variety of community projects such as the provision of
boreholes and pumps for clean water. There are programs in place to promote
HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention for both employees and the local community.




                                       82







   Financing

Iduapriem is financed by US$23.4 million of bank debt (excluding accrued
interest of US$6.0 million) and an additional US$8.8 million owed to Pioneer.
Under the terms of the bank financing, we are not permitted to make any
distribution to ourselves until this bank debt has been repaid in full.


Ayanfuri -- Ghana

We acquired the Ayanfuri mine, located in the Central Region of Ghana in 1996
from Cluff Resources. Exploration leading to the establishment of the Ayanfuri
mine commenced in 1988 and following the preparation of a feasibility study,
project construction started in 1994. Construction was completed at the
beginning of October 1994 with the first gold bar poured at the end of November.
Production since start-up to December 31, 2001 has been approximately 0.32
million ounces of gold. Mining was by open pit methods and the operation
utilized heap leach processing technology in the treatment of the oxide ores.


In 2001, 329,000 tonnes at a grade of 1.2 g/t, compared with 1.12 million tonnes
in 2000 at a grade of 1.22g/t, were processed. As at December 31, 2001, 11,517
ounces of gold were produced at a cash operating cost of US$243 per ounce
compared to 36,316 ounces in 2000 at a cash operating cost of US$245 per ounce.
The reduction in gold output was due to the depletion of the mine's ore
reserves. At the end of the second quarter of 2001, the mining operations ceased
and the mine closure plan, which is estimated to cost approximately US$3
million, is currently being implemented.


Siguiri -- Guinea

   Introduction

The Siguiri gold mine is located in the Siguiri District in the northeast of the
Republic of Guinea, West Africa, approximately 850 kilometers from the capital
city of Conakry. The nearest important town is Siguiri (approximately 50,000
inhabitants), located on the banks of the Niger River. We own 85% of the Siguiri
gold mine and the Government of Guinea owns the remaining 15%. We acquired our
interest in Siguiri in 1996.


In 1985, Societe Aurifere de Guinee S.A., now called Societe Ashanti Goldfields
de Guinee S.A., or SAG, was formed under the laws of the Republic of Guinea to
explore the gold resources of the Siguiri concession. Initially, SAG was owned
51% by Chevaning Mining Company Limited, or CMC, and 49% by the Government of
Guinea. In 1993, Golden Shamrock Mines Ltd of Australia acquired 100% of CMC and
also renegotiated the terms of the agreement with the Government of Guinea such
that the Government's equity interest in Siguiri was reduced from 49% to 15%.


SAG carried out alluvial gold mining operations in a small part of the
concession between 1988 and mid-1992 and built substantial infrastructure in the
area, including a town site now known as Koron. After modest gold production,
these operations were discontinued. Following our acquisition of Siguiri, we
began the development of a US$55 million heap leach mine and processing facility
and the improvement of the access road to Siguiri. Operations began at Siguiri
in 1998. The life of mine plan currently projects mining until approximately
2007.


In 2002, Siguiri produced a total of 269,292 ounces at a cash cost of US$230 per
ounce, compared with 283,199 ounces at US$220 per ounce in 2001 and 303,381
ounces at US$181 per ounce in 2000. Production and cash costs were impacted by
lower than targeted gold production from the stacked material during the year
and higher mined tonnages.

A total of 9.46 million tonnes of ore were mined in 2002 compared to 8.52
million tonnes in 2001 and 10.8 million tonnes in 2000. The heap leach plant
processed a total of 9.46 million tonnes grading at 1.16 g/t compared to 9.06
million tonnes at 1.33 g/t the previous year and 8.88 million tonnes at 1.34 g/t
in 2000.



                                       83







   Reserves


The proven and probable contained gold reserves at Siguiri as at December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000 are set forth in the table below:





                                            As at December 31, 2002               As at December 31, 2001
                                     -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                       Estimated                               Contained                             Contained
                        Average          Ore                     Gold          Ore                     Gold
                     Metallurgical     Tonnes                   Ounces       Tonnes                   Ounces
                       Recovery      (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)   (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)
                     -------------   ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
                                                                                   
Proven Reserves           90            19.1         1.2         0.7          20.9         1.1          0.7
Probable Reserves         90            36.3         1.2         1.4          35.8         1.2          1.4
                          --            ----         ---         ---          ----         ---          ---
Total Ore Reserves        90            55.4         1.2         2.1          56.7         1.2          2.1
                          ==            ====         ===         ===          ====         ===          ===


                           As at December 31, 2000
                     -----------------------------------
                                              Contained
                         Ore                     Gold
                       Tonnes                   Ounces
                     (millions)   Grade g/t   (millions)
                     ----------   ---------   ----------
                                         
Proven Reserves         22.5         1.1          0.8
Probable Reserves       37.9         1.3          1.5
                        ----         ---          ---
Total Ore Reserves      60.4         1.2          2.3
                        ====         ===          ===



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.


   Geology


The SAG concession is dominated by Proterozoic Birimian rocks which consist of
turbidite facies sedimentary sequences.

Two main types of gold deposits occur in the Siguiri basin and are mined by SAG.
These are:

o    Laterite or CAP mineralization which occurs as aprons of colluvial or as
     palaeochannels of alluvial lateritic gravel adjacent to and immediately
     above in-situ mineralization

o    Quartz vein related mineralization hosted in meta-sediments with the better
     mineralization associated with vein stockworks that occur preferentially in
     the coarser, brittle siltstones and sandstones. The mineralized rocks have
     been deeply weathered to over 100 meters in places to form saprolite or SAP
     mineralization.

The CAP and SAP ore types are currently blended and processed using the heap
leach method.

   Mining Method


All ore and waste is mined using a mining contractor in a conventional open pit
mining operation. Due to the weathering profile of the mineralized and
associated waste zones, extensive areas can be freely dug by hydraulic
excavators, with light blasting operations conducted where required.


The primary material movement fleet is a combination of 160 tonne and 100 tonne
hydraulic excavators and 85 tonne trucks. The mining fleet includes auxiliary
equipment (dozers, graders, water carts, etc) for haul and pit access road
construction, maintenance and rehabilitation work.

Ore is hauled directly to the primary crusher or to run-of-mine stockpiles
adjacent to the primary crusher. Crushed ore from the primary crusher is
delivered by conveyor to the treatment facilities for processing. In the event
of conveyor failure, ore can be hauled to the original stockpile and crushing
facilities and fed by front end loaders as part of the ore processing operation.


   Processing Method


Ore is currently processed using the heap leach method. The heap leach facility
has a capacity of 9.0 mtpa. The facility includes the heap leach pad area, ore
crushing, agglomeration and stacking system, solution ponds and gold extraction
plant.

The CAP and SAP ores are blended, crushed and mixed with a cement binder to
agglomerate the material, which aids percolation and pH-control and gives
stability to the stacked ore. The material is then stacked in 10 meter lifts on
large plastic sheeted pads. The stack is then sprayed with a dilute cyanide
solution which percolates through the agglomerated ore, leaching out the gold in
the process. The plastic sheeting prevents the cyanide solution from
contaminating the ground and allows the gold-bearing solution to be gravitated
to collection ponds. The solution is then either re-sprayed back onto heaps or
pumped to the gold recovery


                                       84







section of the plants. Activated carbon is then added to adsorb the gold from
solution. This is then eluted and the gold electro-won onto cathodes. The
cathodes are smelted to produce dore bars.


Plant recovery for the year ended December 31, 2002 was 76.3%, up from 73.1% in
2001. The increased recovery reflects the cascade effect of incremental recovery
from gold stacks on the heap in 2001 but not recovered until 2002. Plant
recovery for 2001 reduced to 73.1% from 79.3% in 2000. This was largely due to
solution reticulation and third layer stacking problems which resulted in lower
than anticipated leach rates. During 2001, considerable work was undertaken to
solve these problems. The third layer stacking was suspended while the solution
management system was upgraded and the controls on blending the lateritic and
saprolitic ore types improved. In 2002, solution reticulation capacity and the
area under irrigation were increased and the locked up gold is presently being
recovered.


   Siguiri CIP Expansion Plan


We have concluded a feasibility study to provide for the processing of
predominantly SAP ores through a CIP processing plant and expect it to be
completed in the second quarter of 2004. We expect the CIP facility to have a
capacity of 9.0 mtpa and to produce approximately 300,000 ounces of gold per
year. The CIP plant will consist of a primary crusher followed by a scrubber
where the plus 10mm fraction will be separated and re-directed to the heap leach
agglomeration plant. The minus 10mm product (scrubbed slurry) will go through a
classifying cyclone and the underflow will be ground in a ball mill. The milled
product and cyclone overflow will be leached through seven mechanically agitated
CIP tanks and the loaded carbon will be washed and eluted prior to
electro-winning and smelting.

Competitive tenders have been requested for the engineering design and
construction management of the project. The expansion is expected to cost
approximately US$32 million (excluding the cost of the new power plant which
will be owned and operated by a third party) and expect it to be operational by
the end of the second quarter of 2004. We plan to fund the capital costs through
a combination of cashflow from Siguiri and corporate funding. Although we expect
cash operating costs to decrease at Siguiri as a result of this expansion, the
principal advantage of the CIP plant is that we will be able to treat SAP ores
alone. Currently the SAP ores must be blended with CAP ores in the appropriate
proportions to be processed at our current facility. As the mine life for
Siguiri has extended, and the CAP deposits in the area have been mined, there
has been a gradually reducing ratio of CAP to SAP ores available to be treated
through the heap leach facility. The change in the ratio of CAP to SAP ores has
resulted in increased processing costs and less certainty over metallurgical
recoveries because we have had to add more cement in order to stabilize the
heaps. Once the CIP plant is commissioned, heap leach processing will be reduced
to approximately 15% of the total tonnage processed, this tonnage representing
the coarser and harder fraction of the ore being screened for grinding and CIP
processing. We therefore expect production from the heap leach plant throughput
to reduce to around 1.5 million tonnes per year and gold production to be around
50,000 ounces per year.


   Exploration and Development


In 2001, our exploration around the Siguiri mine site was mainly targeted at
locating and defining CAP mineralization. Reserves were also outlined at
Sintroko, 4 kilometers south of the Kosise pit and at Sokunu. During 2002 a new
saprolite deposit was discovered at Bidini near Eureka Hill. Now that we have
decided to construct the CIP plant to treat SAP ore, we will increasingly target
future exploration for additional SAP mineralization.


   Power Supply


Siguiri mine is supplied with its power from diesel generating sets operated by
a power provider. There is no access to the national power grid at Siguiri.
Monthly consumption is presently around 3.7 million kilowatt hours and the
reliability of supply is dependent upon timely deliveries of diesel. Following
commissioning of the CIP plant, power requirements will increase to around 10
million kilowatt hours per month and a new and more efficient power station is
to be constructed, rated at approximately 20 megawatt capacity, to meet this
power requirement. The new power plant, which will be owned and operated by a
power provider, will use heavy fuel oil. The existing power plant will be
maintained as a back up facility. The cost of power is presently US$0.134 per
kilowatt hour while power from the new station is expected to cost around
US$0.10 per kilowatt hour, at current oil prices.



                                       85







   Health, Safety and Environment


Siguiri was awarded a five-star NOSA rating during 2002 and, as with some of our
other mines, is undertaking a training and work program targeting a five star
integrated NOSA rating and ISO 14001 accreditation. There is a comprehensive
environmental monitoring system at Siguiri in respect of dust, noise and
effluent control. A program of land restoration is in place with emphasis on
re-grassing disused dumps and the planting of a variety of indigenous trees.
Siguiri mine provides community assistance by supporting local education and
medical facilities and a variety of community projects such as the provision of
boreholes and pumps for clean water. There are programs in place to promote
HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention for both employees and the local community.


Geita -- Tanzania

   Introduction

The Geita mine is situated in northwestern Tanzania approximately 90 kilometers
from the regional capital of Mwanza and 20 kilometers south of Lake Victoria in
an area known as the Lake Victoria Goldfields. The operation is currently owned
and operated jointly by us and AngloGold Limited in a joint venture following
the purchase of a 50% interest in the project by AngloGold Limited in December
2000.

Geita covers some 373 square kilometers of prospecting licenses with the
inclusion of the AngloGold Limited Nyamulilima Hill license into the joint
venture. Within this area a special mining license has been granted covering 114
square kilometers.

The Geita deposit was first mined as an underground operation between 1938 and
1966 and it is estimated some 940,000 ounces of gold were produced at a mean
recovered grade of approximately 5.3 g/t. At this time Geita was the largest
operating gold mine in East Africa. In the late 1980s, the area became the focus
of artisanal mining. In 1991 Cluff Resources Plc, or Cluff, acquired the Geita
East and Geita West prospecting licenses, SAMAX acquired the Kukuluma
prospecting licenses and, in 1994, Cluff acquired the Geita Hill prospecting
license. Both companies commenced exploration soon after obtaining their
respective license areas. Cluff and SAMAX were acquired by us in 1996 and 1998
respectively.

A feasibility study for the project was completed by us in November 1998 which
detailed the construction of a CIL processing plant, fuel fired power plant,
mine village, services, related infrastructure and initial open pit mining
activity. Extension and infill drilling continued during the construction period
and the reserves and mine life were significantly increased with an improvement
in overall economics.

The construction of the US$165 million Geita mine began in 1999 and was
completed in 2000 on budget and ahead of schedule with gold production
commencing in June 2000. A total of 1.24 million tonnes of ore at a grade of
3.00 g/t were mined at a strip ratio of 9.6:1 in the seven months ended December
31, 2000. By the end of 2000, 176,836 ounces of gold were produced at a cash
operating cost of US$145 per ounce. In 2001, a total of 4.58 million tonnes were
processed at a grade of 3.91 g/t and a recovery of 93.0%.


In the year ended December 31, 2002, 579,043 ounces of gold were produced at a
cash operating cost of US$163 per ounce. We anticipate that production will be
lower for the next two quarters due to lower mined grades as waste stripping
continues in cut 3 at Nyankanga.

The total ore reserve at Geita increased during our period of exclusive
ownership from zero ounces at the time of purchase in early 1996 to 7.8 million
ounces at the end of 2000 when 50% of the project was acquired by Anglogold. We
raised approximately US$335 million (prior to costs of disposal) on the sale in
December 2000 of 50% of our interest in the Geita mine to AngloGold Limited.

In the last quarter of 2001, the haul road between the Kukuluma deposit and the
processing plant was completed and a haulage contract was signed to commence
production from that deposit in the first quarter of 2002.

We have upgraded the crushing system and leaching tank circuits in order to
increase plant throughput capacity and gold production to between 5.6 and 6.0
million tonnes and 600,000 ounces per year respectively. This upgrade was
completed in the first quarter of 2003.



                                       86








   Reserves

The proven and probable contained gold reserves at the Geita mine, 50% of which
are attributable to us, as at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are set forth in
the table below:





                                         As at December 31, 2002           As at December 31, 2001
                                     -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                       Estimated
                        Average                            Contained                        Contained
                     Metallurgical       Ore                 Gold          Ore                 Gold
                        Recovery       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces
                            %        (millions)    g/t    (millions)   (millions)    g/t    (millions)
                     -------------   ----------   -----   ----------   ----------   -----   ----------
                                                                           
Proven Reserves            90           30.8       3.7        3.6         37.7       3.4        4.1
Probable Reserves          90           39.6       4.6        5.8         25.0       4.5        3.6
                           --           ----       ---        ---         ----       ---        ---
Total Ore Reserves         90           70.4       4.2        9.4         62.7       3.8        7.7
                           ==           ====       ===        ===         ====       ===        ===


                         As at December 31, 2000
                     -------------------------------

                                           Contained
                       Ore                   Gold
                      Tonnes      Grade     Ounces
                     (millions)    g/t    (millions)
                     ----------   -----   ----------
                                     
Proven Reserves         41.3       3.5        4.6
Probable Reserves       22.3       4.5        3.2
                        ----       ---        ---
Total Ore Reserves      63.6       3.8        7.8
                        ====       ===        ===



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.

   Geology

Geita is found within the Archaean Greenstone belt terrain of Northern Tanzania
and consists of a series of Banded Ironstone Formations, or BIF, within a
generally poorly exposed sequence of felsic/intermediate volcanics. This
sequence overlies mafic volcanics. The BIF, often in the form of distinct
ridges, are complexly folded and thrust. Nearly all the gold mineralization is
found within or in close proximity to the BIF.

A number of mineralized trends occur on the Geita concessions. The five
kilometer long Nyankanga -- Lone Cone -- Geita Hill mineralized trend contains
the bulk of Geita's reserves. The western portion of the Nyankanga deposit is
hosted predominantly in an altered diorite while further east gold
mineralization is associated with the more typical BIF units. Gold is associated
with pyrite and silicic alteration and dips at 25-35 degrees to the north. At
Geita Hill and Lone Cone, gold mineralization is associated with pyrite and
silicic alteration with BIF units dipping 45-55 degrees to the north and
north-west. The Kukuluma -- Matandani --Area3 West deposits are located in
topographic lows incised into the ancient (Cretaceous) hill-top ferricrete
plateau. Mineralization is related to sheared and folded BIF sequences within
carbonaceous mudstones and felsic tuffs. Oxide gold mineralization extends up to
100 meters below surface while the primary gold ores are associated with pyrite
and arsenopyrite sulfides.

In the far west of the Geita concessions, Nyamulilima Hill rises above the
surrounding plains and comprises a BIF sequence flanked by felsic volcanics that
have been intruded by silicified quartz felspar porphyry (QFP). The Ridge 8,
Star and Comet and Roberts deposits are hosted in BIF and/or at the BIF/QFP
contact. Gold is associated with disseminated pyrite and silicic and sericitic
alteration.

   Mining Methods

The Geita Mine is an open pit operation with mineralized material extending
below the lowest depth of all the pits. At present there are three pits in
operation:

o    Nyankanga (the largest);

o    Lone Cone; and

o    Kukuluma:

Other pits to be mined in the future include Geita Hill, Chipaka, Matandani,
Roberts and Area 3 West.

Mining of the ore and waste is carried out using conventional open pit
techniques and is undertaken using a mining contractor. The key terms of the
contract are the quantities to be mined over the life of the mine as engineered
at the time of contract agreement and the termination agreement in which the
parties can give each other notice, subject to compensation reflecting payment
for capital spent by the contractor on plant and demobilization. At any one
time, a number of pits will be in operation to provide mining flexibility and a
blend of oxidized, transition and primary ores. The ore is hauled to the crusher
where it is either tipped directly into the crusher or placed on the Run of
Mine, or ROM, stockpile and rehandled later by front end loaders. All technical
services, mine planning, mining contract management, survey control and
geotechnical support functions are carried out by Geita mine staff.


                                       87







Over the next five years the ore and waste mining rate is programmed to be close
to 50 mtpa at a strip ratio of approximately 9:1. At the end of 2001, the mining
contractor was changed following a re-tender of the contract to accommodate an
increase in the mining rate.

The primary material movement fleet consists of a combination of Komatsu 785 and
Caterpillar 77 trucks and a combination of Komatsu PC1100 and PC1800 excavators.
The fleet comprises auxiliary equipment (dozers, graders, water carts, etc) for
haul and pit access, road construction, maintenance and rehabilitation. The
equipment is owned by the mining contractor.

   Processing Method

The Geita processing plant has a name plate capacity of approximately 4.5 mtpa.
The ore is crushed and then fed into a SAG and ball mill grinding circuit with a
recycle crushing system. The material is passed through a gravity circuit
comprising two Knelson concentrators and a "Gekko" in line leach reactor which
treats the concentrate via an intensive cyanidation process. The pulp is
thickened and then pumped into the leach tanks for leaching in cyanide. The
loaded carbon is recovered and washed before being sent to the elution section
of the plant for gold stripping and final conversion into dore. The stripping
plant includes a 14 tonne capacity elution circuit with electro-winning (using
stainless steel cathodes) and direct smelting of the calcined sludge.


We have upgraded the crushing system and leaching tank circuits in order to
increase plant throughput capacity and gold production to between 5.6 and 6.0
million tonnes and 600,000 ounces per year respectively. This upgrade was
completed in the first quarter of 2003.


   Exploration and Development


During 2002, drilling continued on a number of deposits to outline additional
reserves. Drilling was undertaken at Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Lone Cone, Roberts,
Chipaka, Kukuluma, Matandani and Area 3 West. Over 88,000 metres of drilling was
undertaken during the year, targeting mainly the depth extent of Nyankanga and
the gap area between Geita Hill and Lone Cone. This demonstrated a 5 kilometre
long zone of gold mineralisation from Nyankanga to Geita Hill. Reserves at Geita
Hill increased by 46% to 2.0 million ounces (20.2 million tonnes grading 3.1
g/t) and by 16% to 5.7 million ounces (33.5 million tonnes grading 5.3 g/t) at
Nyankanga.

Infill drilling was also completed at Star and Comet (part of the original
Nyamulilima licence block) during the last quarter of 2002. Significant
intersection at Star and Comet included 7 metres grading 8.36 g/t from 76
metres, 6 metres at 10 g/t from 122 metres and 19 metres of 17.3 g/t from 113
metres.


   Power Supply

Power is supplied by generators. In 2001, mechanical failures occurred on the
prime generators at the Geita power plant necessitating the importation by the
manufacturer of additional generator sets to secure power supplies. The
manufacturers of the engines used in the power plant are in the process of
rectifying the problems with these machines. Throughout this problem period, no
significant material interruptions to processing resulted from the generator
failure.

   Health, Safety and Environment


The Geita mine has been certified with an ISO1400 health and safety rating and
has been awarded a NOSA four-star integrated rating during 2002. A training and
work program is being implemented to improve safety, health and environmental
standards and to upgrade the mine's NOSA rating to five star integrated.


There is a comprehensive environmental monitoring system at Geita in respect of
dust, noise and effluent control. A program of land restoration is in place with
emphasis on re-grassing disused dumps and the planting of a variety of
indigenous trees. The Geita mine provides community assistance by supporting
local education and medical facilities and a variety of community projects such
as the provision of boreholes and pumps for clean water and financial and
technical support for local micro business enterprises. There are programs in
place to promote HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention for both employees and the
local community.


                                       88








   Financing

The Geita mine is financed by shareholder loans and a US$135.0 million project
finance facility of which US$102.7 million was outstanding as at December 31,
2002. Geita is restricted from making distributions or repayments of shareholder
loans until the debt service reaches a specified level and it shall be further
restricted from making such payments if certain financial covenants are not met
or if the aggregate marked-to-market value of the hedges relating to the Geita
mine exceeds a figure which is currently US$132.5 million (negative). In
addition, Geita is obliged to make mandatory repayments of the Geita facility
whenever it pays a dividend or other distribution, including repayment of
shareholder loans.


Freda-Rebecca -- Zimbabwe

   Introduction

We acquired the Freda-Rebecca mine in 1996 with the acquisition of Cluff
Resources. The mine is located at Bindura in Zimbabwe. We now conduct
underground mining operations at Freda-Rebecca as the open pits were mined out
in 1998. The ore is processed by means of a conventional CIL plant which was
designed to treat open pit sulfide ore. The life of mine plan currently projects
mining until approximately 2005 at current production rates.


In 2000 a total of 112,164 ounces was recovered from the processing of 1.0
million tonnes of ore grading 3.89 g/t at a metallurgical recovery of 89.8%. In
2001, a total of 1.156 million tonnes of ore was mined from underground. In the
12 months ended December 31, 2001, Freda-Rebecca mine produced 102,654 ounces of
gold at a cash operating cost of US$222 per ounce compared to US$198 per ounce
in 2000. The head grade was 3.30 g/t, whilst the metallurgical recovery was
86.4%. In the year ended December 31, 2002, 1.077 million tonnes of ore was
mined and we produced 98,255 ounces of gold at a cash operating cost of US$214.
The headgrade was 3.22 g/t and the metallurgical recovery was 82.2%. Over the
past few years the robust, higher grade, easier production ore blocks have been
mined, resulting in production being at a higher than average reserve grade. In
2002, metallurgical recovery continued to be impacted upon by mechanical
problems in the milling and leach tanks sections of the processing plant as well
as the processing of more refractory ores emanating from the western extremity
of the mine. The lower production was due to planned and unplanned maintenance
down time on the SAG mill and lower metallurgical recovery that resulted from
fluctuating throughput rates and reduced leach tank capacity. Over the last
year, due to the support price mechanism set by the Government of Zimbabwe, the
price realized per ounce on the sale of gold to the Government of Zimbabwe, when
translated at the official exchange rate, has been higher than the prevailing
market price.

   Reserves

The proven and probable contained gold reserves of Freda-Rebecca as at December
31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are set out in the table below.





                                         As at December 31, 2002           As at December 31, 2001
                                     -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                       Estimated
                        Average                            Contained                        Contained
                     Metallurgical       Ore                 Gold          Ore                 Gold
                        Recovery       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces
                           %         (millions)    g/t    (millions)   (millions)    g/t    (millions)
                     -------------   ----------   -----   ----------   ----------   -----   ----------
                                                                           
Proven Reserves            83            3.8       2.5        0.3          4.3       2.5        0.3
Probable Reserves          83            1.0       2.5        0.1          1.1       2.4        0.1
                           --            ---       ---        ---          ---       ---        ---
Total Ore Reserves         83            4.8       2.5        0.4          5.4       2.5        0.4
                           ==            ===       ===        ===          ===       ===        ===


                         As at December 31, 2000
                     -------------------------------

                                           Contained
                        Ore                  Gold
                       Tonnes     Grade     Ounces
                     (millions)    g/t    (millions)
                     ----------   -----   ----------
                                     
Proven Reserves          4.1       2.4        0.3
Probable Reserves        1.7       2.4        0.1
                         ---       ---        ---
Total Ore Reserves       5.8       2.4        0.4
                         ===       ===        ===



For economic studies and the determination of cut-off grades, we assumed a gold
price of US$300 per ounce.

The grade estimate is inclusive of adjustments for mining dilution and ore
losses during mining. Metallurgical losses are excluded from the calculation of
contained gold ounces.

   Geology

Freda-Rebecca mine is situated approximately in the middle of the Harare-Shamva
Archaean Greenstone Belt. Gold mineralization is controlled by both lithology
and structure and is associated with sulfides. The sulfides exhibit two styles.
The older style is of a disseminated nature and is the primary auriferous phase.
The


                                       89







younger style is shear-hosted and occurs in narrower widths. This style,
especially where fine-grained, is associated with higher grades. In both styles,
sulfides are fine to coarse grained. Primary sulfides are pyrite, arsenopyrite,
pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite. Mineralization is also associated with chlorite,
silicic and carbonate alteration.

   Mining Methods

In the initial phase of development, Freda-Rebecca was an open pit operation
with two pits. The Rebecca pit was mined down to a depth of 100 meters by open
pit method. We now utilize open-stoping with subsequent fill at the Rebecca pit
for underground mining. This is used to exploit the Rebecca Upper East and Lower
East. Four underground mining methods: sub-level stoping, room and pillar, ramp
in stope and panel stoping, are used at the Freda-Rebecca mine. Sub-level
stoping with troughs is now the dominant mining method.

   Processing Methods

Crushed material is conveyed into two separate milling modules, each consisting
of a SAG mill in closed circuit with a 750mm diameter cyclone (one standby) to
produce an overflow of 80%. About 30% of primary cyclone underflow is bled off
into Knelson concentrators for coarse gold recovery while the overflow is
de-watered in two cluster cyclone sets to 48-50% solid prior to gravitation into
the leach circuit. The leach train consists of three mechanically agitated
pre-leach tanks in series and nine CIL tanks providing a total residence time of
about 48 hours.

   Exploration and Development


Exploration continues to focus around the 16 square kilometer Freda-Rebecca
mining lease. At the mine site, exploratory drilling was principally directed at
the up dip extension of the Freda shear towards the old Promoter pit. Surface
extensions to the Phoenix Prince deposit are also being evaluated. On the two
square kilometers of claims on the RAN mine, which is located to the east of the
Freda-Rebecca mine, drilling intersected copper/gold mineralization over a
strike length of 500 meters and we are currently undertaking a feasibility study
to determine the economic viability of processing this copper/gold
mineralization through the Freda-Rebecca plant. We have an option to acquire any
reserves found on the RAN claims by completing a feasibility study and paying an
upfront royalty on any gold reserves delineated. Limited exploration has also
been undertaken on the Mazoe EPO which surrounds the Freda-Rebecca mining lease
where we are in joint venture with a third party.


   Economic/Political Situation


The economic and political situation in Zimbabwe during 2002 continued to pose a
series of difficult problems for the management team. The foreign exchange
constraint and the fixed exchange rate coupled with high inflation put severe
pressure on the supply function causing delays in receiving supplies.
Additionally, prices being quoted by suppliers increased, resulting in higher
operating costs. However, we have the approval of the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe,
or RBZ, to retain a portion of our gold production offshore to meet foreign
currency operating and capital expenditure payments and to repay our debt.
Pursuant to this approval, during 2001 the Freda-Rebecca mine utilized
approximately US$7.1 million to meet overseas supplier payments and US$6.9
million was repatriated to settle debt. In 2002, a further US$8.6 million was
applied to settle debt. Towards the end of the year, in response to a request by
the Chamber of Mines, RBZ increased the allocation of foreign exchange in
respect of gold mining companies, which will benefit the mine.


Revenue from Freda-Rebecca benefited in 2001 and 2002 from a support price set
by the Zimbabwean Government. This support price is set at a higher level than
the prevailing open market gold price as a concession for gold mining companies
receiving a substantial part of their bullion sales in Zimbabwe dollars and to
help counteract the high cost of operating in Zimbabwe.

   Power Supply

Freda-Rebecca mine obtains power from the Zimbabwe Electrical Supply Authority
which is in turn supplied principally from the Kariba and Cahora Bassa hydro
electric power stations in Zambia and Mozambique respectively. The Zimbabwe
national grid is however also linked into other sources including the coal fired


                                       90








thermal plant at the Wankie colliery in Zimbabwe, and interconnectors to South
Africa and the Democratic Republic of Congo. In recent years the shortage of
foreign exchange has resulted in the Zimbabwe Electrical Supply Authority
accumulating significant debt to its suppliers resulting in possible future
insecurity of supply. Power supplies are sometimes unreliable with severe
voltage fluctuations and a relatively high incidence of disruptions due to
equipment failures or lightning hits on sub-stations.


   Health, Safety and Environment


Freda-Rebecca was awarded a four-star integrated NOSA rating during 2002 and, as
with some of our other mines, is undertaking a training and work program
targeting a five star integrated NOSA rating and ISO 14001 accreditation.
Rehabilitation works on the spent heap leach pads, the tailings dam and disused
waste dumps have been prioritized. The main focus of the rehabilitation program
has been the planting of a variety of species of trees germinated in the mine's
nursery. The Freda-Rebecca mine provides community assistance by supporting
local education and medical facilities and a variety of community projects such
as small scale farming enterprises. There are programs in place to promote
HIV/AIDS awareness and prevention for both employees and the local community.



Ownership of Mines and Subsidiaries

We operate our business through various subsidiary and affiliated companies
located in several countries.


Subsidiary undertakings and other interests

The following table contains a list of our principal subsidiary undertakings as
at March 12, 2003:






                                                         Class of
                                             Relevant    principal   Interest in
Company and country of incorporation           mine     activities   shares held   Percent
------------------------------------        ---------   ----------   -----------   -------
                                                                         
Ghana
Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited          Bibiani         Gold      Ordinary     100
Gold House                                                  Mining        No par
Patrice Lumumba Road                                                       value
Roman Ridge
PO Box 2665
Accra

Ghanaian-Australian Goldfields Limited      Iduapriem         Gold      Ordinary      80
Gold House                                                  Mining        No par
Patrice Lumumba Road                                                       value
Roman Ridge
PO Box 2665
Accra

Teberebie Goldfields Limited                Teberebie         Gold      Ordinary      90
Gold House                                                  Mining        No par
Patrice Lumumba Road                                                       value
Roman Ridge
PO Box 2665
Accra



                                       91










                                                         Class of
                                             Relevant    principal   Interest in
Company and country of incorporation           mine     activities   shares held   Percent
------------------------------------        ---------   ----------   -----------   -------
                                                                         
Guinea
Societe Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee S.A.     Siguiri         Gold      Ordinary      85
c/o Societe Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee                                  Mining
KM 4 Cameroon
PO Box 1006
Conakry
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Zimbabwe
Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited            Freda-         Gold      Ordinary     100
4 Cork Road                                   Rebecca       Mining
Belgravia
Harare
Zimbabwe
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Isle of Man
Ashanti Treasury Services Limited                 N/A     Treasury      Ordinary     100
Geita Treasury Services Limited                   N/A     Treasury      Ordinary     100

3rd Floor
12-14 Ridgeway Street
Douglas
Isle of Man IM1 1EN
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cayman Islands
Ashanti Capital Limited                           N/A    Financing      Ordinary     100
Ashanti Capital (Second) Limited                  N/A    Financing      Ordinary     100
Ashanti Finance (Cayman) Limited                  N/A    Financing      Ordinary     100
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

M & C Corporate Services Limited
c/o Ugland House
South Church Street
PO Box 309
George Town
Grand Cayman
Cayman Islands
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                       92







Supplementary information on joint venture companies

The following table contains information on our Geita joint venture companies.



                                                            Proportion of capital
Company and registered office address   Field of activity        held percent
-------------------------------------   -----------------   ---------------------
                                                                
Cluff Resources Limited                       Gold Mining             50
Masters House
107 Hammersmith Road
London W14 0QH
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geita Management Company Limited        Mining Management             50
3rd Floor                                        Services
12-14 Ridgeway Street
Douglas
Isle of Man
IM1 1EN
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                         As at December 31, 2002
                                       ---------------------------
                                            Cluff
                                          Resources
                                         Limited and      Geita
                                       its subsidiary   Management
                                        undertakings     Company
                                             US$m          US$m
                                       --------------   ----------
                                                    
Issued share capital                         34.9            --
Reserves                                     27.9          (5.4)
Profit/(loss) after tax                      36.3         (10.8)
Inter-company loan owed to us                31.1            --
Net book value shown in our accounts         91.2          (2.7)



Exploration

   General

Our exploration strategy to date has been to focus on gold projects only in
Africa. We have projects in the major prospective gold belts of West, Southern
and East Africa. Exploration at our existing mines is conducted by personnel at
the mine sites whereas exploration around the mines and elsewhere in Africa is
conducted by staff from Ashanti Exploration, a division of our company.

We believe that the African continent offers a wide range of exploration and
development opportunities, and that we are particularly well positioned to take
advantage of these opportunities because of our operational base in the region
and our position as an African gold mining company.

Many countries in which we are conducting exploration operations, or are
considering conducting operations, are characterized by political instability
and economic uncertainty. When deciding whether to pursue an exploration
project, we assess its geological potential, current and future political
stability of the country in which a potential project is located, its
regulatory and fiscal regime, security of title to property and economic
conditions, as well as the project area's access to infrastructure such as
roads and power.


During 2002, our exploration focus continued to be on and around our existing
mining operations where the full benefit of additional reserves could be more
rapidly realized, as discussed for each mine site above. However, whilst
focusing on gold production, we would also consider significant exploration and
development opportunities in Africa in precious metals outside our current mine
sites and outside our core business area should they arise. Our platinum group
metal project in South Africa is an example.


All mine development expenditure at existing mines was provided from working
capital and cash revenues from the mines. However, we also have exploration
activities proceeding outside our existing mines.

Set out below are details of exploration at sites other than the mine sites.


                                       93







   Tanzania


Outside the Geita concessions we have continued our regional assessment of the
Lake Victoria Goldfields during the year and at the end of 2002, was granted the
2,075 kilometer Kigosi permit.


   Cote d'Ivoire


Regional geochemical soil anomalies were outlined on the Korokaha and Bondoukou
permits during the first half of the year. However, no follow up was undertaken
as a result of the political/security situation in the country during the latter
half of 2002.


   Mali


Five new Exploration Authorizations were acquired in southern Mali during 2002
and will be evaluated this year.


   D.R.Congo

During 2001, we increased our Kimin concession by 6,000 square kilometers to
8,000 square kilometers to cover most of the historically productive Kilo
greenstone gold belt of northeastern D.R.Congo. A deterioration in the security
situation in the general vicinity of this concession has delayed the
commencement of exploration activities.

   Burkina Faso

At our Youga project where we are in a 50-50 joint venture with Echo Bay Mines,
a probable open pit reserve of 5.0 million tonnes grading 3.2 grammes per tonne
(equivalent to 0.5 million ounces) has been outlined.


   Ghana

Exploration continued on a number of prospecting licenses in the gold belts of
southwest Ghana.


   South Africa


During 2002, we acquired our first non-gold exploration project in South Africa.
Tameng Mining and Exploration (Pty) Limited in which we have a 40% equity
interest was awarded through competitive bidding. Platinum Group Metal, or PGM,
mineral exploration rights were acquired on the farm M'phatlele's Location 457
KS in the northeastern limb of the Bushveld Igneous Complex. The sub-outcrops of
the Merensky and UG2 reefs, which are the principal mineralized horizons for
PGM's in the Bushveld Igneous Complex, have been mapped on M'phatlele's Location
over a strike length of eight kilometers. Exploration of this site is expected
to commence this year.


Refining Contracts and Marketing

We derive the majority of our income from the sale of gold produced by our mines
which we sell under agreements with gold refiners.


We have separate gold refining and purchasing arrangements for each of our
mining properties. As of the date of this prospectus they are as follows:





Mine                                  Refiner
--------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------
              
Obuasi:          N.M. Rothschild & Sons and Commerzbank International SA
Bibiani:         Societe Generale
Iduapriem:       UBS AG, Zurich
Siguiri:         Bank of Nova Scotia
Freda-Rebecca:   Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe
Geita:           Societe Generale de Paris



Gold is shipped to a refiner and upon receipt the relevant company is normally
credited with funds representing the value of 99% of the gold received within
three business days. The remaining 1% balance is credited after adjusting for
any differences between our assay and the refiner's assay and refining charges.

                                       94







These amounts are paid directly into accounts in London, with the exception of
those payable to Freda-Rebecca of which approximately 80% is paid within
Zimbabwe. For our Ghanaian mines, portions of these receipts are repatriated to
Ghana through the Bank of Ghana. Risk passes to the refiner either on delivery
to the designated airport or to the refiner, depending on the contract.
Currently, like many other Ghanaian gold mining companies, we cannot obtain
insurance coverage for the transported gold until it reaches the airport.

Gold bars produced by mining companies can be of any size and we typically
produces bars averaging about 800 ounces in weight. It is general practice for
the refiner to recognize the value of the silver contained in the gold bar and
we are credited accordingly. The refinement process upgrades the gold to 99.99%
purity by a process of electrolysis.

The Gold Market

Gold is used primarily for fabrication and bullion investment. Fabricated gold
has a wide variety of uses including jewelry (the largest fabrication use for
gold), electronics, dentistry, decorations, medals, medallions and official
coins. Some purchasers of official gold coins and of high-carat, low mark-up
jewelry may be motivated by investment, so that the net private gold bullion
purchases alone do not necessarily represent the total investment activity in
gold. Central banks buy, sell and hold gold bullion as part of their national
investment strategies.


The gold bullion market is deep and liquid. Purchases and sales of gold take
place around the globe in all sizes and forms. In London, gold trading is
conducted by a number of bullion houses, with prices set twice daily by the five
members of the "ring". The ring was originally established to determine the
price that represents the benchmark for trades and contracts. The price set is
the one at which orders to buy and sell are perfectly matched. Prices are
determined in the morning and afternoon, the so called A.M. and P.M. fixes, for
each trading day.


This market provides the foundation for many derivative instruments, including
futures, options, warrants and swaps. Substantial producers and purchasers use
these markets to hedge their respective positions. The process for a producer
involves the use of forward contracts and derivative instruments to hedge part
of the production against falls in the gold price. Although hedging exposes us
to risks, it is intended to help us secure a predictable cash flow which assists
in planning and forecasting future revenues, therefore helping to ensure that
financial commitments and other undertakings can be met.

Ghana

   Introduction

Ghana is located in West Africa and covers an area of approximately 238,000
square kilometers with a population of approximately 20 million. The State of
Ghana was created in 1957, when it became the first of the former colonies in
West Africa to gain independence. The official language of Ghana is English and
the country is located between the French-speaking countries of Cote d'Ivoire
and Togo.

   Political Background

The period from the granting of independence in 1957 to 1981 was turbulent in
the political history of Ghana. During this time, Ghana's governments alternated
periodically between military and civilian rules. After the military coup which
brought him into power the second time, Flight Lieutenant Jerry Rawlings and
his Provisional National Defence Council government ruled the country for 11
years, during which time relative political stability and economic progress was
achieved. In November 1992, Jerry Rawlings was elected President in the first
democratic election in over a decade.

The principal step in the transition to the current level of democratic rule was
a referendum in April 1992 which endorsed a new constitution. The new
constitution gives the President supreme executive power in both civil and
military matters. It also provides for a fixed presidential term of office of
four years, with a maximum of two terms for any one person, and created a 200
member parliament to oversee the day-to-day functions of the Government. While
independent international observers declared that the presidential election was
fairly decided, opposition parties claimed that the election had been rigged and
boycotted the subsequent legislative elections held in December 1992.


                                       95







Presidential and parliamentary elections took place in December 1996. Both
elections this time were contested and President Rawlings won again with 57.5%
of the total votes and the ruling NDC party took 132 of the 200 seats in
parliament. Elections were held again in December 2000. Jerry Rawlings was
unable to stand for President, having completed his two terms, and there were
seven new candidates contesting the presidential election. The first round was
inconclusive, with no candidate achieving the required 50% majority. A second
round was conducted in early January 2001 between Professor J.E.A. Mills of the
National Democratic Congress and Mr. J.A. Kufuor of the New Patriotic Party,
which was won by Mr. J.A. Kufuor with 56.9% of the votes cast. The 2000
parliamentary elections also resulted in a defeat for the ruling NDC party, with
the NPP winning a total of 99 seats to the NDC's 92 seats. Smaller parties and
independent candidates hold the other nine seats. The next elections in Ghana
are scheduled for 2004.

   Political Structure

The Constitution, which came into force on January 7, 1993, and is the supreme
law of Ghana, establishes the political structure of the government and
enshrines a number of fundamental human rights and freedoms (for example,
personal liberty, non-discrimination, freedom of expression and concepts of
natural justice). The Constitution specifically preserves as current law the
written and unwritten laws of Ghana as they existed before the date of the
Constitution (except that they are to be construed in conformity with the
Constitution) and provides that, as a general matter, other than as provided in
the Constitution, the existing law is not to be affected by the adoption of the
Constitution. For this reason, and due to the different manifestations of the
Government over the years, the principal legislation includes decrees and
legislation promulgated by previous governments.

The Constitution establishes an executive branch headed by a President, a
Parliament and an independent judiciary. The President of the Republic of Ghana
acts as head of State, head of Government and commander-in-chief of the armed
forces. In determining Government policy, the President is assisted by the
Cabinet (which consists of the Vice President and between 10 and 19 Ministers of
State), as well as by non-Cabinet ministers and other senior advisers in the
office of the President. The President is also advised in relation to
legislative matters by a Council of State (which comprises a mix of presidential
appointees, representatives from the different regions of Ghana and former
holders of high office).

Parliament holds the legislative authority in Ghana. Matters are generally
decided by a simple majority vote, subject to a quorum of at least half the
members of Parliament being present. The power of Parliament to make laws is
exercised by passing the relevant bill and obtaining Presidential assent.

The judiciary is independent from the President, the legislature and the
executive and subject only to the terms of the Constitution. The judicial branch
consists of a Supreme Court, the Court of Appeal, the High Court, Regional
Tribunals, and such lower courts or tribunals as Parliament establishes.

   Economy

Ghana is comparatively well-endowed with natural and human resources. It has a
good supply of fertile land suitable for growing a broad range of agricultural
commodities, and considerable forestry, fishing and mineral resources, as well
as hydro-electric power resources. Agriculture accounts for approximately 50% of
its gross domestic product, with cocoa being the most important crop.

The unit of currency in Ghana is the cedi. The cedi has been characterized by
continuous depreciation against the US dollar over the last decade. The exchange
rate was determined by auction until 1992. Currently the exchange rate is set by
an interbank market for foreign exchange and the rates are now largely
determined on the basis of market forces. During 2000 the cedi experienced
rapid depreciation.


However, in 2001, mainly through the exercise of more prudent fiscal and
monetary policies by the new Government, the cedi was relatively stable against
almost all the major currencies with depreciation against the US dollar of only
3.7% for the year, compared with 49.5% for the corresponding period in 2000.
Inflation, which stood at 40.5% at the end of 2000 and peaked at about 42% in
March 2001, was down to 21.3% in December 2001. In January 2003, inflation
reduced further to 16.3%.


As part of the measures to promote capital and investment growth and to assist
the development of venture capital companies the Government, in its 2002 budget,
has reduced stamp duty on stated capital from 2.0% to 0.5%.


                                       96






   Economic Recovery Program

Ghana experienced a protracted economic decline in the mid 1970s and early
1980s. The decline was marked by high and accelerating inflation resulting in
overvaluation of the Cedi with the trade account moving into deficit in 1981
after several years in surplus. Lack of foreign investment, emigration of
skilled labor and Government policies favoring rapid industrialization through
import substitution all weakened the productive base of the economy. Faced with
sharply rising inflation, an economic slump and a mounting external deficit, the
Government sought outside assistance.

In April 1983, the Government introduced the Economic Recovery Programme, or
ERP. The ERP incorporated recommendations of the International Monetary Fund, or
IMF, and World Bank. The main elements of the ERP were to reduce inflation and
achieve equilibrium, to reduce the mounting budget deficit and to promote
economic growth and export recovery through a realignment of incentives towards
productive activities. The program also highlighted the need for structural
reform, economic liberalization and improving the availability of essential
consumer goods.

The ERP, and subsequent actions by the government, are widely considered to have
been generally successful in restoring Ghana's economic health. The economy is
still dependent on aid but Ghana ceased in 1991 to rely on IMF balance of
payments support, following a period of rapid economic adjustment financed by
concessional loans from the IMF. By Sub-Saharan African standards, Ghana has
achieved an impressive growth performance.


A Value Added Tax, or VAT, was successfully introduced at the end of 1998.
The Government is currently in the process of implementing various measures,
including fiscal reforms, designed to improve the economic situation. To this
effect, a national reconstruction levy was introduced in 2001.


   Highly Indebted Poor Country Initiative


With the large infusion of external loans to finance the ERP, the country's debt
carrying capacity was over-stretched without achieving the expected
corresponding export recovery. Therefore, in March 2001, the new Government
decided to take advantage of the Highly Indebted Poor Country initiative, which
provides debt relief from both bilateral and multilateral creditors. This
initiative is aimed at restoring the country to a sustainable debt carrying
capacity and to free resources for a poverty reduction program in the near-term
of 2002 to 2004.


   Mining

After going through a period of contraction for many decades, the Ghanaian
mining sector grew markedly during the 1990s. Since 1983, the Government has
introduced a number of incentives for mining companies, with the result that new
investment has increased. Encouraged by support from the World Bank, together
with the provision of debt and guarantee facilities from the International
Finance Corporation, gold mining has enjoyed a renaissance, with output more
than quadrupling since 1987. The vast majority of the output comes from
underground and open pit mines in the Western and Ashanti regions.

Regulations and Leases

   Ghana

   Minerals and Mining Law

   General

Mining activities in Ghana are primarily regulated by the Minerals and Mining
Law 1986 (P.N.D.C.L. 153), or the Mining Law.

Under the Constitution and the Mining Law, all minerals in Ghana in their
natural state are the property of the state and title to them is vested in the
President on behalf of and in trust for the people of Ghana, with rights of
prospecting, recovery and associated land usage being granted under licenses or
leases.

A license is required for the export or disposal of such minerals and the
Government has a right of pre-emption over all such minerals. The Government of
Ghana shall acquire, without payment, a 10% interest in the rights and
obligations of the mineral operations in relation to a mineral right to
reconnaissance,

                                       97







prospecting or mining, and shall have the option to acquire a further 20%
interest where any mineral is discovered in commercial quantities, on terms
agreed between the Government and the holder of the mining lease subject to
arbitration if the parties fail to agree.

A license or lease granting a mineral right is required to reconnoiter or
prospect for or mine a mineral in Ghana, and the Minister of Energy and Mines
has power to negotiate, grant, revoke, suspend or renew any mineral right,
subject to a power of disallowance exercisable within 30 days of such grant,
revocation, suspension or renewal by the Cabinet. The powers of the Minister of
Mines are to be exercised on the advice of the Minerals Commission, which is
responsible for regulating and managing the utilization of natural resources and
co-ordinating policies relating to them. The grant of a mining lease by the
Minister of Mines is normally subject to parliamentary ratification unless
specifically exempted.

A mineral right is deemed a requisite and sufficient authority over the land in
respect of which the right is granted, although a separate license is required
for some other activities, including the diversion of water, and additional
consents may be required for certain developments. A mineral right or interest
therein may not be transferred, assigned or otherwise dealt with in any other
manner without the Minister of Mines' prior written approval.

   Control of Mining Companies

The Minister of Mines has the power to object to a person becoming or remaining
a "shareholder controller", a "majority shareholder controller" or an "indirect
controller" of a company which has been granted a mining lease if he considers
that the public interest would be prejudiced by the person concerned becoming or
remaining such a controller. In this context:

o    "shareholder controller" means a person who, either alone or with certain
     others, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, 20% or more of
     the voting power at any general meeting of a mining company or of any other
     company of which it is a subsidiary,

o    "majority shareholder controller" means a shareholder controller in whose
     case the percentage referred to above also exceeds 50%, and

o    "indirect controller" means a person in accordance with whose directions or
     instructions the directors of a mining company, or of another company of
     which it is a subsidiary, or the shareholder controllers of that mining
     company are accustomed to act.

A person may not become a shareholder controller, a majority shareholder
controller or an indirect controller of a mining company unless he has served
written notice on the Minister of Mines of his intention to that effect and the
Minister of Mines consents to his becoming such a controller or does not object
within a period of six months.

Where a person becomes or continues to be a controller of the relevant
description after a notice of objection has been served on him, or is otherwise
in contravention of the procedures prescribed by the Mining Law, the Minister of
Mines may notify the controller that, until further notice, any specified shares
are subject to restrictions. The relevant restrictions include restrictions on
transfer, voting rights, receipt of further shares and distributions. The
Minister of Mines may apply to the High Court to order the sale of any shares
which are the subject of such a restriction. There is no legal restriction on
the foreign ownership of a mining company.

Where a person, either alone or with others, acquires an interest in 5% or more
of the voting power of a mining company he is required to notify the Minister of
Mines.

A person who is a controller of a mining company must give notice of his ceasing
to be such a controller before he disposes of his interest. In addition, the
mining company itself has to give notice to the Minister of Mines of the fact
that any person has become or ceased to be a controller. Violation of these
provisions of the Mining Law is a criminal offence. The law also gives the
Minister of Mines power to investigate and report on the ownership and control
of any mining company.

The Mining Law also gives the Government the right to acquire a special share in
a mining company in order to protect the assets of the relevant company and to
reflect and further the intentions of the provisions of the

                                      98






Mining Law relating to control of a mining company. The Government holds such
a share in us, called the Golden Share.

Our Regulations also require us and our directors to comply with any order made
by the Minister of Mines under the provisions of the Mining Law and provide that
any action taken by us or our directors in pursuance of any such order shall be
final and conclusive and binding on all persons.


   Payments and Allowances


The Mining Law provides that royalties are payable by the holder of a mining
lease to the State at rates of between 3% and 12% of total minerals revenue,
depending on a formula set out in mineral royalty regulations. The formula is
determined by calculating the ratio of revenue minus operating costs, interest
and capital allowances to total revenue. A ratio of 30% or lower will attract a
royalty of 3%. For every 1% that the ratio exceeds 30%, the amount of the
royalty will increase by 0.0225% up to a maximum of 12%. The laws of Ghana
currently provide for income tax at a rate of 30%. The Mining Law provides for
an entitlement to certain specified capital allowances and various additional
fiscal and other benefits.


In 2002, the Ghanaian tax legislation was changed so that unutilized losses and
capital allowances existing at January 1, 2001 can only be carried forwards for
five years. If not used by that time they will be lost. Losses and capital
allowances incurred after January 1, 2001 can be carried forwards without limit.


   Retention of Foreign Earnings


Holders of mining leases have certain limited rights to retain foreign exchange
earnings overseas and to use such earnings for the acquisition of machinery and
equipment as well as for certain other payments such as debt service payments
and dividends. Where the net earnings of a holder of a mining lease are in
foreign currency, the holder is permitted to retain not less than 25% of foreign
exchange earnings in an external account for acquiring machinery and equipment,
spare parts and raw materials as well as for certain other payments, such as
dividend and debt service payments. Our operations in Ghana are permitted to
retain 60% to 80% of its foreign exchange earnings in such an account. In
addition, we currently have permission from the Bank of Ghana to retain and use
outside Ghana US dollars required to meet payments to our hedge counterparties
which cannot be met from the cash resources of our treasury company.


   Leases


Mining leases may be applied for either by a prospecting license holder who has
established the existence of minerals in commercial quantities or by others who
do not hold such licenses, who establish the same to the satisfaction of the
Minister of Mines. Mining leases are normally granted for a period not exceeding
30 years and the holder may apply to the Minister of Mines for renewal, on such
conditions as the Minister of Mines may determine, for up to another 30 years.
They are to have a maximum size (subject to derogation by the President where it
is considered to be in the national interest) of 50 km'pp'2 for any grant and
150 km'pp'2 in aggregate. A holder may apply for an enlargement of the mining
area, which, subject to the Mining Law, the Minister of Mines may grant if
satisfied that such approval is in the national interest. The rights conferred
by mining leases include those to take all reasonable measures on or under the
surface to mine the mineral to which the mining lease relates, to erect
necessary equipment, plant and buildings, to prospect within the mining area
and to stack or dump mineral waste in an approved manner. Reconnaissance and
prospecting licenses are normally granted for up to 12 months and three years
respectively, subject to renewal.


A detailed program must be submitted for the recruitment and training of
Ghanaians with a view to achieving "localization", being the replacement of
expatriate personnel by Ghanaian personnel. In addition, the holder must give
preference to Ghanaian products and personnel, to the maximum extent possible,
consistent with safety, efficiency and economy.

Prior notification to the Minister of Mines is required for ceasing, suspending
or curtailing production. Approval to such actions may be given, subject to
conditions determined on the advice of the Minerals Commission.

There are also provisions relating to surrender, suspension and cancellation of
mineral rights in certain circumstances. The Minister of Mines may suspend or
cancel a mineral right if, among other things, the holder: fails to make
payments under the Mining Law when due; is in breach of any provisions of the
Mining

                                      99







Law or of the conditions of the mineral right or the provisions of any
other enactment relating to mines and minerals; becomes insolvent or bankrupt;
makes a statement to the Minister of Mines in relation to the mineral right
which he knows, or ought to have known to be false; or for any reason becomes
ineligible to apply for a mineral right under the provision of the Mining Law.
Except as otherwise provided in a specific mining lease, all immovable assets
of the holder under the mining lease vest in the state on termination, as does
all moveable property that is fully depreciated for tax purposes. Moveable
property that is not fully depreciated is to be offered to the state at the
depreciated cost.

The holder must exercise his rights subject to such limitations relating to
surface rights as the Minister of Mines may prescribe. Subject to the proper
conduct of the mining operations, the holder must affect as little as possible
the interest of any lawful occupier, whose grazing rights are retained but who
is precluded from erecting any building without the consent of the holder (or,
if such consent is unreasonably withheld, without the consent of the Minister).
An owner or occupier of any land subject to a mineral right may apply to the
holder for compensation and the amount of the compensation shall, subject to the
approval of the land valuation board, be determined by agreement between the
parties concerned (or, if they are unable to reach agreement, by the Minister of
Mines in consultation with the land valuation board). The land valuation board
has in the past increased amounts of compensation payable to owners and
occupiers.

The holder, in the exercise of his rights, is required to have due regard to the
effect of the mineral operations on the environment and is to take such steps as
may be necessary to prevent pollution of the environment as a result of such
operations. A range of activities and breaches of the Mining Law including
obstructing the Government from exercising its pre-emption right and conducting
mining, prospecting or related activities otherwise than in accordance with the
Mining Law, constitute offences punishable by fine or imprisonment. The maximum
fine is 500,000 cedis (at current exchange rate, approximately US$70), and the
maximum term of imprisonment is two years.

   Proposed amendment to Mining Law


A bill has been drafted which, if enacted, will replace and repeal the existing
Minerals and Mining Law 1986 and all other regulations under it. The bill may
never be enacted or, if enacted, might be enacted with substantial
modifications. For the most part the bill consolidates with minor modifications
the existing law.


The key material modifications to the current regime contained in the current
draft are:

o    the right of the government to acquire a 10% "free carried" interest in a
     mining company is to be amended so that in future it will be acquired on
     terms prescribed or on terms to be agreed; the bill does not currently
     prescribe any terms. In addition the right of the government to acquire a
     further 20% interest in the rights and obligations of the mineral
     operations in relation to mineral rights is to be deleted;


o    there are provisions for stability agreements to be entered into by the
     Minister of Mines, on behalf of the Republic, with approval of parliament
     to ensure that the holders of mining rights are not adversely affected by
     changes in law for a period of 15 years and for development agreements to
     be entered into with approval of parliament between the Minister of Mines,
     on behalf of the Republic, and a mining company where the proposed
     investment is greater than US$100 million to deal with, in addition to
     matters relating to environmental liabilities; the exercise of discretion
     and settlement of disputes; and


o    the bill sets out the compensation principles for disturbance of an owner's
     surface rights.

   Mining Properties

   Obuasi Mining Lease

Our current mining lease for the Obuasi area was granted by the Government of
Ghana on March 5, 1994. It grants to us the mining rights to land with an area
of approximately 334 square kilometers in the Amansie East and Adansi West
districts of the Ashanti region for a term of 30 years from the date of the
agreement. In addition, the application for a mining lease over the adjacent 140
square kilometers has also been granted resulting in the total area under mining
lease conditions increasing to 474 square kilometers, the Lease Area. We may,
not less than one year before expiry of the relevant lease, apply for an
extension and if we are not in default at the time we shall be entitled to an
extension upon such terms and conditions as the parties may then

                                      100







agree. The Government of Ghana also granted to us the exclusive rights to
work, develop and produce gold in the Lease Area (including the processing,
storing and transportation of ore and materials) together with the rights and
powers reasonably incidental thereto subject to the provision of the relevant
lease for that term.

We are required to pay to the Government of Ghana rent (subject to review every
five years, when the rent may be increased by up to 20%) at the rate of
approximately US$5 per square kilometer and such royalties as are prescribed by
legislation, including royalties on timber felled within the Lease Area. We are
required to pay tax and effect foreign exchange transactions in accordance with
the laws of Ghana.

Upon the termination or expiration of the agreement, immovable assets in the
lease area and all other appurtenances in pits, trenches and boreholes shall
become the property of the Government of Ghana without charge. All materials,
supplies, vehicles and other moveable assets that are fully depreciated for tax
purposes shall become the property of the Government of Ghana without charge.
Other such property shall be offered to the Government of Ghana at the
depreciated value within 60 days. If the Government of Ghana does not accept the
offer within a period of 60 days we may sell, remove or otherwise dispose of the
property during a period of 180 days after expiry of the offer. All such
property not sold, removed or otherwise disposed of shall become the property of
the Government of Ghana without charge. Upon termination or expiry of the
agreement, we shall leave the Lease Area and everything therein in a good and
safe condition and, unless the Chief Inspector of Mines otherwise directs, shall
take all reasonable measures to leave the surface of the Lease Area in good and
usable condition.


The agreement is not assignable in whole or in part by us without the consent of
the Government of Ghana. The Government of Ghana may impose such conditions
precedent to the giving of consent as it may deem appropriate in the
circumstances. No assignment however may relieve us of our obligations under the
agreement except to the extent that such obligations are actually assumed by the
assignee. When new laws and conditions coming into existence subsequent to the
date of the agreement unfairly affect the interests of either party to the
agreement, the agreement may be renegotiated at the request of the unfairly
affected party. The agreement is governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of Ghana. Security over the Obuasi mining lease has been granted to the
lenders under the enlarged revolving credit facility by way of a fixed charge
over the Obuasi mining lease. The Government of Ghana (acting through the
Ministry of Mines) granted its consent to the creation of such security pursuant
to section 19 of the Mining Law, on June 21, 2002.


   Ayanfuri Mining Leases


We have title to the Ayanfuri and Nanankaw mining leases covering an aggregate
area of 100 square kilometers, granted on June 7, 1994 for a period of 10 years.
The terms and conditions of the leases are consistent with similar leases
granted by the Government of Ghana as detailed in the discussion above of the
Obuasi mining lease.


   Bibiani Mining Lease

Bibiani had title to a 50 square kilometer mining lease for a period of 30 years
to May 18, 2027. The terms and conditions of the lease are consistent with
similar leases granted by the Government of Ghana as detailed in the discussion
above of the Obuasi mining lease. With effect from October 1, 2001, the Bibiani
mining lease was transferred to Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited from Ashanti
Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited. Security over the Bibiani mining lease has been
granted to the lenders under the enlarged revolving credit facility by way of a
fixed charge over the Bibiani mining lease. The Government of Ghana (acting
through the Ministry of Mines) granted its consent to the creation of such
security pursuant to section 19 of the Mining Law, on June 21, 2002.

   Iduapriem Mining Lease

We have title to the 33 square kilometer Iduapriem mining lease granted on April
19, 1989 for a period of 30 years. The terms and conditions of the lease are
consistent with similar leases granted by the Government of Ghana, as detailed
in the discussion above of the Obuasi mining lease.


                                      101







   Teberebie Mining Leases

Teberebie has two leases, one granted in February 1998 for a term of 30 years
and another granted in June 1992 for a term of 26 years. The terms and
conditions of these leases are consistent with similar leases granted by the
Government of Ghana, as detailed in the discussion above of the Obuasi mining
lease.

   Zimbabwe

   General

All rights to minerals in Zimbabwe are vested in the President of Zimbabwe.
Issues relating to the acquisition of mining rights and operation of mines falls
under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Mines, Environment and Tourism and are
regulated by the Mines and Minerals Act, 1996.

Applications for the acquisition of mining and exploration rights must be made
through the office of the Mining Commissioner. The application must be made by a
company registered in Zimbabwe which may be foreign owned.

All gold extracted in Zimbabwe has by law to be delivered to Fidelity Refinery,
a section of the Reserve Bank of Zimbabwe where gold is further smelted and
refined.

The holder of a mining lease may abandon his holding by applying in writing to
the Mining Commissioner and obtaining a certificate of abandonment. Forfeiture
may be enforced by the Mining Commissioner if the owner fails to obtain an
annual inspection certificate which certifies that the owner has met certain
production and development criteria.

Environmental issues are subject to the Environment Act which requires among
other things that an Environmental Impact Assessment be undertaken on the
commencement of new mining projects. At the termination of the lease the owner
has the right to freely dispose of his assets and to obtain a quittance
certificate from the Mining Commissioner.

   Freda-Rebecca Mining Leases

We have a mining lease for our Freda-Rebecca operation. The application was
originally approved in 1994 and is renewed on an annual basis with no specific
term though it may be terminated by the Government of Zimbabwe if we fail to
obtain an annual inspection certificate from the Mining Commissioner certifying
that we have met production and development criteria.

   Guinea

   General

In Guinea, all mineral substances are the property of the state. Mining
activities are primarily regulated by the Mining Code, 1995. The right to
undertake mining operations can only be acquired by virtue of one of the
following mining titles: surveying permit, small-scale mining license, mining
prospecting license, mining license or mining concession.

The holders of mining titles are guaranteed the right to dispose freely of their
assets and to organize their enterprises as they wish, the freedom to engage and
discharge staff in accordance with the regulations in force, free movement of
their staff and their products throughout Guinea and freedom to dispose of their
products in international markets.

   Siguiri Mining Leases

Our Guinea subsidiary, Societe Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee S.A., has title to
the Siguiri mining concession area which was granted on November 11, 1993
for a period of 25 years. The agreement provides for an eventual
extension/renegotiation after 23 years for such periods as may be required to
exhaust economic ore reserves.


The original area granted encompassed 8,384 square kilometers which our
subsidiary was required to reduce to five or fewer single blocks of not less
than 250 square kilometers per block totaling not more than 1,500 square
kilometers by November 11, 1996. The retrocession actually reduced the Siguiri
concession area to four blocks totaling 1,495 square kilometers.



                                      102







SAG has the exclusive right to explore and mine in the remaining Siguiri
concession area for a further 22 year period from November 11, 1996 under
conditions detailed in a Convention de Base predating the new Guinea Mining
Code.

Key elements in the Convention de Base are:

o    the Government of Guinea holds a 15% free-carried or non-contributory
     interest: a royalty of 3% is payable on the value of gold exported; a local
     development tax of 0.4% is payable on the gross sales revenues; salaries of
     expatriate employees are subject to a 10% income tax; mining goods imported
     into Guinea are exempt from all import taxes and duties for the first two
     years of commercial production;

o    our subsidiary is committed to adopt and progressively implement a plan for
     effective rehabilitation of the mining areas disturbed or affected by
     operations.

The Convention de Base is subject to early termination if both parties formally
and expressly agree to do so, if all project activities are voluntarily
suspended for a continuous period of eight months or are permanently abandoned
by our subsidiary, or if our subsidiary goes into voluntary liquidation or is
placed into liquidation by a court of competent jurisdiction.


The net outstanding balance of VAT recoverable by us from the Government of
Guinea but not yet repaid was approximately equivalent to US$5 million as at
December 31, 2002.


   Tanzania

A special mining license of 114 square kilometers for the development of the
Geita mine was issued by the Minister for Energy and Minerals of Tanzania in
June 1999, expiring in 2024. The mine is now the subject of a joint venture in
which we have a 50% interest.

Under the Tanzanian Mining Act 1998, during the period of a license, a licensee
is obliged to follow the proposals in relation to prospecting, mining and the
environment as set out in their original license application approved by the
Minister for Mining Affairs. Holders of special mining leases must develop the
mining area in compliance with the programme of mining operations and
environmental management plan approved by the Minister for Mining Affairs. The
prospecting, special mining or mining license can, by notice in writing, be
suspended or cancelled if the holder of such license fails to comply with the
Act (and any applicable regulations), the conditions of the license, a
development agreement (if applicable) or fails to pay any amount payable under
the Act. A license will not be renewed at the end of the license period if the
holder is in default of his license (which includes being declared bankrupt or
insolvent).

Current government fiscal policies are regarded as internationally competitive,
and include reasonable depreciation provisions and exemption from VAT and
customs duties. Royalties on mineral production are levied at the rate of 3% of
the net back value of the minerals. The net back value is the market value of
the minerals at the point of delivery within Tanzania. There is also a 10%
withholding tax levied on the transfer of branch profits or dividends overseas.

   Exploration Properties

In general, the exact conditions of the tenements of our exploration properties
vary depending on the country in which the tenement is located and the
historical background to the tenement application. Generally, however, the
tenements extend to us (or our joint venture partner) the right to explore for
gold (and other minerals) for a period of time which may or may not be renewable
during which time we are able to establish the existence or not of economic
mineralization, and to complete any feasibility studies, obtain any
environmental approvals and to submit an application for a mining lease.

                                      103







   Royalty Payments and Terms


Following are royalty payments and related rates for the past three years:





                                           Year ended December 31,
                              2002              2001                2000
                       ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                       Royalties          Royalties          Royalties
Country    Property      US$m      Rate     US$m      Rate     US$m      Rate
-------    ---------   ---------   ----   ---------   ----   ---------   ----
                                                    
Ghana      Obuasi         5.0      3.0%      4.3      3.0%      5.4      3.0%
Ghana      Ayanfuri        --      3.0%      0.1      3.0%      0.3      3.0%
Ghana      Iduapriem      1.7      3.0%      1.7      3.0%      1.4      3.0%
Ghana      Bibiani        2.3      3.0%      2.1      3.0%      2.3      3.0%
Guinea     Siguiri        2.9      3.4%      2.6      3.4%      2.9      3.4%
Tanzania   Geita          2.7      3.0%      2.2      3.0%      1.4      3.0%
                         ----      ---      ----      ---      ----      ---
Total                    14.6               13.0               13.7
                         ----               ----               ----




   Stripping Ratios and Related Information


The following table presents strip ratios and related information for our open
pit mines:




                               Obuasi(*)   Ayanfuri   Iduapriem   Bibiani   Siguiri   Geita
                               --------    --------   ---------   -------   -------   ------
                                                                    
1999 Strip ratio                    7.1        1.2         2.6        4.1       0.5      n/a
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)        21,513      1,606      13,019     12,240     3,370      n/a
Ore grade (g/t)                    3.03       1.33        1.15       3.65      1.86      n/a
Ore production ('000 tonnes)      3,035      1,293       5,901      3,014     6,832      n/a
                                 ------      -----      ------     ------    ------   ------
2000 Strip ratio                   10.0       3.4          3.1        6.4       0.5      9.6
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)         8,907      2,988      14,954     15,223     5,333   11,852
Ore grade (g/t)                    4.20       1.50        1.25       3.38      1.33      3.0
Ore production ('000 tonnes)        891        884       4,824      2,368    10,804    1,240
                                 ------      -----      ------     ------    ------   ------
2001 Strip ratio                    n/a        3.2         2.9        5.5       0.6      6.0
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)           n/a      1,059      13,839     13,981     5,268   27,215
Ore grade (g/t)                     n/a       1.50        1.58       3.58      1.34     3.80
Ore production ('000 tonnes)        n/a        332       4,852      2,560     8,517    4,522
                                 ------      -----      ------     ------    ------   ------
2002 Strip Ratio                    5.8        n/a         3.4        4.2       0.9      7.4
Waste mined ('000 tonnes)         2,165        n/a      15,019     11,054     8,404   39,729
Ore grade (g/t)                    2.71        n/a        1.66       3.53      1.19     3.52
Ore production (2000 tonnes)        368        n/a       4,393      2,608     9,464    5,399

(*)  Obuasi had both underground and open pit mining operations in 1999 and
     2000. Data relates to the open pit mining operations of Obuasi.



Each commercially mineable deposit has an overall design strip ratio based on
the economically optimized and fully engineered pit layout. The strip ratio
changes from period to period depending upon the configuration of the ore body,
mining and production considerations. It is usually necessary to mine at varying
strip ratios each year in order to excavate the tonnage of ore required to be
sent to the processing plant for that period.

   Environmental Matters

   General

Our processing activities involve the use of substances, and generate
by-products, which can be harmful to the environment. For example, cyanide is
used in the treatment processes.


                                      104






   Ghana

In 1999, the Environmental Assessment Regulations, LI 1652, were adopted in
Ghana to regulate environmental matters. These include the issue of an
environmental permit or environmental certificate and submission of reports in
respect of ongoing or proposed mining or related activities. Violations are
punishable upon summary conviction by a fine or imprisonment not exceeding one
year and a daily fine for continuing violations.

   Environmental Permit and Report

Under the Instrument no mining operation or other activity likely to affect the
environment or public health adversely may be undertaken without a permit. An
existing mining operation must similarly obtain a permit upon notification by
the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, that its activity has or is likely
to have such effect. Upon receipt of an application the EPA will conduct an
initial screening and inform the applicant within 25 days of the grant or
refusal of the application or the need for the applicant to submit an
environmental impact statement or a preliminary environmental report for
consideration. Where the application is refused the activity shall not be
commenced or continued, subject to the period of public hearing or the time for
the submission of a Statement or where only a preliminary environmental report
is required by the Agency. A holder of a permit is required to submit an
environmental report covering each 12 months' operation.

   Public Hearing

The Instrument provides for a public hearing of an application for a permit in
respect of an undertaking that has generated adverse public reaction or the
undertaking is likely to result in the settlement, or dislocation of a community
or otherwise have extensive and far reaching effect on the environment.

   Validity of Permit

A permit is valid for 18 months from the date of issue after which it shall
become invalidated unless the applicant commences operations within the period
or applies for renewal.

   Environmental Certificate and Management Plan

Within 24 months of commencement of business of an undertaking for which an
environmental impact statement or a preliminary environmental report is
approved, the person responsible for such undertaking shall obtain a
Certificate. An environmental management plan of operations must also be
submitted within 18 months of commencement of operations and every three years
thereafter in respect of existing or proposed undertakings.

   Reclamation Bond


Where the EPA requires an undertaking to submit a reclamation plan for approval,
such undertaking shall post a reclamation bond in the way of a cash deposit in
support of the approved reclamation work plan. Pursuant to an agreement reached
with the Ghanaian EPA, we have posted cash deposits of US$1.1 million to January
31, 2003.


   Withdrawal of Permits and Certificates

The EPA is empowered to suspend, revoke or cancel a permit or certificate where
the holder defaults in obtaining the required authorization for the undertaking
or violates any provision in the Instrument or any other environmental
regulation or defaults in prompt payment of a required fee; or violates a
condition imposed in a permit or certificate or defaults in the mitigation
commitments in his report or management plan. Additionally the EPA may suspend
and modify a permit or certificate where a fundamental change in the environment
occurs during the implementation of such a permit or certificate.

   Grievance Procedure

A person aggrieved by a decision or act of the Agency may file a complaint with
the Minister of Environment, Science and Technology within 30 days in the
specified form. Within 14 days of receipt of the complaint, the Minister shall
refer the complaint to a five-member board of inquiry. The board is required to
give a fair
                                      105






hearing and determine the matter within 60 days. It may alter the decision in
issue or request the EPA to determine the application, if applicable within a
specified period or give such direction as it deems just.

   Codes of Practice, Standard and Guidelines

The EPA may publish codes of practice, standards and guidelines for any matter
contained in the Instrument or relating to the protection, development and
rehabilitation of the environment.

   Environmental Operations

We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental
regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate mines. Compliance with
these regulations in recent years has not had, and is not currently expected to
have, a material impact on our operations or capital expenditures.

Full time environmental officers are located at each of our mines. These
officers conduct regular environmental audits, training of site personnel and
the compilation of environmental impact assessments and action plans.


From 2001 integrated NOSA audits, which now include environmental monitoring as
well as the previous health and safety inspections, were undertaken at all of
our mines.

Implementation of the Ayanfuri mine closure plans commenced in 2001 and is
ongoing. The major components of the rehabilitation program were prioritized,
allocated, costed and scheduled.

At Obuasi, a new system of cyanide detoxification was successfully installed and
tested in 2001 and we plan to complete the expansion of the system by the end of
2005. Also, residual arsenic previously recovered is now being disposed of
through the BIOX'r' plant where it is re-dissolved and converted into ferric
arsenite which is stable and can be safely disposed of into the tailings dam.

In 2000 and 2001, we participated in the drafting and submission of proposed
guidelines for mining in forest reserve areas in Ghana to the relevant
government authorities for review. The Government is now reviewing applications
for mining licenses in the forest reserve areas.

   Employees

The average number of employees of our group for the three years ended December
31, 2002 was as follows:





                              December 2002   December 2001   December 2000
                              -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                          
Underground mining                 4,602            4,777           4,854
Surface mining and processing      2,425            2,439           2,565
Administration                     2,914            2,973           3,010
                                   -----           ------          ------
Total                              9,941           10,189          10,429
                                   =====           ======          ======




The "Administration" category in the table above includes environmental,
finance, human resources, purchasing, stores, general administration and mine
village services departments.

In the table above, the Geita joint venture employees are not included in the
breakdowns for dates after December 31, 2000.

   Compliance with Environmental Regulations

We have obtained environmental permits for all our operating mines and are in
compliance with these permits. We are not a party to any litigation or
administrative proceedings instituted by the EPA of Ghana or equivalent agencies
in Guinea, Tanzania or Zimbabwe, nor have any such actions by these bodies been
threatened in respect of breaches of environmental compliance or requirements.


   Property, plants and equipment


Obuasi. Obuasi mine covers a strike length of 8 kilometers over which surface
mining activities have been extensive and the underground has been worked to
depths of up to 1500 meters below surface. The concession covers an area of 632
square kilometers inclusive of 114 square kilometers at Homase. At present

                                      106






almost all surface mining activities on the Obuasi mining concession have been
shut down. Currently there are two active processing plants, the STP, a BIOX'r'
plant for processing sulfide ore in the south and the TTP, a tailing
reprocessing plant in the north. There are currently three major active tailings
dams: the Sansu dam in the south and the Pompora and Korkoteasua dams in the
north.

Iduapriem/Teberebie. The Iduapriem and Teberebie properties have a combined
total of 110 square kilometers. The Iduapriem mine has five open pits and the
Teberebie mine two. There are three processing facilities: the CIL plant, and a
heap leach plant at Iduapriem and a heap leach plant at Teberebie.

Bibiani. The Bibiani property has a total lease area of 49 square kilometers.
The mine is an open pit operation constructed on top of an old underground mine
which was worked until closure in 1966. The processing plant is CIL plant.

Siguiri. The Siguiri mine has a concession of 1,495 square kilometers. There are
multiple open pits on the property. The processing is currently being carried
out using heap leach technology.

Freda-Rebecca. The Freda-Rebecca mine has a concession of 16 square kilometers.
The operation is an underground operation with a CIP processing plant and a
tailings dam. Recent exploration has led to the discovery of satellite
mineralization on the RAN property.

Geita. The Geita mine has a total lease area of 373 square kilometers in which
there is a special mining license of 114 square kilometers. The mine is a
multiple open pit operation constructed on top of an old underground mine which
was worked until the late 1960s. Open pit mining and gold production restarted
in 2000 with the commissioning of the new Geita mine complex consisting of a
mine, a township and a processing plant and associated service infrastructure.
The processing plant is a CIL facility. There is a major tailings dam located
approximately northeast of the main open pit, Nyankanga.

   Legal Proceedings

Save as disclosed below, we have not been involved in any legal or arbitration
proceedings, nor, so far as our directors are aware, are there any such
proceedings pending or threatened involving us or any member of our group, which
may have or have had in the previous 12 months, a significant effect on us or
our group's financial position.

   US Class Action


Ashanti, Sam Jonah, and Mark Keatley (our former Chief Financial Officer) have
been named as defendants in a consolidated class action under the United States
federal securities laws in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of New York alleging nondisclosures and misstatements concerning our
hedging position and program. The plaintiffs contend that Ashanti's and the
individual defendants' actions violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under that Act. Two
of the proposed class actions that were consolidated purported to be brought on
behalf of investors who purchased our shares during the period July 28, 1999
through October 5, 1999, the 1999 Class Period, while the third purported to be
brought on behalf of investors who purchased our shares during the period April
21, 1997 through October 5, 1999, the 1997-1999 Class Period. The plaintiffs
seek unspecified damages, attorneys' and experts' fees and other relief.

The three actions were consolidated for all purposes by the Court and the court
appointed lead plaintiffs and lead counsel under the US Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. A consolidated amended class action complaint was
filed on October 27, 2000. Pursuant to a Stipulation and Order signed by the
Court, the claims in the 1997-1999 Class Period have been stayed, although the
plaintiffs have indicated that they intend to seek leave to extend the Class
Period.

We are vigorously defending the claims and moved to dismiss the consolidated
amended class action complaint. In a decision dated February 13, 2002, the Court
granted in part and denied in part that motion. Following that decision, the
plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended class action complaint, which we
answered, and discovery has recently commenced. Although we cannot make any
assurances regarding the ultimate outcome of this litigation, we believe that
the outcome will have no material adverse affect on our financial position.


                                     107







   Kimin

A number of expatriate employees instituted an action against Kilo-Moto Mining
Company, a subsidiary of ours, and against us in the Brussels Labor Court for
arrears of salary, severance payments and payment in lieu of holiday. On
November 16, 1999, the Brussels Labor Court upheld the claims of four of the
ex-employees against Kimin for arrears of salary incurred up to October 1, 1997.
The Brussels Labor Court also held that we were jointly and severally held
liable with Kimin for the claimants' salaries and severance payments as from
October 1, 1997. Kimin and we appealed against the judgment. In October 2000,
the plaintiffs unsuccessfully instituted proceedings in Kinshasa, to enforce the
provisional judgment against Kimin in the Democratic Republic of Congo. The
Brussels Labor Court of Appeal issued its judgment on March 13, 2002. The Court
awarded a total sum of 1,501,870.34 euros (approximately US$1.35 million) plus
7% interest, in favor of the affected ex-employees as against the total amount
claimed by them of US$2.2 million plus interest.


Our liability for a further claim for payment in lieu of holiday was to be
decided late 2002. However, in July 2002, we and Kimin fully and finally settled
the claims of the four ex-employees for a total sum of 2.1 million Euros. In
addition, the settlement has effectively terminated the two unadjudicated claims
of the ex-employees and has also rendered the judgements of the Brussels Labour
Court and the Brussels Labour Court of Appeal dated 15 November 1999 and 13
March 2002 respectively void and of no legal effect. Other claims have been made
against us and Kimin by several other ex-employees, consultants and third party
creditors. We are currently evaluating these claims. Based on information
currently available to us, we believe that this potential liability has been
reasonably provided for in our financial statements.



                                      108







GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

BIOX'r' Gencor's registered name for its bio-oxidation leaching process.

bio-oxidation The use of bacterial activity to oxidize sulphide minerals.

carbon-in-leach (CIL) process A modification of CIP whereby carbon is added
directly into the slurry during leaching as opposed to CIP where carbon is added
after leaching is complete.

carbon-in-pulp (CIP) process A process used to recover dissolved gold from a
cyanide leach slurry. Coarse activated carbon particles are moved
counter-current to the slurry, absorbing the gold as it passes through the
circuit. Loaded carbon is removed from the slurry by screening. The gold is
recovered from the loaded carbon by stripping in a caustic cyanide solution
followed by electrolysis or by zinc precipitation.

cash operating cost A measure of the average cost of producing an ounce of gold,
calculated by dividing the total working costs in a period by the total gold
production over the same period. Working costs represent total operating costs
less royalties and depreciation and are before corporate administration and
exploration costs.

committed ounces With regard to hedging, committed ounces represent future
obligations of the Company to deliver gold at a pre-agreed maximum price. This
includes obligations arising from sold call options and forward contracts. Sold
call options are netted against bought call options in calculating committed
ounces. Committed ounces therefore totals net call options and forward sales.

cyanide leaching The extraction of a precious metal from an ore by its
dissolution in a cyanide solution.

decline An inclined underground access way.

delta Delta is the change in the price of a derivative instrument as the price
of the underlying asset changes. Delta can practically be interpreted as the
amount of gold that would need to be bought (negative delta) or sold (positive
delta) in order to neutralize the change in the marked-to-market value of the
hedge book for a small change in the price of gold; this number can be used to
calculate the approximate change in the marked-to-market price of the hedge book
for a given change in the price of gold (assuming no other changes in the other
factors, such as volatility, lease and interest rates, that influence the
marked-to-market value of the hedge book).

diamond drilling or core drilling A drilling method, where the rock is cut with
a diamond bit to produce a core sample of rock.

dilution Rock that is of necessity moved along with ore in the mining process,
consequently lowering the grade of the ore.

electrowinning The process of depositing metals present in solution onto a
cathode by application of a direct electric current.

feasibility study A detailed technical and economic analysis of the viability of
a project covering all aspects from geology, environmental and legal matters to
mining, processing and operations.

forward sales The sale of a commodity for delivery at a specified future date
and price.

geochemical sampling Samples of soils, stream sediments or rock chips taken to
determine the quantities of trace and minor elements.


gold lease rate swaps A gold lease rate swap is a contract whereby a company and
its counterparty select a notional amount of gold, and thereafter over the life
of the contract one party pays a fixed gold lease rate based upon that amount of
gold and the other party pays a floating gold lease rate based on the same
amount of gold. The gold lease rate is the deposit or borrowing rate for gold.

gold rho Gold rho is the change in the marked-to-market value of a gold
derivative instrument as the gold interest rate changes.

gold vega Gold vega is the change in the marked-to-market value of a volatility
based derivative instrument as the volatility of gold changes.


                                      109






grade The relative quality or percentage of ore metal content.

heap leaching A low-cost technique for extracting metals from ore by percolating
leaching solutions through heaps of ore placed on impervious pads. Generally
used on low-grade ores.

igneous Rocks formed by the solidification of molten material from deep below
the Earth's surface.

laterite Residual soil found in tropical countries out of which silica has been
leached.


marked-to-market value The marked-to-market value of a hedge portfolio is the
estimated value of the hedge portfolio at a specific point in time. The
calculation of the marked-to-market value involves the present value of cash
flows and valuations of all instruments in the hedge portfolio at the current
relevant market rates. Marked-to-market values vary according to the market
rates and valuation model used in the calculation. Marked-to-market value is
influenced by market rate assumptions.


milling/mill The commination of the ore, although the term has come to cover the
broad range of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated
from the ore.

mineralized zone Any mass of host rock which contains minerals, at least one of
which has commercial value occur.

mtpa Million tonnes per annum.

open pit/open cut Surface mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The
geometry of the pit may vary with the characteristics of the orebody.

ore Material that contains one or more minerals, at least one of which has
commercial value and which can be recovered at a profit.

orebody A continuous well defined mass of material of sufficient ore content to
make extraction economically feasible.

oxide That portion of a mineral deposit within which sulphide minerals have been
oxidized, usually by surface weathering processes.

plunge The virtual angle a linear geological feature makes with the horizontal
plane.

pre-stripping Removal of overburden in advance of beginning operations to remove
ore in an open pit operation.

probable ore reserve Reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are
computed from information similar to that used for proven (measured) reserves,
but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are
otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than
that for proven (measured) reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between
points of observation.

prospect A mineral deposit with insufficient data available on the
mineralization to determine if it is economically recoverable, but warranting
further investigation.

prospecting license An area for which permission to explore has been granted.

protected ounces With regard to hedging, protected ounces represent future sales
of gold for which the future price has either been fixed with a forward contract
or where a company has ensured a minimum sales price through its net bought
option position. The net bought put option position is the net of purchased put
options and sold put options. Protected ounces therefore totals net bought put
options combined with forward sales.

proven ore reserve Reserves for which (a) quantity is computed from dimensions
revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality
are computed from the results of detailed sampling and (b) the sites for
inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic
character is so well defined that size shape, depth and mineral content of
reserves are well-established.

reclamation The process by which lands disturbed as a result of mining activity
are reclaimed back to a beneficial land use.


                                      110






recovery A term used to indicate the proportion of valuable material obtained
during the mining or processing of an ore. The recovery is generally expressed
as a percentage of the material recovered compared to the total material
present.

SAG Semi-autogenous grinding

saprolite Soft partially decomposed rock rich in clay and remaining in its
original place.

sedimentary Secondary rock formed from materials derived from other rocks and
laid down under water. Examples are limestone, shale and sandstone.

spot price The current price of a metal for immediate delivery.

stope The underground excavation from which ore is extracted.

strike length Horizontal distance along the direction that a structural surface
takes as it intersects the horizontal.

stripping The process of removing overburden to expose ore.

strip ratio The ratio of overburden and segregable waste to ore in an open pit
operation.

sulphide A mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or
semi-metal, like iron sulphide. Also a zone in which sulphide minerals occur.

tailings The waste material from ore after the economically recoverable metals
or minerals have been extracted. Changes in the metal prices and improvements in
technology can sometimes make the tailings economic to reprocess at a later
date.

theta The change in the marked-to-market value of a derivative based investment
or hedge book as a result of a one day passage of time, with all other market
factors remaining the same.

transaction risk The risk of an increase or decrease in price or cash flows
relating to a particular asset, liability, or committed or anticipated
transaction. Transaction risk is reduced by a hedging transaction if an
instrument used is expected to offset the risk of such increase or decrease on
the hedged item, regardless of the impact on the enterprise as a whole.

trenching Making elongated surface excavations for the purposes of mapping and
sampling.


US rho US rho is the change in the marked-to-market value of a derivative
instrument as the US interest rate changes.


waste Rock lacking sufficient grade and/or other characteristics of ore to be
economic.

Metric Conversion

1 tonne              = 1 t     = 1.10231 tons
1 gramme             = 1 g     = 0.03215 ounces
1 gramme per tonne   = 1 g/t   = 0.02917 ounces per ton
1 hectare            = 1 ha    = 2.47105 acres
1 kilometer          = 1 km    = 0.621371 miles
1 meter              = 1 m     = 3.28084 feet

Tons are short tons of 2,000 pounds
All ounces are troy ounces


                                      111







PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS


As of March 12, 2003, our issued capital consisted of 128,103,824 ordinary
shares and one special rights redeemable preference share or golden share.

Lonmin is the beneficial owner of 28.1% of our outstanding ordinary shares and
the Government of Ghana owns 17.2% of our outstanding ordinary shares. The
Government of Ghana has been issued with the golden share entitling it to the
following rights which no other shareholder possesses:


o    The holder is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any
     general meeting of the members or at any separate meeting of the holders of
     any class of shares, although without the right to vote the "golden share".

o    The golden share may only be issued to, held by or transferred to a
     Minister of the Government of Ghana or any person acting on behalf of the
     Government and authorized in writing by such Minister.

o    On a return of assets in a winding-up or liquidation of us, the holder of
     the golden share is entitled to the sum of one thousand cedis in priority
     to any payment to other members, but the golden share confers no further
     right to participate in our profits or assets. The golden share has no
     right to dividend and no right to participate in any offer of securities to
     existing shareholders or in any capitalization issue.

o    The holder of the golden share may require us to redeem it at any time in
     consideration of the payment of one thousand cedis. The golden share is not
     redeemable at our option.

o    Each of the following matters are accordingly only effective upon the
     written consent of the holder of the golden share:

          (i)  any amendment to or removal of the rights of the golden share,

          (ii) a voluntary winding-up or voluntary liquidation of us,

          (iii) the redemption of or purchase by us of the golden share,

          (iv) the disposal of any mining lease held by us or any subsidiary,
               and

          (v)  any disposal (other than a disposal in the ordinary course of the
               business) which, alone or when aggregated with any other disposal
               or disposals forming part of, or connected with, the same or a
               connected transaction, constitutes a disposal of the whole or a
               material part of our assets taken as a whole.

Additionally, pursuant to the Mining Law, the Ghanaian Minister of Mines has the
power to object to a person becoming or remaining a "shareholder controller", a
"majority shareholder controller" or an "indirect controller" of us.


Based on information available to us, on March 12, 2003, there were 49 record
holders of our ordinary shares in the United States, who held approximately 0.4%
of our ordinary shares then issued and outstanding.

The following sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our
ordinary shares as of March 12, 2003, by:

o    any person whom the directors are aware as at March 12, 2003, who is
     interested directly or indirectly in 3% or more of our ordinary shares;


o    each of our directors; and

o    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.


Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and generally includes voting or
investment power with respect to securities. Ordinary shares issuable pursuant
to the exercise of options, to the extent the options are currently exercisable
or are exercisable within 60 days of March 12, 2003, are treated as
outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding these securities
but are not treated as outstanding for computing the percentage of any other
person. Unless otherwise noted, each person or group identified possesses sole
voting and investment power with respect to the shares, subject to community
property laws where applicable.



                                      112







Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the parties listed in the
table below is our registered office which is Gold House, Patrice Lumumba Road,
Roman Ridge, P.O. Box 2665, Accra, Ghana.




                                                    Shares Owned Prior    Shares Owned After
                                                     to the Offering         the Offering
                                                    ------------------    ------------------
Holder                                               Number     Percent     Number   Percent
------                                             ----------   -------     ------   -------
                                                                         
Sam Esson Jonah                                              *       *
Srinivasan Venkatakrishnan                                   *       *
Michael Ernest Beckett                                       *       *
Merene Botsio-Phillips                                       *       *
Eleanor Darkwa Ofori Atta                                    *       *
Trevor Stanley Schultz                                       *       *
Theophilus Ernest Anin                                       *       *
The Rt. Hon. The Baroness Chalker of Wallasey PC             *       *
Dr. Chester Arthur Crocker                                   *       *
Thomas Richard Gibian                                        *       *
Gordon Edward Haslam                                         *       *
Dr. Michael Peter Martineau                                  *       *
Nicholas Jeremy Morrell                                      *       *
Lonmin plc
4 Grosvenor Place
London SW1X 7YL                                    36,000,000    28.1
Government of Ghana
Room 403, Ministry of Finance
Accra, Ghana                                       21,978,104    17.2
M&G Investment Managers
Laurence Pountney Hill
London EC4R 0MM                                    10,270,760     8.0
Genesis Asset Managers Limited
21 Knightsbridge
London SW1X 7LY                                     8,878,164     6.9
All directors and executive officers                         *       *
* = less than 1%



The "Shares Owned After the Offering" column in the table above assumes that
there is full take up in the rights issue (other than by Lonmin and the
Government of Ghana as to _____% of their rights) and that all US$75.0 million
of the MENs convert into ordinary shares and are held by Lonmin.


BNY (Nominees) Limited holds 62,061,686 of our ordinary shares in their capacity
as depositary under our GDR program. Capita IRG Trustees Limited is the
registered holder of 63,660,279 of our ordinary shares in its capacity as
trustee under our Ashanti Depositary Interest program (of which BNY (Nominees)
Limited is a participant). Neither of these parties fulfil the SEC's
requirements for "beneficial ownership" as they do not hold voting or investment
power with respect to the relevant shares.

Save for the interests set out above, our directors are not aware of any person
who, as at March 12, 2003, and immediately following the completion of the
rights issue, will be interested directly or indirectly in 3% or more of our
issued share capital.

Lonmin is not a controlling shareholder of ours for the purposes of the UK
Listing Rules. If, however, (i) there was no exercise of rights by our
shareholders under this rights issue (other than in respect of _____
shares/GDSs, which have been underwritten by the Managers); and (ii) all $75.0
million of MENs were exchanged for our ordinary shares and held by Lonmin; and
(iii) all the put options currently outstanding and granted by Lonmin to certain
of our warrantholders were exercised, then Lonmin would hold approximately ___%
of our ordinary shares. Lonmin has no entitlement to appoint directors to the
Board. Currently there are only two directors out of 13 who are employees and/or
directors of Lonmin who are on the Board. Consequently, we are satisfied that we
are capable of carrying on our business independently of Lonmin and have no
transactions or relationships with Lonmin other than in respect of the MENs. All
transactions and relationships between Lonmin and us are, and will be, conducted
on arm's length terms and on a normal commercial basis.



                                      113







MANAGEMENT

Directors and Senior Management

The minimum number of directors is three and there is no maximum. The Companies
Code of Ghana requires that at least one director is at all times present in
Ghana. A director may hold any office or position (except that of auditor) in
conjunction with his or her office of director, for any period, any compensation
and otherwise as approved by the Board.

Our charter documents provide that directors may be appointed by ordinary
resolution of shareholders or by the Board. At each annual general meeting of
our shareholders, as near as possible to one-third of the directors will retire
by rotation and be eligible for re-election. The directors to retire will be
those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between
those who have been in office for an equal length of time, those to retire shall
(unless they otherwise agree) be determined by lot. If appointed by the Board, a
director holds office only until the next annual general meeting and is not
taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation.
Any director appointed to the office of managing director shall not, however,
while holding that office, be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into
account in determining the rotation of retirement of directors.

A director may be removed by ordinary resolution of our shareholders before the
expiration of his period of office, but without prejudice to any claim which
such director might have for damages or compensation for breach of any service
agreement between him and us.

The business address of each of our directors and officers is our registered
office which is Gold House, Patrice Lumumba Road, Roman Ridge, P.O. Box 2665,
Accra, Ghana.

Directors


Sam Esson Jonah (age 53). Mr. Jonah is our Chief Executive and Group Managing
Director. He joined us in 1969 and was appointed Managing Director in 1986. He
is a non-executive director of Lonmin Plc and Commonwealth Africa Investment
Fund Limited and is also Chancellor of the University of Cape Coast, Ghana. He
is a member of the UN Global Compact on Governance, and is also a Member of the
Advisory Committee, Termite Fund. Mr. Jonah is also a Member of the
International Investment Advisory Council of the President of South Africa and a
Fellow of the Ghana Institute of Engineers.


Merene Botsio-Phillips (age 45). Mrs. Botsio-Phillips is our General Counsel and
substitute director for Eleanor Darkwa Ofori Atta. She joined us in 1995 and was
appointed to the Board in October 1996. Prior to joining us, she was director of
Legal Services and Company Secretary of Ghana Airways Limited. She is a member
of the board of The Air Transport Licensing Authority of Ghana, the
International Bar Association, the Ghana Bar Association and the English Bar.


Eleanor Darkwa Ofori Atta (age 59). Mrs. Ofori Atta was appointed to the Board
in March 1994. She is our Executive Director responsible for Corporate Relations
including corporate services and human resources. She joined us in 1977.


Trevor Stanley Schultz (age 61). Mr. Schultz joined the Board in October 1996
and is our Chief Operating Officer. He was formerly Senior Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer of Pegasus Gold, and also held senior positions at BHP
Minerals.

Srinivasan Venkatakrishnan (age 37). Mr. Venkatakrishnan is our Chief Financial
Officer. He joined the Board in July 2000 from Deloitte & Touche in the United
Kingdom, where he was employed as a director in the Re-organization Services
Division. He is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

Non-executive Directors

Michael Ernest Beckett (age 66). Mr. Beckett has been non-executive Chairman of
the Board since June 1, 2001. He joined the Board in March 1994. Formerly
managing director of Consolidated Gold Fields, and a director of Gold Fields of
South Africa and Renison Gold Fields in Australia. He is Chairman of Clarkson
PLC and Watts Blake Bearne and Company P.L.C. and a director of other public
companies.

Theophilus Ernest Anin (age 70). Mr. Anin joined our Board in July 2001. He is a
professional banker and solicitor with over 30 years' experience in banking,
financial management, and consulting in the public and


                                      114







private sectors. He is also a director of the Bank of Ghana. He is a member of
the Law Society of England and Wales and is also a Fellow of the Chartered
Institute of Bankers.


The Rt. Hon. The Baroness Chalker of Wallasey PC (age 61). Baroness Chalker
joined our Board in March 2000. Baroness Chalker is an advisory director of
Unilever PLC & NV, non-executive director and President of The South African
Business Initiative, President and Chairman of the Boards of Management of the
British Executive Service Overseas and the London School of Hygiene and Tropical
Medicine, and a director of other public companies. She is also a member of the
Institute of Directors.

Dr. Chester Arthur Crocker (age 62). Dr. Crocker joined our Board in February
2000. Dr. Crocker is a professor of strategic studies at Georgetown University's
School of Foreign Service. He is also the Chairman of the Board of the United
States Institute of Peace and adviser on strategy and negotiations to a number
of US and European companies. He served as a US Assistant Secretary of State for
African Affairs between 1981 and 1989. He is also a member of the Council on
Foreign Relations, the American Academy of Diplomacy and the International
Institute of Strategic Studies.


Thomas Richard Gibian (age 49). Mr. Gibian joined our Board in March 2000. He is
Managing Director of Emerging Markets Partnership and Chief Operating Officer of
AIG, African Infrastructure Fund. He is also a director of InterWave
Communications.

Gordon Edward Haslam (age 58). Mr. Haslam was appointed to our Board in March
2002. Mr Haslam is a director and Chief Executive of Lonmin plc and a director
of other public companies.

Dr. Michael Peter Martineau (age 58). Dr. Martineau joined our Board in February
2000. He is the Executive Deputy Chairman of Eurasia Mining plc. He has served
as a director of several mining and exploration companies in Africa, Australia,
Canada and the United Kingdom, including Cluff Resources Plc and SAMAX Resources
Limited. He is also a Fellow of each of the Institute of Mining and Metallurgy,
the Society of Economic Geologists and the Society of Geologists.


Nicholas Jeremy Morrell (age 55). Mr. Morrell joined the Board in February 1997.
He was a former director and Chief Executive of Lonmin plc.


Other and former directorships of our directors

The following table shows, in respect of each of our directors, the names of all
companies and partnerships outside of our group of which he or she has, at any
time in the five years prior to the date of this prospectus, been a director or
partner, as appropriate (excluding subsidiaries of any such companies):




Director                 Company Name                                 Status
----------------------   -----------------------------------------   ---------
                                                                
Michael Beckett          Clarkson PLC                                 Current
                         Watts Blake Bearne and Company P.L.C.        Current
                         Oxus Resources Corporation                   Current
                         London Clubs International plc               Current
                         BPB Public Limited Company                   Current
                         Queens Moat Houses plc                       Current
                         F & C Income Growth Investment Trust plc     Current
                         Egypt Trust Limited                          Current
                         Northam Platinum Ltd                         Current
                         Orica Ltd                                    Current
                         Endeavour Financial Corporation              Current
                         Learning Technology Plc                      Resigned
                         Greycoat Limited                             Resigned
                         British Borneo Oil & Gas plc                 Resigned
                         Viglen Technology plc                        Resigned
                         Costain Group PLC                            Resigned
                         Monarch Resources Ltd                        Resigned
                         North Limited                                Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Theophilus Anin          Bank of Ghana                                Current
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merene Botsio-Phillips   Air Transport Licensing Authority of Ghana   Current
                         Ghana Airways Limited                        Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                      115










Director                     Company Name                                                 Status
--------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------   --------
                                                                                  
The Rt. Hon. The Baroness
Chalker of Wallasey PC       Africa Matters Limited                                      Current
                             Group Five (Pty) Limited                                    Current
                             DCI Limited                                                 Current
                             Freeplay Foundation                                         Current
                             Freeplay Energy P.L.C.                                      Current
                             London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine              Current
                             The South African Business Initiative                       Current
                             African Medical And Research Foundation (United Kingdom)    Current
                             Landell Mills Limited                                       Current
                             Ditchley Foundation (The)                                   Current
                             British Executive Service Overseas                          Current
                             Capital Shopping Centres Plc                               Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr Chester Crocker           ASA Limited                                                 Current
                             US Institute of Peace                                       Current
                             Crocker Group                                               Current
                             First Africa Holdings Limited                               Current
                             Minorco SA                                                 Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas Gibian                Interwave Communications                                    Current
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gordon Edward Haslam         Lonmin Plc                                                  Current
                             Furuya Metals Company Limited                               Current
                             International Platinum Association                         Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sam Jonah                    Lonmin Plc                                                  Current
                             Commonwealth Africa Investment Fund Limited                 Current
                             African Banking Corporation                                 Current
                             Ecobank Transnational Incorporated                         Resigned
                             Ghana Airways Limited                                      Resigned
                             First Atlantic Bank                                        Resigned
                             Metropolitan Insurance Company Ltd                         Resigned
                             African Selection Mining Corporation                       Resigned
                             New African Investment Limited                             Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr Michael Martineau         Carpathian Gold Limited                                     Current
                             Eurasia Mining plc                                          Current
                             Axmin Inc.                                                  Current
                             Angus and Ross plc                                          Current
                             Adryx Mining & Metals Limited                              Resigned
                             SAMAX Gold Inc                                             Resigned
                             Rayrock Resources Inc.                                     Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nicholas Morrell             Lonmin plc                                                 Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eleanor Ofori Atta           Nil                                                             Nil
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trevor Schultz               Diamond Fields International Limited                       Resigned
                             BHP Minerals International                                 Resigned
                             Autex                                                      Resigned
                             Newcrest Mining Limited                                    Resigned
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Srinivasan Venkatakrishnan   Nil                                                             Nil
================================================================================================



None of our directors has:

o    any unspent convictions in relation to indictable offences;

o    been declared bankrupt or has entered into any individual voluntary
     arrangement;

o    been a director with an executive function of any company at the time of or
     within the 12 month period preceding any receivership, compulsory
     liquidation, creditors' voluntary liquidation, administration, company
     voluntary arrangement or any composition or arrangement with such company's
     creditors generally or any class of creditors of such company;

o    been a partner of any partnership at the time of or within the 12 month
     period preceding any compulsory liquidation, administration or partnership
     voluntary arrangement of such partnership;


                                      116







o    held assets which have been the subject of a receivership;

o    been a partner of any partnership at the time of or within the 12 month
     period preceding any receivership of the assets of such partnership;

o    been publicly criticized by any statutory or regulatory authorities
     (including recognized professional bodies); or

o    been disqualified by a court from acting as a director of any company or
     from acting in the management or conduct of the affairs of any company.

Officers


Ernest Abankroh (age 42). Mr. Abankroh is our Company Secretary. He joined us in
1989 and was appointed Company Secretary in May 1999, having previously served
as Assistant Company Secretary from December 1996 and in various roles within
our accounts department. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Hons) degree and a
Diploma in Education from the University of Cape Coast and is a Fellow of the
Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators (UK).



Martin Awuku Ahorney (age 44). Mr. Ahorney is our Controller-Group Budget &
Planning. He joined us in 1987 and was appointed to his present position in July
2000, having previously worked in other key positions within our finance
department. Before joining us, Mr. Ahorney worked with Ghana Consolidated
Diamonds Limited and Ayew Agyemang and Co., Chartered Accountants. He has an MBA
from the University of the Witwatersrand (RSA), and a BSc (Hons) degree in
Mineral Processing from Camborne School of Mines (UK) and is a member of the UK
Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.


Kwaku Akosah-Bempah (age 43). Mr. Akosah-Bempah is General Manager, Corporate
Finance. Prior to assuming his current position in 2001 he was Finance Director
of Freda-Rebecca mine in Zimbabwe, having previously held several senior roles
within the Finance Department of the Obuasi mine and Corporate Head Office. He
holds a Bachelor of Commerce (Hons) Degree and a Diploma in Education from the
University of Cape Coast, Ghana and an MBA from the Columbia Business School,
USA. He is also a Chartered Accountant and a member of the Ghana Institute of
Chartered Accountants and the Ghana Institute of Taxation.

James Kwamena Anaman (age 56). Mr. Anaman is our Managing Director, Public
Affairs with responsibility for investor, government and public relations
matters. Prior to joining us in 1994, he was the Minister-Counsellor for
Information at the Ghana High Commission in London. A graduate of the University
of Ghana, he has also served as a press secretary to the Head of State from 1975
to 1979. He is currently the president of the Ghana Chamber of Mines and a
member of both the Investor Relations Society in the UK and the Institute of
Public Relations in Ghana.

Mark Arnesen (age 42). Mr. Arnesen is Managing Director, International Treasury.
He joined us in January 2000. Prior to joining us, he was Corporate Treasurer of
Billiton Plc. He has over 17 years' experience in financial management, of which
11 years were spent in treasury and corporate financing with the Gencor and
Billiton groups. He is a member of the South African Institute of Chartered
Accountants. He also holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Accounting
degree from the University of the Witwatersrand.

Kweku Awotwi (age 42). Mr. Awotwi is Managing Director of Strategic Planning and
New Business Development. Before joining us, he was Manager of Business Planning
and Analysis for Kaiser Aluminium & Chemical Corporation in Pleasanton,
California, where he worked for eight years. He trained as an electrical
engineer and has worked for GE/RCA as well as ITT, both in the USA. He has a BSc
degree from Yale University and an MBA from Stanford's Graduate School of
Business.

Peter Cowley (age 55). Mr. Cowley is Managing Director of Ashanti Exploration
and has over 30 years of experience in precious and base metals exploration,
development and production, mainly in Africa. He joined us in 1996 from Cluff
Resources where he was Group Technical Director for seven years. His previous
experience includes positions with Exxon Minerals Company and Anglo American
Corporation. He holds an MSc degree from the Royal School of Mines and an MBA
degree from the Strathclyde Business School. He is also a Fellow of the
Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining.


                                      117







Alex Darko (age 50). Mr. Darko is Managing Director of Group Information &
Telecommunications. He joined us in November 1996 from Dun & Bradstreet, the
business information group, where he held a number of finance positions
including Director, European Accounting and Re-engineering. He holds an MSc
degree in Management Information Systems and is a Fellow of the UK Association
of Chartered and Certified Accountants.


Rolin P. Erickson (age 46). Mr Erickson is Managing Director of Societe Ashanti
Goldfields de Guinee. He joined us in 2002 following a successful career in the
USA. He has experience of deep underground mining, large scale heap leaching,
milling and owner mining. He received a bachelor's degree in Mining Engineering
in 1985 from the Montana College of Mineral Sciences and Technology and has
supplemented this degree with advanced courses in mining and finance.


Brent Horochuk (age 41). Mr. Horochuk is the Managing Director of the Bibiani
mine having previously been Managing Director of the Iduapriem/Teberebie
operations. He joined us in March 1995 and has held various mining positions in
Obuasi and Zimbabwe and was General Manager for the Iduapriem mine. He holds a
BSc in Mining Engineering and a Tech Diploma in Mining Engineering.

Abel Ntini (age 45). Mr. Ntini is the Managing Director of Ashanti Goldfields
(Zimbabwe) Limited. He joined us in 1998. He was previously Vermiculite
Operations Manager with Palabora Mining Company based in South Africa. He has a
degree in Mining Engineering from the Imperial College of Science and Technology
in London. He is also a fellow of the Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.


Daniel Monney Akwafo Owiredu (age 45). Mr. Owiredu is the managing director of
the Obuasi mine. He was previously managing director of the Bibiani mine which
he managed as a project prior to its commissioning. He has over 17 years of
service with us and was appointed to his present position in 2002. He had
previously served as Chief Engineer for underground mining operations at the
Obuasi mine, and was instrumental in the setting up of our BIOX'r' plant from
inception to commissioning. Prior to his current appointment, he was managing
director of Societe Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee. He holds a BSc degree in
Mechanical Engineering from the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science &
Technology, Kumasi and an MBA degree from Strathclyde Business School in
Scotland, UK.


George Potter (age 45). Mr. Potter is the Managing Director, Group Metallurgy.
He joined us in 1994 as Metallurgical Superintendent at the PTP, Obuasi. He has
acted as Mill Manager on all three major Metallurgical Plants at the Obuasi mine
and has also served as Manager, Metallurgical Services. Prior to his current
appointment, he was General Manager, Processing, at the Obuasi mine, and has had
previous experience with RTZ in Zimbabwe and Rand Mines of South Africa. He
holds a Diploma in Mineral Processing & Extractive Metallurgy and is a member of
the South African Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining and Metallurgy.


David Renner (age 38). Mr. Renner joined us in 1991 and is Managing Director of
operations at Iduapriem/ Teberebie. He was previously Senior Manager, Group
Strategic Planning; prior to that he was the Project Manager for the Geita
project in Tanzania, after serving as Section Geotechnical Engineer at both the
surface and underground operations of the Obuasi mine and as Special Assistant
to the Chief Executive. He holds a BSc (Hons) degree in Civil Engineering from
the Kwame Nkrumah University of Science & Technology, Kumasi, and MSc in
Geotechnical Engineering from the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne (UK) and an
MBA from the University of the Witwatersrand. He is a Member of the Institute of
Soil & Rock Mechanics and an Associate of the Ghana Institution of Engineers.


Gary Townsend (age 45). Mr. Townsend is Group Financial Controller. He joined us
in 1996 and was previously Group Chief Accountant of Unigate Plc. He is a Fellow
of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and a member of
the Institute of Taxation (UK).

Ken Tshribi (age 43). Mr. Tshribi is General Manager, Legal. He joined us from
CAL Merchant Bank in 1996. He holds an LLB (Hons) degree from the University of
Ghana and is a Member of the Ghana Bar Association. He has also been involved in
the teaching of law.


                                      118







Board Committees

Audit and Finance Committee

The Audit and Finance Committee reviews and reports to the Board on the
compliance, integrity and major judgmental aspects of our published financial
statements, the scope and quality of the internal and external audit and the
adequacy of our internal controls. The members of the Audit and Finance
Committee are: Mr. Beckett (Chairman), Mr. Anin, Dr. Crocker, Mr. Gibian and Mr.
Morrell.

Management Development and Remuneration Committee

The Management Development and Remuneration Committee is responsible for the
appointment of directors, the determination of the level and structure of
executive directors' remuneration and the review of their performance and
service agreements. It makes recommendations to the Board on these matters in
accordance with its terms of reference and reviews and approves succession
programs with respect to top management. The members of the Management
Development and Remuneration Committee are: Dr. Crocker (Chairman), Mr. Anin,
Mr. Beckett, Mr. Gibian, Dr. Martineau and Mr. Morrell.

Risk Management Committee

The Risk Management Committee reviews and monitors the execution of risk
management policies with particular focus on financial risks, including hedging,
and, where necessary, makes recommendations to the Board. The members of the
Risk Management Committee are Mr. Jonah (Chairman), Mr. Schultz and Mr.
Venkatakrishnan.

Corporate Governance Committee

The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for the monitoring of the
general conduct of directors in line with best practice and screens individuals
proposed for appointment to the Board. It is also responsible for the
non-financial aspects of our safety, health and environmental issues and makes
recommendations, as appropriate, to the Board. The members of the Corporate
Governance Committee are: The Rt. Hon. The Baroness Chalker of Wallasey PC
(Chairman), Mr. Anin, Dr. Martineau and Dr. Crocker.

Compensation of Directors and Officers


Our objective is to provide senior management, including executive directors,
with a competitive remuneration package which will attract and retain executives
of the highest caliber and will encourage and reward superior performance in a
manner consistent with the interests of our shareholders.


Executive Directors


On February 28, 2003, Ashanti Capital Limited, or Ashanti Capital, one of our
wholly owned subsidiaries, entered into a service agreement with Mr. Jonah at an
annual salary of 'L'450,000, subject to annual review. The service agreement
can be terminated on three years' written notice given by Ashanti Capital. Mr
Jonah is also entitled to receive: a bonus of such amount as the Board may
determine; in lieu of pension an amount of 'L'200,000 for the period until
October 31, 2003 and from that date an annual gratuity in the amount of 20% of
his basic annual salary; private medical insurance; emergency evacuation
insurance; a company car; certain flights; accommodation and staff; and the cost
of education of his dependent children. On termination of his employment,
Ashanti Capital reserves the right to give Mr. Jonah pay in lieu of
notice of termination (whether notice is given by Ashanti Capital or by Mr.
Jonah). This amount would consist of Mr. Jonah's basic salary and any bonus or
other benefits referable to his employment. Mr. Jonah is also entitled to
terminate his service agreement if we cease to be listed on the New York Stock
Exchange or the London Stock Exchange unless, if we become a subsidiary of
another company, that company offers Mr. Jonah the position of Chief Executive
of the enlarged group on terms at least as beneficial to Mr. Jonah.


We have entered into individual service agreements with Mr. Venkatakrishnan
(dated September 20, 2000), Mrs. Botsio-Phillips (dated September 29, 1999) and
Mrs. Ofori Atta (dated September 29, 1999) at respective annual salaries of
'L'220,000 (approximately US$342,000), US$125,000 (payable in Cedis) and
US$110,000 (payable in Cedis), all subject to annual review. The service
agreements of Mr. Venkatakrishnan and Mrs. Botsio-Phillips may be extended by us
from January 1 each year for a further period of one year to expire three years
thereafter or be terminated, subject to two years' notice. Their service
agreements are


                                      119








currently due to expire on December 31, 2004. Mrs. Ofori Atta's service
agreement runs until December 31, 2003. We entered into a service agreement with
Mr. Schultz on September 29, 1999, under which he is entitled to an annual
salary of 'L'230,000 (approximately US$358,000). This service agreement will
expire on December 31, 2002, and has been replaced by a service agreement dated
March 27, 2002, under which Mr. Schultz will serve as Chief Operating Officer
for the period January 1, 2003 until December 31, 2003. Mr. Schultz will receive
an annual salary of US$360,000 for this period. These executive directors are
also entitled to receive a bonus of such amount as the Board may determine, an
annual gratuity in lieu of a pension in the amount of 20% of their basic annual
salary, private medical expenses insurance, emergency evacuation insurance, a
company car and accommodation. In addition, Mr. Schultz and Mr. Venkatakrishnan
also receive the costs of education of their children until they reach the age
of 21 years. On termination of employment, we reserve the right to give such
executive directors pay in lieu of notice of termination (whether given by us or
the executive director). The amount will consist of such executive director's
basic salary for their relevant notice period. In accordance with Mr. Schultz's
service agreement for the period January 1, 2003 until December 31, 2003, any
pay in lieu of notice will also include any bonus, commission or other benefit
referable to his employment as we, or the Board, may, in our sole discretion,
decide.


Non-executive Directors


We have entered into appointment letters with each of Dr. Martineau and Dr.
Crocker with effect from February 22, 2000, with Mr. Gibian and The Rt. Hon.
Baroness Chalker of Wallasey P.C. with effect from March 24, 2000, with Mr. Anin
with effect from October 27, 2001, with Mr. Haslam with effect from March 8,
2002, and with Mr. Morrell with effect from February 28, 1997 (renewed on May
31, 2000). We have also entered into similar appointment letters with Mr.
Beckett with effect from March 5, 1994 (renewed with effect from April 25,
2001). Each such director's appointment letter is for a period of approximately
three years (subject at all times to the retirement by rotation provisions) and
renewable on the same terms.

Save for Mr. Beckett, the Chairman of the Board, who is entitled to a retainer
of US$75,000 per year as of June 1, 2002, each non-executive director is
entitled to a retainer of US$30,000 per year and a Board committee Chairman is
entitled to an additional US$5,000 per year. Each non-executive director is also
entitled to an attendance fee of US$1,000 for each Board meeting attended in
person and, if the meeting is attended in person outside their country of
domicile, then that director is also entitled to a travel fee of US$1,500.
Each non-executive director is also entitled to be reimbursed all
reasonable expenses incurred while working on our business as well as those
expenses incurred in attending Board meetings.

In the fiscal year 2002, the aggregate amount of compensation comprising salary,
bonuses and other payments, as well as benefits in kind, paid by us to all of
our directors and senior management was approximately US$5.4 million and to
senior management was US$2.5 million. This does not include the part of the
remuneration of Mr. Jonah which, prior to termination of the Replacement
Technical Services Agreement on February 28, 2003, was paid by Lonmin. We
separately paid Lonmin, under the Replacement Technical Services Agreement, for
technical services it rendered to us, including the services of Mr. Jonah. In
the financial year ended December 31, 2002, we paid US$0.8 million to Lonmin for
these technical services.

As at March 12, 2003, the interests of the directors (and interests of persons
connected with them within the meaning of section 346 of the UK Companies Act
1985 which would, if the connected person were a director, be required to be
disclosed, and the existence of which is known to or could with reasonable
diligence be ascertained by the relevant director whether or not held through
another party) in our securities were:



                                      120









                                                                   Number of       Number of
                                                                    Shares       Shares under
Name                                               Beneficial   Non-Beneficial   option/award
----                                               ----------   --------------   ------------
                                                                           
Michael Beckett                                       1,873            0                  0
Theophilus Anin                                          53            0                  0
Merene Botsio-Phillips                                  100            0             70,426
The Rt. Hon. The Baroness Chalker of Wallasey PC          0            0                  0
Chester Crocker                                           0            0                  0
Thomas Gibian                                        20,000            0                  0
Gordon Haslam                                             0            0                  0
Sam Jonah                                            59,690            0            410,404
Michael Martineau                                         0            0                  0
Nicholas Morrell                                          0            0                  0
Eleanor Ofori Atta                                      553            0             63,999
Trevor Schultz                                       31,245            0            195,912
S Venkatakrishnan                                         0            0            200,775



No director exercised any share options during 2002 and up to March 12, 2003.

Save for the interests of Mr. Jonah in the Replacement Technical Services
Agreement (which was terminated on February 28, 2003), none of our directors has
or had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature or
conditions or is or was significant to our business and which has been effected
by us during the current or immediately preceding financial year or which was
effected by us during any earlier financial year and remains in any respect
outstanding or unperformed.


There are no outstanding loans granted by us to any of our directors, nor any
guarantees provided by us for the benefit of any of our directors.


As at March 12, 2003, the interests of our senior management in our securities
were:




Name                           Number of Shares
----                           ----------------
                                    
Ernest Abankroh                        *
Martin Awuku Ahorney                   *
Kwaku Akosah-Bempah                    *
James Kwamena Anaman                   *
Mark Arnesen                           *
Kweku Awotwi                           *
Peter Cowley                           *
Alex Darko                             *
Rolin P. Erickson                      *
Brent Horochuk                         *
Abel Ntini                             *
Daniel Monney Akwafo Owiredu           *
George Potter                          *
David Renner                           *
Gary Townsend                          *
Ken Tshribi                            *


*=   owns less than 1% of our outstanding capital stock.

Incentive Schemes

The AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme

The exercise price per share for options granted under this scheme is set at the
average of the closing middle market quotations for our shares on the LSE on the
5 dealing days immediately preceding the date of grant of the option. The
exercise price will be denominated in US dollars but may, at the election of
participants, be


                                      121







paid in cedis (translated from US dollars at the average of the closing buying
and selling spot rates ruling two days before exercise of the option).

Options will normally be exercisable at any time between the third and tenth
anniversaries of the date of grant. The right to exercise an option will
generally be forfeited shortly after a participant leaves employment. Special
provisions apply however if:

o    the participant's employment terminates by reason of death, injury,
     disability, retirement or redundancy or any other reasons at the Management
     Development and Remuneration Committee's discretion;

o    in the case of an expatriate employee, on expiry without renewal of his
     fixed-term contract of employment;

o    in the event of a person becoming a "majority shareholder controller" (as
     defined in section 84 of the Mining Law); or

o    on a reconstruction or liquidation of us.

Options have previously been granted subject to performance conditions. However,
as one of the primary objectives of the option scheme is to help us retain key
personnel, options granted after April 25, 2001 are not subject to performance
conditions.

There is a limit on the number of shares which may be subject to options granted
under this scheme. The number of our shares which may be issued or become
issuable pursuant to options granted on any date, when added to the number of
shares issued and remaining issuable in respect of outstanding options granted
in the previous 10 years under this scheme and any other share schemes operated
by us, may not exceed 10% of the number of our shares at that date.

No option may be granted under this scheme after April 25, 2011.

The Ashanti Bonus Co-Investment Plan

Under this plan, executive directors and key employees who receive an annual
bonus and are recommended by the Management Development and Remuneration
Committee are offered the right to purchase certain of our shares. These shares
have already been issued and purchased by an employee trust, which is funded by
us on terms agreed by the Board. These shares are designated "Invested Shares"
for the purposes of this plan. If participants choose to purchase Invested
Shares then, without having to pay any further amounts, participants are granted
the right to receive an additional number of shares equal to the number of
Invested Shares purchased. These additional shares are designated "Matching
Shares" for the purposes of this plan. Normally, so long as the participant does
not sell the Invested Shares within a two-year period following their purchase,
the Matching Shares will be released to him in equal installments on the first
and second anniversaries of the making of the award. Rights to receive Matching
Shares will normally lapse if the participant leaves employment with us or sells
the Invested Shares within two years of their purchase date.


Awards made under this plan have been allowed to run their course and we do not
currently intend to make any further awards under this plan.


The AGC 1994 Employee Share Scheme

Under this scheme, executive directors and key employees receive our shares for
free if we achieve specified challenging internal and/or performance conditions
within a three-year period. Previously, ordinary shares have been conditionally
awarded to employees nominated by us, and transferred to employees following the
employee's completion of three years' service from the date of the award,
provided the performance targets are met. Awards made in 2002 were, and
subsequent awards will be, subjected to granting conditions and held for 3 years
from the date of award and on the expiry of which they will be released free of
charge. Awards generally lapse if participants leave employment with us, but
special termination provisions apply if:

o    the participant's employment terminates by reason of death, injury,
     disability, retirement or redundancy, or other reasons at the discretion of
     the trustee of this scheme;

o    in the case of an expatriate employee, on expiry without renewal of his
     fixed-term contract of employment;


                                      122







o    in the event of a person becoming a "majority shareholder controller" as
     defined in section 84 of the Mining Law; or

o    on a reconstruction or liquidation of us.

The Ashanti Performance Share Plan

All executive directors and key employees are eligible to participate in this
plan. Awards are made in the form of a contingent right to receive a specified
number of our shares at no cost to the participant. Receipt of shares is subject
to the satisfaction of performance criteria over a three year period. Awards
generally lapse if the participant leaves our employment but special termination
provisions apply if the participant's employment terminates by reason of death,
injury, disability, retirement or on a reconstruction or liquidation of us.
Awards made under this plan will be allowed to run their course, but we do not
currently intend to make any further awards.

Long-Term Performance Plan

All directors and employees are eligible to participate in this plan but, as
yet, no awards have been made under it. Each award will have a three year
performance period, and payment will generally be conditional on the executive
remaining with us for the duration of that period. The maximum amount receivable
will normally be 100% of annual basic salary at the award date. At the end of
the three year period, we will make payments according to the level of our
performance measured against performance targets set when the award was made.


                                      123







MATERIAL CONTRACTS

Save for the contracts described below, we have not entered into any contracts
(not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) within the
two years immediately preceding the date of this prospectus which are or may be
material or have a significant effect on the financial position of our group.
Nor have any such contracts been entered into at an earlier time that contain
provisions under which any member of our group has any obligation or entitlement
that is material to our group at the date of this document.


Geita Gold Mine Financing Arrangements


On December 12, 2000, Geita Gold Mining Limited (formerly Ashanti Goldfields
Tanzania Limited), or Geita Gold, entered into a US$135.0 million project
financing facility, or the Geita facility, with a syndicate of international
banks arranged by NM Rothschild & Sons, Barclays Capital and Dresdner Kleinwort
Wasserstein. We own (through a number of intermediate companies) 50% of Geita
Gold. The remaining 50% is owned (also through intermediate companies) by
AngloGold Limited, or AngloGold.

The Geita facility was drawn down in a single advance on December 15, 2000. It
is to be repaid in 12 semiannual installments each of US$10.8 million and a
further final installment of US$6 million. The first installment was paid on
December 31, 2001 in accordance with the Geita facility agreement.

The interest rate applicable to the Geita facility increases over the life of
the loan. The interest rate is as follows:

o    until December 31, 2001 - LIBOR plus 1.20%;

o    January 1, 2002, until September 30, 2002 - LIBOR plus 1.45%;

o    October 1, 2002, until December 12, 2003 - LIBOR plus 1.70%;

o    December 13, 2003 until December 12, 2005 - LIBOR plus 1.95%; or

o    December 13, 2005 until October 30, 2007 - LIBOR plus 2.20%.

The Geita facility was provided to Geita Gold to repay and refinance a US$100
million bridge loan facility previously borrowed by Geita Gold on February 21,
2000 from a syndicate of lenders arranged by Barclays Capital, to repay certain
inter-company loans provided to Geita Gold, to pay fees and expenses in
connection with the Geita facility and to finance the remaining construction and
development costs of the Geita mine.

Until September 30, 2002, the Geita facility was guaranteed jointly and
severally by AngloGold and Samax Resources Limited, or SRL. This guarantee was
referred to as the Completion Guarantee. Geita Gold satisfactorily reached
technical completion of the construction of the Geita mine as of September 30,
2002. Satisfaction of the physical, financial and operational tests has resulted
in the Completion Guarantee being discharged in full and correspondingly the
obligations of AngloGold Limited and SRL as completion guarantors being
discharged in full.

Following completion, the Geita facility is now guaranteed by Cluff Mineral
Exploration Limited, or Cluff Mineral, Cluff Resources Limited, Cluff Oil
Limited, or Cluff Oil, SRL and Geita Management Company Limited, or Geita
Management, on a joint and several basis. AngloGold and ourselves each own
(through subsidiaries) 50% of the shares of these companies. Except in the case
of Geita Management, these companies own no significant assets other than an
indirect interest in the Geita mine. Geita Management's only significant assets
are hedging contracts entered into in respect of the Geita mine.

AngloGold and ourselves together act as sponsors to the project.


Geita Gold is obliged to make a mandatory prepayment of the Geita facility
whenever it pays a dividend or distribution to its shareholders, including
repayment of shareholder loans. Each prepayment will be of an amount equal to
half of the total distribution paid at that time. There is a cap on mandatory
prepayments so that the maximum amount that Geita Gold can ever be required to
prepay is an amount sufficient to reduce the final repayment date for the Geita
facility by 24 months. In addition, Geita Gold will be required to make a
mandatory prepayment if it holds more than US$25 million in its proceeds account
on any principal



                                      124







repayment date. In such circumstance, the prepayment will be equal to one third
of the excess over the US$25 million threshold.

Geita Gold is required to fulfil financial covenants in respect of loan life,
project life, reserve tail and debt service cover ratios. Failure to maintain
these ratios at above specified levels can result in an event of default.

Geita Gold is obliged to maintain a debt service reserve account with a minimum
balance equal to the next scheduled repayment of principal together with all
interest, fees and political risk insurance premia falling due and payable in
the next six months from that repayment date. This account is funded solely by
revenues produced from the Geita mine or, if Geita Gold chooses, from an
irrevocable letter of credit.

Political Risk Insurance, or PRI, has been provided by New Hampshire Insurance
(a subsidiary of AIG) and Steadfast Insurance Company (a subsidiary of Zurich
International) in favor of the lenders and hedging counterparties covering,
amongst other things, the risk of confiscation, expropriation, nationalization,
currency inconvertibility, political violence, war, terrorism, civil commotion,
insurrection, rebellion, sabotage, selective discrimination, forced abandonment
and other political risks. The lenders are the beneficiaries of the PRI and the
PRI premium is paid by Geita Gold.

Geita Gold is required to ensure that at least 50% of the Geita mine's
anticipated production during the life of the Geita facility is hedged.

In order to carry out this hedging, a special purpose vehicle, Geita Management,
has been established in the Isle of Man. Geita Management carries out all
necessary hedges with appropriate hedging counterparties (a syndicate bank or an
affiliate or subsidiary of a syndicate bank) to ensure that the financial ratios
are met on an ongoing basis. The hedges are carried out on a margin-free basis.
However, if at any time the aggregate marked-to-market value of the hedges
exceeds US$132.5 million (negative), then Geita Gold is prohibited from making
any further distributions until the negative marked-to-market value reduces to
an amount less than US$132.5 million. The threshold of US$132.5 million will
increase during the life of the Geita facility as principal repayments are made
and additional coverage becomes available under the PRI.

All of the hedged contracts and proceeds from those contracts have been assigned
to the lenders under a hedging assignment. This hedging assignment agreement
forms part of the security package given by Geita Gold to the lenders.

The security package consists of a fixed and floating charge over all the assets
of SRL, Cluff, Cluff Mineral, Cluff Oil and Geita Management as guarantors under
the Geita facility, a mortgage over the shares of Geita Management's holding
company and a mortgage of any cash held by Geita Gold.

Geita Joint Venture Agreement

Under the terms of the joint venture agreement dated December 15, 2000 relating
to the Geita mine, or the Geita Joint Venture Agreement, we and AngloGold Geita
Holdings Limited, or AngloGold Geita, have exactly the same rights and interests
in Cluff Resources Plc, or Cluff, and its subsidiary undertakings, or the Cluff
Group, and in the management of the development, financing, construction,
operation, maintenance and associated exploration of the Geita mine, or the
Geita Project. Accordingly, the benefits of the Geita Project are enjoyed, and
the obligations borne, equally by the parties. The agreement therefore provides
for the unanimous agreement of both parties (acting through their nominated
representatives) to any material action, including the agreement of annual
budgets and amendments to the business plan, taken by any member of the Cluff
Group or in relation to the Geita Project.

In relation to the Geita Project, a management committee has been established,
to which both parties have the right to appoint (and remove) four
representatives. The management committee may only take action with the
favorable vote of at least one representative of each of ourselves and AngloGold
Geita. The committee has a chairman, who is not entitled to a casting vote. The
chairmanship rotates on an annual basis. The current chairman is our
representative. A similar position applies in relation to the directorships of
the members of the Cluff Group.

It is intended that any funding required to sustain the Geita Project will be
met by the cash flow from the project. In the event that the Geita Project (or
any Cluff Group member) requires additional funding beyond the amount of the
Geita facility, neither ourselves nor AngloGold Geita shall be obliged to
provide such


                                      125








funding unless it, in its sole discretion, elects to do so. We did not have sole
responsibility for any aspect of the joint venture going forward except for
bearing costs of up to US$2.0 million for the construction of a haul road. This
item formed part of the capital expenditure budget for the Geita Project but
actual construction had been deferred until 2001 and has now been completed.
AngloGold is a party to the agreement as guarantor of AngloGold Geita's
obligations.


In the event that either party wishes to dispose of its interest in the Geita
Project other than intra-Group, this may only be effected through a sale of its
shares (and the related shareholder loans) in Cluff. In this event the other
party shall have rights of pre-emption in relation to such a sale. Neither party
may dispose of part only of its interest. A change of control of either
shareholder shall not be considered to be a deemed disposal which would trigger
these pre-emption rights. Neither party may charge its interest to any third
party without the consent of the other party.

The Geita mine is operated by its existing staff who were initially provided by
us but its staff is supplemented by AngloGold employees when vacancies arise.
The day to day operation of the mine is in the hands of the current mine chief
operating officer appointed by AngloGold. All key decisions in relation to the
Geita mine's development, operation and financing must be agreed unanimously by
AngloGold Geita and ourselves. In the event that the management committee cannot
agree whether to take any action, the matter will be referred to the chief
executives of the respective groups who will endeavor to agree the issue,
failing which it may not be implemented.

February 2000 Amended Warrant Deed Poll

Our wholly-owned subsidiary, Ashanti Warrants Limited, or Ashanti Warrants,
issued unregistered warrants, or Warrants, to subscribe for our ordinary shares
to our hedge counterparties in November 1999. The rights attaching to the
Warrants are set out in a deed poll dated November 2, 1999, as amended on
February 21, 2000.

Warrants to purchase a total of 19,835,001 of our ordinary shares were issued in
three equal tranches (being, respectively, the "A", "B" and "C" tranches) with
expiry dates for each tranche as follows:

o    "A" Warrants -April 28, 2004;

o    "B" Warrants -October 28, 2004; and

o    "C" Warrants -April 28, 2005.


As at March 12, 2003, 15,155,031 warrants have been exercised. Only 4,679,970
warrants now remain.


Each Warrant carries the right to subscribe in cash at any time up to the expiry
period in respect of each tranche set out above at the subscription price of
US$3 for one zero-coupon mandatorily exchangeable note, or MES, in Ashanti
Warrants. Each MES has a principal amount of US$3. Any MES subscribed for
automatically and mandatorily exchanges into one of our ordinary shares.
Warrants may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time during the
subscription period in accordance with the procedure set out in the deed poll.

The subscription price can be adjusted upon the occurrence of circumstances
including (but not limited to) the following:

o    consolidation of our share capital;

o    capitalization of our profits; or

o    scrip issues.

The Warrants are transferable, in whole or in part, subject to applicable
securities law.

In the event that we are wound-up (except a winding-up sanctioned by
warrantholders), the outstanding warrantholders will be treated as if their
unexercised rights had been exercised in full immediately prior to the
winding-up. The unexercised subscription rights and exchange rights shall be
deemed to have been exercised in full and we shall be deemed to have received in
full the relevant subscription moneys. Accordingly, the outstanding
warrantholders will be entitled to receive such amounts out of the assets
available for


                                      126







distribution on a liquidation pari passu with ordinary shareholders (after
deducting a sum per ordinary share equal to the subscription price).

Warrantholders also have certain rights in the event of an offer for our share
capital which would result in a "change of control". The warrantholders would be
entitled to receive consideration from the offeror on the basis that they had
exercised their Warrants and had become holders of our ordinary shares unless,
in the case of a share-for-share offer, the offeror offers the warrantholders
offeror warrants or offeror shares on terms which our financial advisers
consider fair and reasonable.

The warrantholders may alter the rights attached to the Warrants with the
approval of warrantholders present (in person or by proxy) at a meeting of the
warrantholders representing two-thirds of the Warrants in respect of which a
vote has been cast.

MENs Deed Poll


Under the MENs deed poll dated June 27, 2002, or the MENs Deed Poll, Ashanti
Capital (Second) Limited, or ACSL, resolved to create and issue US$75.0 million
of mandatorily exchangeable notes, or MENs, exchangeable for our ordinary
shares. The MENs are unsecured and unconditional obligations of ACSL.


We have undertaken to issue ordinary shares on the exchange of the MENs and to
keep available at all times sufficient ordinary shares for such purpose. We have
also agreed to procure that ACSL meets its obligations pursuant to the MENs Deed
Poll.

The MENs are exchangeable into ordinary shares on either of the following
events:

o    the completion of our first rights issue undertaken following the date of
     the MENs Deed Poll; or

o    us serving a notice of exchange upon the holders of the MENs at any time
     after the date falling 18 months after the issue of the MENs.

The MENs are exchangeable into ordinary shares at an exchange price of the lower
of US$5.40 and the price at which we issue ordinary shares pursuant to the
rights issue.

The MENs (if not already exchanged) will be redeemable for cash on the earlier
of:

o    a takeover offer for us, or a scheme of arrangement of us, becoming
     effective; or

o    the date of maturity, being June 30, 2008,

but may not be redeemed for cash before such dates unless our revolving credit
facility has been repaid in full.

In the event that the MENs are redeemed, interest on the MENs is payable from
the date of issue of the MENs at approximately the same rate as is payable under
our revolving credit facility. In the event that we pay a dividend at any time
prior to exchange of the MENs into ordinary shares, interest will be payable at
the time the exchange occurs, equal to the amount which the holders of MENs
would have received had their MENs been exchanged at an exchange price of
US$5.40 at the dividend record date. Otherwise the MENs are non-interest
bearing.

The MENs are conditionally transferable, but no application is intended to be
made for the MENs to be listed on any stock exchange. The MENs have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the securities laws
of any state of the United States and may not be offered, sold, delivered,
assigned, exchanged or otherwise disposed of, directly or indirectly, in the
United States or to or for the account or benefit of US persons.

Lonmin MENs Subscription Agreement

The Lonmin MENs Subscription Agreement was entered into on June 28, 2002 between
ourselves, ACSL and Lonmin. Under this agreement, ACSL issued US$46.6 million of
MENs to Lonmin.

We have agreed with Lonmin to use our best efforts to complete the rights issue
within 18 months from the issue date of the MENs. Lonmin has agreed not to take
up its rights under the rights issue unless and only to the extent that the
ordinary shares offered to it in connection with the rights issue exceeds the
number of ordinary shares that would be issued upon exchange of US$46.6 million
of MENs.


                                      127







We have further agreed that, in the event that the rights issue is not completed
within 18 months of the issue date of the MENs, we will take certain steps to
convene a shareholders' meeting to consider resolutions to approve the exchange
of any MENs (whether or not held by Lonmin) in accordance with the voluntary
exchange provisions of the MENs Deed Poll.

We have also undertaken to Lonmin that we will not, without Lonmin's prior
written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) for so long as any
of the MENs are outstanding:

o    issue any ordinary shares by way of capitalization of profits or reserves
     or bonus issue or sub-divide or consolidate or reclassify any ordinary
     shares;

o    issue any new class of share in our capital; or

o    redeem or purchase any ordinary shares or reduce our share capital, capital
     redemption reserve or share premium account.

We have also undertaken that we will not, for so long as the MENs are
outstanding, without the prior approval of a special resolution of our
shareholders, issue more than 11,000,000 ordinary shares other than pro rata to
our shareholders.

Lonmin has also given us undertakings that it shall not lend, sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of or deal with or charge, encumber or grant options or other
rights over its MENs or the existing 36,000,000 ordinary shares it holds in us
except with the prior consent of ourselves and ACSL (provided that Lonmin may
sell a proportion of our ordinary shares if it also sells the same proportion of
its MENs to the same buyer or if it receives confirmation from the UK Listing
Authority that, as a result of such sale, shareholder approval for exchange of
its MENs is not required). Lonmin is also entitled to sell its existing
shareholding pursuant to a recommended offer for our entire issued share
capital.

Lonmin also agreed that it will not exercise its voting rights in respect of
shares held by Lonmin and its concert parties in excess of 50% of our entire
issued share capital, except following a change of control of ourselves which
has been approved by the Minister of Mines under the Minerals and Mining Law
1986 of Ghana (as amended) or is in compliance with the provisions of the
Takeover Code of Ghana. Lonmin has also agreed to vote in favor of any
resolutions necessary to implement the rights issue, including resolutions to
increase our authorized share capital and the directors' authorization to allot
ordinary shares.

We have entered into a separate letter of undertaking with Lonmin pursuant to
which we have agreed that, for so long as any of the put options entered into by
Lonmin and certain of our warrantholders remain to be exercised, if we seek to
effect the rights issue at less than US$5.40 per ordinary share, we shall not,
without Lonmin's approval (acting reasonably) launch such rights issue at a
subscription price of more than a 5 per cent discount to the then current market
value of an ordinary share.

Government of Ghana MENs Subscription Agreement

The Government of Ghana MENs Subscription Agreement was entered into on June 28,
2002 between ourselves, ACSL, Lonmin and the Government of Ghana. Under this
agreement, ACSL offered the Government of Ghana the right to subscribe for
US$28.4 million of MENs. The Government transferred this subscription right to
Lonmin in consideration for Lonmin entering into a call option (described
below). Pursuant to the Government of Ghana MENs Subscription Agreement, ACSL
issued the US$28.4 million of MENs to Lonmin.

The call option provides that the Government has a transferable call option over
our ordinary shares arising on conversion of US$28.4 million of the MENs, which
is exercisable at any time until five business days prior to the close of the
subscription period for the rights issue (or 18 months from the date of the call
option, if earlier). The purchase price under the call option is the price at
which our ordinary shares are offered for subscription pursuant to the rights
issue. The sale of the shares pursuant to the exercise of the call option cannot
occur until the closing date of the subscription period for the rights issue.

We have agreed with the Government to use our best efforts to complete the
rights issue within 18 months from the issue date of the MENs. If a rights issue
is not completed within this period, the Government has irrevocably undertaken
to Lonmin to vote in favor of any resolution we propose seeking independent
shareholder approval to enable the exercise of our option under the deed poll to
exchange all of the MENs.


                                      128







The Government has undertaken not to take up its rights under the rights issue
unless and only to the extent that the ordinary shares offered to it in
connection with the rights issue exceeds the number of ordinary shares that
would be issued upon exchange of US$28.4 million of MENs.

We have further agreed with the Government that we will not, for so long as any
of the MENS are outstanding, without the Government's prior written consent (not
to be unreasonably withheld or delayed):

o    issue any ordinary shares by way of capitalization of profits or reserves
     or bonus issue or sub-divide or consolidate or reclassify any ordinary
     shares;

o    issue any new class of share in our capital; or

o    redeem or purchase any ordinary share or reduce our share capital, capital
     redemption reserve or share premium account.

Lonmin has agreed that it will not transfer, charge or encumber its interest in
US$28.4 million of the MENs other than in accordance with the terms of the call
option or otherwise with our or with ACSL's prior consent.

The Government has also given undertakings to us and to ACSL that it shall not
lend, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with, charge, encumber or
grant options or other rights over its existing holding of 21,978,104 ordinary
shares prior to the record date for the rights issue, except with the consent of
ourselves and ACSL or by way of acceptance of an offer for our entire issued
share capital.

The Government has further agreed to vote in favor of any resolutions required
to implement the rights issue, including resolutions to increase our authorized
share capital and our directors' authorization to allot ordinary shares.

US$200 million Revolving Credit Facility

We entered into a US$200.0 million revolving credit facility dated June 28,
2002, or the RCF, with:

o    ABSA Bank Limited;

o    Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited;

o    Bank of Nova Scotia;

o    Barclays Capital (the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC);

o    Bayerische Hypo-und Vereinsbank Aktiengesellschaft;

o    CIBC World Markets plc;

o    Ghana International Bank plc;

o    HSBC Bank USA;

o    Investec Bank (UK) Limited;

o    NM Rothschild & Sons Limited;

o    The Royal Bank of Scotland plc;

o    Societe Generale;

o    Standard Bank London Limited;

o    Standard Chartered Bank; and

o    Westdeutsche Landesbank Gironzentrale, London Branch,

collectively referred to as the lenders.


The maximum principal amount of the RCF will be reduced by US$20.0 million
semi-annually commencing 12 months after the first drawdown with a further final
repayment of US$40.0 million on June 30, 2007. As at December 31, 2002, US$149.0
million was outstanding under the RCF.



                                      129







The term of the loan is five years.

The interest rate applicable to the RCF is as follows:

o    Years 1 and 2 - US LIBOR plus 1.75%; and

o    Years 3, 4 and 5 - US LIBOR plus 2.00%.

The RCF is provided to our group through our subsidiary Ashanti Finance (Cayman)
Limited, or the Borrower, to pay and refinance obligations and for general
corporate purposes.

The RCF is guaranteed jointly and severally by us (as parent), Ashanti Treasury
Services Limited, or ATS, Geita Treasury Services Limited, or GTS, Societe
Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee and Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited (as
the guarantors).

The lenders under the RCF have security over all the hedging contracts entered
into by ATS and GTS, gold refining and purchasing agreements, insurance
contracts, gold in transit and bank accounts.

Security has also been granted over substantially all the assets of Ashanti
Goldfields Company Limited and Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited located in
Ghana including the mining leases relating to the Obuasi and Bibiani mines. We
have also agreed to use our best endeavors to give security over our shares in
Cluff Resources Limited, which owns the Geita Mine. In addition, we have
effected a political risk insurance policy, or PRI, of up to US$131.0 million in
relation only to Ghana for the benefit of the lenders who, prior to the closing
of syndication, elected to take the benefit of PRI.

The financial covenants provide that the ratio of consolidated net debt to
consolidated EBITDA (based on the definitions in the RCF) is no greater than:

o    2.50:1 for the twelve month period ending on December 31, 2002;

o    2.25:1 for the twelve month period ending on June 30, 2003;

o    2.00:1 for the twelve month period ending on December 31, 2003;

o    1.75:1 for the twelve month period ending on June 30, 2004; and

o    1.50:1 in respect of relevant 12-month periods thereafter.


The financial covenants further provide that the ratio of consolidated EBITDA to
consolidated net interest payable (based on the definitions in RCF) is not less
than:


o    4.50:1 for the twelve month periods ending on December 31, 2002 and June
     30, 2003;

o    5.00:1 for the twelve month period ending December 31, 2003;

o    5.50:1 for the twelve month period ending June 30, 2004; and

o    6.00:1 for any twelve month period ending thereafter.

Consolidated tangible net worth is not to be less than US$415.0 million at any
time. Consolidated net debt is not to exceed 50% of the consolidated tangible
net worth for the periods ending on or before June 30, 2004 and for the relevant
periods thereafter shall not exceed 40% of the consolidated tangible net worth.

The RCF imposes commitment fees and other terms and conditions on our group
including the provision of detailed financial and other information, financial
covenants, restrictions on acquisitions, restrictions on investments and loans
to non-group companies and ring fenced project finance entities, restrictions on
the creation of security, restrictions on disposal of assets, restrictions on
making loans or providing credit, and restrictions on change of business.

The Events of Default include:

o    cross default in respect of financial indebtedness of material group
     members (excluding certain subsidiaries, such as Kimin and ring fenced
     project finance entities) in excess of US$5.0 million;

o    insolvency of material group members;

o    nationalization of certain assets of our group;


                                      130







o    reduction of foreign exchange retention levels;

o    termination or amendment of the margin-free trading arrangements other than
     in accordance with the terms of the new margin free trading letter and
     termination of hedging agreements without our consent and that of our Risk
     Management Committee;

o    change of control of us which is reasonably likely to have a material
     adverse effect; and

o    material adverse change.

Unless the banks give us consent, we will be obliged to use some of the net
proceeds from the rights issue to repay outstanding indebtedness of the
Iduapriem/Teberebie mine. We have also agreed that once this indebtedness has
been repaid we will arrange for security to be granted to the banks over the
assets of Iduapriem/Teberebie.

The New Margin Free Trading Arrangements

Each of our active hedge counterparties have entered into the new margin free
trading letter, or New MFTL.

The New MFTL provides that any right that a hedge counterparty had, under any of
its hedging arrangements with us, to call for margin or otherwise require the
provision of any form of security or collateral in respect of such hedging
arrangements shall be canceled and that any new hedging arrangements entered
into shall not benefit from margin, or otherwise require the provision of any
form of security or collateral in respect of such hedging arrangements other
than in certain limited circumstances.

The hedge counterparties have a right to terminate their hedging agreements with
us on the occurrence of any of the following:

o    any subsidiary granting any person the right to call for, or require the
     provision of, margin or equivalent collateral; or

o    any person actually calling for, or requiring the provision of, margin or
     equivalent collateral from any of our group members (in circumstances where
     it is permitted to do so pursuant to its hedging agreements with
     ourselves); or


o    any of our subsidiaries entering into a hedging arrangement with a
     cross-default threshold less than US$5.0 million; or


o    any of our subsidiaries granting any right, to any person who enters into a
     hedging arrangement with any subsidiary, analogous or superior to the
     non-disposal right granted to the hedge counterparties in connection with
     the Geita mine (or any part of it) or any member of the Geita joint venture
     group; or

o    any of our subsidiaries actually paying, posting or granting margin or
     equivalent collateral,

in each case in relation to any hedging arrangement (other than any permitted
hedging arrangement). Permitted hedging arrangements generally relate to certain
hedging arrangements in connection with project financings.

In addition, if we are no longer in compliance with our hedging policy or if we
amend our hedging policy without the prior written approval of the relevant
majority of hedge counterparties, the hedge counterparties will be entitled to
terminate their hedging arrangements with our group.

The New MFTL contains, amongst other things, financial covenants similar to
those in the RCF.


Rights Issue Agreement

The Rights Issue Agreement is dated _____, 2003 and was entered into by CIBC
World Markets Inc., Investec Bank (UK) Limited (together the "Managers") and us.
Pursuant to the agreement the Managers have agreed, on and subject to the terms
of the agreement (a) to the extent any new shares or new GDSs are not subscribed
for pursuant to the rights offering to holders on the international register, to
subscribe for (or procure subscribers for) a maximum of ____ such new shares
and/or new GDSs except to the extent that sub-underwriters have validly taken up
such number of new shares and/or new GDSs pursuant to the rights issue and
validly elected to off-set such take-up against their sub-underwriting
commitments; and (b) to use their reasonable endeavors to procure subscribers
on behalf of non-subscribing shareholders and/or GDS holders



                                     131







for the new shares or new GDSs that have not been taken up in the
rights offering at a price at least equal to the share/GDS subscription price.

Under the agreement, the following fees and commissions are payable by us:

o    a fee of _____% of the gross proceeds resulting from the take up of the
     new shares and/or new GDSs pursuant to the rights issue; and

o    in connection with the sale of any new shares or new GDSs not taken up by
     shareholders or GDS holders pursuant to the rights offering, a fee of
     _____% of the gross proceeds of such sale.

All sums payable shall be paid together with any value added tax payable thereon
(as applicable).


The agreement is conditional upon, amongst other matters, (i) the F1
Registration Statement, filed by us with the SEC and registering the new shares
and new share rights, being declared effective by the SEC by the date of the
agreement; (ii) admission of the new shares nil paid and the transferable
rights to subscribe for new GDSs to the Official List of the UK Listing
Authority and to trading on the LSE's market for listed securities by no later
than [8.00 a.m.], London time, on _____, 2003 (or such later time and/or date as
we and the Managers may agree, not being later than ____, 2003); and (iii)
authorization of the GDS rights for listing on the NYSE, subject to official
notice of issuance, by the date of admission to listing on the Official List and
to trading on the LSE of the new shares, nil paid, and the new GDS rights. The
agreement also contains certain warranties, undertakings and indemnities given
by us in favor of the Managers. The agreement, or the Managers' underwriting
obligations under the agreement, may be terminated, at any time prior to the
admission of the new shares nil paid and the new GDS rights to the Official
List and to trading on the LSE, in the event of material breaches by us of
certain of our obligations under the agreement. The agreement may also be
terminated in the event of certain force majeure events occurring prior to
[5:00] p.m., London time, on ___, 2003.



                                      132







CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


We entered into a Replacement Technical Services Agreement in March 1994 with
our largest shareholder, Lonmin (then Lonrho Plc). This agreement was amended by
letter agreements dated December 1, 1995, July 30, 1998 and June 17, 1999. Under
the Replacement Technical Services Agreement, Lonmin was required to provide the
services of Mr. Jonah to us as our managing director and/or chief executive.
This agreement was terminated effective February 28, 2003, at which time one of
our subsidiaries entered into direct service agreement with Mr. Jonah in respect
of the provision of Mr. Jonah's services as our chief executive and managing
director. The terms of this agreement are summarised in "Management" above. Mr.
Jonah is also a director of Lonmin. In addition, Mr. Haslam, the chief executive
of Lonmin, is also one of our directors.

A substantial proportion of our insurance is placed through Metropolitan
Insurance Company Limited, or Metropolitan, a Ghanaian incorporated company, as
the Ghanaian law requires many risks to be insured through a Ghanaian company.
Metropolitan re-insures a large percentage of the insurance through the Ghanaian
and international insurance market. The total premiums and other fees paid by us
to Metropolitan (after deducting amounts which it pays on as premiums to
re-insurers but adding re-insurance commissions) were US$366,945 in 2002,
US$275,432 in 2001 and US$207,095 in 2000. However these figures are subject to
final adjustment. A trust in which some members of the family of our Chief
Executive Officer, Mr. Sam Jonah, have beneficial interests, holds a majority
interest in Metropolitan. Mr. Sam Jonah holds no beneficial interest in
Metropolitan. Metropolitan is managed independently from Mr. Sam Jonah and
neither Mr. Sam Jonah nor his family are directors of, nor do they participate
in the management of, Metropolitan.

Another of our major shareholders is the Government of Ghana. We pay royalties,
corporate and other taxes and utility charges in the normal course of business
to the Government of Ghana and associated authorities. Amounts we paid during
2002 totaled approximately US$40 million. Of this amount, approximately US$9
million was attributable to royalties and the remainder to corporate and other
taxes and utility charges. The Ministry of Mines of the Government of Ghana is
also the Licensor of our mines in Ghana.


On June 28, 2002 Lonmin subscribed for US$75.0 million of MENs pursuant to the
Lonmin MENs Subscription Agreement and the Government of Ghana MENs Subscription
Agreement. The Government of Ghana has a call option in respect of US$28.4
million of the MENs.


                                      133







DESCRIPTION OF OUR REGULATIONS AND CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF GHANAIAN LAW


Commentary on Certain Provisions of our Regulations and Ghanaian Company Law


Introduction

We are subject to the provisions of the Ghanaian Companies Code of 1963, as
amended, or the Companies Code, which constitutes the principal Ghanaian
legislation regulating companies incorporated in Ghana. The Companies Code was
based on English company law at the time of its adoption but also reflects
certain provisions from the legislation of Australia, South Africa and certain
other countries. A principal feature of the Companies Code which distinguishes
it from other acts based on the English model is that it attempts to codify
company law.

The following is a description of certain provisions of our Regulations and
Ghanaian company law and includes a description of the rights attached to our
ordinary shares. It does not purport to contain all applicable qualifications
and exceptions nor does it purport to be a complete review.

Authorized Business


Pursuant to Regulation 2 of our Regulations, the businesses which we are
authorized to carry on are:


o    to act as the holding and co-ordinating company of the group of companies
     of which we are for the time being the holding company;

o    to take over with effect from 1st October, 1972 the assets, business,
     objects and functions in Ghana formerly carried on by the Ashanti
     Goldfields Corporation Limited pursuant to the Mining Operations
     (Government Participation) Decree, 1972 (N.R.C.D. 132);

o    to purchase, take concession of, lease, or otherwise acquire any mines,
     mining rights, and metalliferous land and any interest therein and to
     explore, work, exercise, develop and turn the same to account;

o    to acquire quarries and mineral lands, timber and forestry estates and
     property and land of every description developed or intended to be
     developed for the production of raw materials, crops, animal products or
     agricultural products anywhere throughout the whole world and any interest
     or concession therein and to explore, work, exercise, develop and turn the
     same to account;

o    to crush, win, get, quarry, smelt, calcine, refine, dress, amalgamate,
     manipulate and prepare for market ore, metal and mineral substances of all
     kinds;

o    to carry on in any part of the world all or any of the businesses of
     financiers, capitalist, concessionaires, commercial agents, mortgage and
     bullion brokers, discount brokers or financial agents and advisers;

o    to carry on the businesses of hoteliers, guest house managers, lodging
     housekeepers, travel agents, tickets and booking agents, charter flight
     travel contractors, forwarding and custom brokers and to facilitate tours
     and travel and to arrange hotel accommodation bookings and travelers checks
     and credit card facilities and other facilities for tourists and travelers
     and to engage in all aspects of the travel and tourist industry and to run
     holiday resorts generally;

o    to carry on all or any of the businesses of general contractors,
     engineering contractors, civil engineers, site formation and plant layout
     advisers and consultants (whether civil, mechanical, electrical,
     structural, chemical, aeronautical, mining, marine or otherwise); and

o    to carry on in any part of the world any other business of a similar nature
     or any business which may in our opinion be conveniently carried on by us
     and any other business which may seem to us capable of being conveniently
     carried on in connection with the above or calculated directly or
     indirectly to enhance the value of or render profitable any of our
     businesses.

Pursuant to Section 24 of the Companies Code of Ghana, we have, for the
furtherance of our authorized businesses, all the powers of a natural person of
full capacity except in so far as such powers are expressly excluded by our
Regulations.


                                      134









Control and Management


Our control and management is divided between the members in general meeting and
the board of directors. Except for matters specifically reserved for the members
in our Regulations and the Ghanaian Companies Code, overall management of our
business is vested in the board of directors and, except to the extent that our
Regulations otherwise provide, the board of directors, when acting within its
powers, shall not be bound to obey the directions or instructions of the members
in general meeting.

The board of directors is entitled to exercise its powers through committees and
to appoint a managing director and to delegate all or any of its powers to a
managing director.

Specific powers which have been reserved for the members include matters
relating to amendments to our Regulations, the share capital and any issue of
new shares, the approval of the accounts, the distribution of profits, the
re-election of directors and the auditors, the approval of the fees,
remuneration and other interests of the directors and the authorization to
dispose of the whole, or substantially the whole, of our undertaking or assets,
although certain of these powers can also be exercised by the board of
directors.

General Meetings

   General

The Companies Code provides that shareholders shall exercise their powers in
general meeting. We are required to hold a general meeting as our annual general
meeting in each year, and not more than fifteen months from the date of the
previous annual general meeting, to consider the statutory accounts and reports
and to re-elect our directors and our auditors.

Extraordinary general meetings will be held when considered necessary by the
board of directors or when requisitioned by shareholders representing at least
one-twentieth of our issued shares.

All general meetings shall be held in Ghana unless the board of directors
decides otherwise.

   Notice of Meetings

At least 21 days' notice must be given of general meetings. The notice convening
a general meeting must state the general nature of the business to be considered
and, if the meeting is to consider a special resolution, must set out the terms
of the resolution. Any member has the right to have a resolution included in the
notice of meeting if he so requests in writing to the board of directors in time
for the matter to be included in the notice of meeting.

Our members, directors and auditors are entitled to receive notice of general
meetings. Notice of general meetings may be given by us to a member or director
either personally or by sending it by post in a pre-paid envelope addressed to
the member at his registered address or by leaving it at that address with some
person apparently over the age of sixteen.

   Voting

At a general meeting every holder of shares who is present in person (including
any corporation present by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall
on a show of hands have one vote and every such holder present in person or by
proxy shall on a poll have one vote for each share of which he is the holder but
no member is entitled to attend and vote in respect of any share held by him
unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him to us in respect of that
share have been paid. The holder of the golden share does not have any voting
rights. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote,
whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes
of the other joint holders.

At a general meeting a poll may be demanded by:

o    the chairman of the meeting; or

o    at least two members present in person or by proxy; or

o    any member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not
     less than one-twentieth of the total voting rights of all the members
     having the right to attend and vote on the resolution.


                                      135







In addition, where instruments of proxy have been duly lodged and have not been
revoked it shall be the duty of the chairman of the meeting to demand a poll
after any vote by show of hands unless the result on the show of hands is in
accordance with the directions, if any, given in all such instruments of proxy.

   Majorities required for resolutions

Our Regulations do not make specific provision for the majorities required to
pass particular resolutions. However, under the Companies Code, passing an
ordinary resolution requires a simple majority of votes cast by such members who
vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting to be in favor of the
resolution. A special resolution requires a majority of not less than
three-quarters of the votes cast by such members who vote in person or by proxy
at a general meeting, of which notice specifying the intention to propose the
resolution as a special resolution has been duly given, to be in favor of the
resolution.

   Proxies

A member entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting or a meeting of any of
the holders of any class of shares is entitled to appoint another person
(whether a member or not) to act as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him
and such proxy shall have the same rights as the member to speak at the meeting.

The instrument appointing a proxy (and the requisite authorities (if any)) may:
(a) be deposited at our registered office or as specified in the notice
convening the meeting or in any instrument or proxy sent out by us in relation
to the meeting, not less than 48 hours before the time of the holding of the
meeting or adjourned meeting; or (b) in the case of a poll taken more than 48
hours after it is demanded, be so deposited after the poll has been demanded and
not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or
(c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours
after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was
demanded, and in default the instrument of proxy may be treated as invalid. No
instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 12 months
from the date of its execution.

   Quorum

The quorum for a general meeting shall be two persons present in person or by
proxy and entitled to attend and vote at the meeting.


Variation of Rights


The Companies Code provides that if at any time our shares are divided into
different classes, the rights for the time being attached to any class of shares
shall not be varied except to the extent and in the manner provided in our
Regulations. Other than the rights attaching to the golden share, which can only
be varied with the written consent of the holder of the golden share, our
Regulations provide that the rights attaching to any class of shares may be
varied either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than
three-quarters of the issued shares of the class or with the sanction of a
special resolution passed at a meeting of the holders of the shares of the
class. All the provisions of our Regulations as to general meetings shall apply
in like manner to such meeting, but the quorum at any such meeting shall be no
less than two members present in person or by proxy, holding at least one-third
of the total voting rights of the class in question.


Alteration to Constitutional Documents


Apart from a restriction on any amendment to, or removal of, the regulation
dealing with the rights attached to the golden share, which provision can only
be varied with the consent of the holder of the golden share, our members can,
with the prior approval of the Ghana Stock Exchange, or GSE, alter our
Regulations or adopt new regulations by special resolution subject, in the case
of certain provisions, to compliance with additional requirements.


Changes in Capital


All shares in Ghanaian companies are of no par value. All our ordinary shares of
no par value rank pari passu in all respects with each other and with all our
other shares now in issue apart from the golden share. Subject to the provisions
of the Companies Code, we, in general meeting, may from time to time by special
resolution altering our Regulations: (i) increase the number of our shares by
creating new shares, and (ii) reduce the



                                      136







number of our shares by canceling shares which have not been taken or agreed to
be taken by any person, or by consolidating our existing shares, whether issued
or not, into a smaller number of shares.

We may also, subject to the provisions of the Companies Code:

o    create preference shares which are, or at our option are liable, to be
     redeemed;

o    purchase our own shares;

o    acquire our own shares by a voluntary transfer to ourselves;

o    forfeit any shares issued for an unpaid liability for non-payment of calls
     or other sums payable in respect thereof,

and, by special resolution but subject to confirmation by a Ghanaian Court:

o    reduce our stated capital (which is the amount received in respect of every
     issue of shares together with any amounts transferred to stated capital
     from surplus);

o    extinguish or reduce the unpaid liability on any of our shares;

o    resolve to pay or return to our shareholders any of our assets which are in
     excess of our wants; or

o    alter our Regulations by canceling any of our shares.

An order of the Court confirming any reduction of stated capital may be made on
such terms and conditions as the Court thinks fit having regard to certain
provisions in the Companies Code designed to safeguard the interests of
creditors.


Issues of Shares


We may, by special resolution altering our Regulations, provide for different
classes of shares by attaching to certain of the shares preferred, deferred or
other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividends, voting,
repayment or otherwise provided that, save in respect of the golden share, every
member shall have the right to attend any general meeting, and to speak and
vote, and be entitled to vote on any resolution before the meeting, and each
share shall carry the right on a poll to one vote, and to one vote only, save
that the voting rights of holders of preference shares shall be limited in the
manner authorized by the Companies Code.

Under the Companies Code, existing shareholders have a preferential right to
subscribe for further issues of shares, other than treasury shares, unless
otherwise approved in general meeting. The authority only extends to the issue
of additional shares, rather than any other class of shares.

The Companies Code also provides that no new or unissued shares or treasury
shares shall be issued to any director or past director or to any company
associated to him, or to his nominee, or to any body corporate controlled by
him, unless the shares have first been offered to all our existing shareholders,
or to all the holders of the shares of the class or classes being issued, in
proportion to their existing holdings, or to members of the public. However, in
the case of a public company whose shares are or are to be listed on the GSE,
this provision can be disapplied with the approval of an ordinary resolution.
Notwithstanding such disapplication our Regulations provide that a director may
participate in an issue of shares to employees only if he holds office in an
executive capacity and shareholders at a general meeting have approved of the
specific allotment to be made to such director. The board of directors in
issuing any such shares to directors would also need to ensure compliance with
the provisions of the UK Listing Rules.

Our Regulations additionally provide that we shall not issue shares to transfer
a controlling interest (which for this purpose is treated as being an interest
which entitles a person to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50%
of the voting power at any general meeting) without the prior approval of
shareholders in general meeting.


Power to Dispose of our Assets


Our business is to be managed by the board of directors, which generally
includes the power to dispose of our assets. The Companies Code and our
Regulations restrict this power so that the board of directors shall not,
without the approval of an ordinary resolution, sell, lease or otherwise dispose
of the whole, or substantially


                                      137







the whole, of our undertaking or of our assets. In addition, certain disposals
are to be treated as a variation of the rights attaching to the golden share and
shall, accordingly, be effective only with the written consent of the holder of
the golden share.


Dividends and Other Distributions


   Dividends

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Code, we may, by ordinary resolution,
declare dividends to be paid to shareholders. However, no dividend shall exceed
the amount recommended by the board of directors. Subject as aforesaid, the
board of directors may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board of
directors to be justified by our profits.

All dividends shall be declared and paid as a fixed sum per share and not as a
proportion of the amount paid in respect of a share. All dividends unclaimed for
a period of 12 years after having become due for payment shall (if the board of
directors so resolves) be forfeited and shall cease to remain owing by us.

The board of directors may at its discretion make provision to enable any member
or members to receive dividends duly declared in such currency or currencies and
at such rate or rates of exchange and on such terms and conditions as the board
of directors may in its absolute discretion determine.

Any of our resolutions lawfully declaring a dividend may, upon the
recommendation of the board of directors, direct payment wholly or partly by
distribution of securities for money, or of fully paid, but not partly paid,
shares or debentures of any other body corporate, or of fully paid debentures of
us of a nominal amount equal to the amount so directed to be paid.

Except in a winding up, by virtue of the Companies Code, we are not permitted to
pay a dividend to our shareholders or, except as referred to in "Changes in
Capital" above, make any return or distribution of any of our assets to our
shareholders unless: .

o    we are able, after such payment, return or distribution, to pay our debts
     as they fall due; and

o    the amount or value of such payment, return or distribution does not exceed
     our income surplus immediately prior to the making of such payment, return
     or distribution.

Our income surplus is the amount by which our assets (other than unpaid calls
and other sums payable in respect of our shares and not including treasury
shares) less our liabilities (both as shown in our audited accounts) exceed our
stated capital, less the amounts attributable to:

o    any unrealized appreciation in the value of any of our assets, other than
     such an appreciation in the value of any asset as would, under normal
     accounting principles, be credited to profit and loss account, unless the
     amount of such appreciation shall have been transferred to stated capital;
     and

o    any balance standing to the credit of the share deals account immediately
     before the ascertainment of the income surplus.

   Distribution of assets on a winding-up

If we are wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special
resolution and any other sanction required by law, divide amongst our members in
specie or kind, the whole or any part of our assets and may, for that purpose,
set such value as he deems fair upon any such property and determine how the
division shall be carried out, and may vest the whole or any part of such assets
in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of our members as he shall determine,
but no member shall be compelled to accept any securities on which there is any
liability.


Transfer of Shares


Any member may transfer all or any of his shares by instrument of transfer in
writing in common form or in any form approved by the GSE. The instrument of
transfer must be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of
a transfer of a share which is not fully paid up) by or on behalf of the
transferee. The transferor shall, as far as we are concerned, be deemed to
remain the holder until the transferee's name is entered in our register of
members.


                                      138







The board of directors may, without giving any reason, refuse to register the
transfer of any share:

o    on which there is an unpaid liability to a person of whom it shall not
     approve; or

o    to a person who is an infant or anyone found by a competent court in Ghana
     to be a lunatic or a person of unsound mind.

The board of directors may also decline to register a transfer unless:

o    the instrument of transfer is properly completed;

o    it is duly stamped (if so required); and

o    it is delivered for registration to us accompanied by the certificate for
     the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the board of
     directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to
     make the transfer.

Directors

   Number of directors

The minimum number of directors shall be three and there shall be no maximum
number. At least one director shall at all times be present in Ghana.


   Appointment, removal and retirement of directors


Directors may be appointed by us by ordinary resolution or by the board of
directors.

At each annual general meeting, as near as possible to one-third of the
directors will retire by rotation and be eligible for re-election. The directors
to retire will be those who have been longest in office since their last
election, but as between those who have been in office an equal length of time,
those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree) be determined by lot. If
appointed by the board of directors, a director holds office only until the next
annual general meeting and is not taken into account in determining the
directors who are to retire by rotation. A director need not be one of our
members.

Any director appointed to the office of managing director shall not, while
holding that office, be subject to retirement by rotation or be taken into
account in determining the rotation of retirement of directors.

A director may be removed by ordinary resolution before the expiration of his
period of office (but without prejudice to any claim which such director might
have for damages or compensation or breach of any service agreement between him
and us).

We may appoint substitute directors and such a substitute director shall act as
a deputy for another named director and as his substitute in his absence. A
substitute director shall be appointed and may be removed in the same way as
directors are required to be appointed and removed, and shall not cease to be a
director by reason of the fact that the director for whom he is a substitute
ceases to be a director.

A director may, in respect of any period not exceeding six months in which he is
absent from Ghana, or in respect of any period during which he is unable for any
reason to act as a director, appoint another director or any other person
approved by a resolution of the board of directors, as an alternate director.
Such person shall be deemed to be a director and officer and not the agent of
the appointor save in the limited circumstances provided in the Companies Code.
An alternate director shall not be entitled to be remunerated otherwise than out
of the remuneration of the director appointing him.

   Age of directors

No director shall be required to vacate his office as a director by reason of
his attaining or having attained the age of 70 or any other age.

   Disclosure of interests in contracts

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Code and our Regulations, a director
may hold any other office or place of profit for us (except that of auditor or
auditor of one of our subsidiaries) in conjunction with his


                                      139







office of director, for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and
otherwise as the board of directors may arrange.

A director who is in any way (whether directly or indirectly) materially
interested in any contract or proposed contract with us shall declare the nature
of his interest at the meeting of the board of directors at which the question
of entering into the contract is first considered if he knows his interest then
exists or, in any other case, at the first meeting of the board of directors
after he knows that he is or has become so interested. A general notice given to
the board of directors by a director that he is to be regarded as having an
interest in any contract in which a specified person is interested shall be
deemed to be a sufficient disclosure in relation to such contract or proposed
contract.

A director shall not vote and shall not be counted in the quorum in relation to
any resolution of the board of directors concerning any contract or proposed
contract in which he is materially interested unless the resolution concerns any
of the following matters: .

o    the giving to any director of any security or indemnity in respect of money
     lent or obligations incurred by him for the benefit of us;

o    the giving to a third party of any security in respect of a debt or
     obligation of us for which the director himself has assumed responsibility,
     in whole or in part, under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of
     security; or

o    any contract by a director to subscribe for our shares or debentures under
     an offer in which the director is or may be entitled to participate as a
     holder of our securities or underwrite our shares or debentures.

Subject to compliance with such provisions, no director shall be liable to
account to us for any profit or other benefit realized by any such contract and
no such contract shall be avoided, on the grounds of any such interest or
benefit. In addition no director shall, without our consent, place himself in a
position in which his duty to us conflicts or may conflict with his personal
interests or his duties to other persons and, in particular, without such
consent and notwithstanding the above, a director shall not: .

o    use for his own advantage any of our money or property or any confidential
     information or special knowledge obtained by him in his capacity as
     director; or

o    be interested directly or indirectly, otherwise than merely as a
     shareholder or debentureholder in a public company, in any business which
     competes with us.

   Remuneration of directors

The fees payable to the directors shall be determined from time to time by an
ordinary resolution. The fees payable to directors may not be increased except
pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed at a general meeting, where notice of
the proposed increase has been given in the notice convening the meeting.

The directors are also entitled to be repaid all travelling and other expenses
properly incurred by them in the performance of their duties.

Fees payable to non-executive directors shall be by a fixed sum and not by a
commission or percentage of profit or turnover. Salaries payable to executive
directors may not include a commission or percentage of turnover.

Any director appointed to hold employment or executive office may, subject to
the provisions of the Companies Code, be remunerated by way of salary,
commission (other than a commission or percentage of turnover), share of
profits, participation in pension and retirement schemes, or partly in one way
and partly in another, as the board of directors may determine. However, such
director shall not be entitled to any remuneration additional to the fees to
which he is entitled as a director unless and until the terms of his appointment
to such office have been approved by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

   Loans to directors

The Companies Code prohibits us from making a loan to any person who is a
director or a director of any associated company, or entering into any guarantee
or providing any security in connection with a loan made to such a person by any
other person.


                                      140









Borrowing Powers


The board of directors may exercise all our powers to borrow money and to
mortgage or charge our property and undertaking or any part thereof and to issue
debentures. These powers can be varied by amending our Regulations.


Accounts and Audit


The board of directors is required to cause proper books of account to be kept
with respect to our financial position and changes therein and with respect to
the control of, and accounting for, all property acquired whether for resale or
for use in our business. Books of account should give a true and fair view of
the state of our affairs and enable proper profit and loss accounts and balance
sheets to be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Code.

The board of directors shall, at least once in every calendar year and at
intervals of not more than fifteen months, cause to be prepared and sent to
every member and debenture holder a copy of our profit and loss account and
balance sheet, together with a copy of the directors' report and the auditors'
report.

Auditors must be appointed by shareholders and their duties are regulated by the
Companies Code.


Inspection of Register of Members


There are no provisions in our Regulations relating to the inspection of the
register of members. However, under the Companies Code, we are obliged, save
where our register of members is permitted to be closed under the provisions of
the Companies Code, to keep our register of members (including any branch
register) open for inspection, during business hours, subject to such reasonable
restrictions as we may impose, but so that not less than two hours in each
business day shall be allowed for inspection. We are also required to make
available a copy of the register, or part thereof, on payment of the prescribed
fee.


Untraced Shareholders


Subject to our Regulations, we may sell any shares registered in the name of a
member remaining untraced for 12 years who fails to communicate with us
following advertisement of an intention to make such a disposal. Until we can
account to the member, the net proceeds of sale will be available for use in our
business or for investment, in either case at the discretion of the board of
directors. The net proceeds will not carry interest.


Power to Purchase our Own Shares


We, being so authorized by our Regulations, are permitted under Ghanaian law to
purchase our own shares, subject to compliance with the rules of the GSE and the
UK Listing Authority. However, the Companies Code provides that, when purchasing
our own shares, we shall comply with the following conditions:

o    shares shall only be purchased out of a credit balance on our share deals
     account or out of transfers to that account; before we first purchase any
     of our shares we must transfer an amount at least equal to the costs of
     such purchase to such account from income surplus and shall debit to such
     account all costs expended on the purchase of any of our shares and shall
     credit to such account the value received on the reissue of any of our
     treasury shares;

o    redeemable preference shares shall not be purchased at a price greater than
     the lowest price at which they can be redeemed; and

o    other than in respect of redeemable preference shares we shall restrict our
     purchases of our own shares so that the total number of our shares or any
     class of shares held by persons other than us is not less than 85% of the
     total number of shares, or shares of that class, which have been issued.

Shares which are purchased by us shall be available for reissue by us unless we
by alteration of our Regulations cancel such shares. Until reissued or canceled
such shares are referred to as treasury shares.

No voting rights shall be exercised in respect of, and no dividends shall be
payable on, any treasury shares and, for most purposes, treasury shares are not
treated as issued shares for the purposes of the Companies Code.


                                      141







Before we can purchase any of our own shares, we will, in accordance with the
requirements of the UK Listing Authority, need to obtain shareholders' authority
for such purchase.


Protection of Minorities


Under Ghanaian company law a minority shareholder of a company can only in
limited circumstances bring an action, either in his own name or in ours, to
redress a wrong done to us or to himself as a shareholder. However, a Ghanaian
court may permit a minority shareholder to bring such an action if the act
complained of is illegal or beyond our corporate power or which infringes our
Regulations or constitutes a fraud on the minority shareholders.

In addition, any member or debentureholder of a company may petition the court
on the ground that our affairs are being conducted, or the powers of the
directors are being exercised, in a manner oppressive to one or more of the
members or debentureholders or in disregard to their interests, or that an act
of ours has been done or is threatened or that some resolution of the members,
debentureholders or any class of them has been passed or is proposed which
unfairly discriminates against, or is otherwise unfairly prejudicial to, one or
more of the members or debentureholders. The Ghanaian court may make such order
as it thinks fit upon such an application including an order:

o    directing or prohibiting any act or canceling or varying any transaction or
     resolution;

o    regulating our affairs in the future; or

o    providing for the purchase of shares of any members by other members or by
     ourselves with a consequential reduction in our stated capital.

A member may also bring an action against any director in respect of a breach by
such director of his fiduciary duties.

Golden Share


The Government of Ghana has been issued with a golden share entitling it to the
following rights which no other shareholder possesses:

o    The holder is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any
     general meeting of the members or at any separate meeting of the holders of
     any class of shares, but the golden share does not carry the right to vote
     the golden share.


o    The golden share may only be issued to, held by or transferred to a
     Minister of the Government of Ghana or any person acting on behalf of the
     Government and authorized in writing by such Minister.

o    On a return of assets in a winding-up or liquidation of us, the holder of
     the golden share is entitled to the sum of one thousand cedis in priority
     to any payment to other members, but the golden share confers no further
     right to participate in our profits or assets. The golden share has no
     right to dividend and no right to participate in any offer of securities to
     existing shareholders or in any capitalization issue.

o    The holder of the golden share may require us to redeem it at any time in
     consideration of the payment of one thousand cedis. The golden share is not
     redeemable at our option.

o    Each of the following matters are accordingly only effective upon the
     written consent of the holder of the golden share:

     (i)  any amendment to or removal of the rights of the golden share;

     (ii) a voluntary winding-up or voluntary liquidation of us;

     (iii) the redemption of or purchase by us of the golden share;

     (iv) the disposal of any mining lease held by us or any subsidiary; and

     (v)  any disposal (other than a disposal in the ordinary course of the
          business) which, alone or when aggregated with any other disposal or
          disposals forming part of, or connected with, the same or a


                                      142







          connected transaction, constitutes a disposal of the whole or a
          material part of our assets taken as a whole.

Securities Industry Law

The Securities Industry Law of Ghana was introduced in 1993 and was amended by
the Securities Industry (Amendment) Act 2000. It regulates the stock market and
trading in securities.

This law introduced certain offences relating to trading in securities. Offences
have been created for, amongst others, false trading and market rigging
transactions, stock market manipulation, the making of false or misleading
statements, fraudulently inducing persons to deal in securities, short selling
and insider dealing. Specific exemptions have been created for the acts of short
selling on or through a stock market outside Ghana and the stabilization of the
price of securities on a stock market outside Ghana in compliance with any
relevant regulations applying thereto. However, since our shares are shares in a
Ghanaian company the provisions of the law generally apply to such transactions
or actions wherever effected. Contravention of these provisions of the
Securities Industry Law is a criminal offence; liability on conviction can
result in imprisonment for a term not exceeding three years and/or a fine not
exceeding 5.0 million cedis (approximately US$620).

In addition, since the new ordinary shares are or are to be listed on the
Official List of the LSE, the insider dealing provisions and the criminal
sanctions of the UK Criminal Justice Act 1993 also apply as do the provisions of
the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 prohibiting behavior amounting to
"market abuse".


                                      143







DESCRIPTION OF OUR SHARE CAPITAL


The following table shows our authorized and issued share capital as at March
12, 2003:




                                                                  
Authorized

200,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value                          200,000,000
1 special rights redeemable preference share of no par value                   1
                                                                     -----------
                                                                     200,000,001
                                                                     -----------

Allotted and fully paid
Ordinary shares of no par value in issue                             128,103,824
1 special rights redeemable preference share of no par value                   1
                                                                     -----------
                                                                     128,103,825
                                                                     -----------



The shares which have been issued are all fully paid. 559,405 ordinary shares
are currently held in treasury and are available for re-issue.

The new ordinary shares will, when issued, be in registered form and will be
capable of being held in certificated or uncertificated form.

None of the new ordinary shares or new GDSs have been marketed or are available
in whole or in part to the public other than pursuant to the rights issue.

Under the Companies Code, existing shareholders have a preferential right to
subscribe for further issues of shares, other than treasury shares, unless
otherwise approved in a general meeting. The shareholders' preferential rights
in respect of issues of shares were disapplied pursuant to the authority
referred to below.


Pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed at our annual general meeting held on
May 28, 2002, the directors were generally and unconditionally authorized
pursuant to section 202(1) of the Companies Code to exercise the power to allot
and issue up to 38,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value of which (other than
pursuant to a rights issue or equivalent offer) only up to 5,600,000 ordinary
shares may be allotted for cash. This authorization (unless previously revoked
or removed) shall expire on August 28, 2003 or the conclusion of our annual
general meeting in 2003, whichever is the earlier. We may, before the expiry of
this authorization, enter into an offer or agreement which would or might
require shares to be allotted after such expiry and the directors may allot and
issue shares in pursuance of such offer or agreement as if the said authority
had not expired.

Immediately following the rights offering, assuming no exercise of outstanding
warrants or options or vesting of awards under any of our option schemes and
full exercise of rights under the rights issue (other than as to __% of their
rights by Lonmin and the Government of Ghana and exchange of the MENSs), it is
expected that our maximum authorized and issued share capital will be as
follows:




                                                             Authorized   Issued
                                                            -----------   ------
                                                                      
Ordinary shares                                             200,000,000
Special rights redeemable preference share                            1      1


The 559,405 ordinary shares held in treasury and available for reissue do not
qualify for dividends nor do they have voting rights. We reserve the right to
issue treasury shares as part of the rights offering.


In November 1999, pursuant to a warrant commitment letter, Ashanti Warrants
Limited, one of our subsidiaries, issued unlisted warrants to subscribe for
mandatorily exchangeable securities under which the securityholders have the
option of converting the securities into our ordinary shares at any time at a
conversion price of US$3 per share. The warrants were issued in three equal
tranches with expiry dates for each tranche of 28 April 2004, 28 October 2004
and 28 April 2005. 15,155,031 out of a maximum of 19,835,001 of the warrants
have been exercised, leading to the issue of 15,155,031 of our ordinary shares.
As at March 12, 2003, the conversion rights of the outstanding warrants could
give rise to the issue of up to 4,679,970 ordinary shares. Following the rights
issue, the conversion terms of the warrants will be adjusted so that the
conversion price of the outstanding warrants will be US$___________.



                                      144







Under the MENs deed poll, ACSL has created and issued US$75.0 million of MENs
which, upon exchange following completion of the rights issue at an exchange
price of US$_____ (the rights issue price), would give rise to the issue of __
ordinary shares.


As at March 12, 2003, options granted to acquire 3,041,694 ordinary shares were
outstanding in respect of the AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme and the
respective tranches of options are exercisable at US$1.66, US$2.55, US$2.29 and
US$4.88 per share as set out in the table below.

The table below sets out the number of ordinary shares under option under the
AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme as at March 12, 2003. The options
under the scheme below were granted for nil consideration:





                                                                        Number
                                                      Option Price   of Ordinary
Date of Grant            Period of exercise               US$           Shares
---------------   ---------------------------------   ------------   -----------
                                                             
July 13, 2000     July 13, 2003 - July 12, 2010           1.66           40,000
August 28, 2000   August 28, 2003 - August 27, 2010       2.55           50,000
                  May 3, 2004 - May 2, 2011
May 3, 2001       (Replacement Options)                   2.29        1,445,844
May 3, 2001       May 3, 2004 - May 2, 2011               2.29          906,290
August 22, 2002   August 22, 2005 - August 21, 2012       4.88          599,560



Save as disclosed in the paragraphs above, no share capital is under option or
is agreed, conditionally or unconditionally, to be put under option.

On May 4, 2001, we issued 377,280 ordinary shares at a price of US$2.53 per
ordinary share under the AGC 1994 Employee Share Scheme of which 91,680 ordinary
shares were awarded to our directors.

On August 22, 2002, we issued 234,571 ordinary shares under the AGC 1994
Employee Share Scheme of which 129,871 ordinary shares were awarded to our
directors.

During the three years immediately preceding the date of this document, there
have been no other changes to our authorized and issued and fully paid share
capital except as set forth above.


During the three years immediately preceding the date of this document there has
been no material alteration in the issued share capital of any of our
subsidiaries (other than intra-group issues by wholly-owned subsidiaries).



                                      145







DESCRIPTION OF GLOBAL DEPOSITARY SECURITIES

Introduction

The Bank of New York will act as depositary for our GDSs which are being offered
in the rights offering. Each GDS represents an ownership interest in one share,
which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the
deposit agreement among us, the depositary and the holders of GDSs. Your GDSs
will be evidenced by what are known as global depository receipts, or GDRs,
which are represented in book-entry form.

The depositary's principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New
York, NY 10286.

You may hold your GDSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or
other financial institution. If you hold GDSs directly, by having a GDS
registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are a GDR holder.
This description assumes you hold your GDSs directly. If you hold GDSs through
your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of
your broker or financial institution to assert the rights of a GDR holder
described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial
institution to find out what those procedures are.

Because the depositary's nominee will actually be the registered owner of the
shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder on your
behalf. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are set out in the
deposit agreement. The deposit agreement and the GDSs are governed by New York
law and a claim against the depositary may be brought in any state or federal
court in the State of New York.

The following is a summary of material terms of that deposit agreement. This
summary is not complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should
read the entire deposit agreement and the form of GDR, which contains the terms
of your GDSs. A copy of the deposit agreement is filed as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also
obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC's public reference room, which
is located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain
information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at
1-800-732-0330.

The Depositary

   Who is the depositary?

The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

   How will I receive dividends and other distributions on the shares underlying
my GDSs?

We make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The
depositary is required to pay you the cash dividends or other distributions it
or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities. Except as
stated below, to the extent the depositary is legally permitted, it will deliver
these distributions to GDR holders in proportion to their interests in the
following manner:

o    Cash. The depositary is required to distribute in US dollars any cash
     dividend or other cash distribution it receives from us, subject to any
     restrictions imposed by Ghanaian law, regulations or applicable permits,
     appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld and the distribution being
     impermissible or unfeasible with respect to certain registered holders.

o    Shares. In the case of a distribution of shares, the depositary may (and
     shall, if we so request) distribute to you, in proportion to the number of
     GDSs representing the deposited securities you hold, additional GDRs
     evidencing the amount of shares received as such dividend. Otherwise, the
     depositary shall sell these shares and distribute any net proceeds in the
     same way it distributes cash.

o    Rights. In the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional
     shares or any rights of any other nature, the depositary, after
     consultation with us to the extent practicable, will have discretion as to
     the procedure to be followed to either make the rights available to you or
     dispose of the rights and make the net proceeds available in US dollars to
     you. If, by the terms of the rights offering or for any other reason,


                                      146








     the depositary may not take either of these two options, then the
     depositary shall allow the rights to lapse, in which case GDR owners will
     receive nothing. We have no obligation to file a registration statement
     under the Securities Act in order to make any rights available to GDR
     holders.

o    Other distributions. In the case of a distribution other than those
     described above, the depositary shall, as promptly as practicable,
     distribute pro rata the securities or property to you in any manner the
     depositary may deem equitable and practicable. However, if the depositary
     believes that a distribution cannot be made proportionately among the
     owners, or the depositary deems, for any other reason, that the
     distribution is not feasible, then the depositary may, after consulting
     with us, adopt another method it deems equitable and practicable, which may
     include the public or private sale of the securities or property thus
     received, and shall distribute any net proceeds in the same way it
     distributes cash.

If the depositary or custodian receives foreign currency, to the extent that the
depositary, in its judgement, can do so on a reasonable basis, all foreign
currency will be converted, in a manner that the depositary determines, into US
dollars, subject to any government approval or license necessary to effect the
conversion.


The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or
impractical to make a distribution available to any GDR holder.

We cannot assure you that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at
a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other
securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be
completed within a specified time period.

Deposit, Transfer and Withdrawal

   How does the depositary issue GDSs?

The depositary will issue GDSs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence
of rights to receive shares with the custodian.

Shares deposited with the custodian must be accompanied by certain documents,
including instruments showing that these shares have been properly transferred
or endorsed to the person on whose behalf the deposit in being made.


The custodian will hold all deposited securities for the account of the
depositary. GDR holders thus have no direct ownership interest in the deposited
shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement.


Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and
compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including payment
of the fees, charges and taxes as provided in the deposit agreement, the
depositary will execute and deliver at its corporate trust office to the person
named in the notice of the custodian delivered to the depositary or requested by
the person depositing shares with the depositary, a GDR or GDRs in the name of
the person entitled to them evidencing the number of GDSs to which that person
is entitled.

The depositary will refuse to accept shares for deposit whenever it is notified
in writing that the deposit would result in any violation of applicable laws.

   How do GDR holders cancel a GDS and obtain deposited securities?

When you surrender your GDR at the corporate trust office of the depositary, the
depositary will, upon payment of the fees, governmental charges and taxes as
provided in the deposit agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of the
deposit agreement, deliver the amount of deposited securities represented by the
GDSs evidenced by the GDR.

The right of withdrawal is subject to compliance with US law or government
regulation relating to GDRs or the withdrawal of the deposited securities and no
actual delivery of shares will be made to any owner at an address within the
United States during the restricted period.

The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in
connection with:

o    temporary delays caused by closing our, or the depositary's, transfer books
     or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders'
     meeting, or the payment of dividends;


                                      147







o    the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges;

o    compliance with any US or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating
     to the GDRs or to the withdrawal of the deposited securities; or

o    any other reason that may at any time be specified in paragraph 1(A) (1) of
     the General Instructions to Form F-6, as from time to time in effect, or
     any successor provision thereto.

Voting Rights

   How do I vote?

If you are a GDR holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting
instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights
for the deposited shares which underlie your GDSs. After receiving voting
materials from us, the depositary will send you a notice containing the
following as soon as practicable:

o    the information included in the notice of meeting we sent to the
     depositary;

o    a statement that you, as an owner as of the close of business on a
     specified record date, will be entitled, subject to any applicable
     provision of Ghanaian law and of our Regulations and to the provisions of
     the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary how to exercise the
     voting rights for the deposited securities that are represented by your
     GDRs; and

o    a statement about how instructions may be given.

Upon your timely written request, the depositary will try, so far as is
practical, to vote the deposited securities as you instruct and will not vote
the deposited securities in any other manner.

We cannot guarantee you that you will receive the notice described in this
paragraph in time for you to be able to instruct the depositary by the record
date and it is therefore possible that you will not have the opportunity to
exercise a right to vote.

As long as the depositary acts (or declines to act) in good faith the depositary
is not responsible for any failure to carry out instructions to vote any of the
deposited securities, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect
of any vote.

Record Dates

Subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement, the depositary will fix a
record date (which will either be the same as the corresponding date fixed by us
or a different date fixed after consultation with us) in the following
circumstances:

o    for the determination of the owners who are entitled (i) to receive any
     dividend, distribution or rights, or the net proceeds from the sale of
     deposited securities, or (ii) to give instructions for the exercise of
     voting rights at any meeting of GDS holders or other deposited securities;
     or

o    for fixing the date on or after which each GDS will represent the changed
     number of shares.

Reports and Other Communications

   Will I be able to view your reports?

The depositary will make available for inspection by GDR holders at its
corporate trust office any reports and communications, including any proxy
soliciting material, received from us, which are both (a) received by the
depositary as the holder of deposited securities and (b) made generally
available to the holders of such deposited securities by us.

The depositary will also send to the GDR holders copies of such reports and
communications as it receives from us pursuant to the deposit agreement.

Any reports and communications, including any proxy soliciting material, that we
furnish to the depositary will be in English.


                                      148







Fees and Expenses

   What fees will I be responsible for paying?

GDR holders will be responsible for the following charges for each deposit
(other than in respect of the initial deposit in connection with an exchange
offering) or withdrawal of shares or by any party surrendering GDRs or to whom
GDRs are issued:

o    taxes and other governmental charges;

o    such registration fees as may from time to time be in effect for the
     registration of transfers of shares generally on any of our share registers
     or those of our appointed agents and applicable to transfers of shares to
     the name of the depositary or its nominee or the custodian or its nominee
     on the making of deposits or withdrawals;

o    any cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses expressly provided in
     the deposit agreement to be at the expense of persons depositing shares or
     owners;

o    expenses incurred by the depositary in the conversion of foreign currency
     pursuant to the deposit agreement;

o    a maximum fee of US$5.00 per 100 GDSs (or portion thereof) for the
     execution and delivery or surrender of GDRs pursuant to the deposit
     agreement;

o    to the extent permitted by any securities exchange on which the GDSs may be
     listed for trading, a maximum fee of US$0.02 per GDS for any
     cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;

o    any other fee payable by the depositary, any of the depositary's agents,
     including the custodian, or agents of the depositary's agents in connection
     with the servicing of shares or other depositary securities; and

o    a fee for the distribution of proceeds of sales of securities or rights
     pursuant to the deposit agreement. This fee (which may be deducted from any
     proceeds) will be equal to the lesser of (i) the fee for the issuance to
     owners of securities or shares received in exercise of rights distributed
     to them pursuant to the GDRs, but which securities or rights are instead
     sold by the depositary and the net proceeds distributed and (ii) the amount
     of any proceeds.

We agree to pay fees and reasonable expenses and out-of-pocket charges of the
depositary and those of any other registrar only pursuant to agreements from
time to time between us and the depositary.


These provisions relating to fees and expenses reflect alterations made pursuant
to an amendment agreement dated January 6, 2003.


Payment of Taxes

GDR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the
custodian or the depositary on any GDR or any deposited securities represented
by such GDR. The depositary may refuse to effect registration of transfer of a
GDR or to permit any transfer and any withdrawal of deposited securities
underlying that GDR until the necessary payment is made. It may also withhold
any dividends or other distributions in respect of any deposited securities or
may sell for the account of the holder thereof any part or all of the deposited
securities underlying a GDR and may apply such dividends, distributions, or the
proceeds of any sale to pay any tax or other governmental charge. The holder of
such GDR will remain liable for any deficiency.


Consolidations, Reclassification, Recapitalization and Merger

If we take actions that affect the deposited securities, including (1) changes,
consolidation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (2) any
recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of assets, any
securities received by the depositary or a custodian in exchange for, in
conversion of or in respect of deposited securities, then going forward our GDRs
shall be treated as new deposited securities under the deposit agreement.
However, the depositary may (and must, at our request) execute new GDRs in the
case of a share dividend or a call for the surrender of outstanding GDRs to be
exchanged for new GDRs specifically describing the new deposited securities.



                                      149







Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement

   How may the deposit agreement be amended?


We may agree with the depositary to amend the GDRs and the deposit agreement at
any time without your consent. However, if the proposed amendment imposes or
increases any fees or charges (other than taxes, other governmental charges,
registration fees, delivery costs or other similar expenses), or otherwise
prejudices any substantial existing right of owners, then we must give you at
least 30 days' notice. If you continue to hold your GDR or GDRs when an
amendment becomes effective, you will be deemed to have agreed to the amendment
and will be bound by it. However, no amendment may impair your right to
surrender your GDRs and receive the deposited securities that they represent,
unless necessary in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.


   How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

At our request, the depositary will at any time terminate the deposit agreement
by giving the GDR owners at least 30 days' prior notice. The deposit agreement
will also be terminated if the depositary gives us and the owners notice and no
successor depositary has been appointed in accordance with the terms of the
deposit agreement after 90 days after the notice to resign.

Upon the date of termination, you will be entitled to delivery of the amount of
deposited securities represented by the GDSs evidenced by your GDRs upon
surrender of your GDR at the corporate trust office of the depositary, payment
of the fee of the depositary for the surrender of GDRs as provided in the
deposit agreement and payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges.


After termination, the collection of dividends and other distributions
pertaining to the deposited securities, the sale of rights and other property
and the delivery of underlying shares, together with any dividends or other
distributions received with respect to them and the net proceeds of the sale of
any rights or other property, in exchange for surrendered GDRs (after deducting
the fees and other expenses of the depositary set forth in the deposit agreement
and any applicable taxes or governmental charges) will continue. After the
expiration of one year from the date of termination of the deposit agreement,
the depositary may sell the deposited securities that remain and hold the
uninvested net proceeds together with any other cash held under the deposit
agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata
benefit of the owners that have not yet surrendered their GDRs. These owners
then become general creditors of the depositary with respect to those net
proceeds and cash. After making this sale, the depositary will be discharged
from all obligations under the deposit agreement, except to account for net
proceeds and other cash (after deducting the fees of the depositary and other
expenses set forth in the deposit agreement and any applicable taxes or other
governmental charges).


Limits on Obligations and Liability to GDR Holders

Neither we nor the depositary nor any of our respective directors, employees,
agents or affiliates will be liable to any owner or beneficial owner if:

o    by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of
     the United States, Ghana or any other country, or of any governmental or
     regulatory authority or stock exchange; or

o    by reason of any provision, present or future, of our Regulations; or

o    by reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by us,
     or any offering or distribution thereof; or

o    by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond our or
     their control,

we, the depositary or any of our respective directors, employees, agents or
affiliates are prevented, delayed or forbidden from, or subject to any civil or
criminal penalty on account of, doing or performing any act or thing in
accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement or the deposited securities.

Neither we nor the depositary are liable to any owner or beneficial owner by
reason of any non-performance or delay, caused for any of the reasons specified
above, in the performance of any act or thing which the terms of the deposit
agreement provide shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any
exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for under the
deposit agreement or our Regulations.


                                      150







If we make a distribution (of whatever nature) and by virtue of applicable law
or for any other reason, the distribution cannot be made available to owners,
and the depositary is unable to dispose of the distribution on behalf of, and to
make the net proceeds of the disposal available to, those owners, then the
depositary shall not make the distribution, in accordance with the terms of the
deposit agreement, and shall, where such distribution comprises rights, allow
these rights to lapse.

Our obligations and those of the depositary under the deposit agreement are
limited to performing the obligations specifically set forth in that agreement
without negligence or bad faith.


Neither we nor the depositary are under any obligation to appear, prosecute or
defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited
securities or the GDRs unless an indemnity satisfactory to it against all
expense or liability is furnished as often as may be required, and the custodian
shall not be under any obligation whatsoever with respect to such proceedings,
the responsibility of the custodian being solely to the depositary.


The depositary may own and deal in any class of our securities and our
affiliates and in GDRs.


Disclosure of Interests in and Limitation on Ownership of Deposited Securities


From time to time, we may limit ownership of GDSs or request you and other
holders and beneficial owners of GDSs to provide information, as required by our
Regulations or any applicable law governing any deposited securities. You agree
to comply with any disclosure requirements and ownership limitations.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

The GDRs are transferable on the books of the depositary, provided that the
depositary may, after consultation with us to the extent practicable, close the
transfer books at any time or from time to time when deemed expedient in
connection with the performance of its duties or at our request.

The depositary or custodian may refuse to do any of the following:

o    execute and deliver or register a transfer of a GDR;

o    split-up, combine or surrender of a GDR; or

o    effect the withdrawal of any deposited securities,

until all of the following conditions have been met:

o    the holder has reimbursed any tax or other governmental charge and any
     stock transfer or registration fee for the transactions and paid of any
     applicable fees payable by the holder;

o    the holder has provided proof of citizenship or residence; and .

o    any exchange control approval or other information as the depositary deems
     necessary or proper have been obtained.

The delivery, transfer and surrender of GDRs generally may be suspended during
any period when the transfer books of the depositary, us or the foreign
registrar are closed or we or the depositary decide it is necessary or
advisable.

Books of the Depositary


The depositary will keep books at its transfer office in the City of New York
(currently at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286) for the registration,
surrender and registration of transfers of GDRs, which will be open for
inspection by the owners at all reasonable times, provided that such inspection
shall not be for the purpose of communicating with owners in the interest of a
business or object other than our business or a matter related to the deposit
agreement or the GDRs.


The depositary may, after consultation with us, appoint one or more co-transfer
agents for the purpose of effecting transfers, combinations and split-ups of
GDRs at designated transfer offices on behalf of the depositary. In carrying out
its functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and
compliance with applicable laws and other requirements by owners or persons
entitled to GDRs and will be entitled to protection and indemnity to the same
extent as the depositary.


                                      151







Pre-Releases of GDSs

The depositary may, subject to the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement
and any limitations established by the depositary, deliver GDRs prior to the
receipt of shares, a pre-release, unless we request otherwise. It may deliver
shares upon the receipt and cancellation of GDRs which have been pre-released,
whether or not cancellation occurs prior to the termination of the pre-release,
and regardless of whether the depositary knows that the GDR has been
pre-released. GDRs may be received in lieu of shares in satisfaction of a
pre-release.

Each pre-release must be:


o    preceded or accompanied by a written representation and agreement from the
     person to whom the GDRs are to be delivered, the pre-releasee, that the
     pre-releasee or its customer (i) owns the shares or GDRs to be remitted,
     (ii) assigns all beneficial right, title and interest in the shares or GDRs
     to the depositary for the benefit of the owners and (iii) will not take any
     action with respect to the shares or GDRs that is inconsistent with the
     transfer of beneficial ownership (including, without the consent of the
     depositary, disposing of such shares or GDRs, as the case may be) other
     than in satisfaction of the pre-release;


o    at all times fully collateralized with cash, US government securities or
     such other collateral as the depositary determines, in good faith, will
     provide substantially similar liquidity and security;

o    terminable by the depositary on not more than five business days' notice;
     and

o    subject to such further indemnities and credit regulations as the
     depositary deems appropriate.

Pre-released shares will not normally exceed 30% of the shares deposited;
however, the depositary reserves the right to disregard this limit from time to
time as it deems reasonably appropriate, and may, with our prior written
consent, change this limit for purposes of general application. The depositary
may retain for its own account any compensation received by it in connection
with the foregoing.

The GDS depositary is a state-chartered New York banking corporation and a
member of the United Stated Federal Reserve System, subject to regulation and
supervision principally by the United States Federal Reserve Board. The GDS
depositary was constituted in 1784 in the State of New York. It does not have a
registration number. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York
Company, Inc., a New York corporation. The principal office of the GDS
depositary is located at 48 Wall Street, New York, NY 10286. Its principal
administrative offices are located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, NY 10286.


                                      152







EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITYHOLDERS


Ghana has a system of exchange control. The Exchange Control Act, 1961 and the
Exchange Control Regulations, 1961 provide the general statutory framework for
Ghanaian exchange control. Through them the Government of Ghana exercises its
policy of exchange control with respect to foreign investment in Ghanaian
companies and all dealings by residents of Ghana in securities with
non-residents and in foreign currency. The Mining Law modifies the exchange
control provisions that apply to holders of mining leases in Ghana. Holders of
mining leases, if permitted by the Bank of Ghana, have limited rights to retain
certain foreign exchange earnings overseas and to use such earnings for the
acquisition of mining inputs, which would not otherwise be readily available
without the use of such earnings. Where the net earnings of a holder of a mining
lease are in foreign currency, the holder is permitted to retain not less than
25% of foreign exchange earnings in an external account for acquiring machinery
and equipment, spare parts and raw materials as well as for certain other
payments, including dividend and debt service payments. Our operations in Ghana
are permitted to retain 60% to 80% of their foreign exchange earnings in such an
account. We remit the remainder of our foreign exchange earnings to Ghana and
convert them to cedis. Historically, this amount has equated approximately with
the amount of expenses we incur in cedis, though we cannot be certain that this
will always be the position in the future.


The consent of the Bank of Ghana has been given under the exchange control
regime for the free transferability of the our ordinary shares and our GDSs, the
payment of dividends in US dollars and the payment of dividends to external
residents. The consent applies equally to sales of rights to ordinary shares and
rights to GDSs. However, Ghanaian residents will require the consent of the Bank
of Ghana to remit any proceeds of sale and dividends received in US dollars.
There are no regulations in Ghana that would restrict or affect the remittance
of dividends to non-resident holders of securities.


                                      153







TAXATION

UK TAXATION

The comments below are of a general nature and are based on current UK law and
Inland Revenue published practice as at the date of this prospectus and so may
be subject to change. The summary only covers the principal UK tax consequences
of the rights offering and applies to you only if (i) you are the absolute
beneficial owner of ordinary shares or GDSs, and (ii) in the case of taxes on
income or capital gains, you are a company or individual, resident or ordinarily
resident in the UK for taxation purposes and not resident for taxation purposes
in any other jurisdiction. In addition, this summary (a) only addresses the UK
tax consequences for you where you hold ordinary shares or GDSs as capital
assets, and does not address the tax consequences which may be relevant to
certain other categories of UK holders - for example, dealers in securities, and
(b) assumes that there will be no register in the UK in respect of ordinary
shares or GDSs.

The following is intended only as a general guide and is not intended to be, nor
should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular holder of
ordinary shares or GDSs. The summary does not purport to be comprehensive or to
describe all of the potentially relevant tax consequences. If you are in any
doubt of your position in the UK, you should satisfy yourself as to the tax
consequences, including, specifically, the consequences under UK law and Inland
Revenue practice of the acquisition, ownership and disposal of ordinary shares
or GDSs in your own particular circumstances, by consulting your own tax
adviser.

   Taxation of capital gains


The issue of new ordinary shares or GDSs by way of rights will be considered as
a reorganization of our share capital for the purposes of UK tax on capital
gains. Accordingly, you will not be treated as making a disposal of your
ordinary shares or GDSs by reason of receiving your rights to new ordinary
shares or GDSs under the rights offering or by reason of taking up all or part
of those rights.


New ordinary shares or GDSs acquired under the rights offering in respect of any
existing holding of ordinary shares or GDSs will, together with your existing
holding of ordinary shares or GDSs in respect of which the rights are taken up,
be treated as forming a single asset acquired on the date(s) of acquisition of
your existing holdings. The base cost of this asset will be the amount you
subscribe for new ordinary shares or GDSs aggregated with the acquisition cost
of your existing holding.

UK tax on capital gains may be payable if you sell or otherwise dispose of your
ordinary shares or GDSs. In relation to such future disposals:

o    If you are a company in the UK, indexation allowance continues to be
     available on both the existing and new holdings, although allowances will
     only be available on the amount subscribed for new ordinary shares or GDSs
     from the time when the subscription takes place.


o    If you are a non corporate shareholder who is resident or ordinarily
     resident in the UK, indexation allowance is only available on your existing
     holding up to April 1998 (indexation allowance relief will not be available
     for amounts paid for new ordinary shares or GDSs under this rights
     offering). From April 1998, taper relief is available instead. This reduces
     the taxable amount of the gain arising on any subsequent disposal (after
     relief for any indexation allowance) by a percentage amount, depending on
     how long ordinary shares or GDSs are held and whether they qualify for the
     business or non-business rate of taper relief. For the purposes of
     calculating your entitlement to taper relief, when you dispose of your
     ordinary shares or GDSs, your new ordinary shares or GDSs will be treated
     as having been acquired on the later of (1) the date of original
     acquisition of your existing holding, and (2) April 6, 1998.


UK tax on capital gains may also be payable if:

o    you sell or otherwise dispose of all or some of your rights to subscribe
     for new ordinary shares or GDSs; or

o    your rights lapse and you receive a cash payment.


However, if the proceeds resulting from a disposal or lapse of rights do not
exceed the greater of 'L'3,000 or 5% of the market value (on the date of
lapse or disposal) of the holding to which your rights relate, the



                                      154







proceeds will normally be deducted from the acquisition cost of your holding in
computing the capital gain arising on any subsequent disposal of ordinary shares
or GDSs comprised in that holding, and the disposal or lapse of rights will not
then be treated as a disposal for capital gains purposes.

   Taxation of dividends

A holder of ordinary shares or GDSs who is an individual resident in the UK will
generally be subject to UK income tax on the dividends paid by us, as foreign
source dividend income. If you are an individual who is resident in the UK, but
not domiciled in the UK (or who is a citizen of the Commonwealth or of the
Republic of Ireland and not ordinarily resident in the UK), you will only be
subject to income tax in respect of such dividends to the extent that they are
remitted, or treated as remitted, to the UK.

To the extent that a dividend paid by us to you represents income of an
individual who is subject to UK income tax at the higher rate, it will be
subject to income tax at the Schedule F upper rate (currently 32.5%). To the
extent that a dividend paid by us to you represents income of an individual who
is subject to UK income tax at a rate other than the higher rate, it will be
subject to income tax at the Schedule F lower rate (currently, 10%).

If you are a UK resident company, you will generally be subject to UK
corporation tax (currently 30%) on the gross amount of any dividends paid by us.
If you are a corporate shareholder which holds 10% or more of our voting power,
you will be entitled to a credit in respect of the attributable underlying
non-UK tax paid by us on the profits out of which the dividends on ordinary
shares or GDSs are paid.

Ghanaian tax withheld from dividend distributions will be treated as foreign
income tax that may be credited against your UK tax liability, subject to the UK
double tax relief rules.

No UK tax will be withheld from distributions in respect of our ordinary shares
or GDSs.

   Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax

No UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue of
provisional allotment letters or GDS rights certificates. On the assumption that
any form of transfer document relating to such letters or GDS rights
certificates is executed and retained outside the UK, no UK stamp duty or stamp
duty reserve tax should be payable on such transfer.

No UK stamp duty will be payable on the issue or a transfer of ordinary shares
or GDSs provided that, in the case of a transfer, no instrument of transfer is
executed in or brought into the UK.

No UK stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on an agreement to issue or
transfer ordinary shares or GDSs.

US TAXATION


The following is a discussion of material US federal income tax consequences of
the receipt, exercise and disposition of rights pursuant to the rights offering,
as well as the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or
GDSs. This discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all
of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder of our
ordinary shares or GDS holder. The discussion applies to you only if you hold
ordinary shares or GDSs and rights as capital assets for tax purposes and it
does not address special classes of holders, such as:


o    certain financial institutions;

o    insurance companies;

o    dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;

o    persons holding ordinary shares, GDSs or rights as part of a hedge,
     straddle or conversion transaction;

o    persons whose functional currency for US federal income tax purposes is not
     the US dollar;

o    partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal
     income tax purposes;

o    persons liable for the alternative minimum tax;

o    tax-exempt organizations;


                                      155







o    persons holding ordinary shares, GDSs or rights that own or are deemed to
     own more than 10% of any class of our stock; or

o    persons who acquired our ordinary shares or GDSs pursuant to the exercise
     of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation.


This discussion is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and
proposed Treasury regulations, all as currently in effect. These laws are
subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Please consult your own tax
advisers concerning the US federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of
the receipt, exercise and disposition of rights pursuant to the rights offering,
as well as the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or GDSs
in your particular circumstances.

The discussion below applies to you only if you are a beneficial owner of
ordinary shares or GDSs and are, for US federal income tax purposes:


o    a citizen or resident of the United States;

o    corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized
     in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision
     thereof; or

o    an estate or trust the income of which is subject to US federal income
     taxation regardless of its source.

In general, if you hold GDSs, you will be treated as the holder of the
underlying shares represented by those GDSs for US federal income tax purposes.
Exchanges of ordinary shares for GDSs, GDSs for ordinary shares, ordinary share
rights for GDS rights and GDS rights for ordinary share rights generally will
not be subject to US federal income tax. The following discussion (except where
otherwise noted) therefore applies equally to US holders of ordinary shares and
GDSs, and the discussion applicable to ordinary shares is equally applicable to
GDSs.

Taxation of the Rights

Receipt of the Rights

The receipt of rights by you pursuant to the rights offering will be treated as
a non-taxable distribution with respect to your ordinary shares or GDSs for US
federal income tax purposes.

If the fair market value of the rights received by you is less than 15% of the
fair market value of your ordinary shares or GDSs on the date the rights are
received, the rights will be allocated a zero basis for US federal income tax
purposes, unless you affirmatively elect to allocate basis in proportion to the
relative fair market values of your ordinary shares or GDSs and the rights
received determined on the date of receipt. This election must be made in your
tax return for the taxable year in which the rights are received. On the other
hand, if the fair market value of the rights received by you is 15% or greater
than the fair market value of your ordinary shares or GDSs on the date the
rights are received, then your basis in your ordinary shares or GDSs must be
allocated between the ordinary shares or GDSs and the rights received in
proportion to their fair market values determined on the date the rights are
received. Unless you have a zero basis in your rights received, your basis in
your rights will be reduced by any basis allocable to fractional entitlements to
rights for which you receive any net proceeds from the sale of the ordinary
shares underlying such fractional entitlements. In this case, the basis
allocable to a fractional entitlement to GDS rights will be based on the fair
market value of such fractional entitlement relative to the fair market value of
the rights received.

   Exercise of the Rights

The exercise of a right by you or on your behalf will generally not be a taxable
transaction for US federal income tax purposes. The basis of each new ordinary
share or GDS acquired upon exercise of the right by you or on your behalf will
equal the sum of the price paid for the ordinary share or GDS (which shall
include any Ghanaian or UK taxes payable by, or on behalf of, you in connection
with the exercise of the right) and your tax basis (as determined above), if
any, in the right exercised.


                                      156







   Sale or Expiration of the Rights


For US federal income tax purposes, gain or loss you realize on a sale of rights
by you, including by the depositary on your behalf, will be capital gain or
loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for the
rights is more than one year. For these purposes, your holding period in rights
will include your holding period in the ordinary shares or GDSs with respect to
which the rights were distributed. The amount of your gain or loss will be equal
to the difference between your tax basis in the rights disposed of (as
determined above) and the amount realized on the disposition. Such gain or loss
will generally be US source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.


In the event you allow rights to expire without selling or exercising them, the
rights will be deemed to have a zero basis and, therefore, you will not
recognize any loss upon the expiration of the rights. In addition, the tax basis
of the ordinary shares or GDSs with respect to which the expired rights were
distributed will remain unchanged compared to their basis prior to the rights
offering. In the event you receive any net proceeds from the sale of ordinary
shares or GDSs underlying any unexercised rights or fractional entitlements to
an GDS right, you will recognize gain or loss equal to the amount realized less
your adjusted basis in the ordinary shares or GDSs underlying the unexercised
rights or fractional entitlement to a right as determined above under " Exercise
of the Rights."

Taxation of the Ordinary Shares or GDSs

   Taxation of Distributions on Ordinary Shares or GDSs


Distributions paid on ordinary shares or GDSs, to the extent paid out of current
or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under US federal income tax
principles, other than certain pro rata distributions of ordinary shares, will
be treated as a dividend. The amount of this dividend will include any amounts
withheld (or deemed withheld) by us or our paying agent in respect of Ghanaian
taxes. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign source dividend
income to you and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction
generally allowed to US corporations under the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended. Such dividends generally will constitute passive income for the
purposes of determining any available foreign tax credit. Distributions in
excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits will be treated first as a
tax free return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares
and then as capital gain.


Any dividends paid in foreign currency will be included in your income in a US
dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date
of your (or in the case of GDSs, the depositary's) receipt of the dividend,
regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. If the
dividend is converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, you generally
should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of
the dividend income. You may have foreign currency gain or loss if you do not
convert the amount of such dividend into US dollars on the date of its receipt.

US holders of ordinary shares and GDSs are urged to consult their own tax
advisors with regard to their eligibility for claiming a foreign tax credit with
respect to dividends received on ordinary shares or GDSs and the procedures
required for claiming this credit. In selected circumstances, a US holder that
(i) has held ordinary shares or GDSs for less than a specified minimum period
during which it is not protected from risk of loss, (ii) is obligated to make
payments related to the dividends or (iii) holds the ordinary shares or GDSs in
an arrangement in which the holder's expected economic return, after non-US
taxes, is insubstantial, will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign
taxes imposed on dividends paid on ordinary shares or GDSs.

   Sale and Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares or GDSs


For US federal income tax purposes, gain or loss you realize on the sale or
other disposition of ordinary shares or GDSs will be capital gain or loss, and
will be long-term capital gain or loss if you held the ordinary shares or GDSs
for more than one year. For these purposes, your holding period in ordinary
shares or GDSs acquired upon exercise of a right will begin upon the date you
exercise the right. The amount of your gain or loss will be equal to the
difference between your tax basis in the ordinary shares or GDSs disposed of and
the amount realized on the disposition. Such gain or loss will generally be US
source gain or loss for the purposes of determining any available foreign tax
credit.



                                      157







   Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States
or through certain US-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to
information reporting and to backup withholding unless (i) you are a corporation
or other exempt recipient or (ii) you provide a correct taxpayer identification
number and certify that no loss of exemption from backup withholding has
occurred.

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to you will be allowed as a
credit against your United States federal income tax liability and may entitle
you to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the
Internal Revenue Service.

GHANA TAXATION

The following is a summary of certain Ghanaian taxation considerations for
non-Ghanaian resident absolute beneficial holders of our securities and may not
apply where the securities, or the income therefrom, are for tax purposes deemed
to belong to any other person, and may not apply to classes of person subject to
special tax rules. You should consult your own professional advisers as to the
taxation implications of holding our securities.

   Dividends


Under current Ghanaian legislation, tax is withheld from our dividend payments
at the rate of 10%. No further tax is payable on dividends received. The
Government of Ghana has confirmed that any person who has an interest in or is a
beneficial owner of GDSs will be treated for Ghanaian tax purposes as the
beneficial owner of the underlying shares to which the GDSs relates and will
thereby be treated as beneficially entitled to the dividends arising on those
shares for all Ghanaian tax purposes. Withholding tax of 10% is also withheld
from dividend payments made by us in the form of stock.

Under the Double Taxation Convention between Ghana and the United Kingdom a UK
resident holder of our securities, being an individual (or a company holding
less than 10% of our outstanding voting securities), is liable to Ghanaian tax
at the domestic rate of 10%, which will be withheld from dividend payment by us.
Where the holder is a UK resident company holding at least 10% of our voting
power, the rate at which Ghanaian tax is withheld is reduced to 7.5%.


There is currently no double taxation convention in force between Ghana and the
United States.

   Capital Gains

Capital gains arising on a disposal of securities listed on the GSE are exempt
from Ghanaian capital gains tax until October 31, 2005. The Government of Ghana
has confirmed that the disposal of an interest in a GDS will be treated as a
disposal of the underlying shares for Ghanaian capital gains tax purposes and
will thereby be exempt from Ghanaian capital gains tax under current law and
practice.

   Gift Taxation


Liability to gift tax may arise on the transfer by gift of shares or interests
in GDSs if the open market value of the shares at the time of the gift exceeds
500,000 cedis (approximately US$60) (subject to certain exemptions). The tax is
payable by the donee of the gift.



                                      158








PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We have entered into a Rights Issue Agreement with CIBC World Markets Inc. and
Investec Bank (UK) Limited, acting through its division Investec Investment
Banking, together the Managers, with respect to the rights offering (as more
fully described under the caption "The Rights Offering" above) being made both
outside and inside the US.

The Managers have agreed to underwrite a total of _____ new ordinary shares
and/or new GDSs being offered pursuant to the rights offering, amounting to
_____% of the issue. The remainder of the issue, amounting to _____ new ordinary
shares and/or new GDSs, is not underwritten.

A number of our institutional investors have agreed to sub-underwrite these
underwritten shares/GDSs on terms that such investors may reduce their
sub-underwriting participation by the number of new shares/GDSs which they
subscribe for pursuant to the rights offering.

If you do not exercise your ordinary share rights or GDS rights by ___, 2003,
the Managers have agreed, subject to certain customary conditions, to use
reasonable endeavours to procure subscribers for the new ordinary shares or new
GDSs at a price at least equal to the ordinary share subscription
price or GDS subscription price, as the case may be. In such event, you will
receive only the premium, if any, of the amount paid after deducting the
relevant subscription price and the expenses of sale (including, in respect of a
non-exercising GDS holder, a depositary fee of US$0.02 per GDS held). The
Managers may cease to procure subscribers at any time after 9:30am, London time,
on ___, 2003, if, in their opinion, there is no reasonable likelihood that any
subscribers could be procured at a price at least equal to the subscription
price, by not later than 4:30pm, London time, on ___, 2003.

Any transactions undertaken pursuant to unexercised share or GDS rights will be
deemed to have been undertaken at the request of the person whose rights have
lapsed (if a premium to the subscription price plus costs of sale can be
achieved) and otherwise at our request. Neither the Managers nor ourselves will
have any liability to you if the Managers are unable to procure subscriptions
for such new ordinary shares or new GDSs or with respect to the price at which
they may be sold. In the event the Managers are unable to procure subscribers
for the new ordinary shares or new GDSs at a premium to the subscription price
plus costs of sale, you will not receive any payment.

With respect to the underwritten shares/GDSs, the Managers will, severally and
not jointly, subscribe for such ordinary shares/GDSs in the percentages
indicated in the following table:

Manager



                                                                        Percentage of
                                                                        Unsubscribed
                                                                       Shares or GDSs
                                                                       --------------
                                                                          
CIBC World Markets Inc. of BCE Place, 161 Bay Street, Toronto,
Ontario, M5J 2SB, Canada ...........................................         ___%

Investec Bank (UK) Limited, acting through its division Investec
Investment Banking of 2 Gresham Street, London EC2V 7QP ............         ___%



We have agreed to pay to the Managers the following commissions in connection
with the rights offering (a) a fee of ___% of the gross proceeds resulting
from the take up of the new shares and/or new GDSs pursuant to the rights
offering; and (b) and in connection with the sale of any new shares or new
GDSs not taken up by shareholders or GDS holders pursuant to the rights
offering, a fee of ___% of the gross proceeds of such sale. In addition, we
have agreed to pay the sub-underwriters a commission totalling ___% of the
value of the underwritten shares/GDSs at the subscription price.


We have also agreed to reimburse the Managers for their reasonable expenses,
including certain fees and disbursements of their counsel, in connection with
their activities under the Rights Issue Agreement. Investec has acted as our
sponsor pursuant to the rules of the UK Listing Authority in connection with the
listing of the new ordinary shares and new GDSs issued pursuant to the rights
offering and will receive a separate fee of 'L'_____ for the provision of such
services and a success fee of 'L'_____ if the rights offering is completed.
CIBC World Markets Inc. has acted as our financial advisor in connection with
the rights offering.



                                     159








In the event that the Managers are required to pay us the subscription price and
take up any new ordinary shares or new GDSs, any resale of such new ordinary
shares or new GDSs by the Managers or any sub-underwriters will be for their own
account and not on behalf of the unexercising holders. The proceeds from any
resale could be deemed underwriting compensation.


We have been advised by the Managers that they expect to make offers and sales
of the unsubscribed shares/GDSs outside of the US and, through their respective
selling agents, inside the US. This prospectus may be used in connection with
the offers and sales, or resales, to persons located in the US. The Managers may
distribute unsubscribed new ordinary shares in the form of new ordinary shares
or new GDSs.

The Managers may distribute new ordinary shares or new GDSs in the US in one or
more of the following types of transactions:

o    transactions, which may include block transactions, on the NYSE,

o    exchange distributions and/or secondary distributions in accordance with
     the rules of the NYSE,

o    over-the-counter market transactions,

o    negotiated transactions,

o    through the writing of options on unsubscribed ordinary shares (whether
     such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise), or

o    a combination of any of these transactions.

These transactions may be effected by selling the new ordinary shares or new
GDSs to or through the US selling agents of the Managers or other dealers at:

o    fixed prices, which may be changed,

o    prevailing market prices at the time of sale,

o    prices related to prevailing market prices, or

o    negotiated prices.

Dealers that engage in these transactions may receive compensation in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions from the Managers, sub-underwriters or
subsequent purchasers of the new ordinary shares or new GDSs.

The US selling agents of the Managers may be deemed to be underwriters, and any
discounts or commissions received by them or any profit on the resale of
unsubscribed ordinary shares or unsubscribed GDSs might be deemed to be
underwriting discounts and commissions, under the US Securities Act of 1933.

Other terms relating to the distribution of the new ordinary share rights and
new GDSs rights, as well as the distribution of new ordinary shares and new
GDSs, are described under the heading "The Rights Offering."

We have agreed to indemnify the Managers and their US selling agents against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.


We have agreed that, subject to certain limited exceptions, for a period from
the date of this prospectus until 90 days after the close of the offer to
shareholders on the International Register, we will not without the prior
written consent of the Managers:

o    offer any securities for cash in a public offering or private placement
     (other than certain debt securities and other limited circumstances),

o    allot, issue or sell (in each case for cash) any of our share capital
     (other than shares issued in pursuance of exercise of any options granted
     to directors and employees in the ordinary course or exercise of
     any of our warrants) or acquire any of our share capital, or

o    grant options to subscribe for or purchase any of our share capital (other
     than options granted to directors and employees in the ordinary course).




                                     160








The Rights Issue Agreement, or the Managers' underwriting obligations under such
agreement, may be terminated in the event of certain material breaches by us of
the agreement at any time prior to admission of the new shares, nil paid, and
the GDS rights to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading
on the LSE's market for listed securities. The agreement may also be terminated
in the event of certain force majeure events occurring prior to [5:00] p.m.,
London time, on __, 2003. If the agreement is terminated prior to admission, we
reserve the right to proceed with the rights offering.

Some of the Managers, their US selling agents and their respective affiliates
have performed, perform or may in the future engage in commercial banking and
investment banking transactions with us, including serving as lenders of debt to
be repaid with interest and serving as counterparty to hedging arrangements
entered into in the course of our business, for which they have received, are
receiving or may in the future receive customary compensation. In the ordinary
course, some of the proceeds from the rights offering may be used to repay
amounts outstanding under such facilities. Prior to the announcement of the
rights offering, each of Investec Bank (UK) Limited and CIBC World Markets plc
agreed to participate in our new revolving credit facility, committing funding
in an initial amount of US$15,000,000 each.



                                     161






OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

We estimate the fees and expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance
and distribution of the rights, the ordinary shares and the GDSs in this rights
offering to be as follows:



                                                               
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee ............   US$8,202

New York Stock Exchange listing fee ............................

Commissions payable to the Managers and sub-underwriters........

Other financial advisory fees and expenses......................

Legal fees and expenses ........................................

Accounting fees and expenses ...................................

Printing and engraving costs ...................................

Blue sky fees and miscellaneous expenses .......................

NASD filing fees ...............................................   US$9,500

Total ..........................................................



All of these fees and expenses will be paid by us.


                                      162







WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement, of which this prospectus
constitutes a part, on Form F-1, with respect to the rights and ordinary shares
being issued in this rights offering. This prospectus does not contain all of
the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules to the registration statement, because some parts have been omitted in
accordance with rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about
us and the rights, ordinary shares and GDSs being issued in this rights
offering, please refer to the registration statement and exhibits and schedules
filed as part of the registration statement.


We also file annual and special reports and other information with the SEC. A
copy of this registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules
thereto, and our other filings may be inspected without charge and obtained at
prescribed rates at the public reference section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street,
NW, Washington, D.C. 20549 and are also available at the SEC's website at
http://www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-732-0330 for further
information on the operation of the public reference rooms.


As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, prescribing the furnishing and
content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our officers, directors and
principal shareholders are exempt from the "short-swing profits" reporting and
liability provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules
under the Exchange Act.


Our GDSs representing our ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE and the LSE and
our ordinary shares are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority
and traded on the LSE. You can consult reports and other information about us
that we have filed pursuant to the rules of the NYSE, the UK Listing Authority
and the LSE at those bodies.


We intend to furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing financial
statements audited by our independent auditors and quarterly reports containing
unaudited financial information.

The GDSs have been registered separately with the SEC on Form F-6.


                                      163







ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ghana. Almost all
of our directors and officers, and the experts named in this document, reside
outside the United States, principally in Ghana and the United Kingdom. Almost
all of our assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the United
States. You may not be able, therefore, to effect service of process within the
United States upon us or these persons or to enforce, in US courts, judgments
against them, or us, obtained in those courts based upon the civil liability
provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. Norton Rose, our
UK legal adviser, has advised us that there is substantial doubt as to the
enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for
enforcement, of judgments of US courts based on the civil liability provisions
of the federal securities laws of the United States. Further, Tetteh & Co., our
Ghanaian legal adviser, has advised us that there is substantial doubt as to the
enforceability in Ghana, in original actions or in actions for enforcement, of
judgments of US courts based on the civil liability provisions of the federal
securities laws of the United States.


                                      164







VALIDITY OF SECURITIES


Norton Rose, our US counsel, located at Kempson House, Camomile Street, London
EC3A 7AN, U.K. and Mayer, Brown, Rowe & Maw LLP, 11 Pilgrim Street, London EC4V
6RW, U.K., the Managers' US counsel, will pass upon selected matters related to
the validity of the global depositary receipts evidencing GDSs. The validity of
the ordinary shares will be passed upon by Merene Botsio-Philips, our General
Counsel.



                                      165







EXPERTS


The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche, Ghana, independent auditors, as stated in their
report appearing herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report
of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
Deloitte & Touche, Ghana, consent to the inclusion in this prospectus of such
report, in the form and content in which it is included, and authorize the
contents of such report for the purpose of Regulation 6(1)(e) of the Financial
Services and Markets Act (Official Listing of Securities) Regulations 2001.


Our auditors are Deloitte & Touche, Ghana, Chartered Accountants of P.O. Box
453, 4 Liberation Road, Accra, Ghana, for the period covered by the financial
information included in this document and they have been our auditors since
1991. Deloitte & Touche, Ghana were joint auditors with Pannell Kerr Forster,
Chartered Accountants of Farrar Avenue, Accra, Ghana, for the period beginning
in 1991 until end of 1999.


The financial information set out in this document does not constitute statutory
accounts within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 1985. Our
statutory accounts have been prepared for each of the three years ended December
31, 2002. Our auditors have audited the accounts and our consolidated accounts
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, and have made
reports under the Companies Code in respect of each set of statutory accounts
and each such report was unqualified. The statutory accounts for the three
financial years ended December 31, 2002, have been delivered to the Registrar of
Companies in Ghana.



                                      166






ADDITIONAL INFORMATION


The Directors of Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited, whose names appear on page
___, accept responsibility for the information contained in this document. To
the best of the knowledge and belief of the Directors of Ashanti Goldfields
Company Limited (who have taken all reasonable care to ensure that such is the
case), the information contained in this document is in accordance with the
facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of such
information.

We were established pursuant to the Mining Operations (Government Participation)
Decree, 1972 (N.R.C.D. 132), or the 1972 Decree, with the name Ashanti
Goldfields (Ghana) Corporation Limited to take over with effect from October 1,
1972, the assets, business, objects and functions in Ghana formerly carried on
by an English company formerly named Ashanti Goldfields Corporation Limited. By
the Mining Operations (Government Participation) (Amendment) Decree, 1973
(N.R.C.D. 206) our name was changed to Ashanti Goldfields Corporation (Ghana)
Limited.


We were incorporated in Ghana under the Companies Code on August 19, 1974, as a
private company limited by shares with registration number 7094.

By the Mining Operations (Government Participation) (Repeal) Act, 1993 (Act
465), or the 1993 Act, the 1972 Decree (as amended) was repealed but the 1993
Act specifically provided for us to continue to exist as a private company
incorporated under the Companies Code.


We changed our name to Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited on January 31, 1994,
and became a public company limited by shares on March 5, 1994.

Our head office and registered office is located at Gold House, Patrice Lumumba
Road, Roman Ridge, P.O. Box 2665, Accra, Ghana.

We have made an application to list the new ordinary shares on the GSE. The GSE
assumes no responsibility for the correctness of any of the statements made or
opinions or reports expressed or contained in this document. Admission to the
First List of the GSE is not to be taken as an indication of our merits or of
the merits of our ordinary shares. It is expected that dealings in our ordinary
shares will commence on the GSE on ___, 2003. Outstanding ordinary shares are
already listed on the GSE.


The Registrar of Companies, Ghana in his absolute discretion has granted a
waiver of the provisions of Part A of Chapter IV of the Companies Code in
respect of the rights offering set out in this document in accordance with
s.291(A) of the Companies Code, 1963 (as amended). The Council of the GSE has
granted a dispensation from the application of certain of the Listing
Regulations in respect of the rights offering set out in this document.


In Canada, these securityholder materials are being sent to both registered and
non-registered owners of the securities. If you are a non-registered owner, and
the issuer or its agent has sent these materials directly to you, your name and
address and information about your holdings of securities have been obtained in
accordance with applicable securities requirements from the intermediary
holding on your behalf.


                                      167






We occupy a number of establishments pursuant to the terms of our mining leases
and licenses. Our other principal establishments from which we operate are as
follows:




                                      Approximate                                  Rent per
Location                    Use           area        Tenure    Term of Lease       annum
--------                -----------   -----------   ---------   -------------   -------------
                                                                 
Gold House              Head Office    0.79 acres   Leasehold        50 years           Cedis
Patrice Lumumba Road                                                     from         118,500
Roman Ridge                                                        February 1      subject to
PO Box 2665                                                              1987    review after
Accra                                                                                   every
                                                                                 seventh year
                                                                                 of the lease

3rd Floor                    Office     1,430 sq.   Leasehold    3 years from       'L'24,400
12-14 Ridgeway Street                        feet                September 1,
Douglas                                                                  2001
Isle of Man
IM1 1EN



Details of Recent Refinancing

   Enlarged revolving credit facility


We entered into a new US$200 million five year revolving credit facility, or
RCF, with a group of 15 syndicate banks, replacing our then-existing facilities,
which were canceled. As at December 31, 2002, the RCF was drawn down as to
US$149.0 million.


   Early exercise of warrants

In November 1999, 19,835,001 unregistered warrants to subscribe for our ordinary
shares were issued to our hedge counterparties. Pursuant to a warrant exercise
agreement, 17 of the warrantholders agreed to the early exercise of 12,367,905
warrants at a subscription price of US$3.00 per ordinary share. The early
exercise of these warrants, together with 1,577,217 warrants previously
exercised by another of our hedge counterparties, raised approximately US$41.8
million.

We have undertaken to pay warrantholders who exercised under the warrant
exercise agreement a fee associated with this exercise until the expiry of the
put options described below (or, if earlier, such person's disposal of the
ordinary shares issued on exercise of the warrants). The fee, at the rate of
LIBOR plus 25 basis points, is payable quarterly in arrears.

To facilitate the early exercise of the warrants, Lonmin has, at no cost to us,
granted to each exercising warrantholder non-transferable put options in respect
of each ordinary share issued on exercise of their respective warrants pursuant
to the warrant exercise agreement. The put options are exercisable at US$3.00
(subject to adjustment in certain circumstances). The put options are only
exercisable on three dates, namely April 28, 2004, October 28, 2004 and April
28, 2005 and each of the relevant warrantholders shall only be entitled to
exercise its put options in respect of a maximum number of ordinary shares
corresponding to such number of ordinary shares from which the A tranche, B
tranche and C tranche warrants held by such warrantholder have converted (for
example the Put Options in respect of ordinary shares into which the A tranche
warrants have converted are only exercisable on April 28, 2004).

Most of the put options have now terminated owing to exercising warrantholders
having disposed of the ordinary shares issued to them on exercise of the
warrants. Put options remain outstanding in respect of 5,079,835 of our ordinary
shares.

   Issue of mandatorily exchangeable notes

Lonmin subscribed for a total of US$75.0 million of mandatorily exchangeable
notes, or MENs, pursuant to MENs subscription agreements entered into with
Lonmin and the Government of Ghana. The Government of Ghana has a call option in
respect of approximately US$28.4 million of the MENs. The MENs are


                                      168






exchangeable into ordinary shares at an exchange price of the lower of US$5.40
per ordinary share and the price per ordinary share at which ordinary shares are
issued pursuant to this rights issue (i.e. US$_________). The exchange price is
therefore US$_________ . The MENs are mandatorily exchangeable by us at that
price on the date of completion of this rights issue.






                                      169







DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY

Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection during normal
business hours on any weekday (Saturday, Sunday and public holidays excepted) at
our registered office at Gold House, Patrice Lumumba Road, Roman Ridge, Accra,
Ghana, and at the offices of Norton Rose, Kempson House, Camomile Street, London
EC3A 7AN, up to and including ____________, 2003:

o    our Regulations;

o    the material contracts referred to in the section titled "Material
     Contracts" above;

o    the Companies Code, the Securities Industry Law and the Mining Law;

o    our directors' service agreements referred to in the section titled
     "Management" above;

o    the letters of appointment of our non-executive directors referred to in
     the section titled "Management" above;


o    our audited consolidated accounts for the years ended December 31, 2000,
     2001 and 2002;

o    the independent auditor's report of Deloitte & Touche, Ghana, set out in
     this document;


o    the consent of Merene Botsio-Phillips in respect of her opinion referred to
     in the section titled "Validity of Securities ";

o    the consent of Deloitte & Touche, Ghana, referred to in the section titled
     "Experts ";

o    the Deposit Agreement; and

o    this document.


                                      170







INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


                                                  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Independent Auditors' Report                         F-1

Profit and Loss Accounts                             F-2

Balance Sheets                                       F-3

Cash Flow Statements                                 F-4

Statements of Total Recognised Gains and Losses      F-5

Reconciliation of Movements in Shareholders' Funds   F-5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements       F-6




                                      171







                       ASHANTI GOLDFIELDS COMPANY LIMITED
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Ashanti Goldfields Company
Limited, Accra, Ghana.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ashanti
Goldfields Company Limited and its subsidiary undertakings as of December 31,
2002, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, cash
flow statements, statements of total recognised gains and losses and the
reconciliation of movements in shareholders' funds for each of the years then
ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted
in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the
overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited and its
subsidiary undertakings as of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom vary in certain
respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. The application of the latter would have affected the determination of
shareholders' equity at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and the profit/loss
attributable to shareholders for each of the years then ended to the extent
summarized in note 32.


Deloitte & Touche
Accra, Ghana


March 5, 2003



                                      F-1








Profit and Loss Accounts

For the year ended December 31





                                                          2002                           2001
                                                        Interest                       Interest       2001
                                               2002     in joint     2002     2001     in joint       Total         2000
                                               Group   venture(1)    Total    Group   venture(1)   Restated(2)   Restated(2)
                                       Note    US$m       US$m       US$m     US$m       US$m          US$m         US$m
                                       ----   ------   ----------   ------   ------   ----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                           
Revenue                                   2    467.5      84.7       552.2    477.7      76.7         554.4         582.2
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Operating costs                               (275.9)    (47.2)     (323.1)  (276.3)    (38.9)       (315.2)       (324.3)
Other costs                                    (26.8)     (4.8)      (31.6)   (31.7)     (2.8)        (34.5)        (40.3)
Royalties                                      (11.9)     (2.7)      (14.6)   (10.8)     (2.2)        (13.0)        (13.7)
Depreciation and amortization             5    (75.1)    (13.3)      (88.4)   (82.3)    (12.6)        (94.9)       (114.8)
Exceptional operating costs               3    (23.5)     (8.8)      (32.3)      --        --            --        (215.2)
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Total costs                                   (413.2)    (76.8)     (490.0)  (401.1)    (56.5)       (457.6)       (708.3)
Other income                              4     12.1        --        12.1       --        --            --            --
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Operating profit/(loss)                   5     66.4       7.9        74.3     76.6      20.2          96.8        (126.1)
Net profit on sale of businesses          6                             --                               --          46.6
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary
   activities before interest                                         74.3                             96.8         (79.5)
Net interest payable - group              8                          (17.5)                           (21.6)        (51.3)
                     - joint venture      8                           (5.1)                            (7.8)           --
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary
   activities before taxation                                         51.7                             67.4        (130.8)
Taxation - group                          9                           (3.0)                            (9.6)         12.8
         - joint venture                  9                            6.7                               --            --
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary
   activities after taxation                                          55.4                             57.8        (118.0)
Equity minority interests                                              0.8                              2.1          (1.5)
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Profit/(loss) attributable to
   shareholders                                                       56.2                             59.9        (119.5)
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Retained profit/(loss) for the year      24                           56.2                             59.9        (119.5)
                                        ---   ------     -----      ------   ------     -----        ------        ------
Earnings/(loss) per share (US$)          11                           0.47                             0.53         (1.06)
Diluted earnings/(loss)
   per share (US$)                       11                           0.44                             0.52         (1.52)
                                        ===   ======     =====      ======   ======     =====        ======        ======




(1)  The separate presentation of interest in joint venture for 2002 and 2001 is
     provided in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard ("FRS") No. 9,
     Associates and joint ventures. There were no interests requiring such
     presentation in 2000.

(2)  The profit and loss account for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000
     have been restated for the adoption of FRS No. 19, Deferred tax ("FRS 19")
     (see note 29).


                     See notes to the financial statements


                                      F-2







Balance Sheets
As at December 31




                                                                               2001        2000
                                                                     2002    Restated*   Restated*
                                                             Note    US$m      US$m        US$m
                                                             ----   ------   ---------   ---------
                                                                              
Fixed assets
Intangible assets                                             12      17.3      18.8        21.5
Tangible fixed assets                                         13     602.7     612.9       645.8
Investments - Geita joint venture                             14      91.2      81.7        69.3
            - Share of gross assets and goodwill                     205.1     190.2       179.0
            - Share of gross liabilities                            (113.9)   (108.5)     (109.7)
            - Loans to joint venture and other investments    14      32.6      32.6        32.6
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
                                                                     743.8     746.0       769.2
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
Current assets
Stocks                                                        15      76.6      73.5        77.8
Debtors due within one year                                   16      14.0      23.0        17.3
Debtors due after more than one year                          16       8.8        --          --
Cash and liquid resources                                     17      41.3      55.2        73.6
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
                                                                     140.7     151.7       168.7
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
Creditors                                                     18    (131.1)   (155.0)     (169.0)
Borrowings                                                    19      (2.7)    (25.3)       (7.2)
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
                                                                    (133.8)   (180.3)     (176.2)
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
Net current assets/(liabilities)                                       6.9     (28.6)       (7.5)

Total assets less current liabilities                                750.7     717.4       761.7

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year
Creditors                                                     18     (24.0)    (49.8)      (98.2)
Borrowings                                                    19    (254.2)   (300.6)     (358.5)

Provision for liabilities and charges                         21     (25.0)    (17.9)      (14.6)
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
                                                                     447.5     349.1       290.4
                                                              ==    ======    ======      ======
Capital and reserves
Stated capital                                                22     588.2     545.2       544.3
Reserves                                                      24    (141.9)   (198.1)     (258.0)
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
Equity shareholders' funds                                           446.3     347.1       286.3
Equity minority interests                                              1.2       2.0         4.1
                                                              --    ------    ------      ------
                                                                     447.5     349.1       290.4
                                                              ==    ======    ======      ======




* The Group balance sheets as at December 31, 2001 and 2000 have been
restated for the adoption of FRS 19 (see note 29).


                     See notes to the financial statements


                                      F-3







Cash Flow Statements
For the year ended December 31




                                                                  2002     2001     2000
                                                          Note    US$m     US$m     US$m
                                                          ----   ------   ------   ------
                                                                       
Cash flow from operating activities                        26      95.2     95.4    149.4
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Returns on investments and servicing of finance
Interest received                                                   0.8      2.0      4.7
Interest paid                                                     (19.6)   (24.4)   (61.1)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Net cash outflow from returns on investments
   and servicing of finance                                       (18.8)   (22.4)   (56.4)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Taxation
Tax paid                                                           (2.0)    (2.9)    (5.8)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Capital expenditure and financial investment
Purchase of tangible fixed assets                                 (64.5)   (49.6)  (145.6)
Sale of tangible fixed assets                                        --       --      0.9
Purchase of investments                                              --       --     (1.5)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Net cash outflow from capital expenditure
   and financial investment                                       (64.5)   (49.6)  (146.2)
Acquisitions                                               25        --       --     (0.5)
Disposals                                                  25        --       --    230.8
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Cash inflow before use of liquid
   resources and financing                                          9.9     20.5    171.3
Management of liquid resources                                      6.0      9.7     13.3
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Cash inflow before financing                                       15.9     30.2    184.6
Financing
Issue of ordinary shares                                           41.8       --       --
Decrease in debt                                                  (61.0)   (40.6)  (186.3)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Net cash outflow from financing                                   (19.2)   (40.6)  (186.3)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Decrease in cash                                                   (3.3)   (10.4)    (1.7)
                                                          ===    ======   ======   ======

Reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt
Decrease in cash                                                   (3.3)   (10.4)    (1.7)
Decrease in liquid resources                                       (6.0)    (9.7)   (13.3)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
                                                                   (9.3)   (20.1)   (15.0)
Cash outflow from decrease in debt                                 61.0     40.6    186.3
Other non-cash movements                                   28       3.4      0.9     29.5
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Movement in net debt                                               55.1     21.4    200.8
Net debt at January 1                                            (270.7)  (292.1)  (492.9)
                                                          ---    ------   ------   ------
Net debt at December 31                                    28    (215.6)  (270.7)  (292.1)
                                                          ===    ======   ======   ======



                     See notes to the financial statements


                                      F-4








Statements of Total Recognised Gains and Losses

For the year ended December 31





                                                                        2001        2000
                                                             2002   Restated*   Restated*
                                                             US$m       US$m        US$m
                                                             ----   ---------   ---------
                                                                        
Profit/(loss) for the financial year - group                 46.7      47.5      (119.5)
                                     - joint venture          9.5      12.4          --
                                                             ----      ----      ------
Total recognised gains and losses related to the year        56.2      59.9      (119.5)
                                                                       ====      ======
Prior year adjustment (see note 29)                           8.8
                                                             ----
Total recognised gains and losses since last annual report   65.0
                                                             ====




Reconciliations of Movements in Shareholders' Funds
For the year ended December 31





                                                                        2001       2000
                                                              2002  Restated*  Restated*
                                                              US$m      US$m       US$m
                                                             -----  --------   --------
                                                                        
Retained profit/(loss) for the year                           56.2      59.9     (119.5)
New share capital issued                                      43.0       0.9         --
Goodwill written back on disposal                               --        --       24.6
                                                             -----     -----     ------
Net additions to shareholders' funds                          99.2      60.8      (94.9)
                                                             -----     -----     ------

Opening shareholders' funds as previously stated             338.3     274.7      391.2
Prior year adjustment (see note 29)                            8.8      11.6      (10.0)
                                                             -----     -----     ------
Opening shareholders' funds as restated                      347.1     286.3      381.2
                                                             -----     -----     ------
Closing shareholders' funds                                  446.3     347.1      286.3
                                                             =====     =====     ======




*The Statement of Total Recognised Gains and Losses and the Reconciliation of
Movements in Shareholders' Funds for the years ended December 31, 2001 and
2000 have been restated for the adoption of FRS 19 (see note 29).



                  See notes to the financial statements


                                      F-5







1.   Summary of significant accounting policies

     The principal accounting policies adopted by Ashanti Goldfields Company
     Limited ("Ashanti") and its subsidiaries (collectively the "Company" or
     "Group") used in the preparation of these financial statements are
     set out below. The accounting policies used in preparing the financial
     statements are consistent with those used by the Company in its financial
     statements for the periods ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 except for
     deferred tax following the implementation of FRS 19.


     Basis of accounting

     The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost
     convention and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted
     in the United Kingdom ("UK GAAP").

     Basis of consolidation

     The Company's financial statements comprise a consolidation of the results,
     assets and liabilities of Ashanti and its subsidiary undertakings and joint
     ventures. The results and cash flows of subsidiaries acquired or disposed
     of in the year are included in the consolidated profit and loss account and
     the consolidated cash flow statement from the date of acquisition or up to
     the date of disposal.

     Goodwill


     Goodwill arising from the purchase of subsidiary undertakings and interests
     in joint ventures represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase
     consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired, in accordance
     with FRS No. 10. Goodwill and intangible assets ('FRS 10'). Goodwill is
     capitalized and amortized over the life of the underlying mine assets.
     Prior to January 1, 1998, goodwill was charged to reserves in the year of
     acquisition.


     On the subsequent disposal or termination of a previously acquired
     business, the profit or loss on disposal or termination is calculated after
     charging or crediting the amount of any goodwill previously charged to
     reserves or capitalised and not yet charged to the profit and loss account.

     Joint ventures

     A joint venture is an entity in which the Company holds a long-term
     interest and which is jointly controlled by the Company and one or more
     ventures under a contractual arrangement. The results of joint ventures are
     accounted for using the gross equity method of accounting.

     Transactions in other currencies


     Transactions denominated in currencies other than US dollars are translated
     at the rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and
     liabilities denominated in currencies other than the US dollar are
     remeasured at the rates of exchange ruling at the year end. All
     remeasurement differences are taken to the profit and loss account.


     Revenue recognition

     Sale of bullion is recognized when dore is produced in the gold room. The
     proceeds from sales of bullion produced prior to the year end but which
     have not been received are included as 'gold in transit' within cash
     balances.

     Exploration costs

     Exploration costs incurred prior to the establishment of a commercially
     minable deposit are charged against profits.

     Tangible fixed assets

     Tangible fixed assets are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation,
     which includes provision for impairment. Repairs and maintenance
     expenditures are charged against profits as incurred. Major improvements
     and replacements that extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized.

     Once it has been established that a commercially minable deposit exists,
     mine development costs, including interest costs, are capitalized as
     tangible fixed assets. Mine development costs consist of those expenditures
     necessary to gain access to ore bodies prior to production and to extend
     production in an existing ore body, including costs of removing overburden,
     constructing underground shaft stations, and extending tunnels.

     Tangible fixed assets are depreciated as follows:

     Development costs, plant and equipment and processing plants are
     depreciated over the life of the mine using the unit of production method,
     or on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives if shorter.
     Under the unit of production method, the Company estimates the amortization
     rate based on actual production over total proven and probable reserves.
     For mining operations with both underground and surface mining,
     amortization rates are calculated separately for the respective assets.
     This rate is then applied to actual costs incurred to arrive at the
     amortization expense for the period.



                                      F-6






     Buildings are depreciated on a straight-line basis. Following are the
     estimated useful lives of assets that are depreciated using the
     straight-line basis:


                                  
     Externally purchased software          3 years
     Vehicles                               5 years
     Plant and equipment              5 to 15 years
     Buildings                       up to 30 years



     Estimated useful lives are reviewed on an annual basis in conjunction with
     the life-of-mine plan. Tangible fixed assets are reviewed for impairment if
     events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may
     not be recoverable. At such time, in accordance with FRS No. 11, Impairment
     of fixed assets and goodwill, ("FRS 11") the recoverable amount, that is
     the value in use of the asset or its disposal value, if higher, is
     compared to the carrying value of the income generating unit and an
     impairment charge is recorded if necessary. The Company considers hedging
     gains and losses in calculating the net present value of expected future
     cash flows for mines, unless there are any mine-specific issues that
     render such allocation unreasonable and unsupportable.


     Stocks

     Stocks are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value (which
     includes an appropriate proportion of production overheads).

     Costs are assigned to stocks on hand by the method most appropriate to each
     class of stock with the majority being valued on an average cost basis.
     Costs of production include fixed and variable direct costs and an
     appropriate portion of fixed overhead expenditure.

     Interest and finance costs

     Interest is capitalized in respect of mine developments as part of tangible
     fixed assets from the time that it has been determined that a commercially
     minable deposit exists up to the commencement of production. All other
     interest costs are charged against profits as incurred.

     Front-end fees, commitment fees and other costs associated with the initial
     loan are deferred and amortized over the life of the loan to give a
     constant rate of return on the outstanding loan balance.

     Derivative financial instruments

     The Company uses derivative instruments to hedge its exposures to
     fluctuations in gold prices. In order to protect against the impact of
     falling gold prices, the Company enters into hedging transactions which
     provide a minimum price for production and allow the Company to take
     advantage of increases in gold prices. Instruments are accounted for as a
     hedge when they have been entered into to manage gold prices and are within
     limits established by the Board of Directors.

     Hedging transactions are used as part of the Company's protection and
     commitment programme. Protected ounces represent future sales of gold for
     which the future price of gold has been fixed. Committed ounces represent
     future obligations of the Company to deliver gold at an agreed upon maximum
     price.

     Receipts and payments on interest rate instruments are recognized on an
     accruals basis over the life of the instrument. Gains or losses on other
     hedging contracts, including premiums receivable and payable on options are
     recognized in the profit and loss account as designated production is
     delivered. In the case of earlier settlement of hedge contracts, gains or
     losses are deferred and brought into income at the originally designated
     delivery date.

     Deferred taxation


     Following the adoption of FRS 19, the Company provides for deferred tax
     assets and liabilities arising from timing differences between the
     recognition of gains and losses in the financial statements and their
     recognition for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized only to
     the extent that it is more likely than not that they will be recovered.
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.


     Environmental and site restoration obligations

     The expected costs of any committed decommissioning or other site
     restoration programs incurred during the construction phase, discounted at
     the weighted average cost of capital, are provided for and capitalized at
     the beginning of each project and amortized over the life of the mine using
     the units of production method. Additional provisions are recorded during
     the production phase as environmental liabilities arise with a
     corresponding charge to operating results. Such costs are estimated based
     on studies performed by independent environmental specialists and represent
     management's best current estimate of amounts that are expected to be
     incurred when the remediation work is performed within current laws and
     regulations or the terms of respective mining licenses.



                                      F-7






     Pre-stripping and stripping costs


     Pre-stripping costs are the costs of removing overburden to expose ore
     after it has been determined that a commercially minable deposit exists,
     prior to the commencement of production. These costs are capitalized as
     tangible fixed assets and, upon commencement of production, depreciated
     using the unit of production method based on proved and probable reserves.


     Stripping costs are costs associated with the removal of waste materials
     after gold production has commenced. Over the life of the mine, stripping
     costs are deferred when the actual stripping ratio is above the average and
     then charged to operations when the actual stripping ratio falls below the
     average. This policy results in the smoothing of mine production costs over
     the life of the mine, which is a practice unique to the mining industry.
     The full amount of deferred stripping costs may not be expensed until the
     end of the mine.

     Stripping costs are assessed for recoverability on an annual basis based on
     current factors surrounding the mine and adjustments made to the life of
     mine plan. If the recoverable value has fallen below cost, the asset is
     written down to its recoverable value. If the actual stripping ratio falls
     below the average stripping ratio, a deferred liability is recorded.

     Leases

     Assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts are
     capitalized at their fair value on the inception of the leases and
     depreciated over the shorter of the period of the lease and the estimated
     useful economic lives of the assets. The finance charges are allocated over
     the period of the lease in proportion to the capital amount outstanding and
     are charged to the profit and loss account.

     Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account in equal
     annual amounts over the lease term.




2.   Revenue




                                                          2002    2001    2000
                                                          US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                          -----   -----   -----
                                                                 
     Group
     Bullion revenue                                      416.3   381.7   485.2
     Cash realized on maturing hedging contracts           16.9    39.0    54.4
     Deferred hedging income                               34.3    57.0    42.6
                                                          -----   -----   -----
                                                          467.5   477.7   582.2

     Joint venture
     Bullion revenue                                       90.1    74.1      --
     Cash (paid)/realized on maturing hedging contracts    (5.4)    2.6      --
                                                          -----   -----   -----
                                                           84.7    76.7      --
                                                          -----   -----   -----
                                                          552.2   554.4   582.2
                                                          =====   =====   =====




a.   During the three-year period ending December 31, 2002 the only loss
     recognized in the profit and loss account with respect to hedging
     transactions was a US$14.7 million loss that was incurred in 2000. This
     loss is included within exceptional operating costs and is disclosed in
     Note 3.



                                      F-8








3.   Exceptional operating costs





                                                             2002   2001   2000
                                                             US$m   US$m   US$m
                                                             ----   ----   -----
                                                                  
     Obuasi (note a.)
        Redundancy costs                                       --    --      3.0
        Pension costs                                          --    --      4.0
                                                             ----   ---    -----
                                                               --    --      7.0
     Head Office
        Refinancing and restructuring costs (note b.)        23.5    --       --
        Hedge close out (note d.)                              --    --     14.7
     Joint venture
        Share of operating loss of joint venture (note c.)    8.8    --       --
                                                             ----   ---    -----
                                                             32.3    --     21.7
     Tangible fixed assets impairment (note e.)                --    --    193.5
                                                             ----   ---    -----
                                                             32.3    --    215.2
                                                             ====   ===    =====




a.   In conjunction with a review of the life of mine plan at the Obuasi mine, a
     provision was made for redundancy costs of US$17.0 million in 1999 and a
     further US$3.0 million was made in 2000 as a result of the decision to
     close the surface mining operations, certain treatment plants, and certain
     low capacity shafts at the Obuasi mine. Such provision relates to
     redundancies announced in the second and fourth quarters of 1999 of 2,855
     employees plus further rationalization.

     A provision of US$5.0 million in 1999 and a further provision of US$4.0
     million was made in 2000 for the total remaining liability of the Life
     Pension, a defined benefit scheme (the "Scheme"). Prior to these dates, the
     Scheme was accounted for on a cash basis. In 1999, the provision was
     calculated based on the Ghanaian Currency liability existing at that time.
     In 2000, the Scheme liability was re-estimated. The increase in the Scheme
     liability in 2000 reflects the reintroduction of the US dollar indexing.
     The Scheme was closed to new entrants prior to the periods reported in
     these financial statements.

b.   Costs incurred in refinancing the Company's debt during 2002, including
     fees paid to financial advisers, legal fees and fees relating to the
     extinguishment of the Company's previous revolving credit facility.

c.   As provided for in the sale and purchase agreement entered into in 2000 in
     respect of the Geita mine, AngloGold transferred the neighbouring Ridge 8
     property to Geita during the year. The consideration of US$17.6 million
     will be left outstanding until the project finance loans are fully repaid
     by Geita. AngloGold has transferred to Ashanti for no consideration, its
     50% share of the receivable which resulted in a gain of US$8.8 million (see
     note 4). In line with Ashanti's accounting policy on exploration costs, the
     cost of this property has been expensed (Ashanti's share US$8.8 million).

d.   In October 2000 Ashanti agreed as part of its negotiations with its banks
     and hedge counterparties during the period leading up to the Geita sale to
     close out certain hedge positions resulting in an exceptional loss of
     US$14.7 million. US$6.9 million of the loss was settled from the proceeds
     of the Geita sale and US$7.8 million was rolled up into the Revolving
     Credit Facility.

e.   A review of the carrying value of fixed assets of the Company was carried
     out under FRS 11 by comparing future projected cash flows, discounted at
     9.3%, with net asset value. The discount rate used of 9.3% is the Company's
     weighted average cost of capital and represents the Company's estimate of
     the rate that the market would expect on an investment of comparable risk.
     This resulted in an exceptional charge in 2000 of US$193.5 million,
     comprising US$150.0 million at Obuasi, US$35.0 million at Freda-Rebecca and
     US$8.5 million at Kimin.

4.   Other income





                                                              2002   2001   2000
                                                              US$m   US$m   US$m
                                                              ----   ----   ----
                                                                    
     Head Office

        Exceptional gain arising on transfer of receivable
        from AngloGold for no consideration (see note 3c.)     8.8    --      --

        Additional consideration received in respect of the
        Golden Pride mine sold in 1999                         3.3    --      --
                                                              ----   ---     ---
                                                              12.1    --      --
                                                              ====   ===     ===




                                      F-9










5.   Operating profit analysis by business area

     12 months to December 31, 2002





                                                                     Freda-  Hedging  Explor-  Corp.           Geita
                               Obuasi  Iduapriem  Bibiani  Siguiri  Rebecca  Income    ation   Admin.   Group  (50%)   Total
                               ------  ---------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -----  ------
                                                                                     
US$ million
Revenue                         167.8     57.8      76.1     83.9     30.7     51.2      --       --    467.5   84.7   552.2
Operating costs                (106.9)   (43.9)    (43.9)   (66.7)   (21.0)      --    (3.8)   (16.5)  (302.7) (52.0) (354.7)
Royalties                        (5.0)    (1.7)     (2.3)    (2.9)      --       --      --       --    (11.9)  (2.7)  (14.6)
Other income                       --       --        --       --       --       --      --     12.1     12.1     --    12.1
                               ------    -----     -----    -----    -----     ----    ----    -----   ------  -----  ------
Operating cash flow              55.9     12.2      29.9     14.3      9.7     51.2    (3.8)    (4.4)   165.0   30.0   195.0
Depreciation and amortisation   (33.0)    (7.6)    (11.7)   (17.7)    (3.7)      --    (0.1)    (1.3)   (75.1) (13.3)  (88.4)
Exceptional operating costs        --       --        --       --       --       --      --    (23.5)   (23.5)  (8.8)  (32.3)
                               ------    -----     -----    -----    -----     ----    ----    -----   ------  -----  ------
Operating profit/(loss)          22.9      4.6      18.2     (3.4)     6.0     51.2    (3.9)   (29.2)    66.4    7.9    74.3
                               ======    =====     =====    =====    =====     ====    ====    =====   ======  =====  ======



   12 months to December 31, 2001




                                            Idua-                     Freda-  Hedging  Explor-  Corp.           Geita
                          Obuasi  Ayanfuri  priem  Bibiani  Siguiri  Rebecca  income   ation    admin.  Group   (50%)   Total
                          ------  --------  -----  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  ------  ------  -----  ------
                                                                                   
US$ million
Revenue                    143.5     3.1     55.8    68.7     76.6     34.0     96.0       --       --   477.7   76.7   554.4
Operating costs           (101.4)   (3.8)   (44.8)  (45.3)   (62.2)   (22.8)      --     (6.5)   (21.2) (308.0) (41.7) (349.7)
Royalties                   (4.3)   (0.1)    (1.7)   (2.1)    (2.6)      --       --       --       --   (10.8)  (2.2)  (13.0)
                          ------    ----    -----   -----    -----    -----     ----     ----    -----  ------  -----  ------
Operating cash flow         37.8    (0.8)     9.3    21.3     11.8     11.2     96.0     (6.5)   (21.2)  158.9   32.8   191.7
Depreciation and
   amortization            (37.5)   (0.5)    (4.9)  (13.8)   (18.6)    (3.9)      --     (1.9)    (1.2)  (82.3) (12.6)  (94.9)
                          ------    ----    -----   -----    -----    -----     ----     ----    -----  ------  -----  ------
Operating profit/(loss)      0.3    (1.3)     4.4     7.5     (6.8)     7.3     96.0     (8.4)   (22.4)   76.6   20.2    96.8
                          ======    ====    =====   =====    =====    =====     ====     ====    =====  ======  =====  ======



   12 months to December 31, 2000




                                                      Idua-                     Freda-   Geita  Hedging  Explor-  Corp.
                                    Obuasi  Ayanfuri  priem  Bibiani  Siguiri  Rebecca  (100%)   income   ation  admin.  Total
                                    ------  --------  -----  -------  -------  -------  ------  -------  ------- ------  -----
                                                                                       
US$ million
Revenue                             179.5    10.1     53.9    76.6     85.2     31.3     48.6    97.0       --      --   582.2
Operating costs                    (133.5)   (8.9)   (43.2)  (36.8)   (54.8)   (22.2)   (25.7)     --    (14.2)  (25.3) (364.6)
Royalties                            (5.4)   (0.3)    (1.4)   (2.3)    (2.9)      --     (1.4)     --       --      --   (13.7)
                                   ------    ----    -----   -----    -----    -----    -----   -----    -----   -----  ------
Operating cash flow                  40.6     0.9      9.3    37.5     27.5      9.1     21.5    97.0    (14.2)  (25.3)  203.9
Depreciation and amortization       (45.6)   (4.8)    (3.2)  (15.6)   (19.8)   (11.7)   (11.6)   --       (0.4)   (2.1) (114.8)
Exceptional operating costs
- Redundancy and pension costs       (7.0)     --       --      --       --       --       --      --       --      --    (7.0)
- Hedge close out                      --      --       --      --       --       --       --   (14.7)      --      --   (14.7)
- Tangible fixed assets impairment (150.0)     --       --      --       --    (35.0)      --    (8.5)      --      --  (193.5)
                                   ------    ----    -----   -----    -----    -----    -----   -----    -----   -----  ------
Operating(loss)/profit             (162.0)   (3.9)     6.1    21.9      7.7    (37.6)     9.9    82.3    (23.1)  (27.4) (126.1)
                                   ======    ====    =====   =====    =====    =====    =====   =====    =====   =====  ======







                                      F-10








6.   Net profit on sale of businesses



                                                                     2002   2001   2000
                                                                     US$m   US$m   US$m
                                                                     ----   ----   ----
                                                                          

     Profit on disposal of 50% interest in Cluff Resources Limited
        ("Cluff") to AngloGold                                         --     --   51.2
     Loss on disposal of 50% interest in Carmeuse Lime Products
        (Ghana) Ltd to Carmeuse SA                                     --     --   (4.6)
                                                                      ---    ---   ----
                                                                       --     --   46.6
                                                                      ===    ===   ====




     The cash effect of the disposal of 50% in Cluff is given in note 25.

7.   Employees





                                                                  2002    2001     2000
                                                                  No.      No.      No.
                                                                 -----   ------   ------
                                                                         
     The average number of employees during the year was as
        follows:
     Underground mining                                          4,602    4,777    4,854
     Surface mining                                                447      543      859
     Processing                                                  1,978    1,896    1,706
     Administration                                              2,914    2,973    3,010
                                                                 -----   ------   ------
                                                                 9,941   10,189   10,429
                                                                 =====   ======   ======




     Remuneration paid to directors of Ashanti (excluding amounts paid to Lonmin
     Plc in respect of Technical Services and the services of Mr S E Jonah)
     amounted to US$2.9 million (2001: US$2.5 million; 2000: US$3.3 million).
     The amount, for 2000, includes a one-time payment of US$1.0 million to a
     director who left the Company during 2000.

8.   Net interest payable





                                                                2002    2001   2000
                                                                US$m    US$m   US$m
                                                                ----    ----   ----
                                                                      
     Interest payable on Exchangeable Notes                      6.3    12.0   12.0
     Interest payable on Enlarged Revolving Credit Facility      2.9      --     --
     Interest payable on Revolving Credit Facility               3.3     8.0   29.0
     Interest payable on other loans                             6.8     7.0   19.4
                                                                ----    ----   ----
                                                                19.3    27.0   60.4
     Interest capitalized                                         --      --   (4.4)
                                                                ----    ----   ----
                                                                19.3    27.0   56.0
     Interest receivable                                        (1.8)   (5.4)  (4.7)
                                                                ----    ----   ----
                                                                17.5    21.6   51.3
     Share of interest payable by joint venture                  5.1     7.8     --
                                                                ----    ----   ----
                                                                22.6    29.4   51.3
                                                                ====    ====   ====







                                      F-11








9.   Taxation





                                                    2002     2001       2000
                                                           Restated   Restated
                                                    US$m     US$m       US$m
                                                    ----   --------   --------
                                                               
     Corporate tax - Current year - group            0.2      6.6         0.5
                                  - joint venture    0.1       --          --
                   - Prior years  - group           (8.5)     8.2         4.5
                                  - joint venture    0.2       --          --
     Deferred tax - group                           11.3     (5.2)      (20.8)
                  - joint venture                   (7.0)      --          --
     Tax on profit on disposal of Geita               --       --         3.0
                                                    ----     ----       -----
     Tax (credit)/charge for the year               (3.7)     9.6       (12.8)
                                                    ====     ====       =====




     Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is considered more
     likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the
     future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. In
     certain circumstances where it is expected to take some time for tax losses
     to be relieved, it may not be appropriate to recognize the deferred tax
     assets at all. The total amount of deferred tax assets in respect of tax
     losses not recognised as at December 31, 2002 amounted to US$46.1 million
     (2001: US$60.1 million, 2000: US$60.4 million).

     No deferred tax is recognised on the unremitted earnings of overseas
     subsidiaries and joint ventures.

     Reconciliation of total corporate tax

     The standard rate of tax for the year, based on the Ghanaian tax rate for
     listed companies is 30% for 2002 and 2001 and 35% for 2000. The difference
     from the standard corporate tax charge and the total actual current
     corporate tax charge is set out in the following reconciliation.





                                                                              2002    2001    2000
                                                                              US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                                             -----   -----   ------
                                                                                    
     Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before tax                          51.7    67.4   (130.8)
     Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities at standard rate             15.5    20.3    (45.8)
                                                                             -----   -----   ------
     Factors affecting charge for the period
     Capital allowances for the period in excess of depreciation              (1.9)   (1.0)    77.0
     Other short term timing differences                                       0.3     2.5      2.7
     Tax losses (utilised)/not relieved in the period                         (3.7)    6.8      5.9
     Profits arising in foreign jurisdictions with different tax rates       (12.9)  (29.1)   (17.4)
     Group goodwill amortisation                                               1.9     2.2       --
     Capital allowance uplifts                                                (1.0)   (0.1)    (7.7)
     Deferred tax on acquisitions/dividends                                     --      --     (9.8)
     Other permanent differences                                               2.1     5.0     (4.4)
                                                                             -----   -----   ------
     Total actual current corporate tax                                        0.3     6.6      0.5
                                                                             =====   =====   ======







10.  Dividend

     No dividends were paid or proposed for the years 2002, 2001 and 2000.



11.  Earnings per share

     The calculation of earnings per share is based on earnings after tax and
     minority interests and the weighted average number of shares outstanding
     during the year (after deducting treasury shares which do not qualify for
     dividends) of 119.1 million (2001: 112.1 million, 2000: 112.4 million).


     Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average
     number of ordinary shares in issue on the assumption of conversion of all
     dilutive potential ordinary shares. The Company has three categories of
     dilutive potential ordinary shares being, warrants (under the agreement
     with the Company's hedge counterparties), share options (under the Senior
     Management Share Option Scheme) where the exercise price is more than the
     average price of Ashanti's ordinary shares during each of the reporting
     periods, and shares issued free of charge to senior management, pursuant to
     the employee share incentive plans, provided certain criteria are met.

                                      F-12









                                                                         2002    2001    2000
                                                                         US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                                        -----   -----   ------
                                                                               
     Basic and diluted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders    56.2    59.9   (119.5)

     Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)              119.1   112.1    112.4
     Dilutive share options (millions)                                    5.3     0.8    (31.1)
     Dilutive warrants (millions)                                         1.6     0.8     (2.8)
     Dilutive employee share plans (millions)                             0.6     0.5       --
                                                                        -----   -----   ------
     Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)     126.6   114.2     78.5
                                                                        -----   -----   ------
     Basic earnings/(loss) per share (US$)                               0.47    0.53    (1.06)
     Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (US$)                             0.44    0.52    (1.52)
                                                                        =====   =====   ======




12.  Intangible assets





                                                  Goodwill
     Cost                                           US$m
     ----                                         --------
                                                 
     At January 1, 2000                             131.5
     Additions                                       22.2
     Transfer to investment in joint ventures       (65.9)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Cluff              (65.9)
                                                    -----
     At December 31, 2000 and December 31, 2001      21.9
     Additions                                        0.2
                                                    -----
     At December 31, 2002                            22.1
                                                    =====
     Amortization at
     At January 1, 2000                                --
     Charge for the year                              4.8
     Transfer to investment in joint ventures        (2.2)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Cluff               (2.2)
                                                    -----
     At December 31, 2000                             0.4
     Charge for the year                              2.7
                                                    -----
     At December 31, 2001                             3.1
     Charge for the year                              1.7
                                                    -----
     At December 31, 2002                             4.8
                                                    =====
     Net book value
     At December 31, 2002                            17.3
     At December 31, 2001                            18.8
     At December 31, 2000                            21.5
                                                    -----




     The balance as at December 31, 2002 of US$17.3 million is in respect of the
     acquisition of Pioneer Goldfields Company Limited ("Pioneer"). The
     additional goodwill in 2002 relates to additional consideration which has
     become payable in respect of the acquisition of Pioneer Goldfields Limited
     (Teberebie mine) in 2000. Further consideration may become payable in the
     future depending on the gold price level.

     The disposal in 2000 related to the sale of Ashanti's 50% interest in Cluff
     Resources Limited to AngloGold and the remaining 50% has been transferred
     to investments.



                                      F-13








13.  Tangible fixed assets





                                         Mine shafts,
                                          development                                          Assets in
                                           and pre-     Plant and   Processing               the course of
                                          production    equipment     plants     Buildings   construction     Total
                                             US$m         US$m         US$m        US$m           US$m        US$m
                                         ------------   ---------   ----------   ---------   -------------   -------
                                                                                           
     Cost
     At January 1, 2000                      800.1        537.8        406.5        94.5           92.4      1,931.3
     Additions                                38.5         12.2          2.5         1.0           78.4        132.6
     Disposal                                 (3.4)        (8.1)       (11.6)       (0.5)            --        (23.6)
     Transfers                                84.3         21.2         50.7         6.1         (162.3)          --
     Transfer to investment                  (59.5)       (13.6)       (26.9)       (5.1)            --       (105.1)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Cluff       (59.5)       (20.1)       (26.9)       (5.1)            --       (111.6)
     Asset write back                           --           --         20.0          --             --         20.0
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2000                    800.5        529.4        414.3        90.9            8.5      1,843.6
     Additions                                29.8          6.4          0.8         0.2           10.1         47.3
     Disposals                                  --         (3.8)        (0.1)         --             --         (3.9)
     Transfers                                 6.0          5.9          4.3          --          (16.2)          --
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2001                    836.3        537.9        419.3        91.1            2.4      1,887.0
     Additions                                29.5         11.1          2.4         0.4           21.1         64.5
     Disposals                                (2.8)        (0.7)          --        (1.4)            --         (4.9)
     Transfers                               (21.5)         2.3         16.0        13.9          (10.7)          --
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2002                    841.5        550.6        437.7       104.0           12.8      1,946.6
                                             =====        =====        =====       =====         ======      =======
     Depreciation
     At January 1, 2000                      338.1        317.5        223.1        44.6             --        923.3
     Charges                                  42.4         31.8         28.4         7.4             --        110.0
     Provision for impairment                193.5           --           --          --             --        193.5
     Disposals                                (0.6)        (5.5)       (11.5)       (0.1)            --        (17.7)
     Transfer to investment                   (1.8)        (1.0)        (0.9)       (0.7)            --         (4.4)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Cluff        (1.8)        (3.5)        (0.9)       (0.7)            --         (6.9)
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2000                    569.8        339.3        238.2        50.5             --      1,197.8
     Charges                                  23.1         28.2         21.9         6.4             --         79.6
     Disposals                                  --         (3.3)          --          --             --         (3.3)
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2001                    592.9        364.2        260.1        56.9             --      1,274.1
     Charges                                  19.0         27.7         20.2         6.5             --         73.4
     Disposals                                (1.9)        (0.7)          --        (1.0)            --         (3.6)
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------
     At December 31, 2002                    610.0        391.2        280.3        62.4             --      1,343.9
                                             =====        =====        =====       =====         ======      =======
     Net book value
     At December 31, 2002                    231.5        159.4        157.4        41.6           12.8        602.7
     At December 31, 2001                    243.4        173.7        159.2        34.2            2.4        612.9
     At December 31, 2000                    230.7        190.1        176.1        40.4            8.5        645.8
                                             -----        -----        -----       -----         ------      -------




     The net book value of tangible fixed assets includes US$3.5 million (2001:
     US$4.1 million; 2000: US$4.8 million) in respect of assets held under
     finance leases included within buildings.





                                             2002   2001   2000
                                             US$m   US$m   US$m
                                             ----   ----   ----
                                                  
     Capital commitments
     Contracts placed but not provided for   13.1    2.7   4.0
                                             ====   ====   ====




                                      F-14








14.  Investments


     In December 2000 the Company sold a 50% share of its wholly owned
     subsidiary, Cluff, which owns the Geita Mine in Tanzania, to AngloGold
     Limited. Following disposal of the 50% interest, Cluff is no longer a
     subsidiary company of Ashanti and has not been consolidated at December 31,
     2000. The 50% interest retained is accounted for as a joint venture under
     the gross equity basis of accounting.




                                              Investment in      Loans to         Other
                                             joint ventures   joint ventures   investments   Total
                                                  US$m             US$m            US$m       US$m
                                             --------------   --------------   -----------   -----
                                                                                 
     At January 1, 2000                             --               --             --          --
     Additions                                    69.3             31.1            1.5       101.9
                                                  ----             ----            ---       -----
     As at December 31, 2000                      69.3             31.1            1.5       101.9
     Share of retained profit for the year        12.4               --             --        12.4
                                                  ----             ----            ---       -----
     At December 31, 2001                         81.7             31.1            1.5       114.3
     Share of retained profit for the year         9.5               --             --         9.5
                                                  ----             ----            ---       -----
     At December 31, 2002                         91.2             31.1            1.5       123.8
                                                  ====             ====            ===       =====



The Company's share of net assets of joint ventures can be analyzed as follows:




                                                          2002    2001    2000
                                                          US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                         -----   -----   -----
                                                                
     Goodwill                                             54.8    59.2    63.7
     Share of fixed assets                               103.5   103.4   103.9
     Share of current assets                              46.8    27.6    11.4
     Share of liabilities due within one year            (30.5)  (23.9)  (19.0)
     Share of liabilities due after more than one year   (83.4)  (84.6)  (90.7)
                                                         -----   -----   -----

     Share of net assets                                  91.2    81.7    69.3
                                                         =====   =====   =====




     The principal subsidiary undertakings are:




                                                       Class of          Interest in
     Company and country of incorporation        principal activities    shares held   per cent
     ------------------------------------        --------------------    -----------   --------
                                                                                 
     Ghana
                                                                            Ordinary
     Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited                 Gold Mining   No par value      100
                                                                            Ordinary
     Ghanaian-Australian Goldfields Limited               Gold Mining   No par value       80
                                                                            Ordinary
     Teberebie Goldfields Limited                         Gold Mining   No par value       90
                                                 --------------------   ------------   --------
     Guinea
     Societe Ashanti Goldfields de Guinee S.A.            Gold Mining       Ordinary       85
                                                 --------------------   ------------   --------
     Zimbabwe
     Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited                  Gold Mining       Ordinary      100
                                                 --------------------   ------------   --------
     Isle of Man
     Ashanti Treasury Services Limited                       Treasury       Ordinary      100
     Geita Treasury Services Limited                         Treasury       Ordinary      100
                                                 --------------------   ------------   --------
     Cayman Islands
     Ashanti Capital Limited                                Financing       Ordinary      100
     Ashanti Finance (Cayman) Limited                       Financing       Ordinary      100
     Ashanti Capital (Second) Limited                       Financing       Ordinary      100
                                                 ====================   ============   ========



                                      F-15








15.  Stocks





                                    2002   2001   2000
                                    US$m   US$m   US$m
                                    ----   ----   ----
                                         
     Mine stores                    51.1   52.6   56.1
     Ore in stock piles (note a.)   20.1   16.2   17.3
     Gold in process                 5.4    4.7    4.4
                                    ----   ----   ----
                                    76.6   73.5   77.8
                                    ====   ====   ====




     a.   Ore is only mined and sent to the stockpile if it is considered that
          the ore will have future economic benefit. This is assessed by
          reviewing the estimated grade of the stockpile, the current spot gold
          price and the estimated costs of processing the stockpile. These
          criteria are used consistently from period to period.



16.  Debtors





                                              2001       2000
                                     2002   Restated   Restated
                                     US$m     US$m       US$m
                                     ----   --------   --------
                                                
     Due within one year:
     Sundry debtors                  10.3     10.8       10.9
     Prepayments                      3.7      2.4        2.2
     Deferred expenses                 --      2.9        2.5
     Deferred tax                      --      6.9        1.7
                                     ----     ----       ----
                                     14.0     23.0       17.3
     Due after more than one year:
     Sundry debtors                   8.8       --         --
                                     ----     ----       ----
                                     22.8     23.0       17.3
                                     ====     ====       ====




     Sundry debtors due after one year of US$8.8 million (2000 and 2001: nil) is
     a receivable from AngloGold which arose from the transfer of the Ridge 8
     property by AngloGold to the Geita mine. This amount is only due after the
     Geita project finance loans are fully repaid by the Geita mine in 2007.



17. Cash





                                2002   2001   2000
                                US$m   US$m   US$m
                                ----   ----   ----
                                     
     Cash at bank and in hand   17.1   32.8   48.3
     Gold and cash in transit   24.2   22.4   25.3
                                ----   ----   ----
                                41.3   55.2   73.6
                                ====   ====   ====




     Cash at bank includes nil (2001: US$8.7 million, 2000: US$15.5 million) on
     deposit with Standard Chartered Bank in Ghana as collateral for a loan to
     Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited.



                                      F-16








18.  Creditors





                                                  2002    2001    2000
                                                  US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                 -----   -----   -----
                                                        
     Amounts falling due within one year:
     Trade creditors                              45.2    40.5    43.7
     Deferred purchase consideration (note a.)     3.0     7.3     7.3
     Deferred hedging income (note b.)            14.7    34.7    51.9
     Mining related accruals                      12.9    10.5    24.2
     Accrued interest                              8.0    10.0     9.2
     Taxation                                      4.4    15.4     4.0
     Pensions                                      7.8     7.9     8.0
     Other accruals                               35.1    28.7    20.7
                                                 -----   -----   -----
                                                 131.1   155.0   169.0
                                                 =====   =====   =====
     Amounts falling due over one year:
     Deferred purchase consideration (note a.)     5.8     8.8    16.1
     Deferred hedging income (note b.)            13.1    30.9    68.1
     Other accruals                                5.1    10.1    14.0
                                                 -----   -----   -----
                                                  24.0    49.8    98.2
                                                 =====   =====   =====




     a.   The total deferred purchase consideration at December 31, 2002 of
          US$8.8 million is in respect of the acquisition of Teberebie. This is
          a fixed amount payable that is not subject to any form of contingency.

     b.   Deferred hedging income arises from the early close-out of hedging
          contracts.



19.  Borrowings





                                                     2002    2001   2000
                                                     US$m    US$m   US$m
                                                    -----   -----   -----
                                                           
     Mandatorily Exchangeable Notes (note a.)        75.0      --      --
     Enlarged Revolving Credit Facility (note b.)   144.5      --      --
     Project finance loans (note c.)                 23.4    25.0    25.6
     5 1/2% Exchangeable Notes (note d.)               --   217.5    16.6
     Revolving Credit Facility                         --    55.0    88.8
     Bank loans and overdrafts                        8.2    21.6    26.6
     Finance leases                                   3.5     4.1     4.8
     Aviation loans                                   2.3     2.7     3.1
                                                    -----   -----   -----
                                                    256.9   325.9   365.7
                                                    -----   -----   -----

     Repayments falling due:
     Between one year and two years                   2.0   267.7    11.6
     Between two and five years                     136.3    31.9   336.6
     After five years                               115.9     1.0    10.3
                                                    -----   -----   -----
     After more than one year                       254.2   300.6   358.5
     Within one year                                  2.7    25.3     7.2
                                                    -----   -----   -----
                                                    256.9   325.9   365.7
                                                    =====   =====   =====




     a.   On June 28, 2002 the Company issued US$75.0 million of Mandatorily
          Exchangeable Notes ("MENS") which were used in part to repay the
          existing 5 1/2% Exchangeable Notes. MENs are exchangeable into
          Ordinary Shares on either of the following events:

          (i)  automatically on the completion date of the first rights issue
               ("Rights Issue") by the Company undertaken following the date of
               the MENs Deed Poll of June 27, 2002; or

          (ii) Ashanti serving a notice of exchange upon the holders of the MENs
               at any time after the date falling 18 months after the issue of
               the MENs on June 28, 2002.

          The MENs are exchangeable into Ordinary Shares at an exchange price of
          the lower of US$5.40 and the price at which the Company issues
          Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Rights Issue.

          The MENs (if not already exchanged) will be redeemable for cash on the
          earlier of:


                                      F-17







          (i)  a takeover offer for the Company, or a scheme of arrangement of
               the Company, becoming effective; or

          (ii) the date of maturity, being June 30, 2008.

          Interest on the MENs is being accrued at the rate of the Enlarged
          Revolving Credit Facility ("Enlarged RCF") but such interest only
          becomes payable if the MENs are redeemed for cash following one of the
          two events above. Any interest accrued will be deemed to be part of
          the consideration upon conversion of the MENs into equity.

     b.   As of December 31, 2002, US$149.0 million was drawn down under the
          US$200 million Enlarged RCF entered into on June 28, 2002. Offset
          against this were deferred loan fees of US$4.5 million which are
          being amortised over the term of the loan (5 years). The Enlarged
          RCF replaced the Revolving Credit Facility outstanding at December
          31, 2001 and was used in part to repay the existing 5 1/2%
          Exchangeable Notes. A total of US$190 million was drawn down at the
          inception of the Enlarged RCF of which US$41 million has been repaid
          as at December 31, 2002. The terms of the US$200 million Enlarged
          RCF require minimum repayments of eight semi-annual instalments of
          US$20 million starting June 30, 2003 with a final instalment of
          US$40 million.

          The interest rate applicable to the Enlarged RCF increases over the
          life of the loan. The interest rate is as follows:

          (i)  Years 1 and 2 - US dollar London Interbank Offer Rate ("US
               LIBOR") plus 1.75%; and

          (ii) Years 3, 4 and 5 - US LIBOR plus 2.00%.

          Financial covenants provide that the ratio of consolidated net debt to
          consolidated EBITDA (based on the definitions in the Enlarged RCF) is
          no greater than 2.50:1 for the 12-month period ended on December 31,
          2002, decreasing incrementally to 1.50:1 for any 12-month period
          ending after June 30, 2004 and that the ratio of consolidated EBITDA
          to consolidated net interest payable (based on the definitions in the
          Enlarged RCF) is not less than 4.50:1 for the 12-month period ended
          December 31, 2002, increasing incrementally to 6.00:1 for any 12-month
          period ending after June 30, 2004.

          Additionally, consolidated tangible net worth is not to be less than
          US$415.0 million at any time, and consolidated net debt is not to
          exceed 50% of the consolidated tangible net worth for the periods
          ending on or before June 30, 2004 and for the relevant periods
          thereafter shall not exceed 40% of the consolidated tangible net
          worth. The Enlarged RCF also contains default provisions, including
          cross-default provisions.

          The lenders under the Enlarged RCF have security over all the hedging
          contracts entered into by Ashanti Treasury Services Limited and Geita
          Treasury Services Limited, gold refining and purchasing agreements,
          insurance contracts, gold in transit and bank accounts. Security has
          also been granted over substantially all the assets of the Company and
          Ashanti Goldfields (Bibiani) Limited located in Ghana including the
          mining leases relating to the Obuasi and Bibiani mines. At December
          31, 2002, the book value of these securing assets amounted US$720.0
          million. Ashanti also agreed to use its best endeavours to give
          security over its shares in Cluff Resources Limited, which owns the
          Geita Mine. In addition, Ashanti has effected a political risk
          insurance policy, or PRI, of up to US$131.0 million in relation only
          to Ghana for the benefit of the lenders who, prior to the closing of
          syndication, elected to take the benefit of PRI.

          Under its Enlarged RCF, the Company had undrawn committed borrowing
          facilities of US$51.0 million as at December 31, 2002.

     c.   The project finance loans of US$23.4 million (2001: US$25.0 million;
          2000: US$25.6 million) are in respect of loans provided to
          subsidiaries Ghanaian-Australian Goldfields Limited and Teberebie
          Goldfields Limited and are secured by fixed and floating charges over
          their respective assets. At December 31, 2002, the book value of these
          securing assets amounted to US$52.0 million (2001: US$45.8 million;
          2000: US$38.6 million).

     d.   The balance outstanding on the 5 1/2% Exchangeable Notes of US$217.5
          million (net of deferred loan fees of US$1.1 million), which were to
          mature on March 15, 2003 unless converted or redeemed earlier, were
          redeemed in full in August 2002 and have been cancelled.


                                      F-18







20.  Financial instruments


     Debtors and creditors arising directly from the Company's operations and
     gold in transit are excluded from the following disclosures.

     Interest rate profile of financial liabilities


     The interest rate profile of the Company's financial liabilities at
     December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 which are predominately US dollar
     denominated were as follows:





                                                                         Fixed rate borrowings
                                                                    -------------------------------
                                                                                         Weighted
                                                                        Weighted       average time
                         Floating rate   Fixed rate   Total gross   average interest    for which
                           borrowings    borrowings    borrowings        rate          period fixed
                              US$m          US$m         US$m              %              Years
                         -------------   ----------   -----------   ----------------   ------------
                                                                             
     December 31, 2002       256.9             --        256.9              --               --
                             -----          -----        -----             ---              ---
     December 31, 2001       108.4          217.5        325.9             5.5              1.2
                             -----          -----        -----             ---              ---
     December 31, 2000       149.1          216.6        365.7             5.5              2.2
                             -----          -----        -----             ---              ---






     Interest on floating rate borrowings are determined primarily by reference
     to US LIBOR.

     Interest rate profile of financial assets


     The interest rate profile of the Company's financial assets at December 31,
     2002, 2001 and 2000 which are predominately US dollar denominated were as
     follows:





                         Fixed rate   Floating rate   Interest free   Total
                             US$m         US$m            US$m        US$m
                         ----------   -------------   -------------   -----
                                                           
     December 31, 2002       --            16.5            0.6         17.1
                            ---            ----            ---         ----
     December 31, 2001       --            32.0            0.8         32.8
                            ---            ----            ---         ----
     December 31, 2000       --            45.8            2.5         48.3
                            ---            ----            ---         ----





     The financial assets of the Company comprise cash at bank and in hand.

     Currency exposures

     The Company had no significant currency exposures given that all revenues
     are US dollar denominated as are the majority of its costs, monetary assets
     and financial liabilities.


     Fair values of financial assets and liabilities


     Set forth below is management's best estimate of fair value of financial
     instruments.




                                  Dec 31,    Dec 31,   Dec 31,    Dec 31,   Dec 31,    Dec 31,
                                   2002       2002      2001       2001      2000       2000
                                   Fair     Carrying    Fair     Carrying    Fair     Carrying
                                   value     value      value      value     value      value
                                   US$m       US$m       US$m      US$m       US$m      US$m
                                  -------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
                                                                     
     Cash at bank                   17.1      17.1       24.1       24.1      32.8       32.8
     Cash held as collateral          --        --        8.7        8.7      15.5       15.5
     European put options           24.9        --       51.0         --      22.9         --
     European call options        (102.7)       --      (48.3)        --     (48.5)        --
     Convertible structures           --        --       10.5         --      22.4         --
     Forward contracts             (56.0)       --      117.6         --      93.3         --
     Lease rate swaps              (16.2)       --      (42.0)        --     (61.0)        --
     Long term convertible debt       --        --     (178.4)    (217.5)   (133.5)    (216.6)
     Other long term borrowings   (254.2)   (254.2)     (83.1)     (83.1)   (141.9)    (141.9)
     Short term borrowings          (2.7)     (2.7)     (25.3)     (25.3)     (7.2)      (7.2)
                                  ======    ======      =====      =====    ======     ======



                                      F-19






     Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged
     in an arm's length transaction between informed and willing parties. The
     following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating
     its fair value disclosure for financial instruments:


     Cash at bank and cash held as collateral - The estimated fair value of
     these financial instruments approximates their carrying values due to
     their short maturities.

     Derivative financial instruments - Market values have been used to
     determine the fair value of lease rate swaps, call and put options,
     convertible structures and forward contracts based on estimated amounts the
     Company would receive or have to pay to terminate the agreements, taking
     into account the current interest rate environment or current rates for
     similar instruments.


     Long-term debt - The estimated fair values of the Company's long-term debt
     are based on current interest rates available to the Company for debt
     instruments with similar terms and remaining maturities.


     Short term borrowings - The estimated fair value of these financial
     instruments approximate to their carrying values due to their short
     maturities.


     Hedging

     The Company hedges the risk of movements in the gold price using several
     types of derivative financial instruments.

     Gains and losses on instruments used for hedging the gold price are not
     recognized until the exposure that is being hedged is itself recognized.
     Unrecognised gains and losses on the instruments used for hedging and the
     movements therein, are as follows:




                                                                                                 Net Gains/
                                                                                Gains   Losses   (Losses)
                                                                                 US$m    US$m      US$m
                                                                                -----   ------   ----------
                                                                                          
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) at January 1, 2000                             157.6    (5.7)     151.9
     (Gains)/losses arising in previous years recognized in the year            (42.6)    1.2      (41.4)
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Gains arising before January 1, 2000 not recognized in the year            115.0    (4.5)     110.5
     Gains/(losses) arising in 2000 and not recognized                            9.5      --        9.5
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) on hedges at December 31, 2000                 124.5    (4.5)     120.0
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized within one year                    54.4      --       54.4
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized after one year                     70.1    (4.5)      65.6
                                                                                =====    =====     =====






                                                                                                 Net Gains/
                                                                                Gains   Losses    (Losses)
                                                                                 US$m    US$m      US$m
                                                                                -----   ------   ----------
                                                                                          
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) at January 1, 2001                             124.5    (4.5)     120.0
     Gains arising in previous years recognized in the year                     (54.4)     --      (54.4)
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Gains/(losses) arising before January 1, 2001 not recognized in the year    70.1    (4.5)      65.6
     Gains/(losses) arising in the year and not recognized                         --      --         --
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) on hedges at December 31, 2001                  70.1    (4.5)      65.6
                                                                                -----    -----     -----
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized within one year                    34.7      --       34.7
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized after one year                     35.4    (4.5)      30.9
                                                                                =====    =====     =====






                                                                                                 Net Gains/
                                                                                Gains   Losses   (Losses)
                                                                                US$m     US$m      US$m
                                                                                -----   ------   ----------
                                                                                          
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) on hedges at January 1, 2002                    70.1    (4.5)      65.6
     Gains arising in previous years recognized in the year                     (34.7)     --      (34.7)
                                                                                -----   -----      -----
     Gains/(losses) arising before January 1, 2002 not recognized in the year    35.4    (4.5)      30.9
     Gains/(losses) arising in the year and not recognized                        2.9    (6.0)      (3.1)
                                                                                -----   -----      -----
     Unrecognized gains/(losses) on hedges at December 31, 2002                  38.3   (10.5)      27.8
                                                                                -----   -----      -----
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized within one year                    20.0    (5.3)      14.7
     Gains/(losses) expected to be recognized after one year                     18.3    (5.2)      13.1
                                                                                =====   =====      =====




                                      F-20








21.  Provisions for liabilities and charges





                                                                       Deferred       Site
                                                                         tax      rehabilitation    Classified    Total
                                                                         US$m         US$m          as debtors    US$m
                                                                       --------   --------------    ----------    ------
                                                                                                      
     At January 1, 2000                                                   9.1          16.4              --       25.5
     Implementation of FRS 19                                            10.0            --              --       10.0
                                                                        -----          ----            ----      -----
     At January 1, 2000 (restated)                                       19.1          16.4              --       35.5
     (Credit)/charge for the year                                       (20.8)          0.8             1.7      (18.3)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Geita                                     --          (2.6)             --       (2.6)
                                                                        -----          ----            ----      -----
     At December 31, 2000                                                (1.7)         14.6             1.7       14.6
     Charge for the year                                                 (5.2)          3.3             5.2        3.3
                                                                        -----          ----            ----      -----
     At December 31, 2001                                                (6.9)         17.9             6.9       17.9
     Charge for the year                                                 11.3           2.7            (6.9)       7.1
                                                                        -----          ----            ----      -----
     At December 31, 2002                                                 4.4          20.6              --       25.0
                                                                        =====          ====            ====      =====




     The Company's provision for site rehabilitation as at December 31, 2002 is
     US$20.6 million. These costs are expected to be paid over a 20-year period
     as the mines come to the end of their useful lives, commencing with the
     currently envisaged closure of the Bibiani (provision of US$3.5 million)
     and Freda-Rebecca (provision of US$2.7 million) mines during 2007 and 2006,
     respectively. The remaining significant components of the provision
     comprise of US$5.7 million and US$5.2 million related to the Obuasi and
     Iduapriem mines, respectively; with the majority of such costs expected to
     be paid subsequent to 2007.

     Deferred taxation comprises:





                                                                         2002
                                                                         US$m
                                                                        ------
                                                                     
     Liability arising on fixed assets                                   141.9
     Asset arising from other timing differences                          (5.3)
     Asset arising from tax losses carried forward                      (132.2)
                                                                        ------
     At December 31, 2002                                                  4.4
                                                                        ------
     At December 31, 2001                                                 (6.9)
                                                                        ------
     At December 31, 2000                                                 (1.7)
                                                                        ======




     The deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2001 and 2000 of US$6.9 million
     and US$1.7 million respectively is included in debtors (see note 16).



                                      F-21








22.  Stated capital






                                                                    Number of shares
                                                                    ----------------
                                                                    
     Authorised
     200,000,000 ordinary shares of no par value                       200,000,000
     1 special rights redeemable preference share of no par value                1
                                                                       -----------
                                                                       200,000,001
                                                                       ===========






                                                                               Issued      Stated capital
                                                                               shares           US$m
                                                                             -----------   --------------
                                                                                          
     Allotted and fully paid
     At January 1, 2002:
     Ordinary shares of no par value in issue                                112,714,222        545.2
     Issue of shares at US$3.00 in respect of the exercise of the warrants    13,945,122         41.8
     Issue of shares at US$4.88 in respect of an Employee Share Plan             234,571          1.2
                                                                             -----------        -----
     At December 31, 2002:
     Ordinary shares of no par value in issue                                126,893,915        588.2
     Ordinary shares in treasury at 1 January and 31 December 2002               559,405*          --
     1 special rights redeemable preference share of no par value                      1           --
                                                                             -----------        -----
                                                                             127,453,321        588.2
                                                                             ===========        =====




     * The 559,405 ordinary shares held in treasury do not qualify for
       dividends and do not have voting rights.

     Based on the prices quoted on the New York Stock Exchange during 2002, the
     Company's share price traded between a high of US$6.58 and a low of
     US$3.51. As at December 31, 2002, the Company's market capitalisation based
     on a share price of US$5.85 on that date was US$742.3 million.

     The Government of Ghana holds the special rights redeemable preference
     share of no par value (the "Golden Share"). The Golden Share is non-voting
     but the holder is entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at
     any general meeting of the members or at any separate meeting of the
     holders of any class of shares. On winding up, the Golden Share has a
     preferential right to return of capital, the value of which will be 1,000
     cedis.

     The Regulations of the Company provide that certain matters, principally
     matters affecting the rights of the Golden Share, the winding up of the
     Company or the disposal of a material part of its assets, shall be
     deemed to be a variation of the rights attaching to the Golden Share and
     shall be effective only with the written consent of the holder of the
     Golden Share.

     All of the ordinary shares in issue rank pari passu in all respects.

     On May 28, 2002, the Company in general meeting passed a special resolution
     renewing an existing authority to make market purchases of its own shares
     up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 ordinary shares at a price per share
     (exclusive of expenses) of not more than 5% above the average of the middle
     market quotations for the shares taken from the Daily Official List of the
     London Stock Exchange for the five business days immediately before the
     date of purchase. However, the Company did not utilise this authority. The
     authority for the Company to purchase its own shares will expire on August
     28, 2003 or at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting at which it is
     proposed to renew the authority.

     In August 2002, the Company redeemed in full its debt of US$250 million
     raised through an issue by a subsidiary of seven year 5 1/2% Exchangeable
     Notes that were listed on the New York and London stock exchanges. The
     notes, which were to mature on March 15, 2003 unless converted or redeemed
     earlier, have been cancelled.

     In November 1999, pursuant to an agreement with the Company's hedge
     counterparties, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Ashanti Warrants Limited, issued
     unlisted warrants to subscribe for Mandatorily Exchangeable Securities
     under which the securityholders have the option of converting the
     securities into ordinary shares at a conversion price of US$3 per share.
     The warrants were issued in three equal tranches with expiry dates of April
     28, 2004, October 28, 2004 and April 28, 2005.

     As part of the Company's refinancing arrangement, 13,945,122 warrants were
     exercised at US$3.00 leaving 5,889,879 warrants.

     The conversion rights of the remaining warrants could give rise to the
     issue of up to 5,889,879 ordinary shares.



                                      F-22








     In June 2002, the Company issued US$75.0 million of MENs which are
     exchangeable into ordinary shares at an exchange price of the lower of
     US$5.40 and the price at which Ashanti's ordinary shares will be issued
     pursuant to the rights issue. At a price of US$5.40 this could give rise to
     an issue of 13.9 million Ashanti ordinary shares.

     The AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme

     As at December 31, 2000, options granted to directors and staff over
     8,296,772 shares remained outstanding. As part of the review of the
     Company's remuneration arrangements conducted prior to the Annual General
     Meeting on April 25, 2001, option holders were invited to cancel all
     outstanding options voluntarily. The proposal was made on the basis that
     for every 10 shares then under option a new option would be granted over
     three shares.

     In the case of executive directors and certain members of the Company's
     senior management, their outstanding "underwater" options were required to
     be surrendered in order to receive any further awards under the Company's
     long-term incentive plans.

     Options over 5,364,485 shares in respect of other senior management and
     508,050 shares in respect of executive directors were cancelled in
     accordance with the invitation. Options over 2,189,787 shares lapsed.
     Options over a further 396,716 shares lapsed under the rules of this scheme
     on December 31, 2002.

     Following the cancellation, re-grant and lapsing of options described
     above, and subsequent award of options on August 22, 2002, the total number
     of ordinary shares over which executive directors and senior management
     held options as at December 31, 2002 is as set out below:





                                                            Option       Number of
                                                            price    ordinary shares of
     Period of exercise                              Code    US$        no par value
     ------------------                              ----   ------   ------------------
                                                                
     July 13, 2003-July 12, 2011                       A     1.66           40,000
     August 28, 2003-August 27, 2011                   B     2.55           50,000
     May 3, 2004-May 2, 2011 (Replacement Options)     C     2.29        1,445,844
     May 3, 2004-May 2, 2011                           D     2.29          906,290
     August 22, 2005-August 21, 2012                   E     4.88          599,560
                                                      --     ----        ---------
                                                                         3,041,694
                                                                         =========




     All options granted on May 3, 2001 were granted with exercise prices of
     US$2.29. They ordinarily become exercisable on May 3, 2004 and lapse on May
     2, 2011. Options granted on August 22, 2002 were granted with an exercise
     price of US$4.88 and ordinarily become exercisable on August 22, 2005 and
     lapse on August 21, 2012.

     An analysis of options held by directors as at December 31, 2002 using the
     codes shown above is set out below:





                            B        C         D         E       Total
                         ------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                 
     S E Jonah               --    87,000   173,664    79,700   340,364
     M Botsio-Phillips       --    13,500    18,760    14,130    46,390
     E D Ofori Atta          --    13,500    16,509    12,430    42,439
     T S Schultz             --    38,415    55,229    39,000   132,644
     S Venkatakrishnan   50,000        --    52,828    37,300   140,128
                         ------   -------   -------   -------   -------
     Total               50,000   152,415   316,990   182,560   701,965
                         ======   =======   =======   =======   =======




                                      F-23








23.  Directors' interests

     The beneficial interests, including family interests, of the directors
     holding office at the end of the year in ordinary shares of the Company are
     set out below:





                                                                  Shares under
                                 Shares                              option
                         -------------------------                  Granted        Granted
                         January 1,   December 31,   January 1,    during the    December 31,
                           2002          2002           2002          year          2002
                         ----------   ------------   ----------   ------------   ------------
                                                                     
     M E Beckett            1,359         1,873             --            --             --
     S E Jonah             45,302        59,690        260,664        79,700        340,364
     T E Anin                  53            53             --            --             --
     M Botsio-Phillips        100           100         32,260        14,130         46,390
     L Chalker                 --            --             --            --             --
     C A Crocker            5,000            --             --            --             --
     T Gibian              20,000        20,000             --            --             --
     G E Haslam                --            --             --            --             --
     M P Martineau             --            --             --            --             --
     N J Morrell               --            --             --            --             --
     E D Ofori Atta           553           553         30,009        12,430         42,439
     T S Schultz           23,548        31,245         93,644        39,000        132,644
     S Venkatakrishnan         --            --        102,828        37,300        140,128




     The Ashanti Bonus Co-Investment Plan

     All shares awarded under the Bonus Co-Investment Plan vested during 2002.
     These shares included matching shares in favour of S E Jonah and T S
     Schultz comprising 14,388 and 7,697 ordinary shares respectively. It is
     currently intended that no awards will be made, in the future, under the
     Bonus Co-Investment Plan.

     Performance Share Plan and The AGC 1994 Employee Share Scheme

     Under the Performance Share Plan, executive directors and key employees
     receive free Ashanti shares, if Ashanti achieves certain performance
     conditions over a three-year period. The full number of shares to which a
     participant is entitled would only be received if Ashanti meets challenging
     internal and/or external goals. Rights to receive shares will normally
     lapse if the participant leaves the Company within three years of the grant
     of the award.

     Under the AGC 1994 Employee Share Scheme, executive directors and key
     employees receive Ashanti's shares for free if specified challenging
     internal and/or external performance conditions are achieved. For the
     awards set out under Category 'A' below, these targets must be met over the
     three year period following the making of the award. Provided those targets
     are met, the shares are then transferred to participants free of charge at
     the end of that period. In respect of awards set out under Category 'B'
     below, such targets had to be met before the awards were made after which
     the shares were awarded and are to be held in trust for three years from
     the date of award, on expiry of which they will be transferred to
     participants free of charge. On August 22, 2002, Ashanti issued, 234,571
     new Ashanti ordinary shares under this scheme of which 129,871 ordinary
     shares were awarded to executive directors.

     As at December 31, 2002 the following awards have been made to the
     directors under the Performance Share Plan and the AGC 1994 Employee
     Share Scheme.





                                                Shares awarded under the AGC
                         Shares awarded under    1994 Employee Share Scheme
                           the Performance      ----------------------------
     Name                    Share Plan          Category 'A'   Category 'B'
     -----------------   --------------------   -------------   ------------
                                                          
     S E Jonah                  6,000                   --          64,040
     M Botsio-Phillips          3,000               12,000           9,036
     E D Ofori Atta             3,000               10,560           8,000
     T S Schultz                3,000               35,328          24,940
     S Venkatakrishnan          3,000               33,792          23,855
                               ------               ------         -------
     Total                     18,000               91,680         129,871
                               ======               ======         =======




     Awards made under the Performance Share Plan will be allowed to run their
     course, but it is currently intended that no further awards will be made
     under this plan in future.

     Between January 1, 2003 and March 5, 2003, there were no changes in the
     above directors' interests.



                                      F-24








24.  Reserves





                                                                        Non-
                                                                   distributable
                                                 Profit and loss    share deals
                                                     account          account      Total
                                                       US$m            US$m         US$m
                                                 ---------------   -------------   ------
                                                                          
     At January 1, 2000 as previously reported        (172.1)           19.0       (153.1)
     Implementation of FRS 19                          (10.0)             --        (10.0)
                                                      ------            ----       ------
     At January 1, 2000 (restated)                    (182.1)           19.0       (163.1)
     Retained loss for 2000                           (119.5)             --       (119.5)
     Goodwill written back on disposal                  24.6              --         24.6
                                                      ------            ----       ------
     At December 31, 2000                             (277.0)           19.0       (258.0)
     Retained profit for 2001                           59.9              --         59.9
                                                      ------            ----       ------
     At December 31, 2001                             (217.1)           19.0       (198.1)
     Retained profit for 2002                           56.2              --         56.2
                                                      ------            ----       ------
     At December 31, 2002                             (160.9)           19.0       (141.9)
                                                      ======            ====       ======




     In accordance with the Ghana Companies Code 1963 (Act 179), all
     transactions relating to the purchase and re-issue of the Company's own
     shares are recorded in a non-distributable share deals account.

     Reserves is after goodwill written off in previous years of US$476 million
     (2001: US$476 million) arising on the acquisition of subsidiary
     undertakings.



                                      F-25








25.  Acquisitions and disposals


     Acquisition

     In June 2000, Ashanti acquired a 90% interest in Pioneer, the company that
     owns the Teberebie mine in Ghana, from Pioneer Gold Inc for a total
     consideration of US$14.9 million. Details of the consideration and assets
     acquired are set out below.



                                                Book value     Fair value    Provisional fair
                                              at acquisition   adjustments       values
                                                   US$m           US$m            US$m
                                              --------------   -----------   ----------------
                                                                          
     Tangible fixed assets                         56.6           (56.5)            0.1
     Stock                                          4.0            (2.7)            1.3
     Cash                                           0.6              --             0.6
     Creditors                                     (0.7)             --            (0.7)
     Borrowings                                    (8.3)             --            (8.3)
                                                   ----           -----            ----
     Net assets acquired                           52.2           (59.2)           (7.0)
     Goodwill                                                                      21.9
                                                   ----           -----            ----
     Cost of acquisition                                                           14.9
                                                   ====           =====            ====
     Satisfied by:
     Cash consideration                                                             5.0
     Assets on sold                                                                (5.0)
     Cost of acquisition                                                            1.1
     Deferred consideration                                                        13.8
                                                   ----           -----            ----
     Total consideration                                                           14.9
                                                   ====           =====            ====
     Analysis of acquisition cash flows:
     Total net cash consideration                                                  (6.1)
     Net cash of subsidiary acquired                                                0.6
     Assets on sold                                                                 5.0
                                                   ----           -----            ----
     Total                                                                         (0.5)
                                                   ====           =====            ====



     Of the deferred consideration of US$13.8 million, payments of US$2.5
     million were made in each of March 2001 and 2002. The balance is payable as
     follows: US$3.0 million in March 2003, US$3.8 million in March 2004 and
     US$2.1 million in March 2005.


     The terms of the agreement also include the potential for contingent cash
     consideration of up to US$5.0 million dependent upon minimum gold prices
     and production levels.

     The loss incurred by Pioneer for the last full financial period prior to
     acquisition was US$21.5 million.




                                      F-26







     Disposal

     In December 2000 Ashanti disposed of a 50% interest in its subsidiary,
     Cluff, which owns 100% of the Geita mine in Tanzania. The net inflow in
     respect of the disposal is as follows:



                                                  US$m     US$m
                                                  -----   ------
                                                    
     Cash paid by AngloGold Limited                        207.8
     Costs of disposal                                     (27.8)
                                                  -----   ------
     Net cash consideration                                180.0

     Net assets at date of disposal:

     Goodwill                                     127.4
     Tangible fixed assets                        205.3
     Stocks                                        11.3
     Debtors                                        1.8
     Cash                                           4.2
     Creditors                                    (11.6)
     Due to the Company                           (55.0)
     Borrowings                                   (75.0)
                                                  -----
                                                  208.4
                                                  -----

     50% of net assets sold                               (104.2)
     Goodwill reinstated from reserves                     (24.6)
                                                  -----   ------
     Profit on disposal                                     51.2
                                                  -----   ------

     Analysis of disposal cash flows:
     Net cash consideration                                180.0
     Net cash disposed of with subsidiary                   (4.2)
     Repayment of intercompany balance                      55.0
                                                  -----   ------
     Total cash inflow                                     230.8
                                                  =====   ======



26.  Reconciliation of operating profit/(loss) to operating cash flows





                                                 2002    2001     2000
                                                 US$m    US$m     US$m
                                                 -----   -----   ------
                                                        
     Operating profit/(loss)                      66.4    76.6   (126.1)
     Depreciation and amortization                75.1    82.3    114.8
     Non-cash exceptional operating costs         (7.6)     --    208.3
     Loss on disposal of fixed assets               --     0.6      5.2
     (Increase)/decrease in stocks                (3.1)    4.3    (11.8)
     Decrease in debtors                           0.2     2.0     10.8
     Decrease in creditors                        (0.7)  (16.7)   (18.0)
     Decrease in deferred hedging income         (37.8)  (57.0)   (34.6)
     Increase in provisions                        2.7     3.3      0.8
                                                 -----   -----   ------
     Net cash inflow from operating activities    95.2    95.4    149.4
                                                 =====   =====   ======







                                      F-27








27.  Financing





                                                        2002    2001     2000
                                                        US$m    US$m     US$m
                                                       ------   -----   ------
                                                                 
     5 1/2% Exchangeable Notes          - repayments   (218.6)     --       --
     Revolving Credit Facility          - repayments    (55.0)  (33.8)  (251.0)
     Bridge Facility                    - drawdowns        --      --     75.0
     Enlarged Revolving Credit Facility - drawdowns     190.0      --       --
                                        - repayments    (41.0)     --       --
     Mandatorily Exchangeable Notes     - drawdown       75.0      --       --
     Issue of ordinary shares                            41.8      --       --
     Other                              - repayments    (11.4)   (6.8)   (10.3)
                                                       ------   -----   ------
                                                        (19.2)  (40.6)  (186.3)
                                                       ======   =====   ======




28.  Analysis of net debt





                                                  Other                     Other                    Other
                                                  non-                      non-                     non-
                                   At             cash      At              cash      At             cash      At
                                 Jan 1,   Cash    move-   Dec 31,   Cash    move-   Dec 31,   Cash   move-   Dec 31,
                                  2000    flow    ments    2000     flow    ments    2001     flow   ments    2002
                                  US$m    US$m    US$m     US$m     US$m    US$m     US$m     US$m   US$m     US$m
                                 ------   -----   -----   -------   -----   -----   -------   ----   -----   -------
                                                                                
     Cash at bank                  35.3    (2.5)     --      32.8    (8.7)     --      24.1   (7.9)     --      16.2
     Bank overdraft                (4.6)    1.1      --      (3.5)   (1.7)     --      (5.2)   4.6      --      (0.6)
                                 ------   -----    ----    ------   -----     ---    ------   ----     ---    ------
     Cash                          30.7    (1.4)     --      29.3   (10.4)     --      18.9   (3.3)     --      15.6
     Short term deposits and
        collateralized cash
        (liquid resources)         54.4   (13.6)     --      40.8    (9.7)     --      31.1   (6.0)     --      25.1
     Borrowings                  (578.0)  186.3    29.5    (362.2)   40.6     0.9    (320.7)  61.0     3.4    (256.3)
                                 ------   -----    ----    ------   -----     ---    ------   ----     ---    ------
     Net debt                    (492.9)  171.3    29.5    (292.1)   20.5     0.9    (270.7)  51.7     3.4    (215.6)
                                 ======   =====    ====    ======   =====     ===    ======   ====     ===    ======



     Following is a detail of the 'other' line item included in the
     reconciliation of net cash flow to movement in net debt for the year ended
     December 31, 2000. For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, no cash
     movements included in 'other' amounted to greater than 5% of total non-cash
     movements:





                                                                                                Year ended
                                                                                                  Dec 31,
                                                                                                   2000
                                                                                                   US$m
                                                                                                ----------
                                                                                               
     Write-down and subsequent re-instatement of non-recourse project finance loans (note a.)     (21.3)
     Loans assumed on acquisition (Note 26)                                                        (8.3)
     Transfers between accruals and long term debt                                                 (6.5)
     Debt created on close out of hedge contracts (note b.)                                        (7.8)
     Gain on extinguishment of debt                                                                  --
     Loans disposed of with subsidiary (Note 26)                                                   75.0
     Other                                                                                         (1.6)
                                                                                                  -----
     Total non-cash movements                                                                      29.5
                                                                                                  =====




     a.   In 1998, management determined that certain non-recourse development
          loans associated with the Iduapriem mine would not be paid down and
          consequently the Company wrote-down the loans. This write-down
          followed a management decision to close the Iduapriem mine and was
          based on cash flow forecasts. In 2000, the Company acquired the
          Teberebie gold mine, which is adjacent to the Iduapriem mine. As a
          result of the acquisition, management determined that the Iduapriem
          and Teberebie mines could use a shared processing plant and
          consequently, the operations at Iduapriem were now considered
          economically feasible. Revised cash flow forecasts were prepared that
          demonstrated that the non-recourse loans which were written-down in
          1998 would now be paid; the loans were therefore reinstated.


     b.   Debt created on the close out of hedge contracts relates to contracts
          that were closed out early and rolled into the Company's Facility. The
          losses related to these contracts have been recorded as an offset to
          deferred income.



                                      F-28







29.  Prior year adjustment

     The Company adopted FRS 19 for its financial statements related to the
     period beginning January 1, 2002. As a result, comparative figures have
     been restated to reflect the new accounting policy on deferred tax. The
     effects of the changed policy as compared to the Group's previous policy;
     are:

          a.   the tax charge for 2002 increasing by US$1.8 million (2001:
               increase of US$2.8 million; 2000: decrease of US$21.6 million)

          b.   shareholders' funds in 2001 increasing by US$8.8 million (2000:
               increase of US$11.6 million), represented by a US$6.9 million
               (2000: increase of US$1.7 million) increase in debtors and a
               US$1.9 million (2000: decrease of US$9.9 million) reduction in
               provisions for liabilities and charges.

30.  Related party transactions

     The Company's principal shareholder is Lonmin (28.4%) which provides
     technical services and the services of Mr. S E Jonah to the Company for
     which it received US$0.8 million (2001: US$0.7 million; 2000:
     US$1.8 million) for the year. The Technical Services agreement covering
     these services was terminated on March 1, 2003. The Company has entered
     into a service agreement with Mr. S E Jonah starting on March 1, 2003.

     Another major shareholder is the Government of Ghana (17.3%). The Company
     pays royalties, corporate and other taxes and utility charges in the normal
     course of business to the Government and associated authorities. Amounts
     paid during the year totalled approximately US$48 million (2001: US$51
     million; 2000: US$58 million).

31.  Contingent liabilities

     US Class Actions

     The consolidated class action which was commenced in the year 2000, is
     pending against the Company and one officer and director and one former
     director under United States Federal Securities laws in the United States
     District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The complaint alleges
     non-disclosures and misstatements regarding Ashanti's hedging position and
     hedging programme. The plaintiffs contend that the Company and the
     individual defendants' actions violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under that Act.
     The plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, attorneys' and experts' fees and
     other reliefs.

     The Company continues to vigorously defend the action and both parties have
     completed the taking of witness depositions. Although the Company cannot
     make any assurances regarding the ultimate result of the litigation at this
     stage, it believes that the outcome will have no material adverse effect on
     the Company's financial position.




     Kimin - Employee Actions

     A number of expatriate employees instituted an action against Kilo-Moto
     Mining Corporation ("Kimin"), a subsidiary of the Company, and against the
     Company in the Brussels Labour Court for arrears of salary, severance
     payments and payment in lieu of holiday. On November 16, 1999, the Brussels
     Labour Court upheld the claims of four of the ex-employees against Kimin
     for arrears of salary incurred up to October 1, 1997. The Brussels Labour
     Court also held that the Company was jointly and severally liable with
     Kimin for the claimants' salaries and severance payments as from October 1,
     1997. Kimin and the Company appealed against the judgment. In October 2000,
     the plaintiffs unsuccessfully instituted proceedings in Kinshasa, to
     enforce the provisional judgment against Kimin in the Democratic Republic
     of Congo. The Brussels Labour Court of Appeal issued its judgment on March
     13, 2002. The Court awarded a total sum of 1.5 million euros (approximately
     US$1.4 million) plus 7% interest, in favour of the affected ex-employees as
     against the total amount claimed by them of US$2.2 million plus interest.
     The Company's liability for a further claim for payment in lieu of holiday
     was to be decided later in 2002. However, in July 2002, the Company and
     Kimin fully and finally settled the claims of the four ex-employees for a
     total sum of 2.1 million euros. In addition, the settlement has effectively
     terminated the two unadjudicated claims of the ex-employees and has also
     rendered the judgments of the Brussels Labour Court and the Brussels Labour
     Court of Appeal dated November 16, 1999 and March 13, 2002 respectively
     void and of no legal effect. Other claims have been made against the
     Company and Kimin by other ex-employees, consultants and third party
     creditors. The Company is currently evaluating these claims. Based on
     information currently available, the Company believes that this potential
     liability has been reasonably provided for in its financial statements.

32.  Summary of Differences Between UK and US Generally Accepted Accounting
     Principles


     The Company's financial statements are prepared in accordance with UK GAAP,
     which differ in certain significant respects from generally accepted
     accounting principles in the United States ("US GAAP").

                                      F-29






     The following is a summary of the significant adjustments, to profit/(loss)
     attributable to shareholders and shareholders' equity when reconciling
     amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements to the
     corresponding amounts in accordance with US GAAP, considering the
     significant differences between UK and US GAAP.




                                                                                      2001            2000
                                                                          2002        US$m            US$m
                                                                          US$m    (Restated)(1)   (Restated)(1)
                                                                   ---   ------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                         
     Profit and loss account
     Profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders under UK GAAP(1)           56.2        59.9          (119.5)
     US GAAP adjustments:
     Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles                  a      1.7          --           (30.3)
     Depreciation on impaired tangible fixed assets                  a     12.8        12.9           (11.2)
     Impairment of long-lived assets                               b,e       --       (87.3)         (246.8)
     Equity investment in joint ventures                             c    (37.5)       (3.3)             --
     Derivative financial instruments                                e   (276.6)        5.3            60.5
     Transfer from other comprehensive income:
     - Gain on derivative financial instruments related to
        impaired assets                                              e       --        32.3              --
     - Deferred hedging income                                       e     62.7        51.2              --
     Warrants issued to non-employees                                f       --          --            (1.1)
     Write-down of non-recourse loans                                g       --          --            22.0
     Asset write-back                                                h       --          --           (20.0)
     Depreciation on asset write-back                                h      1.5         1.7             1.2
     Accounting for pensions                                         i       --         0.8             3.9
     Environmental and site restoration obligations                  j     (0.5)        1.4            (0.6)
     Compensation charge on variable plan options                    k     (3.1)       (1.2)             --
     Deferred income taxes on the above(2)                           d       --        (8.3)           (7.2)
                                                                         ------       -----          ------
     (Loss)/profit attributable to shareholders under US GAAP            (182.8)       65.4          (349.1)
                                                                         ======       =====          ======
     (Loss)/profit attributable to shareholders under US GAAP
        before the cumulative effect of an accounting change             (182.8)       33.1          (349.1)
     Cumulative effect of an accounting change                               --        32.3              --
                                                                         ------       -----          ------
     (Loss)/profit attributable to shareholders under US GAAP            (182.8)       65.4          (349.1)
                                                                         ======       =====          ======




     (1)  The UK GAAP profit and loss account for the years ended December 31,
          2001 and 2000 have been restated for the adoption of FRS 19 (see note
          29). Accordingly, the reconciling amounts for 'Deferred income taxes'
          have been restated from such amounts presented previously.

     (2)  A 100% valuation allowance is provided against deferred taxes arising
          on the adjustments recorded in reconciling profit in accordance with
          UK GAAP to that in accordance with US GAAP for all periods presented.



                                      F-30










                                                                              2002     2001     2000
                                                                              US$m     US$m     US$m
                                                                             ------    -----   ------
                                                                                      
     Statement of comprehensive income
     (Loss)/profit for the year                                              (182.8)    65.4   (349.1)
     Other comprehensive income, net of income tax:
        Cumulative effect of accounting change -
           adoption of SFAS 133                                                  --    146.2       --
     Transfer to earnings:
     - Gain on derivative financial instruments related to impaired assets       --    (32.3)      --
     - Deferred hedging income                                                (62.7)   (51.2)      --
                                                                             ------    -----   ------
                                                                             (245.5)   128.1   (349.1)
                                                                             ======    =====   ======

     Earnings per share (US$):
        Basic:
        (Loss)/earnings per share before cumulative effect of an
           accounting change                                                  (1.53)    0.30    (3.11)
        Cumulative effect of an accounting change                                --     0.28       --
                                                                             ------    -----   ------
        (Loss)/earnings per share                                             (1.53)    0.58    (3.11)
                                                                             ======    =====   ======
        Diluted:
        (Loss)/earnings per share before cumulative effect of an
           accounting change                                                  (1.53)    0.29    (3.11)
        Cumulative effect of an accounting change                                --     0.28       --
                                                                             ------    -----   ------
        (Loss)/earnings per share                                             (1.53)    0.57    (3.11)
                                                                             ======    =====   ======






                                                                              2002      2001        2000
                                                                              US$m      US$m        US$m

                                                                                     Restated(1)  Restated(1)
                                                                      ----   ------  --------     --------
                                                                                      
     Shareholders' equity
     Equity shareholders' funds under UK GAAP(1)                              446.3    347.1       286.3
     Impact on cost of long-lived assets (including
        impairment and purchase price adjustments)                    a, b     72.2     72.2       159.5
     Accumulated amortization and depreciation on long-
        lived assets                                                     a   (252.4)  (266.9)     (279.8)
     Equity investment in joint ventures                                 c    (15.2)    22.3        25.6
     Derivative financial instruments                                    e   (122.2)   154.4         2.9
     Asset write-back                                                    h    (20.0)   (20.0)      (20.0)
     Accumulated depreciation on asset write-back                        h      4.4      2.9         1.2
     Accounting for pensions                                             j       --       --        (0.8)
     Environmental and site restoration obligations                      k     (4.0)    (3.5)       (4.9)
     Deferred income taxes on the above(2)                               d       --       --         8.3
                                                                             ------   ------      ------
     Shareholders' equity under US GAAP                                       109.1    308.5       178.3
                                                                             ======   ======      ======




     (1)  The UK GAAP equity shareholders' funds as at December 31, 2001 and
          2000 have been restated for the adoption of FRS 19 (see note 29).

     (2)  A 100% valuation allowance is provided against deferred taxes arising
          on the adjustments recorded in reconciling shareholders' equity in
          accordance with UK GAAP to that in accordance with US GAAP.



                                      F-31










                                                                                     Accumu-
                                                                                   lated other
                                                                                     compre-
                                                                        Retained     hensive      Stated    Other
                                                                Total   earnings     income      capital   reserves
     Statement of changes in shareholders' equity               US$m      US$m        US$m         US$m      US$m
     --------------------------------------------              ------   --------   -----------   -------   --------
                                                                                              
     Balance at December 31, 1999                               527.3     (36.0)          --      544.3      19.0
     Net loss for the year                                     (349.1)   (349.1)          --         --        --
     Warrants issued to non-employees                             1.1       1.1           --         --        --
     Other                                                       (1.0)     (1.0)          --         --        --
                                                               ------    ------        -----      -----      ----
     Balance at December 31, 2000                               178.3    (385.0)          --      544.3      19.0
     Net profit for the year                                     65.4      65.4           --         --        --
     New share capital issued                                     0.9        --           --        0.9        --
     Compensation charge on variable plan options                 1.2       1.2           --         --        --
     SFAS 133 transition adjustment                             146.2        --        146.2         --        --
     Transfer to net income for the year                        (83.5)       --        (83.5)        --        --
                                                               ------    ------        -----      -----      ----
     Balance at December 31, 2001                               308.5    (318.4)        62.7      545.2      19.0
     Net loss for the year                                     (182.8)   (182.8)          --         --        --
     Reclassification of compensation expense on exercise of
        warrants                                                   --      (4.8)          --        4.8        --
     New share capital issued                                    43.0        --           --       43.0        --
     Compensation charge on variable plan options                 3.1       3.1           --         --        --
     Transfer to net income for the year                        (62.7)       --        (62.7)        --        --
                                                               ------    ------        -----      -----      ----
     Balance at December 31, 2002                               109.1    (502.9)          --      593.0      19.0
                                                               ======    ======        =====      =====      ====



     a)   Amortization of long-lived assets


     Goodwill and Intangible assets

     For years prior to the year ending December 31, 1998, goodwill arising on
     business combinations treated as acquisitions was written off against
     retained earnings in accordance with UK GAAP. On the subsequent disposal or
     termination of a previously acquired business, the profit or loss on
     disposal is calculated after charging the amount of related goodwill
     charged to reserves. The Company adopted FRS in 1998. FRS 10 requires that
     goodwill be capitalized and amortized over its expected useful life.

     Under US GAAP, for periods ending on or before December 31, 2001 goodwill
     and identifiable intangible assets (principally mineral rights) were
     amortised under the units of production method. Goodwill and identifiable
     intangible assets were evaluated for impairment when events or changes in
     circumstances indicated that, in management's judgement, the carrying
     value of such assets might not be recoverable.

     Impairments of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets were recognised
     if expected undiscounted cash flows were not sufficient to recover the
     carrying value of the asset. If a material impairment was identified, the
     asset was written down to its estimated fair value. Fair value was
     determined based on the present value of excepted net cash flows to be
     generated, discounted using a rate commensurate with the risks involved.

     Under US GAAP, effective February 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement
     of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS"), Goodwill and Other Intangible
     Assets ("SFAS 142"). That statement directs that goodwill and intangible
     assets that have indefinite useful lives will not be amortised but rather
     will be tested at least annually for impairment. Intangible assets that
     have finite lives will continue to be amortised over their useful lives,
     but without the constraint of an arbitrary ceiling. Going forward, the
     Company will carry out an annual impairment review of goodwill. No such
     impairments were recorded in 2002.



     Tangible fixed assets


     The difference on depreciation of tangible fixed assets arises from the
     impact of adjustments to historic cost in respect of impairment charges.

     b) Impairment of long-lived assets


     Under both UK and US GAAP, impairment reviews of long-lived assets are
     performed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their
     carrying amounts may not be recoverable. However, measurement differences
     arise regarding the determination of when a long-lived asset is impaired
     and the amount of impairment loss to be recognized.


                                      F-32






     Under UK GAAP, the Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment by
     comparing the carrying value less deferred hedging income to the
     recoverable amount based on discounted future cash flows. Under US GAAP,
     (i) undiscounted cash flows are used to evaluate for impairment, and (ii)
     deferred hedging income is not subtracted from the carrying value of
     long-lived assets.

     Under both UK and US GAAP, if an impairment exists, an impairment loss is
     recognized to record the long-lived assets at their recoverable amount,
     under UK GAAP, and their fair value under US GAAP. The Company estimates
     both recoverable amount and fair value using discounted cash flow
     techniques. The discount rate applied is management's estimate of the rate
     that the market would expect on an investment of comparable risk. Under UK
     GAAP, impairment losses increase accumulated depreciation; under US GAAP,
     impairment losses reduce the historical cost of the related long-lived
     asset.

     Differences arise between impairment assessments under UK GAAP and US GAAP
     as follows: (i) hedging cash flows from all derivative instruments are
     included in income generating units for impairment assessments under UK
     GAAP, while, under US GAAP, prior to January 1, 2001, hedging cash flows
     only in respect of forward contracts and gold lease rate swaps are included
     and, subsequent to that date, no expected future cash flows from derivative
     instruments are included in impairment assessments; and (ii) corporate
     overhead costs are included in US GAAP impairment assessments only to the
     extent that they are incremental costs that are directly attributable to
     the operation of the mines whereas UK GAAP permits the allocation of joint
     corporate costs that are not so directly attributable.


     Under US GAAP, the Company recorded an impairment loss for the year ending
     December 31, 2001 amounting to US$87.3 million (2000: US$428.6 million).
     The impairment loss was allocated, by segment, first to goodwill and then
     to long-lived assets. The segment analysis is as follows: US$nil (2000:
     US$331.2 million) relating to the Obuasi mine, US$54.9 million (2000:
     US$83.8 million) relating to the Siguiri mine, US$32.4 million (2000:
     US$nil) relating to the Bibiani mine, US$nil (2000: US$13.0 million)
     relating to the Freda-Rebecca mine and US$nil (2000: US$0.6 million)
     relating to the Ayanfuri mine.


     c) Equity investment in joint ventures

     The Company's equity investment in joint ventures is in respect of its 50%
     interest in the Geita mine in Tanzania. This mine became a joint venture of
     the Company on December 15, 2000, following the Company's sale of 50% of
     its interest in this mine to AngloGold Limited.

     Under UK GAAP the results of joint ventures are accounted for using the
     gross equity method of accounting which results in the Company's share of
     net income and the net assets, together with additional disclosure
     information relating to these balances, being presented on the face of the
     profit and loss account and balance sheet.


     Under US GAAP the Company adopts the equity accounting provisions of
     Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of
     Accounting for Investments in Common Stock ("APB 18"). Under APB 18 the
     Company's investment in, and advances to, the investee, which are
     increased or decreased by earnings, losses, and dividends, are combined
     and shown as a single-line item in its balance sheet. Similarly, the
     Company's share of the investee's current net earnings or losses is shown
     as a single-line item in its profit and loss account.

     Other differences arise initially from additional goodwill that is recorded
     under US GAAP on the acquisition of the investment in joint ventures and
     subsequently, from the amortization of that additional goodwill and the
     impact of adjustments required to convert the underlying accounts of the
     joint venture from UK to US GAAP. In 2002, following the adoption of
     SFAS 142, additional goodwill recorded under US GAAP was US$29.1 million
     (2001: US$24.7 million). Other adjustments to convert the underlying
     accounts from UK GAAP to US GAAP relate solely to the Company's 50% share
     of the mark-to-market liability of derivative instruments held by the
     joint venture, that share being US$44.3 million (2001: US$2.4 million).


     Additional disclosures in respect of the net income and net assets of the
     joint venture are provided on the face of the profit and loss account and
     balance sheet as required under UK GAAP.


     d) Deferred income taxes


     Under UK GAAP, FRS 19 requires that deferred tax be provided in full on all
     liabilities. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is
     considered more likely than not that there will be suitable taxable
     profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences
     can be deducted. Under US GAAP, the Company has applied SFAS No. 109,
     Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS 109"), for all periods presented.
     SFAS 109 requires an asset and liability method of accounting whereby
     deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of all temporary
     differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the
     related tax bases of assets and liabilities. Under US GAAP, the effect
     on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in income in
     the period that includes the enactment date. SFAS 109 requires deferred
     tax assets to be reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight
     of available evidence, including cumulative losses in recent years, it is
     considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
     tax assets will not be realized.


                                      F-33







     The following are the deferred tax assets and liabilities at period end:





                                            Dec 31, 2002   Dec 31, 2001   Dec 31, 2000
                                                US$m            US$m          US$m
                                            ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                    
     Deferred tax liabilities:
        Long-lived assets                        82.6          104.9          128.7
     Deferred tax assets:
        Losses carried forward                 (178.3)        (231.5)        (245.7)
        Other                                    (6.5)          (5.0)          (4.7)
                                               ------         ------         ------
     Total deferred tax asset                  (102.2)        (131.6)        (121.7)
     Valuation allowance                        106.6          124.7          111.7
                                               ------         ------         ------
     Net deferred tax liability/(asset)           4.4           (6.9)         (10.0)
                                               ======         ======         ======




     During the year ended December 31, 2002, US$53.2 million of losses were
     utilized or expired and the Company reduced its valuation allowance by
     US$18.1 million to adjust its deferred tax assets to estimated realizable
     value. The total valuation allowance primarily relates to the deferred
     tax assets arising from loss carryforwards as well as other temporary
     differences. At December 31, 2002, the Company had US$588.0 million in
     loss carryforwards of which US$14.0 million can be carried forward
     indefinitely. The remaining loss carryforwards amounting to US$6.9 million,
     US$25.6 million, US$10.1 million and US$531.4 million expire in 2003, 2004,
     2005 and 2006, respectively.

     At December 31, 2002, based upon the level of historical taxable income and
     projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the
     temporary differences are anticipated to reverse, and prudent and feasible
     tax-planning strategies, management believes it is more likely than not
     that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences,
     net of the valuation allowances. However, the amount of the deferred tax
     asset considered realizable could be adjusted in the future if estimates of
     taxable income are revised.


     The components of the tax expense/(benefit) were as follows:




                                                                                           Year ended     Year ended
                                                                            Year ended    Dec 31, 2001   Dec 31, 2000
                                                                           Dec 31, 2002       US$m           US$m
                                                                               US$m         Restated       Restated
                                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                   
     Current tax expense
        - Ghana                                                                (5.7)           9.2            7.7
        - Overseas                                                             (2.3)           5.6            0.3
     Deferred tax expense/(benefit) under UK GAAP
        - Group
        - Ghana                                                                 4.2           (0.4)         (20.3)
        - Overseas                                                              7.1           (4.8)          (0.5)
        - Interest in joint venture                                            (7.0)            --             --
     Deferred tax expense of applying SFAS 109                                   --            8.3            7.2
                                                                               ----           ----          -----
     Tax (benefit)/expense for the year on application of SFAS 109 to UK
     GAAP profit before tax                                                    (3.7)          17.9           (5.6)
                                                                               ====           ====          =====



(1) The deferred tax expense/(benefit) under UK GAAP has been restated for the
    adoption of FRS 19.



                                      F-34







     The tax expense/(benefit) recorded under US GAAP differs from the amount
     determined by applying the applicable Ghanaian statutory income tax rate to
     pre-tax profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders under US GAAP as a
     result of the following:




                                                       Year ended     Year ended     Year ended
                                                      Dec 31, 2002   Dec 31, 2001   Dec 31, 2000
                                                          US$m           US$m           US$m
                                                      ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                              
     Tax expense/(benefit) at statutory rate*            (56.2)          24.4          (123.6)
     Amortization of goodwill                              0.1           10.5            54.6
     Investment allowances                                (1.0)          (0.1)          (11.9)
     Deferred tax on acquisition and disposal               --             --            (9.8)
     Effect of foreign income taxes, net                 (12.9)         (29.1)          (17.4)
     Mark to market of hedging contracts                   76.7          (26.4)          (21.2)
     Impact of change in tax rate on deferred taxes         --            8.5              --
     Prior year tax adjustments                            3.0           11.8            11.6
     Valuation allowance                                 (18.1)          13.0           111.7
     Other permanent differences                           4.7            5.3             0.4
                                                         -----          -----          ------
     Tax (benefit)/expense for the year                   (3.7)          17.9            (5.6)
                                                         =====          =====          ======




     *The statutory rate for 2001 and 2002 was 30% and 35% for 2000.


     e)   Derivative financial instruments

     Under UK GAAP, the Company accounts for all derivative contracts using
     hedge accounting. The impact of accounting for derivatives under US GAAP is
     set out below.

     Position to December 31, 2000

     Under US GAAP, derivative financial instruments that are accounted for
     using hedge accounting must demonstrate a high degree of hedge
     effectiveness at the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing
     basis. Hedge accounting under US GAAP additionally requires that the hedge
     relationship be designated at inception and reduce enterprise or
     transaction risk.Under US GAAP, the Company accounts for fixed forward
     sales contracts and lease rate swaps using hedge accounting.

     Under US GAAP, gains or losses (realized or unrealized) for derivative
     contracts which no longer qualify as hedges for accounting purposes are
     recognized in income immediately.

     The Company uses written and purchased put and call options, which qualify
     for hedge accounting under UK GAAP, to hedge exposure to commodity price
     risk for gold. The Company does not account for these instruments using
     hedge accounting under US GAAP.

     Specifically, written options are the writing or sale of options contracts,
     (the Company writes options with gold prices as the underlying risk), which
     obligate the writer to fulfil the contract should the holder choose to
     exercise. These contracts are not considered to reduce risk to the writer
     as the holder will only choose to exercise when it is beneficial to do so.
     In the Company's judgment, it is appropriate to treat these contracts as
     not qualifying for hedge accounting. Written options include option
     contracts sold for the purchase and sale of gold at a future date, and
     certain convertible structures, whereby the written option may convert into
     bought put options if the gold price moves below a specified barrier.

     The adjustment relating to derivative contracts that do not qualify for
     hedge accounting under US GAAP includes (i) the recognition of changes in
     market values between periods and (ii) the reversal of deferred hedging
     gains and losses that were recorded on the early close out of such
     contracts under UK GAAP.

     Position from January 1, 2001


     Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting
     for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS 133"), which
     establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative
     instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other
     contracts and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated
     in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the
     balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair
     value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the
     hedged item are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated
     as a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are
     recorded in other comprehensive income (OCI) and are recognized in the
     profit and loss account when the hedged item affects earnings.



                                      F-35







     Under US GAAP, all financial instruments have been marked-to-market since
     adoption of SFAS 133. Whilst all derivatives have been entered into for
     hedging purposes, they do not qualify for hedge accounting under the
     provisions of SFAS 133. Accordingly the movement in fair value of
     derivatives is included in net income for the years ended December 31, 2002
     and 2001. The following table sets out the fair value of the relevant
     derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000:





                                                          2002     2001    2000
                                                          US$m     US$m    US$m
                                                         ------   -----   -----
                                                                 
     Forward contracts                                    (56.0)  117.6    93.3
     European Put options (net bought)                     24.9    51.0    22.9
     European Call options (net sold)                    (102.7)  (48.3)  (48.5)
     Convertible structures                                  --    10.5    22.4
     Lease rate swaps                                     (16.2)  (42.0)  (61.0)
                                                         ------   -----   -----
                                                         (150.0)   88.8    29.1
                                                         ------   -----   -----




     The US$122.2 million negative adjustment to shareholders' equity at
     December 31, 2002 represents (i) US$150.0 million, being the total
     adjustment to mark-to-market the relevant financial instruments at that
     date; and (ii) the reversal of the deferred hedging income balance of
     US$27.8 million recorded as a creditor under UK GAAP.

     The US$276.6 million negative adjustment to net income represents (i)
     US$238.8 million, being the net change in fair values of the relevant
     financial instruments during the year ended December 31, 2002; and (ii)
     US$37.8 million being the net change in deferred income recorded as a
     creditor under UK GAAP during the year ended December 31, 2002.

     The adoption of SFAS 133 resulted in cumulative transition adjustment gains
     after tax of US$146.2 million at January 1, 2001 which was recorded in
     accumulated other comprehensive income at that date. Of these gains US$32.3
     million was immediately reclassified into earnings on recognition of the
     impairment charge discussed in b) above. An additional US$51.2 million was
     reclassified into earnings relating to the amortization of the accumulated
     deferred hedging income balance. The remaining accumulated other
     comprehensive income of US$62.7 million, relating to deferred hedging
     income, has been reclassified into earnings in the year ended December 31,
     2002.

     The Company has performed a review for embedded derivatives and has not
     identified any embedded derivatives that need to be bifurcated under the
     provisions of SFAS 133.


     f)   Warrants issued to non-employees


     As described in Note 22, in November 1999 the Company issued warrants to
     its hedging counterparties at a conversion price of US$4.75 per share. On
     February 21, 2000, the warrants were re-priced to US$3.00. Under UK GAAP,
     as the net proceeds of the issue were US$nil, no expense was recognized in
     the financial statements. Under US GAAP, the warrants are accounted for
     using the fair value methodology in SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
     Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS 123") in a manner consistent with
     equity instruments issued to non-employees. On the exercise of the warrants
     the related compensation charge is reclassified as Stated Capital.

     g)   Asset write-back


     In connection with the decision to close down the Iduapriem mine in 1998,
     the Company wrote down certain long-lived assets under both UK and US GAAP.
     As described above, in 2000 Ashanti acquired the Teberebie gold mine, which
     is adjacent to the Iduapriem mine. As a result of the acquisition,
     management determined that the Iduapriem and Teberebie mines could use a
     shared processing plant and, consequently the operations at Iduapriem were
     again considered economically feasible. Under UK GAAP, an element of the
     previously recognized impairment charge was reversed. Under US GAAP, the
     reversal of previously recognized impairment losses is not permitted.


     h)   Accounting for pensions

     During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company
     recorded pension costs amounting to US$0.9 million, US$1.2 million and
     US$3.7 million (of which US$3.0 million were classified as exceptional
     operating costs), respectively, related to the Scheme operated at the
     Obuasi mine. The Scheme provides for a monthly payment in Ghanaian currency
     (indexed to the US dollar) to retirees until death. Prior to the periods
     presented in these financial statements (i) all Scheme participants had
     retired, and (ii) the Scheme was closed to new employees. The exceptional
     operating cost recognized in 1999 represented management's best estimate of
     the total remaining liability under the Scheme as at December 31, 1999.
     This estimate was calculated based on the Ghanaian currency liability
     existing at that time. Prior to this date, the Scheme was accounted for on
     a cash basis. In 2000, the Scheme liability was re-estimated. The increase
     in the Scheme liability in 2000 reflects the re-introduction of the US
     dollar indexing in that year.

     Under US GAAP, the Scheme is accounted for in accordance with the
     provisions of SFAS No. 87, Employers' Accounting for Pensions and
     presented in accordance with SFAS No. 132, Employers' Disclosures about
     Pensions and Other Post


                                      F-36







     Retirement Benefits. The benefits for the Scheme are based on years of
     service and compensation levels for the covered retirees. The Scheme
     is unfunded and accordingly, no assets related to the Scheme are
     recorded. Pension expense/(income) amounts to US$0.9 million in 2002,
     US$0.4 million in 2001 and US$(0.2) million in 2000 of which actuarial
     (gain)/loss was the only component. The projected benefit obligation for
     the Scheme was determined using a weighted average discount rate of 4.8%
     for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002.





                                                              Pension Benefits
                                                             ------------------
                                                             2002   2001   2000
                                                             US$m   US$m   US$m
                                                             ----   ----   ----
                                                                  
     Change in benefit obligation
        Benefit obligation at beginning of year               7.9    8.8    9.7
        Actuarial loss/(gain)                                 0.8    0.3   (0.2)
        Benefits paid                                        (0.9)  (1.2)  (0.7)
                                                             ----   ----   ----
     Benefit obligation at end of year                        7.8    7.9    8.8
                                                             ====   ====   ====




     i)   Environmental and site restoration obligations


     Under UK GAAP, the expected costs of any committed decommissioning or other
     site restoration programs incurred during the construction phase are
     discounted at the weighted average cost of capital and capitalized at the
     beginning of each project and amortized over the life of the mine using the
     units of production method. Additional provisions are also recorded during
     the production phase as environmental liabilities arise with a
     corresponding charge to operating results. Under US GAAP, the cost of
     decommissioning or other site restoration programs is accrued using the
     unit-of-production method and charged to cost of sales and other direct
     production costs over the life of mine.

     It is reasonably possible that, due to uncertainties associated with
     defining the nature and extent of environmental contamination, application
     of laws and regulations by regulatory authorities, and changes in
     remediation technology, the ultimate cost of remediation could change in
     the future. The Company periodically reviews its accrued liabilities for
     such remediation costs, as evidence becomes available indicating that its
     remediation liability has potentially changed. Ashanti currently carries
     public liability insurance coverage arranged through reputable insurers.
     However, there is no specific coverage available for environmental
     liabilities which either arise gradually or otherwise than as a result of
     an insurable event.


     j)   Variable plan options


     On April 25, 2001, Ashanti implemented an option contribution plan that
     gives current option holders the ability to cancel their outstanding
     options in exchange for newly issued options. For every 10 shares under
     option which were cancelled by the option holders, a new option is granted
     over three shares. These new options require the option holder to remain
     employed by Ashanti for a period of three years from the date of grant.


     Under UK GAAP, the voluntary cancellation and re-grant of options are
     treated as separate events. At the date of grant, the option prices were
     above the market price of Ashanti's shares. Consequently, the options have
     no intrinsic value and no compensation charge has been recognized pursuant
     to Urgent Issues Task Force ("UITF") 17, Employee Share Schemes.

     Under US GAAP, the voluntary cancellation and re-grant of options are also
     treated as separate events. However, under US GAAP, Financial Accounting
     Standards Board ("FASB") Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain
     Transactions Involving Stock Compensation: an Interpretation of APB Opinion
     No. 25, requires variable plan accounting for the newly granted options.
     Consequently, compensation cost in respect of options regranted during the
     year has been measured at the period end for the difference between the
     quoted market price and the option strike price to be paid by an employee.
     Such expense is being recognized over the three-year service period.

     Other disclosures


     The following information is provided as additional disclosure under US
     GAAP:


     The Company and its operations

     Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited ("the Company") and its subsidiaries
     (collectively, "the Group") are primarily engaged in the mining and
     processing of gold ores and the exploration and development of gold
     properties in Africa. The Company's operations are principally in Ghana,
     Guinea, Tanzania and Zimbabwe. Gold bullion produced by the Company is used
     primarily for fabrication and bullion investment. Fabricated gold has a
     wide variety of uses including jewelry (the largest fabrication use for
     gold), electronics, dentistry, decorations, medals, medallions and official
     coins. Gold for bullion investment is primarily sold to central banks as
     part of their national investment strategies.

                                      F-37






     Adoption of new accounting standard

     In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statement
     No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13 and Technical
     Corrections ("SFAS 145"). The principal change reflected in these
     pronouncements is that gains or losses from extinguishment of debt which
     are classified as extraordinary items by SFAS No. 4, Reporting Gains and
     Losses from Extinguishment of Debt an amendment of APB Opinion No. 30,
     will no longer be classified as such. The Company adopted SFAS 145 as of
     January 1, 2002. No restatement of previously reported amounts, for any
     of the periods presented, resulted from the adoption of SFAS 145.

     Earnings per share


     Under US GAAP, basic earnings/(loss) per share ('EPS') is computed by
     dividing net earnings/(loss) available to common shareholders by the
     weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. The
     computation of diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS, except that the
     denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares
     that would have been outstanding if the potentially dilutive common shares
     had been issued, and the numerator may be adjusted for the impact the
     outstanding security had on income available to common shareholders used in
     the basic EPS calculation.


     Diluted EPS is equal to basic EPS for each of the 3 years ended December
     31, 2002 as the exercise of the Senior Management Share Options, Warrants,
     Mandatorily Exchangeable Notes and conversion of 5 1/2 % Exchangeable
     Notes, are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS in those years as
     the effect of inclusion is anti-dilutive.


     The number of potentially dilutive shares that were excluded from the
     computation of diluted EPS are as follows:




                                         2002       2001       2000
                                       millions   millions   millions
                                       --------   --------   --------
                                                      
     Senior Management Share Options      3.0        2.8        8.3
     5 1/2 % Convertible Notes             --        8.1        8.0
     Warrants                             5.9       19.8       19.8
     Mandatorily Exchangeable Notes       7.0         --         --
                                         ----       ----       ----
                                         15.9       30.7       36.1
                                         ====       ====       ====




     Use of estimates

     The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
     estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
     liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
     of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
     expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those
     estimates.


     Credit risk and concentrations of credit risk

     Credit risk represents the accounting loss that would be recognized at the
     reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted
     and from movements in gold prices. The Company does not anticipate
     non-performance by counterparties.

     Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance sheet) that arise
     from financial instruments exist for groups of customers or counterparties
     when they have similar economic characteristics that would cause their
     ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes
     in economic or other conditions. Financial instruments on the balance sheet
     that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk
     consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and derivatives
     which are recorded at fair value. The Company maintains a policy providing
     for the diversification of cash and cash equivalent investments and places
     its investments in a number of high quality financial institutions to limit
     the amount of credit risk exposure. Concentrations of credit risk with
     respect to receivables are limited due to the large, financially strong
     customers the Company does business with.

     As described in Note 1, the Company enters into certain hedging
     transactions. The Company attempts to minimize its credit exposure to
     counterparties by entering into derivative contracts with major
     international financial institutions. Although the Company's theoretical
     credit risk is the replacement cost at the then estimated fair value of
     these instruments, management believes that the risk of incurring losses is
     remote. Market risk exists due to the fact that the price of gold could
     rise above the strike price on a position thus creating an exposure in
     favour of counterparties. The counterparties may call for margin payments
     on the contracts in this instance, subject to any restrictions on margin
     calls (including margin free limits) which are contained in the contract.


     Management does not believe significant risk exists in connection with the
     Company's concentrations of credit as at December 31, 2002.


                                      F-38






     Redundancy costs


     During the second quarter of 1999 the Company reached an agreement with
     the Ghana Mineworkers' Union for a labor rationalization plan involving
     the retrenchment of 2,155 permanent employees (2,000 junior shift workers
     and 155 senior salaried staff). Additionally, during the fourth quarter
     of 1999, the Company announced the closing of the surface mining
     operations at Obuasi by the end of 2000 together with the closure of
     certain shafts and processing plants. The surface mine closure includes
     the termination of 700 employees. Under both the redundancy plans, actual
     employees terminated amounted to approximately 2,900 employees through
     December 31, 2000.

     Total costs charged to date are US$20 million (2001: US$20 million;
     2000: US$20 million). A charge of US$3 million is included in operating
     expenses for the year ended December 31, 2000. Actual redundancy costs
     paid in 2000 were US$8.4 million. During 2002 and 2001 no further employees
     were made redundant and no further charges were made or costs paid.

     Pro forma financial information

     In June 2000, Ashanti acquired a 90% interest in Pioneer, the Company that
     owns the Teberebie mine in Ghana (see Note 25). The acquisition was
     accounted for under the purchase method for US GAAP purposes.


     Goodwill arising as part of the acquisition amounted to US$21.9 million and
     is being amortised over the life of the underlying mine assets using the
     unit of production method. Unaudited pro forma results of operations under
     UK GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2000, as if the 90% ownership in
     the Teberebie mine had been acquired at the beginning of each reporting
     period, follow. The pro forma results include estimates and assumptions
     which management believes are reasonable. However, pro forma results do not
     include any anticipated cost savings or other effects of the planned
     integration of the Teberebie mine, and are not necessarily indicative of
     the results which would have occurred if the business combination had been
     in effect on the dates indicated or which may result in the future.





                                                         2000
                                                     US$ million
                                              (except per share amounts)
                                                     (unaudited)
                                              --------------------------
                                                     
     Pro forma revenues                                  584.8
     Pro forma net loss                                 (151.1)
     Pro forma basic loss per share (US$)                 (1.3)
     Pro forma diluted loss per share (US$)               (1.9)




     Revenue recognition

     Under UK GAAP, the Company recognizes "estimated" revenue when gold is
     produced in dore form in the gold room based on the quantity and spot price
     at that date. Pursuant to the Company's refining and purchase agreements
     with its customers (i) the actual sales price is the spot price at the date
     of delivery, and (ii) the actual quantity invoiced is the quantity after
     the gold is refined (refining is generally completed within one day of
     delivery.) Consequently, under UK GAAP the Company processes an adjustment
     on completion of the refining process to adjust revenues recognized at the
     time of producing dore to actual revenues.


     Under US GAAP, the Company recognizes revenue from sales of gold bullion at
     the date of delivery to the refinery. At this point in time, delivery of
     third-party refined gold to the customer has occurred, the pricing is
     either fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured.
     Under US GAAP, revenues were higher by US$1.8 million for the year ended
     December 31, 2002 and lower by US$2.9 million for the year ended December
     31, 2001 and US$5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The
     difference in accounting policy is not material with respect to operating
     profit/(loss), profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders, and shareholders
     equity under US GAAP for all periods presented. Consequently, no US GAAP
     adjustments have been recorded.

     In November 1999, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the
     "SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, Revenue Recognition ("SAB
     101"). This Bulletin sets forth the SEC Staff's position regarding the
     point at which it is appropriate for a company to recognize revenue. The
     Staff believes that revenue is realizable and earned when all of the
     following criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement
     exists, (ii) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered, (iii) the
     seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (iv)
     collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company adopted SAB 101 in the
     fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2000 in accordance with SAB
     101. The adoption of SAB 101 had no effect on the Company's financial
     statements.

     Ashanti adopted SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001. Subsequent to the adoption of
     SFAS 133, all deferred hedging gains and losses that are recorded on the
     early close out of hedging contracts under UK GAAP are reversed in the US
     GAAP reconciliation as part of the 'Derivative financial instruments'
     adjustment as further explained in note 32(e) above.


                                      F-39






     Gold realization risks

     The nature of realization risks inherent in commodity inventories for which
     revenue has already been recognized relate to the possibility of
     significant changes in the spot price for gold between the date the gold is
     poured and the delivery date and differences in quantities between the
     poured amount and the refined amount.

     The  overall realization risk is mitigated by the following factors:

     o    Estimated ounces have never varied significantly from the final
          quantity declared by the refiner;

     o    Theft is covered by bullion insurance; and

     o    Gold is a liquid commodity recognized on international exchanges and,
          if a customer does not accept delivery, Ashanti can deliver to one of
          its other customers.

     Exceptional items


     For the year ended December 31, 2002 exceptional operating costs of US$32.3
     million (2001: US$ nil; 2000: US$215.2 million) were recognized. In the
     year ended December 31, 2000, the Company recognized exceptional operating
     costs before operating (loss)/profit of US$215.2 million and an
     exceptional profit on sale of businesses of US$46.6 million. Under US GAAP,
     US$23.5 million of these costs related to debt extinguishment and are
     treated as non-operating items (2001: nil; 2000: nil). All other amounts
     classified as exceptional items under UK GAAP are treated as operating
     items under US GAAP and not shown as exceptional items in the profit and
     loss account. There is no impact on the US GAAP net loss as a result of
     the treatment for UK GAAP. Similarly there is no impact on basic and
     diluted loss per share as such amounts have been considered in the
     calculation of such figures.

     Buyback and reissuance of shares

     The Company holds in treasury 559,405 of its own ordinary shares. The
     purchases of shares were accounted for in accordance with the Ghana
     Companies Code 1963 (Act 179) in a non-distributable Share deals account
     within shareholders' equity. Under US GAAP, the cost of the treasury shares
     is generally presented as a reduction of total shareholders' equity. This
     difference in presentation has no impact on shareholders' equity. The
     Company made no purchases of its own shares in any of the periods
     presented.


     Cash


     In the UK GAAP balance sheet, 'Gold-in-transit' and 'cash held as
     collateral' have been included within cash balances but have not been
     included as part of cash in preparing the UK GAAP cash flow statement in
     accordance with FRS No. 1 (revised) Cash Flow Statements ("FRS1").
     For cash flow purposes 'Gold-in-transit' and 'cash held as collateral',
     together with short-term deposits, are classified as liquid resources.
     Under US GAAP, 'Gold-in-transit' and 'cash held as collateral' are
     classified as other assets in the balance sheet and, similar to UK GAAP,
     would not be included as part of cash and cash equivalents in preparing
     the US GAAP cash flow statement.


     Furthermore, 'cash held as collateral' is classified as restricted cash,
     which forms part of other current assets under US GAAP, as it is held as
     collateral for a short-term loan to Ashanti Goldfields Zimbabwe Limited.
     'Gold-in-transit' would also be classified as other current assets.

     Employee stock options


     The Company accounts for its stock option and stock-based compensation
     plans using the intrinsic-value method prescribed in APB Opinion No. 25,
     Accounting for Stock issued to Employees ("APB 25"). Accordingly, the
     Company computes compensation costs for each employee stock option
     granted as the amount by which the fair market value of ordinary shares
     on the date of the grant exceeds the amount the employee must pay to
     acquire the shares. Accordingly, where options have been granted at
     exercise prices equal to fair market value on the date of grant, no
     compensation expense has been recognized by the Company.


     Had compensation cost for the Company's stock option plans been determined
     consistent with the fair value methodology prescribed under SFAS 123, the
     Company's net profit/(loss) attributable to shareholders and net profit per
     share under UK GAAP would have been decreased to the pro forma amounts in
     the table below:

                                      F-40









                                                          2001             2000
                                         2002             US$m             US$m
                                         US$m         (except per      (except per
                                     (except per     share amounts)   share amounts)
                                    share amounts)      Restated        Restated(1)
                                    --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                 
     Net profit/(loss):
        As reported                      56.2             59.9            (115.4)
        Pro forma                        54.5             58.8            (118.6)
     Net profit/(loss) per share:
        Basic:
        As reported (US$)                0.47             0.53             (1.02)
        Pro forma (US$)                  0.46             0.52             (1.05)
        Diluted:
        As reported (US$)                0.44             0.52             (1.02)
        Pro forma (US$)                  0.43             0.51             (1.05)



(1) Restated for the adoption of FRS 19.



     The following table summarizes option plan activity:





                                                                 Weighted average
                                           Shares under option    Exercise price
                                              No. of shares             US$
                                           -------------------   ----------------
                                                                 
     Balance, December 31, 1998 and 1999        8,206,772              12.58
        Granted                                    90,000               2.15
                                               ----------              -----
     Balance, December 31, 2000                 8,296,772              12.46
        Granted                                 2,741,850               2.29
        Lapsed                                 (2,334,237)             12.58
        Cancelled                              (5,872,535)             12.58
                                               ----------              -----
     Balance, December 31, 2001                 2,831,850               2.29
        Granted                                   606,560               4.88
        Lapsed                                   (396,716)              2.34
                                               ----------              -----
     Balance, December 31, 2002                 3,041,694               2.80
                                               ==========              =====



                                      F-41







     The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at
     December 31, 2002:





                                 Number
                              outstanding     Remaining                                Number
                                 as at       contractual   Exercise                exerciseable at
                              December 31,      life        price     Fair value    December 31,
     Code    Date of Grant        2001          Years        US$          US$           2002
     ----   ---------------   ------------   -----------   --------   ----------   ---------------
                                                                        
     A        July 13, 2000        40,000        8.53        1.66        1.42             --
     B      August 26, 2000        50,000        8.85        2.55        2.40             --
     C          May 3, 2001     1,761,760        9.34        2.29        1.76             --
     D          May 3, 2001       980,090        9.34        2.29        1.76             --
     E      August 22, 2002       599,560        9.65        4.88        3.83             --
                                ---------        ----        ----        ----            ---
                                3,041,694                                                 --
                                =========        ====        ====        ====            ===




     The weighted average fair value of options granted was US$3.83 (2001:
     US$1.76; 2000: US$1.96).

     The fair values of options granted for fiscal years ended December 31,
     2002, 2001 and 2000 have been estimated at the date of grant using the
     Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
     assumptions:





     Options                        2002   2001   2000
     -------                        ----   ----   -----
                                         
     Expected option life (years)   10.0   10.0    10.0
     Risk-free interest rates(1)     4.5%   5.5%    5.0%
     Volatility(2)                  60.0%  60.0%  100.0%
     Dividend yield                   --     --      --
                                    ====   ====   =====



     (1)  The risk-free interest rate is based on US Government Benchmark STRIP
          at each grant date for time period being the difference between last
          exercisable date and date of grant.

     (2)  The volatility is estimated at each grant date for time period being
          the difference between last exercisable date and date of grant. The
          volatility was estimated by using historical volatility on the London
          International exchange when trading on the Ghanaian stock exchange was
          extremely light.

     The compensation cost as generated by the Black-Scholes option pricing
     model may not be indicative of the future benefit, if any, that may be
     received by the option holder.

     Cash flow statement


     For UK GAAP reporting purposes, the cash flow statement is prepared in
     accordance with FRS 1. The objective and principles of FRS 1 are similar
     to those set out in SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows ("SFAS 95").
     The principle difference between the standards relates to the
     classification of cash flows. Under FRS 1, the Company presents its
     cash flows for operating activities, returns on investments and servicing
     of finance, taxation, capital expenditure and financial investment,
     acquisitions and disposals, dividends, management of liquid resources and
     financing. Pursuant to SFAS 95, however, the Company's cash flows would
     be analyzed between only three categories of cash flow activity, namely
     operating, investing and financing.


     Under SFAS 95, (i) cash flows arising from taxation, returns on investments
     and servicing of finance and 'Gold-in-transit' would be included as
     operating activities, (ii) cash flows from acquisitions and disposals would
     be included in investing activities, and (iii) dividend payments, changes
     in short-term credit facilities and management of liquid resources
     (excluding 'Gold-in-transit') would be disclosed as part of financing
     activities. In addition, under UK GAAP cash is presented net of overdrafts
     while under SFAS 95, bank overdrafts are treated as short term credit
     facilities with movements appearing within financing activities.

     A reconciliation between the consolidated statements of cash flows
     presented in accordance with UK GAAP and US GAAP is presented below for the
     year ended December 31:




                                                                      2002    2001    2000
                                                                      US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                                     -----   -----   -----
                                                                            
     Operating activities
     Cash flow from operating activities (UK GAAP)                    95.2    95.4   149.4
     Movement in 'Gold-in-transit'                                    (1.8)    2.9     5.8
     Corporation tax paid                                             (2.0)   (2.9)   (5.8)
     Interest received                                                 0.8     2.0     4.7
     Interest paid                                                   (19.6)  (24.4)  (61.1)
                                                                     -----   -----   -----
     Net cash provided by operating activities (US GAAP)              72.6    73.0    93.0
                                                                     =====   =====   =====



                                      F-42









                                                                      2002    2001    2000
                                                                      US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                                     -----   -----   ------
                                                                            
     Investing activities
     Net cash outflow from capital expenditure and financial
        investment (UK GAAP)                                         (64.5)  (49.6)  (146.2)
     Acquisitions                                                       --      --     (0.5)
     Disposals                                                          --      --    230.8
                                                                     -----   -----   ------
     Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities (US GAAP)   (64.5)  (49.6)    84.1
                                                                     =====   =====   ======






                                                                2002    2001    2000
                                                                US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                               -----   -----   ------
                                                                      
     Financing activities
     Cash outflow from financing (UK GAAP)                     (19.2)  (40.6)  (186.3)
     Change in short-term credit facilities                     (4.6)    1.7     (1.1)
     Movement in liquid resources (except 'Gold-in-transit')     7.8     6.8      7.8
                                                               -----   -----   ------
     Net cash used in financing activities (US GAAP)           (16.0)  (32.1)  (179.6)
                                                               =====   =====   ======



     The cash inflow of US$230.8 million on disposals in the year ended December
     31, 2000 includes US$55.0 million of intercompany balances repaid. Under US
     GAAP, this amount would be separately presented within investing
     activities.

     Intangible assets


     The following reconciles the UK GAAP reported figures to US GAAP:





                                                                2002    2001    2000
                                                                US$m    US$m    US$m
                                                                ----   -----   ------
                                                                      
     Intangible assets as at December 31, (UK GAAP)             17.3    18.8     21.5
     Brought forward US GAAP difference                          0.1    25.4    220.7
     Amortization reversal                                       1.7      --    (30.3)
     Contingent consideration adjustment                          --      --     11.7
     Transfer to investments                                      --      --    (25.6)
     Disposal of 50% interest in Cluff                            --      --    (25.6)
     Impairment write-off                                         --   (25.3)  (125.5)
                                                                ----   -----   ------
     Intangible assets as at December 31, (US GAAP)             19.1    18.9     46.9
                                                                ====   =====   ======




     The Company adopted SFAS 142, with effect from January 1, 2002.

     Subsequent to adoption of SFAS 142, the Company does not amortize goodwill
     and other intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life but rather
     tests such assets at least annually for impairment. Under US GAAP, as of
     December 31, 2002, the Company had not recorded any intangible assets
     other than goodwill. The goodwill balance as of December 31, 2002 related
     exclusively to the Iduapriem mine. The aggregate amount of goodwill
     acquired in the year, being US$0.2 million, also related exclusively to
     that mine.

     The transitional provisions of SFAS 142 require disclosure of reported
     net income in all periods presented, exclusive of amortization expense
     recognized in those periods related to goodwill and the effects of other
     accounting changes pursuant to the adoption of SFAS 142. Those
     disclosures are set forth below, presented as a reconciliation from net
     income as stated:


                                      F-43









                                                                     12 months ended
                                                               ---------------------------
                                                               Dec. 31   Dec. 31   Dec. 31
                                                                 2002      2001      2000
                                                               -------   -------   -------
                                                                  (in US$ millions
                                                                        except
                                                                  per share numbers)
                                                                          
     Net (loss)/profit before extraordinary items, as stated   (182.8)    65.4     (349.1)
     Amortization expense                                           --     6.0       35.1
                                                               -------   -------   -------
     Adjusted net (loss)/profit before extraordinary items     (182.8)    71.4     (314.0)
                                                               -------   -------   -------
     Earnings per share (US$)
     Basic
     (Loss)/earnings per share, as stated                        (1.53)    0.58      (3.11)
     Amortization expense, per share                                --     0.05       0.31
                                                               -------   -------   -------
     Adjusted (loss)/earnings per share                          (1.53)    0.63       2.80
                                                               -------   -------   -------
     Diluted
     (Loss)/earnings per share, as stated                        (1.53)    0.57      (3.11)
     Amortization expense, per share                                --     0.05       0.31
                                                               -------   -------   -------
     Adjusted (loss)/earnings per share                          (1.53)    0.62       2.80
                                                               =======   =======   =======



Fixed assets


The following reconciles the UK GAAP reported figures to US GAAP:





                                                        2002     2001     2000
                                                        US$m     US$m     US$m
                                                       ------   ------   ------
                                                                
Fixed assets as at December 31, (UK GAAP)               602.7    612.9    645.8
Brought forward US GAAP difference                     (211.9)  (164.5)   (13.2)
Impairment write-off                                       --    (62.0)  (121.3)
Asset write-back                                           --       --    (20.0)
Depreciation adjustment                                  14.3     14.6    (10.0)
                                                       ------   ------   ------
Fixed assets as at December 31, (US GAAP)               405.1    401.0    481.3
                                                       ======   ======   ======



Segmental analysis


SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information ("SFAS 131"), which requires that an enterprise report financial and
descriptive information about its reportable operating segments.

The Company is primarily engaged in the exploration, development and mining of
gold on the African continent. The Company's operations are managed and
internally reported on a mine-by-mine basis on which basis the Company has
identified its reportable segments. The Company's country of domicile is Ghana.
The location of individual mines along with the relevant financial disclosures
required by SFAS 131, are identified in the following tables for the years
ending December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (under UK GAAP):

   12 Months to December 31, 2002





                                                                           Freda-
                                               Idua-                       Rebecca
                                      Obuasi   priem   Bibiani   Siguiri    Zim-
                                      Ghana    Ghana    Ghana    Guinea     babwe    Treasury
                                       US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m      US$m       US$m
                                      ------   -----   -------   -------   -------   --------
                                                                     
Revenue (external)                     167.8    57.8     76.1      83.9      30.7      51.2
Operating costs                       (106.4)  (43.0)   (43.6)    (61.9)    (21.0)       --
Other operating costs                   (0.5)   (0.9)    (0.3)     (4.8)       --        --
Depreciation and amortization          (33.0)   (7.6)   (11.7)    (17.7)     (3.7)       --
Royalties                               (5.0)   (1.7)    (2.3)     (2.9)       --        --
Other income                              --      --       --        --        --        --
Refinancing and restructuring costs       --      --       --        --        --        --
Operating profit/(loss)                 22.9     4.6     18.2      (3.4)      6.0      51.2
Interest payable                        (2.1)   (1.3)      --        --      (0.6)       --
Interest receivable/other income          --      --      0.1        --       0.3       0.2
Property, plant and equipment (net)    444.2    27.4     25.8      78.0      19.5        --
Total assets                           485.4    44.6     49.6      92.6      35.0      10.0
Capital expenditure                     35.1    10.5      2.9       9.4       6.4        --


                                                Corporate    Geita         Total
                                      Explor-    Admini-    Tanzania   per financial
                                       ation    stration       50%       statements
                                       US$m       US$m        US$m          US$m
                                      -------   ---------   --------   -------------
                                                              
Revenue (external)                        --         --       84.7         552.2
Operating costs                           --         --      (47.2)       (323.1)
Other operating costs                   (3.8)     (16.5)      (4.8)        (31.6)
Depreciation and amortization           (0.1)      (1.3)     (13.3)        (88.4)
Royalties                                 --         --       (2.7)        (14.6)
Other income                              --        3.3         --           3.3
Refinancing and restructuring costs       --      (23.5)        --         (23.5)
Operating profit/(loss)                 (3.9)     (38.0)      16.7          74.3
Interest payable                          --      (15.3)        --         (19.3)
Interest receivable/other income          --        1.2         --           1.8
Property, plant and equipment (net)       --        7.8         --         602.7
Total assets                              --       26.2         --         743.4
Capital expenditure                       --        0.2         --          64.5



                                      F-44






   12 Months to December 31, 2001




                                                                                        Freda-
                                                          Idua-                        Rebecca
                                      Obuasi   Ayanfuri   priem    Bibiani   Siguiri     Zim-
                                       Ghana    Ghana     Ghana     Ghana     Guinea    babwe
                                       US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m      US$m
                                      ------   --------   ------   -------   -------   -------
                                                                      
Revenue (external)                     143.5      3.1      55.8      68.7      76.6      34.0
Operating costs                       (101.4)    (2.8)    (44.0)    (43.1)    (62.2)    (22.8)
Other operating costs                     --     (1.0)     (0.8)     (2.2)       --        --
Depreciation and amortization          (37.5)    (0.5)     (4.9)    (13.8)    (18.6)     (3.9)
Royalties                               (4.3)    (0.1)     (1.7)     (2.1)     (2.6)       --
Operating profit/(loss)                  0.3     (1.3)      4.4       7.5      (6.8)      7.3
Interest payable                        (1.3)      --      (2.2)       --        --      (0.9)
Interest receivable/other income          --       --       0.2       0.3        --        --
Property, plant and equipment (net)    442.6       --      22.8      32.6      86.3      17.2
Total assets                           483.9       --      42.2      52.1     107.3      28.2
Capital expenditure                     30.1      0.5       3.7       1.0       7.0       6.8


                                                                                      Total
                                                           Corporate    Geita          per
                                                 Explor-    Admini-    Tanzania     financial
                                      Treasury   ation     stration       50%       statements
                                        US$m      US$m        US$m       US$m          US$m
                                      --------   -------   ---------   --------   -------------
                                                                      
Revenue (external)                      96.0        --          --       76.7         554.4
Operating costs                           --        --          --      (38.9)       (315.2)
Other operating costs                     --      (6.5)      (21.2)      (2.8)        (34.5)
Depreciation and amortization             --      (1.9)       (1.2)     (12.6)        (94.9)
Royalties                                 --                    --       (2.2)        (13.0)
Operating profit/(loss)                 96.0      (8.4)      (22.4)      20.2          96.8
Interest payable                          --        --       (22.6)        --         (27.0)
Interest receivable/other income         0.6        --         4.3         --           5.4
Property, plant and equipment (net)       --        --        11.4         --         612.9
Total assets                            14.2       0.3       162.6         --         890.8
Capital expenditure                       --       0.1         0.4         --          49.6



   12 Months to December 31, 2000




                                                                                                 Freda-
                                                          Idua-                        Geita     Rebecca
                                      Obuasi   Ayanfuri   priem   Bibiani   Siguiri   Tanzania     Zim-
                                       Ghana    Ghana     Ghana    Ghana     Guinea     100%      babwe
                                       US$m      US$m      US$m     US$m      US$m      US$m       US$m
                                      ------   --------   -----   -------   -------   --------   -------
                                                                             
Revenue (external)                     179.5     10.1      53.9     76.6      85.2      48.6       31.3
Operating costs                       (133.5)    (8.9)    (43.2)   (36.8)    (54.8)    (25.7)     (22.2)
Depreciation and amortization          (45.6)    (4.8)     (3.2)   (15.6)    (19.8)    (11.6)     (11.7)
Royalties                               (5.4)    (0.3)     (1.4)    (2.3)     (2.9)     (1.4)        --
Operating (loss)/profit                 (5.0)    (3.9)      6.1     21.9       7.7       9.9       (2.6)
Interest payable                        (1.5)      --      (4.3)      --      (0.3)     (5.9)      (1.5)
Interest receivable/other income          --      0.1       0.6      0.2       0.1       0.2        0.3
Exceptional operating costs           (157.0)      --        --       --        --        --      (35.0)
Property, plant and equipment (net)    452.1      0.1      21.9     43.0      98.1        --       14.0
Total assets                           500.9      0.5      38.8     64.2     120.8        --       21.6
Capital expenditure                     32.6      1.4       2.6      2.8      11.6      85.7        4.8


                                                                                                  Amounts
                                                                                                     per
                                                           Corporate                    Recon-   financial
                                                 Explor-     Admini-                    ciling    state-
                                      Treasury   ation     stration    Other   Total     items     ments
                                         US$m     US$m        US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m      US$m
                                       -------   -------   ---------   -----   ------   ------   ---------
                                                                             
Revenue (external)                      97.0         --        --         --    582.2       --     582.2
Operating costs                           --      (14.2)    (25.3)        --   (364.6)      --    (364.6)
Depreciation and amortization             --       (0.4)     (2.1)        --   (114.8)      --    (114.8)
Royalties                                 --         --        --         --    (13.7)      --     (13.7)
Operating (loss)/profit                 97.0      (14.6)    (27.4)        --     89.1   (215.2)   (126.1)
Interest payable                          --         --      (3.7)     (38.8)   (56.0)     4.7     (51.3)
Interest receivable/other income          --         --        --        3.2      4.7     (4.7)       --
Exceptional operating costs            (14.7)        --        --       (8.5)  (215.2)   215.2        --
Property, plant and equipment (net)       --        3.2       4.5        8.9    645.8       --     645.8
Total assets                            20.3        4.1     114.6       50.4    936.2       --     936.2
Capital expenditure                       --        0.6       1.1        2.4    145.6       --     145.6




Sales to individual customers, amounting to 10% or more of the Company's
consolidated revenues, are as follows for the years ended December 31:





                        2002    2001     2000
                        US$m    US$m     US$m
                       -----   -----    -----
                            
Customer           1   141.8   149.1    169.5
                   2    92.8    99.6    140.5
                   3    90.7    89.5    133.6
                   4    88.7    74.7       --



Because of the active worldwide market for gold, the Company believes that the
loss of any of these customers will not have a material impact on the Company.

Deferred stripping costs


Under UK GAAP, of the total deferred stripping costs, liabilities amounting to
US$4.0 million recorded in current liabilities within Other accruals as at
December 31, 2000 (see Note 18). There were no deferred stripping cost
liabilities as at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

The full amount of deferred stripping costs may not be expensed until the end of
the life of the mine. Those amounts capitalized as at December 31, 2000 were
fully amortized in one year. The average life of mines in respect of which
amounts relating to deferred stripping costs are capitalized, as at December 31,
2000, was one year.

The strip ratio for each mine, calculated as the ratio of waste mined to ore
production, is as follows, for the years ended December 31:





                 Obuasi(*)   Ayanfuri   Iduapriem   Bibiani   Siguiri   Geita
                 ---------   --------   ---------   -------   -------   -----
                                                       
2002                5.8          --         3.4       4.2       0.9      7.4
2001                N/A         3.2         2.9       5.5       0.6      6.0
2000               10.0         3.4         3.1       6.4       0.5      9.6
                   ----         ---         ---       ---       ---      ---



(*)  Obuasi had both underground and open pit mining operations. Data relates to
     the open pit mining operations of Obuasi.


Under UK GAAP, ore in stockpiles of US$20.1 million, US$16.2 million and US$17.3
million as at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 respectively, are recorded in
current assets, within stocks, while under US GAAP, ore in stockpiles is
included in non-current assets. Under US GAAP the classification of ore in
stockpiles in non-current assets is appropriate given that,

                                      F-45







while it is management's current intention to process the stockpiled ore prior
to the end of the mine life, there is not reasonable certainty that that ore
will be processed within the next 12 months.


New accounting standards


In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement
Obligation ("SFAS 143"), which is effective for financial statements issued for
fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The pronouncement addresses the
recognition and remeasurement of obligations associated with the retirement of a
tangible long-lived asset. The Company is currently reviewing this statement to
determine its impact on future financial statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with
Disposal or Exit Activities ("SFAS 146"). This statement addresses financial
accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities
and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Abstract No. 94-3, Liability
Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit
an Activity (Including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring) ("EITF 94-3").
This statement requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF
94-3, a liability for an exit cost as defined in EITF 94-3 was recognized at
the date of an entity's commitment to an exit plan. This statement provides
that an entity's commitment to a plan, by itself, does not create a present
obligation to others that meets the definition of a liability. Therefore,
SFAS 146 eliminates the definition and requirements for recognition of exit
costs in EITF 94-3 until a liability has been incurred and establishes that
fair value is the objective for initial measurement of the liability. However,
this standard does not apply to costs associated with exit activities involving
entities acquired under business combinations or disposal activities covered
under SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets. The adoption of SFAS 146 will not have an impact on previous results
reported.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation - Transition and Disclosure - an amendment of FASB Statement No.
123, ("SFAS 148"). SFAS 148 amends SFAS 123 and provides alternative methods
for accounting for a change by registrants to the fair value method of
accounting for stock-based compensation. Additionally, SFAS 148 amends the
disclosure requirements of SFAS 123 to require disclosure in the significant
accounting policy footnote of both annual and interim financial statements of
the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the related pro-forma
disclosures when the intrinsic value method continues to be used. The statement
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2002, and disclosures
are effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15, 2002.
The Company does not intend to adopt the fair value method of accounting for
stock-based compensation. Consequently SFAS 148 will not have an impact on its
results of operation and financial position.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ("FIN 45"). This interpretation requires
certain disclosures to be made by a guarantor in its interim and annual
financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has
issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a
guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in
issuing the guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for
interim and annual periods after December 15, 2002 and the Company has adopted
those requirements for our financial statements. The initial recognition and
initial measurement requirements of FIN 45 are effective prospectively for
guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company is assessing,
but at this point does not believe the adoption of the recognition and initial
measurement requirements of FIN 45 will have a material impact on its financial
position, cash flows or results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of
Variable Interest Entities - an interpretation of ARB No. 51 ("FIN 46"). FIN
46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51,
Consolidated Financial Statements, to certain entities in which equity
investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest
or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its
activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.
FIN 46 explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an
enterprise assesses its interest in a variable interest entity to decide
whether to consolidate that entity. It requires existing unconsolidated
variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries
if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved.
It also requires certain disclosures by the primary beneficiary. FIN 46 is
effective immediately to variable interest entities created after
January 31, 2003 and no variable interest entities in which an enterprise
obtains an interest after that date, and effective for the first fiscal year
or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003 to variable interest entities in
which an enterprise holds a variable interest that it acquired before February
1, 2003. FIN 46 requires an entity to disclose certain information regarding a
variable interest equity if, when the Interpretation becomes effective, it is
reasonably possible that an enterprise will consolidate or have to disclose
information about that variable interest entity, regardless of the date on which
the variable entity interest was created. The Company does not expect that, when
FIN 46 becomes effective, it will have to consolidate or disclose any
information regarding variable interests.




                                      F-46






                                     Part II
                     Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Subject to the provisions of the Ghanaian Companies Code 1963, our Regulations
allow us to indemnify, out of our assets, every director, managing director,
secretary and other officer against any liability incurred in the execution of
discharge of duties or the exercises of powers if a judgement is granted in such
person's favor or such person is acquitted. This indemnity applies to any
liability incurred by such person in defending any civil or criminal proceedings
relating to any act or omission committed by such person as our officer or
employee.

Subject to the Ghanaian Companies Code 1963, our Regulations allow us to
purchase and maintain insurance at our expense for the benefit of any person who
is or was at any time a director of other officer or employee or auditor of ours
or of any other company which is a subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of ours
indemnifying such person against any liability which may attach to him or loss
or expenditure which he may incur in relation to anything done or alleged to
have been done or omitted to be done as a director, officer or employee.

Section 203(4) of the Ghanaian Companies Code 1963 provides that no provision,
whether contained in the Regulations of a company, or in any contract, or in any
resolution of a company, shall relieve any director from the duty to act in
accordance with the duties of directors or relieve him from any liability
incurred as a result of any breach thereof.

Section 203 of the Ghanaian Companies Code 1963 elevates a director's fiduciary
duties to the status of statutory duties, insofar as:

     (a)  a director of a company stands in a fiduciary relationship towards the
          company and shall observe the utmost good faith towards the company in
          any transaction with it or on its behalf; and

     (b)  a director shall act at all times in what he believes to be the best
          interests of the company as a whole so as to preserve its assets,
          further its business, and promote the purposes for which it was
          formed, and in such manner as a faithful, diligent, careful and
          ordinarily skilful director would act in the circumstances; and

     (c)  in considering whether a particular transaction or course of action is
          in the best interests of the company as a whole a director may have
          regard to the interests of the employees, as well as the members, of
          the company, and, when appointed by, or as representative of, a
          special class of members, employees, or creditors may give special,
          but not exclusive, consideration to the interests of that class.

Subject to Ghanaian law, however, it is possible to indemnify directors and
others for matters which, even though they may amount to negligent acts or
omissions, do not constitute a breach of fiduciary duties.

We maintain directors and officers insurance to protect our officers and
directors from specified liabilities that may arise in the course of their
service to us in those capacities.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Within the past three years, we have issued securities without registration
under the Securities Act of 1933, as follows:

In November 1999, pursuant to a warrant commitment letter, Ashanti Warrants
Limited, one of our subsidiaries, issued unlisted warrants to subscribe for
mandatorily exchangeable securities under which the securityholders have the
option of converting the securities into our ordinary shares at any time at a
conversion price of US$3 per share. The warrants were issued in three equal
tranches with expiry dates for each tranche of 28 April 2004, 28 October 2004
and 28 April 2005. 13,945,122 out of a maximum of 19,835,001 of the warrants
have been exercised, leading to the issue of 13,945,122 of our ordinary shares.
As at November 15, 2002, the conversion rights of the outstanding warrants could
give rise to the issue of up to 5,889,879 ordinary shares.


                                       I







On June 28, 2002, another of our subsidiaries Ashanti Capital Second Limited,
created and issued US$75.0 million of mandaterily exchangeable notes, or MENs
which upon completion of the rights issue will automatically be exchanged for
ordinary shares.

On May 4, 2001, we issued 377,280 ordinary shares at a price of US$2.53 per
ordinary share under the Restricted Share Scheme of which 91,680 ordinary shares
were awarded to our directors.

On August 22, 2002, we issued 234,571 ordinary shares under the AGC 1994
Employee Share Scheme.

The securities issued in the transactions described above were deemed exempt
from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2),
Regulation S or [Rule 701] of the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules




Exhibit No.   Description
-----------   -----------
           
1.1           Rights Issue Agreement(*).
1.2           Rights Agency Agreement(*).
3.1           Regulations of the Registrant(1).
4.1           Rules of the Bonus Co-Investment Plan(1).
4.2           Rules of the Performance Share Plan(1).
4.3           Rules of the AGC Senior Management Share Option Scheme
              (as amended)(1).
4.4           Rules of the AGC Employee Share Scheme (as amended for Awards
              made on or after April 25, 2001)(1).
4.5           Rules of the Ashanti Long-Term Performance Plan(1).
4.6           Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, The Bank of
              New York, as depositary, and owners and beneficial owners
              from time to time of GDRs issued thereunder(1).
4.7           Lonmin MENs Subscription Agreement between the Registrant, Ashanti
              Capital (Second) Limited and Lonmin plc dated June 28, 2002(2).
4.8           Government of Ghana MENs Subscription Agreement between the
              Registrant, Ashanti Capital (Second) Limited, Lonmin plc and the
              Republic of Ghana dated June 28, 2002(2).
4.9           Form of certificate representing ordinary shares, no par value(3).
4.10          Form of certificate representing Global Depositary Shares(3).
4.11          Form of Provisional Allotment Letter.
4.12          Form of GDS rights certificate.
5.1           Opinion of Merene Botsio-Phillips, as to the legality of the
              ordinary shares.(*)
10.1          Obuasi Mining Lease dated March 14, 1994(1).
10.2          Geita Mining Lease dated June 24, 1999(1).
10.3          Replacement Technical Services Agreement dated March 14, 1994,
              between the Registrant and Lonmin Plc, as amended by letter dated
              December 1, 1995(1).
10.4          Transaction Agreement between Registrant, AngloGold Limited and
              AngloGold Geita Limited dated June 23, 2000 and the Amendment
              Agreement dated November 30, 2000(1).
10.5          Joint Venture Agreement between Registrant, AngloGold Limited and
              AngloGold Geita Limited dated December 15, 2000(1).
10.6          Amended Warrant Deed Poll(1).
10.7          MENs Deed Poll between the Registrant and Ashanti Capital (Second)
              Limited dated June 27, 2002(2).
10.8          Agreement for a US$200 million 5 year revolving credit facility
              dated June 28, 2002(2).
10.9          New MFTL dated August 15, 2002 between the Registrant and its
              Hedge Counterparties(2).
10.10         Transaction Agreement between Registrant, AngloGold Limited and
              AngloGold Geita Limited dated June 23, 2000 and the Amendment
              Agreement dated November 30, 2000(1).
10.11         Joint Venture Agreement between Registrant, AngloGold Limited and
              AngloGold Geita Limited dated December 15, 2000(1).
10.12         Service Agreement with Mr. Venkatakrishnan dated
              September 20, 2000(4).
10.13         Service Agreement with Ms. Botsio-Phillips dated
              September 29, 1999(4).
10.14         Service Agreement with Mrs. Ofori Atta dated
              September 29, 1999(4).
10.15         Service Agreement with Mr. Schultz dated March 27, 2002(4).




                                       II










           
21.1          List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant(1).
23.1          Consent of Merene Botsio-Phillips (included in Exhibit 5.1)(*)
23.2          Consent of Deloitte and Touche.
24.1          Power of attorney (included on signature page of Registration
              Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-101682) filed on December 6, 2002).



------------
(1)  Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
     ended December 31, 2000.
(2)  Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
     ended December 31, 2001, filed September 24, 2002.
(3)  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form F-1, No.
     1-14212, filed February 22, 1996.

(4)  Previously filed.

*    To be filed by amendment.

Item 9. Undertakings

     (a)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

          (1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
               made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

               (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of
                    the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
                    after the effective date of the registration statement (or
                    the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
                    individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental
                    change in the information set forth in the registration
                    statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or
                    decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
                    dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that
                    which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high
                    end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected
                    in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant
                    to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume
                    and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum
                    aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of
                    Registration Fee" table in the effective registration
                    statement;

               (iii) To include any material information with respect to the
                    plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
                    registration statement or any material change to such
                    information in the registration statement.

          (2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
               Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall
               be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
               securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
               at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
               thereof.

          (3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
               amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
               unsold at the termination of the offering.

          (4)  If the registrant is a foreign private issuer, to file a
               post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include
               any financial statements required by Item 8-A of Form 20-F at the
               start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous
               offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required
               by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933 need not be
               furnished, provided, that the registrant includes in the
               prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial
               statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other
               information necessary to ensure that all other information in the
               prospectus is at least currant as the date of those financial
               statements.

                                       III






     (b)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that for the purposes of
          determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933:

          (1)  The information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
               of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
               contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant
               pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
               Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration
               statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2)  Each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
               shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
               the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
               securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
               fide offering thereof.

     (c)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of
          1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
          of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 15 or
          otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
          Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
          in the Securities Act of 1933, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
          the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
          (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid
          by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
          successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
          against any Registrant by such director, officer or controlling person
          in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant
          will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
          by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
          jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
          against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and
          will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


                                       IV






                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the
requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to
the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in Accra, Republic of Ghana, on March 26, 2003.


                                              Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited
                                              (Registrant)


                                              By: /S/ Sam Esson Jonah
                                                  ------------------------------
                                              Name:  Sam Esson Jonah
                                              Title: Chief Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.



                                       V








Signature                     Title                           Date
---------------------------   -----------------------------   ------------------


/S/ Sam Esson Jonah
---------------------------   Chief Executive Officer and     March 26, 2003
Sam Esson Jonah               Director
                              (Principal Executive Officer)


*
---------------------------   Finance Director and Director   March 26, 2003
Srinivasan Venkatakrishnan    (Principal Financial Officer)


*
---------------------------   Chairman of the Board           March 26, 2003
Michael Ernest Beckett


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Merene Botsio-Phillips


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Eleanor Darkwa Ofori Atta


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Trevor Stanley Schultz


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Theophilus Ernest Anin


*
---------------------------
The Rt. Hon. The Baroness     Director                        March 26, 2003
Chalker of Wallasey PC


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Dr. Chester Arthur Crocker


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Thomas Richard Gibian


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Gordon Edward Haslam


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003
Dr. Michael Peter Martineau


*
---------------------------   Director                        March 26, 2003

Nicholas Jeremy Morrell


Authorized Representative in the United States


*
---------------------------
Puglisi & Associates


* = By: /S/ Sam Esson Jonah
---------------------------
           Sam Esson Jonah,
           Attorney-In-Fact
---------------------------


                                       VI



                          STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
                          ------------------------

 The registered trademark symbol shall be expressed as.................. 'r'
 The British pound sterling sign shall be expressed as.................. 'L'
 The Euro sign shall be expressed as.................................... 'E'
 Characters normally expressed as superscript shall be preceded by......'pp'